DNA 6036F 

OPERATION IVY 

1952 

United States Atmospheric Nuclear Weapons Tests 

Nuclear Test Personnel Review 

Prepared by the Defense Nuclear Agency as Executive Agency 

for the Department of Defense 
Destroy this report when it is no longer 

needed. Do not return to sender. 

PLEASE NOTIFY THE DEFENSE NUCLEAR AGENCY, 

ATTN: STTI, WASHINGTON, D.C. 20305, IF 

YOUR ADDRESS IS INCORRECT, IF YOU WISH TO 

BE DELETED FROM THE DISTRIBUTION LIST, OR 

IF THE ADDRESSEE IS NO LONGER EMPLOYED BY 

YOUR ORGANIZATION. 
UNCLASSIFIED 

SECURITY CLASSIFIX-4TION OF THIS PAGE men Data Entered) , .- 

REPORTDOCUMENTATION PAGE READ INSTRUCTIONS 

BEFORE COMPLETING FORM 1. REPORT NUMBER - 2. GOVT ACCESSION NO. 3. RECIPIENT’S CATALOG NUMBER 

DNA 6036F I I I b. TITLE (and Subtitle) 5. TYPE OF REPORT 8 PERIOD COVERED 

OPERATION IVY: 1952 Technical Report 

6. PERFORMING ORG. REPORT NUMBER 

KT-82-026( R) 7. AUTHOR(8) 8. CONTRACT OR GRANT NUMBER(s) 

F.R. Gladeck, J.H. Hallowell, E.J. Martin, F.W. 

McMullan, R.H. Miller, R. Pozega, W.E. Rogers, 

R.H. Rowland, C.F. Shelton, L. Berkhouse (continued) 

DNA 001-79-C-0472 

. . -. . . . . 

P.O. Drawer QQ (816 State Street) 

Santa Barbara, CA 931 02 

- ..r - Subtask U99QAXMK506-09 

I I. CONTROLLING OFFICE NAME AND ADDRESS 12. REPORT DATE 

Director 

Washington, D.C. 20305 364 

Defense Nuclear Agency 13. NUMBER OF PAGES 

1 December 1982 

14. MONITORING AGENCY NAME 8 ADDRESS(if different from Conlrolllng Office) 15. SECURITY CLASS. (of this report) 

I UNCLASS I F I ED 

15s. DECLASSIFICATION/DOWNGRADING 

SCHEDULE 

N/A since UNCLASSIFIED 16. DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT (of this Report) 

Approved for pub1 ic release; distribution unl irni ted. 

r 

- 

I 

9. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION NAME AND ADDRESS IO. PROGRAM ELEMENT, PROJECT, TASK 

Kama n Temon AREA 8 WORK UNIT NUMBERS 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

w 

17. DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT (of the abstract entered in Block 20. if different from Report) 

18. SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES 

This work was sponsored by the Defense Nuclear Agency under RDT&E RMSS Code 

B350079464 U99QAXMK50609 H2590D. For sale by the National Technical Information Service, Springfield, Virginia 22161 

9. KEY WORDS (Continue on reverse side if necessary and identify by block number) 

Nuclear testing Enewe ta k 

Nuclear Test Personnel Review (NTPR) MIKE 

IVY KING 

Pacific Proving Ground 

!O. ABSTRACT (Continue OR mwrm mid. If nacemamry lul identify by block number) 

IVY was atwo-detonation atmospheric nuclear weapon test series conducted 

during October and November of 1952 at Enewetak Atoll in the Marshal 1 Islands. 

One of the two events was designated MIKE and was the first thermonuclear or 

hydrogen bomb. Report emphasis is on the radiological safety of the personnel. 

Available records on personnel exposure are summarized. 

EDITIOU OF 1 NOV 65 IS O9SOLETE UNCLASSIFIED 

SECURITY CLASSIFICATION OF THfS PAGE Fen Der. Entered) 
UNCLASSIFIED, 

ECURITY CLASSIFICATION OFfHlS PAGEFuI Dah Entend) 

7. Authors (continued) 

S. Davis, M. K. Doyle, and C.B. Jones 

UNCLASSIFIED 

SECURITY CLASSIFICATION OF THIS PAGE(When DUa Entered) 


FACT SHEET 

IVY was an atmospheric nuclear weapons test series held in the Atomic 

Energy Commission's (AEC) Pacific Proving Ground at Enewetak Atoll in the 

Marshall Islands during autumn 1952. The series consisted of the two 

detonations listed below. 

Assigned Local 

N ame Date Locat i on Y iel da 

MIKE 1 Nov Eluklab Island; surface 10.4 MT 

KING 16 Nov Airburst (1,480 feet [440 meters]) 

over reef off Runit Island 500 KT 

aOne kiloton equals the approximate energy release of the explosion 

of one thousand tons of TNT; one megaton equals the approximate 

energy release of the explosion of one million tons of TNT. 

HISTORICAL BACKGROUND 

President Truman made the decision to pursue the development of thermonuclear weapons in 1950, and the IVY series was a key step in this development. MIKE was an experimental device and produced the first thermonuclear 

detonation, in which a substantial portion of its energy was generated by tLe 

fusion, or joining, of hydrogen atoms. KING was a stockpile weapon, modified 

to produce a large yield. It was dropped from a B-36 bomber. The energy from 

KING was generated by the fission, or splitting, of plutonium atoms. These 

were the largest nuclear explosions to that time. 

JOINT TASK FORCE 132 

Joint Task Force 132 (JTF 132) was the organization that conducted the IVY 

test series. Elements of the four services, the AEC and other Federal government agencies, and civilians from government laboratory organizations and contractors made up this organization. Commander JTF 132 reported to the Joint 

Chiefs of Staff, but was also designated the AEC's agent in conducting the 

1 
tests. The joint nature of this test organization resulted from the requirements of the Atomic Energy Act of 1946. This legislation placed atomic 

energy development under civilian control; however, the remoteness of the IVY 

Series test site required a military organization for physical security and 

technical and logistical support. 

The total number of personnel involved in the task force was nearly 11,650, 

of which 9,350 were military and 2,300 were civilians. Most of the civilians 

and over 6,600 of the military personnel operated from Enewetak Atoll and from 

task force ships that were based there. Most of the remaining military were 

Air Force personnel who were based at Kwajalein, 360 mi (667 km) southeast of 

Enewetak . 

TEST PLANNING 

The safety of the task force personnel conducting the test series was an 

important factor in planning the conduct of the tests. Pretest measures taken 

to ensure the safety of personnel were: 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

Modification of ships and aircraft, including the installation of "washdown" systems aboard ships to prevent 

radioactive fallout accumulation and the installation of 

filters on aircraft pressurization systems to prevent 

radioactive particles from entering aircraft. 

Design of special protective clothing, including a leadcloth shroud for aircraft pilots operating near the radioactive cloud. 

A training program in radiation safety procedures. 

The establishment of a technical support unit whose responsibility was to provide the task force with expert 

assistance in radiation safety, including monitoring of 

radiation, decontamination of personnel, laboratory support, maintenance of exposure records, and maintenance 

and calibration of radiation detection equipment. 

The establishment of a meteorology group whose responsibility was to predict the direction of the winds aloft to 

avoid conducting the tests during times when radioactive 

fallout might be carried in the direction of the task 

force or inhabited islands. 

The establishment of a program for the evacuation of all 

personnel from Enewetak Atoll for the MIKE test and the 

Preparation of plans for emergency evacuation of task 

force personnel from Bikini and Kwajalein. Marshall 

Islanders living at Ujelang were placed aboard a Navy 

2 
ship just before the MIKE detonation in readiness for 

movement to safety if the fallout moved to the southwest. 

7. The establishment of procedures for issuing film badges 

to individuals whose activities might expose them to nuclear radiation so that exposure records could be kept. 

About 2,100 of the task force personnel received these 

badges. 

TEST OPERATIONS AND EXPOSURES 

The conduct of the tests went essentially as planned. The experimental 

MIKE device performed successfully and the winds remained favorable, carrying 

the radioactive fallout northwesterly over the open ocean. The generally 

smooth MIKE operations were marred by an accident when a single-place aircraft 

used for cloud sampling was lost at sea with its pilot. This led to radiation 

exposures from 10 roentgens (R) to 17.8 R for the 7-man aircrew that flew to

assist the downed plane, considerably greater than the maximum permissible exposure (MPE) (3.9 R) of the operation. This crew crossed a zone of fallout in 

order to reach the area of the downed plane as quickly as possible. 

A crew of twelve in a second aircraft was also overexposed when caught in 

fallout debris while on a photographic mission during the MIKE shot. The highest exposure for this crew was 11.6 R. Other than these two events, no other 

cases exceeded the established MPE during IVY. 

Fallout occurred on JTF 132 ships and on Parry and Enewetak islands following MIKE and KING. A recent calculation based on data collected aboard 

three ships, which were anchored near the islands, indicates that cumulative 

personnel exposures due to this fallout was at maximum from about 0.25 to 

0.53 R for personnel continuously at Enewetak from 4 November to 31 December, 

but only if the effects of weathering on the deposited fallout and shielding 

by working and living quarters are ignored. Actual exposures were probably 

much lower. 

Nearly 90 percent of the recorded IVY exposures were less than 1 roentgen. 

The exposures are summarized in the following table. 

3 
IVY, Joint Task Force 132 Personnel Exposures 

Exposure Ranges (roentgens) 

No. of 

Persons Over High 

Badged 0 0.001-0.999 1.000-2.999 3 Recorded 

Total Army 16 4 

% of Total 

39 

24 

98 

60 

26 

16 

1 3.3 

(1 

Total Navy 8 10 

% of Total 

244 

30 

5 26 

65 

39 

5 

1 3.1 

<1 

Total Air Force 6 75 

% of Total 

78 

12 

541 

80 

34 

5 

22 17.6 

3 

Total Marine Corps 14 

% of Total 

2 

14 

4 

29 

8 

57 

0 2.8 

0 

Total Other Gov't 367 

% of Total 

45 

12 

245 

67 

74 

20 

3 3.2 

<1 

Total 2,030 

% of Total 

1,414 

70 

181 

9 

27 17.6 

<1 

408 

20 

4 
PREFACE 

Between 1945 and 1962, the U.S. Atomic Energy Commission (AEC) conducted 

235 atmospheric nuclear weapon tests at sites in the United States and in the 

Pacific and Atlantic oceans. In all, about 220,000 Department of Defense (DOD) 

participants, both military and civilian, were present at the tests. Of these, 

approximately 142,000 participated in the Pacific test series and approximately 

another 4,000 in the single Atlantic test series. 

In 1977, 15 years after the last aboveground nuclear weapon test, the Center for Disease Control (CDC) of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services noted more leukemia cases than would normally be expected among about 

3,200 soldiers who had been present at shot SMOKY, a test of the 1957 PLUMBBOB 

Series. Since that initial report by the CDC, the Veterans Administration (VA) 

has received a number of claims for medical benefits from former military personnel who believe their health may have been affected by their participation 

in the weapon testing program. 

In late 1977, the DOD began a study that provided data to both the CDC and 

the VA on potential exposures to ionizing radiation among the military and civilian personnel who participated in the atmospheric testing 15 to 32 years 

earlier . In early 1978, the DOD also organized a Nuclear Test Personnel Review 

(NTPR) to: 

Identify DOD personnel who had taken part in the atmospheric nuclear weapon tests 

0 Determine the extent of the participants' exposure to ionizing radiation 

0 Provide public disclosure of information concerning participation by DOD personnel in the atmospheric nuclear 

weapon tests. 

This report on Operation IVY is one of many volumes that are the product 

of the NTPR. The Defense Nuclear Agency (DNA), whose Director is the executive agent of the NTPR program, prepared the reports, which are based on 

5 
military and technical documents reporting various aspects of each of the 

tests. Reports of the NTPR provide a public record of the activities and 

associated radiation exposure risks of DOD personnel for interested former 

participants and for use in public health research and Federal policy studies. 

Information from which this report was compiled was primarily extracted 

from planning and after-action reports of Joint Task Force 132 (JTF 132) and 

its subordinate organizations. Documents were desired that accurately placed 

personnel at the test sites so that their degree of exposure to the ionizing 

radiation resulting from the tests could be assessed. The search for this information was undertaken in archives and libraries of the Federal Government, 

in special collections supported by the Federal Government, and by discussion 

or review with participants. 

For IVY, the most important archival source is the National Archives and 

Record Center, Modern Military Branch, Washington, D.C. The Naval Archives at 

the Washington Navy Yard also was helpful, as was the collection of documents 

assembled by the Air Force Weapons Laboratory (AFWL) Historian, the collection 

now being housed in the AFWL Technical Library at Kirtland Air Force Base, Albuquerque, New Mexico. Other archives searched were the Department of Energy 

(DOE) archives at Germantown, Maryland, its Nevada Operations Office (DOE/NV) 

archives at Las Vegas, and the archives of the Test Division of the Los Alamos 

National Laboratory. 

JTF 132 exposure records were retrieved from the National Archives, and an 

additional file of exposure-related documents that had been microfilmed by the 

Reynolds Electrical and Engineering Company, Inc., support contractor for 

DOE/NV, was also useful. 

There is little primary documentation of personnel movement in areas of potential radiation exposure. This has been compensated for, where possible, with 

inferences drawn from secondary sources and the exposure records themselves. 

The work was performed under RDT&E RMSS B350079464 U99 QAXMK 506-09 H2590D 

for the Defense Nuclear Agency by personnel from Kaman Tepo and R.F. Cross 

Associates as subcontractor. Guidance was provided by Mr. Kenneth W. Kaye of 

Defense Nuclear Agency. 

6 
CONTENTS 

FACT SHEET 

PREFACE 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

TABLES 

Chapter 

1 OVERVIEW 

Introduction 

Purpose 

Historical Background 

Report Organization 

Nuclear Tests and Radiation Exposures 

Experimental Program 

Weapon Development 

Yield Measurements 

Diagnostic Measurements 

Effects Experiments 

Environmental Measurements 

Systems Response Measurements 

Oceanic Testing Operations 

Marshall Islands Setting 

Physical Condition in 1952 

Radiological Conditions in 1952 

Special Problems in Oceanic Testing 

Joint Task Force 132 

Pre-IVY Period 

Military at the Pacific Proving Ground 

Civilians at the Pacific Proving Ground 

7 

Page 

1 

5 

13 

15 

17 

17 

17 

18 

19 

20 

22 

23 

23 

24 

26 

26 

27 

28 

28 

32 

32 

33 

36 

37 

38 

42 
CONTENTS (continued) 

Chapter 

1 (cont) Buildup 

Construction 

Buildup of Personnel and Units 

The Task Force in Place 

Task Group 132.1 (Scientific) 

Task Group 132.2 (Army) 

Task Group 132.3 (Navy) 

Task Group 132.4 (Air Force) 

2 RADIOLOGICAL SAFETY 

Radiological Safety Planning 

Task Group 132.1 (Scientific) 

Radiation Control Group 

Laboratory and Analysis Group 

Decontamination Group 

Spec i a1 Mon i tori ng Group 

Task Group 132.2 (Army) 

Task Group 132.3 (Navy) 

Task Group 132.4 (Air Force) 

Indoctrination and Training 

Personnel Protection 

Pretest Physical Examinations 

Radiological Safety Standards 

Radsafe Instrumentation 

Film Badges 

Major Equipment Modification 

Ship Modification 

Aircraft Modification 

Pre-event Safety 

Security Perimeter 

Weather and Fallout Prediction 

Radiation Exclusion Area 

Page 

42 

42 

45 

47 

56 

58 

58 

60 

64 

64 

67 

70 

72 

73 

73 

73 

75 

76 

77 

83 

83 

84 

91 

93 

95 

95 

96 

102 

102 

103 

107 

8 
CONTENTS (conti nued) 

- Chapter 

2 (cont) 

3 

Offsi te Safety and Monitoring 

Evacuati on 

Postevent Safety 

Early Radiation Surveys 

Sample Recovery Techniques 

Parti cl e Sample Removal 

Gas Sample Removal 

Decontamination 

Shipments from the Pacific Proving Ground 

Release of Naval Vessels from the Pacific 

Proving Ground 

DOD EXPERIMENTAL PROGRAM 

Task Unit 132.1.1 Activities 

He1 i copter Support 

Boat Support 

Program 1 -- Radiochemistry 

Program 2 -- Progress of the Nuclear Reaction 

Program 3 -- Scientific Photography 

Program 4 -- Neutron Measurements 

Program 5 -- Gamma-Ray Measurements 

Program 6 -- Blast Measurements 

Program 7 -- Long-Range Detection 

Program 8 -- Thermal Radiation Measurements 

Program 9 -- Electromagnetic Phenomena 

Program 10 -- Timing and Firing 

Program 11 -- Preliminary Geophysical and 

Task Unit 132.1.7 Activities 

Task Unit 132.1.9 Activities 

Marine Survey of the Test Area 

Page 

107 

109 

109 

110 

111 

111 

113 

114 

117 

117 

118 

122 

125 

128 

128 

134 

139 

146 

148 

155 

164 

168 

170 

172 

172 

174 

176 

9 
CONTENTS (continued) 

Chapter 

4 OPERATIONS 

MIKE Shot 

Preparations 

MIKE Evacuation 

Final Preparations 

MIKE Detonation 

Reentry into Enewetak and Parry 

KING Shot 

Preparations 

Postponement 

KING Detonation 

Reentry 

SUMMARY OF U.S. ARMY PARTICIPATION IN IVY 

Headquarters Joint Task Force 132 

Task Group 132.1 (Scientific) 

Task Group 132.2 (Army) 

SUMMARY OF U.S. NAVY PARTICIPATION IN IVY 

Headquarters Joint Task Force 132 

Task Group 132.1 (Scientific) 

Task Group 132.2 (Army) 

Task Group 132.3 (Navy) 

Task Element 132.30 (Weapons Element) 

Task Element 132.31 (Transport Element) 

Task Element 132.32 (Service and Harbor 

Task Element 132.33 (Destroyer Element) 

Task Unit 132.3.0 (Carrier Unit) 

Task Unit 132.3.1 (Patrol Plane Unit) 

Control Element) 

Non-JTF 132 Navy Units in IVY 

Paqe 

177 

177 

177 

178 

181 

187 

188 

199 

199 

199 

200 

206 

209 

21 1 

211 

212 

214 

214 

219 

221 

221 

22 1 

223 

226 

229 

232 

234 

234 

10 
CONTENTS (cont i nued) 

Chapter 

7 

8 

9 

SUMMARY OF U.S. AIR FORCE PARTICIPATION IN IVY 

Headquarters Joint Task Force 132 

Task Group 132.1 (Scientific) 

Task Group 132.2 (Army) 

Task Group 132.4 (Air Force) 

Headquarters Task Group 132.4 

Test Support Unit 

Test Aircraft Unit 

Headquarters Test Aircraft Unit 

TAU Sampler Element 

TAU Drop Element 

TAU Control and Tanker Elements 

TAU Effects Element 

Test Services Element 

TSU Weather Reconnaissance Element 

TSU Weat her Report i ng E 1 ement 

TSU Comnunications Element 

TSU Search and Rescue Element 

TSU Photo Element 

Mi scell aneous 

SUMMARY OF U.S. MARINE CORPS PARTICIPATION IN IVY 

SUMMARY OF JOINT DEFENSE, ATOMIC ENERGY COMMISSION, OTHER 

GOVERNMENT AGENCIES, AND CONTRACTOR PARTICIPATION IN IVY 

Joint Defense Agency 

Atomic Energy Comnission 

Other Government Agencies 

Contractors and Other Organizations 

10 SUMMARY OF PERSONNEL EXPOSURES 

- P as 

238 

239 

239 

239 

2 44 

244 

244 

244 

244 

244 

245 

24 5 

245 

246 

246 

24 6 

246 

24 7 

247 

247 

248 

250 

250 

2 50 

252 

252 

255 

BIBLIOGRAPHY AND REFERENCES 

11 

261 
CONTENTS (continued) 

Append " i x 

A 

B 

C 

D 

E 

I SLAND SYNONYMS 

RADIOLOGICAL SAFETY AND RELATED DOCUMENTS 

RADIOLOGICAL EXPOSURE DATA FOR ISLANDS OF 

ENEWETAK ATOLL, IVY 

TERMS, ABBREVIATIONS, ACRONYMS, AND UNITS 

INDEX OF PARTICIPATING ORGANIZATIONS 

Page 

275 

279 

301 

327 

339 

12 
ILLUSTRATIONS 

Frontispiece: IVY, MIKE thermonuclear detonation, November 1952 

F i gure 

1 The Central Pacific. 

2 Enewetak Atoll, 1952, with pre-IVY test sites. 

3 Causeway construction, IVY, MIKE. 

4 Looking down causeway toward IVY, MIKE ground zero. 

5 Organization of Joint Task Force 132. 

7 Krause-Ogle Box at Station 200 on Boken Island, IVY. 

9 Organization of Task Group 132.2, IVY. 

10 Organization of Task Group 132.3, IVY. 

11 Organization of Task Group 132.4, IVY. 

12 Radiological safety organization of Task Group 132.1.1, IVY. 

6 IVY, MIKE cab. 

8 Organization of Task Group 132.1, IVY. 

13 F-84G sampler aircraft, IVY. 

14 F-84G sampling panel, IVY. 

15 Protective lead-gl ass cloth shroud being placed on sampler 

16 Sample recovery schematic illustration, IVY. 

17 Plastic ballonet being unrolled inside the Krause-Ogle Box, 

18 Ballonet inflated with helium, IVY, MIKE. 

pi lot, IVY. 

IVY, MIKE. 

19 Welder attaching hot-spot tubes to IVY, MIKE device. 

20 Hot-spot tubes leaving IVY, MIKE device. 

21 IVY, MIKE recovery on Kirunu 5 November 1952. 

22 IVY, MIKE recovery team inside bunker on Kirunu 5 November 1952. 

23 Radex areas, project instrumentation locations, and positions 

24 Aircraft and position paths for IVY, MIKE. 

of task force ships, IVY, MIKE. 

Page 

29 

30 

35 

35 

38 

43 

44 

57 

59 

60 

63 

71 

97 

99 

100 

112 

136 

137 

142 

143 

151 

151 

183 

185 

13 
ILLUSTRATIONS (conti nued) 

F i gure Page 

25 Radex areas, project instrumentation locations, and positions 

of task force ships, IVY, KING. 201 

26 Aircraft positions and paths for IVY, KING. 203 

27 IVY, KING cloud viewed from Japtan. 205 

28 Estimate of IVY maximum exposure due to secondary fallout with 

with no shielding and oweathering at Enewetak base islands. 256 

14 
TABLES 

Page 

17 

42 

Tab 1 e 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

IVY detonations, Enewetak, 1952. 

Strength of Task Group 132.2 as of 1 August 1951. 

Headquarters, JTF 132 staffing for IVY. 45 

Planned Task Group 132.1 staffing for IVY. 46 

Task Group 132.2 manning levels and locations as of 8 October 

1952, IVY. 48 

Monthly personnel totals for Task Group132.2, IVY. 49 

Arrival of components of Task Group 132.3 in the forward area, IVY. 50 

Task Group 132.3 strength during IVY. 51 

P1 anned buildup of Task Group 132.4 in the forward area, IVY. 52 

Actual buildup ofTask Group 132.4 in the forward area, IVY. 54 

Expected distribution of task force personnel, October 1952. 55 

Elements and functions of Task Group 132.3, IVY. 61 

Radiological safety personnel support requested by Comnander, 

Task Group 132.1, IVY. 69 

Radiological safety course attendees, IVY. 

Task Group 132.3 allowance for radiac equipment, IVY. 

79 

92 

Sources of Task Group 132.1 personnel, IVY. 119 

Islands of Enewetak Atoll, their distances from surface zero, 

their radiation environment, and planned IVY, MIKE recovery 

missions. 123 

Planned schedule for IVY, MIKE recovery missions. 

IVY personnel exposures, Task Group 132 .l. 

IVY, KING radiation levels and planned reentry missions. 

Details of planned IVY, KING recovery missions. 

Air Force mission aircraft participation for IVY, MIKE. 

Lagoon contamination, IVY, MIKE. 

Secondary fallout on gumned paper collectors, IVY, MIKE. 

Mission aircraft participating in IVY, KING. 

124 

126 

129 

130 

186 

193 

197 

207 

IVY personnel exposure, U.S. Army organizations. 210 

15 
TABLES (cont i nued ) 

Tab1 e 

27 

28 

29 

30 

31 

32 

33 

34 

35 

36 

Naval personnel in IVY. 

IVY personnel exposure, U.S. Navy organizations. 

Task Group 132.3 ship and aircraft scientific project support, 

Operation IVY. 

Operation IVY, Task Group 132.3 arrivals and departures, Pacific 

Proving Ground. 

Air Force personnel badged for IVY and task group assignment. 

IVY personnel exposure, U.S. Air Force organizations. 

IVY personnel exposure, U.S. Marine Corps organizations. 

IVY personnel exposure, joint defense, AEC, other government 

agencies, and contractor organizations. 

Summary of IVY personnel exposure by service. 

Sumnary of IVY personnel exposure by task force organization. 

Page 

215 

21 7 

222 

235 

240 

24 3 

249 

251 

258 

259 

16 
CHAPTER 1 

OVERVIEW 

INTRODUCTION 

Purpose 

IVY was a test series in which two nuclear devices were detonated at the 

Atomic Energy Commission's (AEC) Pacific Proving Ground (PPG) at Enewetak* 

Atoll in the fall of 1952. Table 1 lists the detonations. 

Table 1. IVY detonations, Enewetak, 1952. 

Assigned Loca 1 

Name Date 

~~ ~~~~~~ ~~~ ~ 

Location 

~~ 

Y iel da 

MIKE 1 Nov Eluklab Island; surface 10.4 MT 

KING 16 Nov Airburst (1,480 feet [440 meters]) 

over reef off Runit Island; 500 KT 

Note: 

a One kiloton equals the approximate energy release of the explosion of 

one thousand tons of TNT; one megaton equals the approximate energy 

release of the explosion of one million tons of TNT. 

This report documents the participation of Department of Defense (DOD) 

personnel in this test series. Its purpose is to bring together the available 

information about this atmospheric nuclear test series pertinent to the radiation exposure of DOD personnel, both uniformed and civilian employees. Th 

report lists the DOD organizations represented and describes their activities. 

It discusses the potential radiation exposure involved in these activities and 

the measures taken for the protection of DOD personnel. It presents the exposures recorded by the participating DOD units. 

* A better understanding of the Marshall Islands language has permitted a more 

accurate transliteration of Marshall Islands names into English language 

spelling. These newer transliterations are used in this report with few 

exceptions. Appendix A is a list of the names and their variant spellings. 

17 
Historical Background 

The two detonations of the IVY series were MIKE and KING. MIKE was the 

first nuclear fusion device. Although the novelty of the experiment made 

yield prediction difficult, the device designers expected a yield of at least 

4 MT and perhaps as much as 10 MT, assuming a fusion reaction could be triggered. Even at the lower yield, MIKE would be by far the most powerful nuclear 

device ever detonated. The yield for KING, an airdropped weapon, was predicted 

to be about 500 KT, making it the most powerful fission weapon ever detonated. 

Consequently, planning for both shots was dominated by concern to avoid injury 

to task force personnel and damage to the PPG's main camps on Enewetak and 

Parry islands by the huge blasts, their thermal effects, and the resulting 

fallout. For MIKE, only evacuation of the entire atoll seemed to offer an 

adequate margin of safety. 

The test program for Operation IVY was the result not only of scientific 

and technical considerations, but also of an intense controversy within the 

elements of the U.S. Government concerned with foreign policy and defense matters. The successful explosion of the first Soviet nuclear device in the fall 

of 1949 was extremely unsettling to many in the United States, even though nuclear scientists had predicted in 1945 that an energetic Soviet effort to develop nuclear weapons might well bear first fruit within 4 to 6 years. 

Various plans to meet the challenge of the Soviet detonation rapidly 

evolved. Most called for stepped-up development and production of fission 

weapons and the required delivery systems. One plan called for the development of fusion, or thermonuclear, weapons with vastly greater explosive power. 

Opponents of fusion weapons argued that the Soviets could be persuaded not to 

develop these weapons if the United States would refrain. They further argued 

that such weapons were not much more effective than high-yield fission weapons. 

Finally, they argued that given the dynamism of the U.S. nuclear program, the 

Soviets could be quickly overtaken if they pushed ahead with fusion weapons. 

The advocates of fusion weapons won the dispute, and MIKE became the centerpiece of Operation IVY and the proof test of the new concept. Nevertheless, 

KING represented a test of the kind of high-yield fission weapon some of the 

fusion opponents had in mind. To a degree, the KING weapon also offered a 

18 
backup to help ease the national sense of vulnerability, if the initial attemp

at a fusion reaction detonation was unsuccessful (Reference D.3, pp. 106 and 

111). 

Report Organization 

Subsequent sections of this chapter discuss the form of experimental nuclear weapon test programs with emphasis on the potential radiation exposure 

Of participating DOD personnel. The experimental activities are considered 

first, without particular reference to the geographic location of the testing, 

and are then related to the geographic limitations on such activities at the 

PPG. The portion of the experimental program with heaviest DOD participation 

is emphasized. The chapter concludes with a descriptionf Joint Task Force 

132 (JTF 132), the organization that conducted Operation IVY, and indicates 

how the DOD elements within JTF 132 functioned. 

Chapter 2 is concerned with the radiological safety (radsafe) aspects Of 

the tests. It documents the procedures, training, and equipment used to protect participants from the radiation exposure potential inherent in the test 

operations. 

Chapter 3 focuses on the role of the DOD in the experimental program of 

IVY in general, leading to a discussion of the DOD operations for the two test 

events in particular. Chapter 4 is a narrative discussion of the operations 

that took place during these events. 

Chapters 5 through 8 summarize participation by the Army, Navy, Air Force, 

and Marine Corps. Chapter 9 summarizes the participation of other government 

agencies and contractors. A listing of participating units and a statistical 

characterization of their personnel exposures are included in these chapters. 

The personnel exposures are discussed in Chapter 10. 

19 
NUCLEAR TESTS AND RADIATION EXPOSURES 

Nuclear testing before 1963 consisted mostly ofthe unconfined detonation 

of nuclear devices in the atmosphere. The devices might be placed on a platform or a barge on the surface, placed atop a tower, supported by a balloon, 

dropped from an airplane, or flown on a rocket. A few were detonated underwater or buried in the earth or in underground tunnels and shafts. 

In theory, personnel could be exposed either by the radiation emitted at 

the time of explosion and for about 1 minute thereafter -- usually referred to 

as initial radiation -- or the radiation emitted later (residual radiation) 

In practice, however, there was no involuntary, direct exposure of personnel 

to initial radiation during testing. This is part ofthe violent nuclear explosion process itself, and to be close enough for initial radiation exposure 

would place an observer within the area swept by lethal blast and thermal 

effects. 

The neutron component of initial radiation did indirectly contribute to 

the possibility of personnel exposure. Neutrons are emitted in large numbers 

by nuclear weapon explosions. They have the property of altering certain nonradioactive materials so that they become radioactive. This process, called 

activation, works on some forms of sodium, silicon, calcium, manganese, and 

iron, as well as other common materials. Activation products thus formed are 

added to the inventory of the radioactive products produced in the explosion 

process. The radiation emitted by this inventory more than 1 minute after 

detonation is referred to as residual radiation. 

The potential for personnel exposure to residual radiation was much greater 

than the potential for exposure to initial radiation. In the nuclear explosion 

process, fissioning atoms of the heavy elements, uranium and plutonium, split 

into lighter elements, releasing energy. These lighter atoms are themselves 

radioactive and decay, forming another generation of descendants from the original fissions. This process is rapid immediately after the explosion but slows 

later and continues for years at very low levels of radioactivity. 

Overall radioactivity of all the fission products formed decays at a rate 

that is closely approximated by a rule that states that for each sevenfold increase in time, the intensity ofthe radiation will decrease by a factor of 

20 
ten. Thus, a radiation rate of 1 roentgen per hour (R/hr) at 1 hour after the 

detonation would be expected to be 0.1 R/hr after 7 hours and 0.01 R/hr after 

49 hours. This rule seems to be valid for about 6 months following an explosion, after which the observed decay is somewhat faster than that predicted by 

this relationship. Activation products, in general, decay at a faster rate 

than the fission products. 

Fission products and activation products, along with unfissioned uranium 

or plutonium from the device, are the components of the radioactive material 

in the debris cloud, and this cloud and its fallout are the primary sources 

the potential exposure to residual radiation. 

In a nuclear airburst in which the central core of intensely hot material, 

or fireball, does not touch the surface, the device residues (including the 

fission products, the activation products resulting from neutron interaction 

with device materials, and unfissioned uranium and/or plutonium) arevaporized. 

These vapors condense as the fireball rises and cools, and the particles formed 

by the condensation are small and smoke-like. They are carried up with the 

cloud to the altitude at which its rise stops, usually called the cloud stabilization altitude. Spread of this material then depends on the winds and 

weather. If the detonation size is small, the cloud stabilization altitude 

will be in the lower atmosphere and the material will act like dust and retur

to the Earth's surface in a matter of weeks. Essentially all debris from detonations with yields equivalent to kilotons of TNT will be down within 2 months 

(Reference A.6). Areas in which this fallout material will be deposited will 

appear on maps as bands following the wind's direction. Larger detonations 

(yields equivalent to megatons of TNT) will have cloud stabilization altitudes 

in the stratosphere (above about 10 miles [16 km] in the tropics); the radioactive material from such altitudes will not return to Earth for many months 

and its distribution will be much wider. Thus, airbursts contribute little 

potential for radiation exposure to personnel at the testing area, although 

there may be some residual and short-lived radiation coming from activated 

surface materials under the burst if the burst altitude is sufficiently low 

for neutrons to reach the surface. 

21 
Surface and near-surface bursts pose larger potential radiation exposure 

problems. These detonations create more radioactive debris because more material is available for activation within range of the neutrons generated by the 

explosion. In such explosions the extreme heat vaporizes device materials and 

activated Earth materials as well. These materials cool in the presence of 

additional material gouged out of the burst crater. This extra material causes 

the particles formed as the fireball cools to be larger in size, with radioactivity embedded in them or coating their surfaces. The rising cloud will lift 

these particles to altitudes that will depend on the particle size and shape 

and the power of the rising air currents in the cloud, which in turn depend on 

the yield of the detonation. The largest particles will fall back into the 

crater or very near the burst area with the next largest falling nearby. It 

has been estimated that as much as 80 percent of the radioactive debris from a 

land-surface burst falls out within the first day following the burst (Reference A.6) . 

Bursts on the surface of the seawater generate particles consisting mainly 

of salt and water drops that are smaller and lighter than the fallout particles from a land-surface burst. As a consequence, water-surface bursts produce less early fallout than similar devices detonated on land. Large-yield 

surface bursts in the PPG over relatively shallow lagoon waters or on very 

little truly dry land probably formed a complex combination of land-surfaceand water-surface-burst particle-size characteristics. 

EXPERIMENTAL PROGRAM 

Central to the test series was the experimental program. This program and 

its requirements dictated the form of the test organization and the detail of 

personnel participation. Like most of the preceding nuclear test series, IVY'S 

experimental program incorporated two aspects, the most important of which were 

the diagnostic measurements of the devices; the secondary experiments involved 

the measurement of the explosive and radiation effects. 

These two aspects can serve as a rough measure of differentiation of interest between the major participants: the AEC interest in weapon development, 

and the DOD interest in the military application of the effects of the explosions. In IVY, however, the AeC was still sponsoring experiments in areas 

22 
that later became of DOD interest exclusively. These were measurements Of 

airblast and thermal radiation, for example, that were termed "field variable" 

measurements (Reference C.1.2, Jan Inst). These measurements were used to 

construct the hostile environment for studies of the response of military systems and have been termed "environmental measurements" in this report. 

The several parts of the weapon development and the effects studies each 

had particular features that led to the possibility of radiation exposure. 

Weapon Development 

In testing devices, weapon designers are interested in two classes of measurements: the total energy release of the device, and the rate of release. 

Total energy release measurements are called yield measurements, and the rate 

of release measurements are called diagnostic measurements. 

YIELD MEASUREMENTS. Device yield is usually determined by several methods, 

two of which involve photo-optical techniques. Growth of the intensely hot and 

radiating mass of device debris and air that constitute the nuclear fireball 

varies with its yield. Very-high-speed cameras were therefore used to record 

this growth, and film records subsequently analyzed to infer yield. Duration 

and intensity of the energy pulse in the optical-thermal spectral region also 

vary with yield; thus, light detectors coupled to recorders were also used to 

derive yield. 

In addition, yield may be determined by collecting and analyzing a representative sample of the device debris. Inferences are then drawn regarding 

the yield, based on knowledge of the materials in the device. 

Construction, instrumentation placement, and data recovery for the photooptical yield determinations did not usually require personnel to be in areas 

with a high potential for exposure to radiation. Cameras and light detectors 

need only a clear field of view of the burst point and enough breadth of view 

to encompass the fireball. Camera placement did not involve personnel activities at times and places of high radiation levels. Film recovery generally 

did not involve high exposure potential, as the photo stations were usually at 

ranges and in directions not heavily contaminated by fallout. 

23 
Sampling of device debris, however, necessitated much closer contact with 

higher levels of radioactivity. The technique used in IVY and most atmospheric 

tests was to fly aircraft with collectors directly through portions of the radioactive (or "mushroom") cloud, although for some shots during some tests, 

rockets and drone aircraft were used. About 90 percent of the fission debris 

was usually considered to be in the upper or cap portion of the mushroom cloud 

(Reference A.6). Several aircraft were used to obtain a representative sample. 

Aircrews were exposed to the radiation emitted by the radioactive particles in 

the cloud as they flew through. Aircraft flying these sampling missions picked 

up significant amounts of radioactive material on their surfaces, posing additional and continuing radiation exposures to aircrews as they returned to base, 

as well as to decontamination ground crews. Samples collected were radiologically "hot" and required special handling as they were taken from the aircraft 

and prepared for shipment to the laboratory for analysis. 

DIAGNOSTIC MEASUREMENTS. The explosion of a nuclear device is a progressive release of increasing amounts of nuclear radiation, some of which directly 

escapes the device. The rest of the radiant energy interacts with the associated material of the device itself and is converted into differing forms of 

radiation and into the kinetic energy of the remaining materials in a small 

fraction of a second. The intensely hot core then reradiates, heating the 

surrounding air and creating a shock wave that propagates outward from the 

burst point. 

Weapon diagnosticians used sophisticated techniques to follow the processes 

that occur during the device explosion. Detectors and collectors were run up 

to, and sometimes inside, the device case so that the radiation being sampled 

could be directly channeled some distance away and there be recorded by instrumentation designed to survive the ensuing blast. To enhance its transport, 

radiation was conducted through pipes (often evacuated or filled with special 

gases) from the device to stations where recording instrumentation was located 

or where the information could be retransmitted to a survivable recording 

station. 

Radiation measurements are based upon the effects that result from the 

interaction of the radiation with matter. Fluorescence is one such effect. 

24 
Materials that fluoresce with radiation exposure were placed in view of cameras or light detectors to provide a record of the variation of fluorescent 

intensity with time, thereby providing anindirect measurement of the radiation environment. 

Other methods of detecting radiation involve the shielding (attenuation) 

properties of Earth materials, water, and other substances. These materials 

are also used to baffle or collimate radiation to ensure that radiation is 

directed toward the detecting instrument. 

Radiofrequency energy produced by the explosion can be detected by radio 

receivers and, with the addition of filtering and processing circuitry, can 

also provide information about the energy flow from the explosion. Such measurements permit remote placement ofreceiving and recording instruments. 

Preshot preparation included the hazards normally associated with heavy 

construction, laboratory experiments, and recreation. These included the accidental swimming deaths of two sailors, workers bitten by barracuda, coral burn 

infections, the accidental electrocution of a scientist, and tritium exposure. 

The residual radioactivity from previous tests had decayed to nonhazardous 

levels (Reference C.1.7.5). 

The potential for radiation exposure of personnel associated with weapon 

diagnostic experiments depended upon the proximity of the measurement or data 

recovery point to ground zero and the time lapse between the detonation and 

the data collection. 

The primary radiation exposure potential is from fission* products and materials made radioactive by neutron activation of device and Earth materials 

in the vicinity of ground zero. Thus, the distance from ground zero is a 

principal factor in assessing exposure to persons engaged in the experimental 

program. 

* Although MIKE was a thermonuclear, o fusion, device, a significant portion 

of its energy release resulted from fission processes. 

25 
Since radiation decays with time, the time lapse between the explosion and 

exposure is a critical factor in exposure assessment. Primary recording media 

for these experiments were photographic films from oscilloscope, streak, or 

framing cameras located in survivable bunkers near the detonation point. Because radiation fogs film in time, these films and other time-sensitive data 

were removed from the bunkers by helicopter-borne personnel within hours of 

the detonation to minimize damage by fogging. This recovery constituted the 

main potential for exposure of weapon diagnostics participants. 

Effects Experiments 

Both IVY shots tested new weapon developments. Priorities of time and 

space and go or no-go considerations favored the weapon development experiments Over the effects experiments. Although the effects experiments were 

clearly secondary, they directly involved a relatively large number of DOD 

organizations and individuals and are therefore of prime importance for this 

report. 

Effects experiments were intended to acquire urgently needed military data 

that could not be obtained from the smaller yield tests at the Nevada Proving 

Ground, now called the Nevada Test Site. These experiments may be classed 

into two general kinds. The first class of measurements was made to document 

the hostile environment created by the nuclear detonation. The second class 

of effects experiments documented the response of systems to the hostile environment; these measurements are termed systems response experiments. 

ENVIRONMENTAL MEASUREMENTS. The purpose of environmental effects measurements was to gain a comprehensive view of the hostile environment created bya 

nuclear detonation to allow military planners to design survivable military 

hardware and systems and train personnel to survive. Examples of environmental measurements include static (crushing) and dynamic (blast wind) air 

pressures in the blast wave, heat generated by the detonation, and fallout 

radiation. Measurement techniques employed for IVY varied with the effect 

being measured, but usually measuring devices or gauges were placed at a variety of ranges fram ground zero and their measurement recorded in some way. 

A wide variety of gauges and data-recording techniques was used. In some 

cases, measurements were similar to those being made by the weapon designers, 

26 
but at greater distances or longer after the detonation, which simplified the 

recording of the data, although the recovery problems were by no means trivial. 

Rugged, self-recording gauges had been developed for blast and thermal radiation measurements by 1952 so that complete loss of data from a project would 

not occur if instrument recovery were delayed, for example, by heavy fallout. 

For nuclear radiation measurements, however, prompt data recovery was still 

desirable as the gauges used might be thin foils of some material that would 

be made radioactive by the burst-time neutrons; hence early observation was 

necessary, before the information contained in the induced radiation pattern 

decayed away. 

The potential for radiation exposure of personnel responsible for environmental measurements in general depended on the proximity of the instruments to 

the device and the time that elapsed between detonation and instrument recovery, as was the case for weapon development experimentation: the nearer in 

space or time to the detonation, the greater the potential for exposure. 

SYSTEMS RESPONSE EXPERIMENTS. To document the response of systems to the 

hostile environment, military hardware (such as aircraft or naval mines) was 

exposed to the effects of nuclear detonations. 

The techniques used for the systems response experiments were conceptually 

simple: exposure of the system of interest and observation of its response. 

Actual conduct of the experiments was far more complex. The level of the 

threat to which the system was exposed almost always required documentation so 

that the response could be properly understood, necessitating an environmental 

experiment along with the systems response experiment. It was often not enough 

to know whether the system survived, but rather the response of the component 

parts and their interactions was required, entailing the placement of sophisticated instrumentation and recording devices. 

While the potential radiological exposure for these systems response experiments was governed primarily by the closeness in space or time, an additional 

problem arose. Often, when the subject of the exposure itself was recovered 

for closer examination, it might be contaminated by device debris or even be 

radioactive because of' the activating effects of the device's neutron output. 

27 
OCEANIC TESTING OPERATIONS 

Implications of oceanic testing have only incidentally been remarked upon. 

These are now discussed, especially as they relate to DOD operations during 

IVY. 

Marshall Islands Setting 

The Marshall Islands are in the easternmost part of the area known as 

Micronesia ("tiny islands"). The Marshalls encompass about 770 thousand mi 

(2 million km ) of the Earth's surface, but the total land area is only about 

70 mi2 (180 km ). Two parallel chains form the islands: Ratak (or Sunrise) 

to the east, and Ftalik (or Sunset) to the west; Enewetak is in the Ralik chain 

at its northern extremity. Figure 1 shows the Marshalls in the Central Pacific; and Figure 2 is a map of Enewetak Atoll and also shows pre-IVY detonation 

sites. 

2 

2 

2 

A typical atoll, Enewetak is a coral cap set on truncated, submerged volcanic peaks that rise to considerable heights from the ocean floor. Coral and 

sand have gradually built up narrow islands into a ring-like formation with 

open ocean on the outside and a relatively sheltered lagoon on the inside. 

Enewetak has three passages, Southwest Passage, Wide Entrance, and Deep Entrance, that permit access to its lagoon from the sea. All the islands are 

low-lying, with elevations seldom over 20 feet (6 meters) above high tide. 

Elliptically shaped, Enewetak is approximately 550 nmi (1,020 km) southwest of Wake Island and 2,380 nmi (4,410 km) southwest of Honolulu. It encloses a lagoon of 17 by 23 miles (27 by 37 km) and has a total land area of 

2.75 mi (7.12 km ), with elevations averaging 10 feet (3 meters) above mean 

sea level. The support section of Enewetak (Enewetak, Parry, and Japtan islands) constitutes about 34 percent of the atoll's land surface. The string 

of islands from Runit to Bokoluo, the detonation area, constitutes about 32 

percent. The various names used for the islands of the atoll are listed in 

Appendix A, "Island Synonyms." 

2 2 

The climate of Enewetak is tropical marine, generally warm and humid. 

Temperature changes are slight, ranging from 70° to 9O0F (21° to 32OC). Rainfall is moderate, and prolonged droughts may occur. North of Enewetak is open 
I 

I- ""_ 

I 

I 

I 

I 

1- 

I 

I 

7"" 

29 
BOKAlDRlKDRlK 

DRlDRlLBWlJ 1948 X-RAY (37 KT). TOWER 

1951 EASY (47 KT), TOWER 

1951 ITEM.' TOWER 

1951 GEORGE," TOWER 

1948 YOKE (49 KT),TOWER 

1948 ZEBRA (18 KT), TOWER 

1951 DOG,' TOWER 

SOUTHWEST \ 

L 

DREKATIMON 

JINEDROL 

ANANIJ 

JAPTAN 

PARRY, 

IKUREN 

0123456 WIDE I 1 I I 1 I 1 

NAUTICAL MILES PASSAGE 

t 0173456 

STATUTE MILES 

0246810 

Lll'llrlrlJ 

KILOMETERS 'YIELD NOT ANNOUNCED 

162' 20' EAST 

Figure 2. Enewetak Atoll, 1952, with pre-IVY test sites. 

30 
ocean for a thousand miles, with the only inhabited island being Wake. Storms 

are infrequent, although typhoons occur; nevertheless, both wind and sea are 

continuous erosional agents. Although possible at any time, most tropical 

Storms occur from September to December. Much cumulus cloud cover exists in 

the area. 

The Enewetak region incorporates three basic wind systems. The northeast 

trade winds extend from the surface to 25,000 or 30,000 feet (7.6 or 9.1 km), 

the upper westerlies from the top of the trades to the base of the tropopause 

at 55,000 to 60,000 feet (16.8 to 18.3 km), and the Krakatoa easterlies from 

the tropopause into the stratosphere. These systems are all basically east-towest or west-to-east currents. Day-to-day changes reflect the relatively small 

north-south components, which are markedly variable. Greatest variation occurs 

in the upper westerlies, particularly during late summer and fall. 

The steady northeast trade winds in the lower levels cause the water at 

the surface of the lagoon to flow from northeast to southwest, where it sinks 

to the bottom and returns along the lower levels of the lagoon, rises to the 

surface along the eastern arc of the reefs and islands, and is moved by the 

winds to the southwest again. The lagoon waters moving in this closed loop 

also mix with those of the open ocean, resulting in a flushing action. The 

flushing is rapid and has two major routes. The first is directly through the 

eastern reefs to the western reefs; the second is through Deep Entrance between 

Japtan and Parry and out Wide Entrance west of Enewetak. These two routes also 

function to keep the waters of the northern part of the lagoon separate from 

the southern waters. 

Land areas of Enewetak and Bikini Atolls, their lagoons, and the waters 

within 3 miles (5 km) of their seaward sides constituted the PPG.* These islands are part of the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, a strategic area 

trusteeship of the United Nations, administered by the United States. The U.S. 

agency in charge of the PPG itself was the AEC. 

* After 1956, the PPG was designated the Eniwetok Proving Ground, or EPG. 

31 
The Test Division of the AEC Division of Military Applications, Santa Fe 

Operations Office, administered the test site through its Enewetak Branch Office, which supervised engineering, construction, maintenance, operation, and 

management activities performed by its contractor, Holmes & Narver, Inc. (HCN). 

PHYSICAL CONDITIONS IN 1952. Enewetak had been the site of nuclear testing in 1948 and 1951: the islands in the southeast quadrant served as the 

base for the task forces, and the islands from north through east-northeast 

were used for the tests themselves. The principal base islands were Enewetak, 

which bordered Wide Entrance, and Parry, northeast of Enewetak, which bordered 

Deep Entrance. These two islands account for about 30 percent of the atoll's 

land area. 

The following facilities had been constructed on Enewetak Island by midOctober 1950 (Reference D.2, pp. 149-150) : 

0 One hundred thirty-six buildings with floor space totaling 

about 403,000 ft2 (37,440 m2) 

0 An airfield with a 7,000-foot (2,134-meter) runway and 

58.4 acres (23.6 hectares) of taxiways and parking areas 

0 Paved roads totaling 5.38 miles (8.66 km) 

e Three piers 

0 Utilities, including sewers, salt- and freshwater systems, 

a telephone system, and a 3,000-kW electric power system. 

In the northeastern arc of the atoll, causeways and temporary camps had 

been built for use in the two previous test series. The islands of Aomon and 

Bijire had been joined by a causeway for SANDSTONE (1948), and the causeway 

had been extended from Eleleron to Lojwa for GREENHOUSE. 

The northern and eastern islands involved in the shot or shot-support activities had been graded extensively. But Japtan, lying just across Deep Entrance from Parry, still contained a considerable stand of coconut palms and 

other vegetation. 

RADIOLOGICAL CONDITIONS IN 1952. SANDSTONE detonations on Enjebi, Aomon, 

and Runit left portions of these islands radioactive. Figure 2 shows these 

detonation sites. In October 1948, an H&N reconnaissance party described an 

32 
area Of ground with a radius of about 1,000 feet (305 meters) centered on the 

location of each shot tower. Radioactivity within each area would have resulted in exposure beyond the then accepted daily limit of 0.1 R. Apparently, 

at some time after the major preparations for GREENHOUSE began, these areas 

were covered with uncontaminated soil (Reference 0.2, p. 42). 

GREENHOUSE detonations were on Enjebi, Eleleron, and Runit (see Figure 2) 

and left these islands and other areas contaminated. DOG and ITEM tower residues were left in place on Enjebi after GREENHOUSE. Information, however, is 

lacking on the exact extent of the radiation area. Entry onto Enjebi, Mijikadrek, Eleleron, and Runit was controlled by the AEC through 31 October 1951 

(Reference C.2.3, First Installment, p. 9). Enjebi was still considered "quite 

hot" in March 1953 (possibly from further contamination by MIKE), although the 

GREENHOUSE surface zeroes would have contributed localized hot spots that could 

potentially lead to radiation exposures to personnel working on these islands 

during the IVY preparations. 

Shot GEORGE of GREENHOUSE (1951) left a large crater on Eleleron. In February 1953, readings, primarily from the crater, were between 0.050 and 0.095 

R/hr, with little, if any, contribution from the IVY (1952) shots. These readings would have been higher in 1952 during the preparations for and execution 

Of IVY. IVY preparations focused on the MIKE experiments, which were concentrated on the islands from Boken west, as the zero point was on Eluklab. Some 

projects, however, had instrumentation sites on Enjebi, Eleleron, and Runit. 

The reef just north of Runit was also the surface zero for KING, and the island was heavily instrumented. Some exposure to residual radiation from the 

GREENHOUSE tests obviously occurred, but as these areas were controlled such 

exposures would have been reflected in the film badge listings in the Consolidated List (Reference C.1.7.2). 

Special Problems in Oceanic Testing 

Enewetak Atoll and its surrounding waters offered a relatively isolated 

area for nuclear testing and for the favorable disposition of test debris if 

the winds were in the right direction. The very limited land area, however, 

presented problems for the test program. Space for housing test personnel and 

for storage of supplies was at a premium. Wind direction dictated that testing 

33 
be conducted on the atoll's northern islands. Conveniently, Enewetak and 

Parry, two of the three largest islands, were located in the atoll's southeastern quadrant. Two major camps were built on them to house the portion 

(approximately 40 percent) of the task force at Enewetak Atoll not afloat. 

But Enewetak, the largest island, had only about 320 acres (130 hectares) and 

half of this area was used €or an airstrip and its related facilities. 

The smaller northern islands were not arranged in a pattern that facilitated the placement of instruments, 90 various actions had to be taken to meet 

the requirements of the IVY experimental program. A causeway about 9,000 feet 

(2,800 meters) long was built from Eluklab across Dridrilbwij and Bokaidrikdrik 

to Boken. The causeway provided a road between ground zero on Eluklab, the 

temporary support camp on Dridrilbwij, and major scientific stations on Boken. 

It also supported a plywood, helium-filled conduit (the Krause-Ogle Box) extending from the MIKE cab (the structure housing the device) to the scientific 

stations on Boken and carried coaxial cable leading from the cab. Figure 3 

shows a load of fill being dumped during the construction of the causeway, and 

Figure 4 shows the view down the causeway from Boken looking toward the MIKE 

detonation point. 

Floating data-collection stations helped compensate for the lack of appropriately located land. Fallout stations were mounted on twenty 60-man life 

floats anchored in the atoll's lagoon. In addition, fallout stations were 

mounted on 10 task force ships, USS Curtiss (AV-4), USS Estes (AGC-12) , USS 

- Leo (AKA-20), USS Oak Hill (LSD-7), USS Agawam (AOG-6), USS Carpenter (DDE-825), 

USS Fletcher (DDE-445), USS Radford (DDE-446), USS O'Bannon (DDE-4501, and E 

Rendova (CVE-114). Fallout stations were also mounted on 19 dan buoys that were 

placed in a pie-slice pattern eastward from the atoll. 

The testing process used up much of the limited land space that was available. An extreme case was the IVY, MIKE shot, which eliminated Eluklab, the 

island on which the device was detonated, and left a large underwater crater. 

Finally, Enewetak Atoll was not sufficiently large to permit detonation Of 

a device of MIKE'S yield without significant risk of blast damage or radioactive 

contamination of the main camps on Enewetak and Parry islands. Evacuation Of 

Enewetak Atoll was no small task, so Ujelang Atoll and, especially, Bikini 

Atoll, were considered as alternative sites for MIKE. 

34 

Detailed study revealed, however, that little would have been gained by 

use of either location. Both would have required extensive preparation, virtually from scratch -- at best an expensive and time-consuming process. Given 

very tight supplies of needed materials, such as marine signal cable, timely 

completion of construction might have been impossible. Use of Ujelang would 

have required long-term removal of the Marshallese population, and probably 

would have led to political complications (Reference C.0.1, pp. 49-50). In 

view of these considerations, the decision was made to detonate MIKE at 

Enewetak. 

JOINT TASK FORCE 132 

Successive joint task forces conducted the U.S. nuclear test series in the 

Pacific. These organizations incorporated elements of the armed services, 

other government agencies (especially the AEC), and civilian contractors. JTF 

132 was the successor to JTF 3, which conducted GREENHOUSE in 1951. 

Before IVY, each task force was deactivated after its test series was finished. The AEC continued to develop weapons, but the continuity of testing 

operations in the Pacific and of the DOD role in those operations was broken 

after each series. This was inefficient for several reasons: (1) facilities 

in the PPG were not adequately maintained; (2) military personnel experienced 

in nuclear testing or the support thereof were assigned to other duties and 

their skills lost to later stages of the program; (3) planning was interrupted, 

leading to the need to re-solve previously solved problems as preparations fr 

the next series began; and (4) aircraft and ships modified for nuclear test 

operations were returned to their previous configuration and put back in the 

general inventory. 

By May 1951 at least two sets of factors were increasing the pressure for 

a new organizational structure for conductillg nuclear tests in the Pacific. 

First, the international situation and the quickening pace of work in the AEC 

laboratories indicated that test series might be more frequent in the future; 

and second, the approaching conclusion of the GREENHOUSE Series raised, the 

question of the disposition of the human and material assets of JTF 3. If, as 

appeared increasingly probable, the next Pacific test series would involve a 

fusion device, then a whole new set of problems would be presented because of 

the anticipated very high yield. 

36 
Of course, a new joint task force was one possible solution to the organizational problem, but other ideas were on the table. The interested parties, 

including the AEC, the Joint Chiefs of Staff (JCS), the Armed Forces Special 

Weapons Project (AFSWP), and senior officials of the four services considered 

the problem at length. Although a new joint task force for each series would 

be inefficient, JTF 3 was too large and expensive for long-term operation, and 

some believed that military requirements for future Pacific tests would be 

smaller. In the end, a new joint task force was established, absorbing key 

personnel from JTF 3 and taking control of U.S. forces rolling up Operation 

GREENHOUSE at Enewetak. The organization, JTF 132, was activated in Washington, D.C., on 9 July 1951. 

The Commander JTF 132 (CJTF 132) reported to the JCS through the Army 

Chief of Staff. As the command of the permanent task force rotated among the 

services, the reporting channel rotated in the same sequence. The joint task 

force also was a subordinate comand of the Comnander in Chief Pacific 

(CINCPAC), who provided overall security and logistics support. 

Charged with responsibility for nuclear energy development by the Atomic 

Energy Act of 1946, the AEC designated CJTF 132 as its representative during 

the operational period of the test series. Thus, the commander had the authority to conduct the tests without the AEC relinquishing its responsibilities 

under the law. 

For IVY, the task force was composed of four task groups: Task Group (TG) 

132.1 (AEC scientific activities and base facilities), TG 132.2 (Army), TG 

132.3 (Navy) , and TG 132.4 (Air Force) . All task groups supported the experimental program in one way or another. The organization of JTF 132 and its 

relationship to higher authority are depicted in Figure 5. The functions of 

the four task groups are described subsequently. 

Pre-IVY Period 

After its activation on 9 July 1951, JTF 132 moved quickly to prepare for 

IVY, the next test series, and to lay a comprehensive base for Pacific testing 

over the long term. 

37 
COMMISSION LIAISON COMMITTEE 

v- 1 

JOINTCHIEFS OF STAFF 

1 

8 I 

I \ I I 1 

SANTA FE OPERATIONS EXECUTIVE AGENT NAVAL OPERATIONS US. AIR FORCE 

I 

I H DEPUTY COMMANDER 

JOINT TASK FORCE 132 

SCIENTIFIC MATTERS 

COMMANDER 

JOINT TASK FORCE 132 H CINCPAC I 

I ~~ ~~~ 

1 I 

TASK GROUP 132.1 

(SCIENTIFIC) 

TASK GROUP 132.2 

(ARMY) 

TASK GROUP 132.3 

(NAVY) 

TASK GROUP 132.4 

(AIR FORCE) 

L 

MILITARY OPERATIONS DIRECTION 

SCIENTIFIC DIRECTION 

LIAISON 

"- 

"- 

Figure 5. Organization of Joint Task Force 132. 

Personnel of n; 3.1, the GREENHOUSE scientific task group, returned to 

their Los Alamos and Livermore laboratories to analyze the data collected. TG 

132.1, the scientific task group for JTF 132, was activated on 2 January 1952 

(Reference B.0.4, p. 1). Shortly after activation, the task group commander 

told members of the task force staff that November 1952 should be used as the 

planning date for the MIKE shot (Reference C.O.l, pp. 34-35). 

MILITARY AT THE PACIFIC PROVING GROUND. By 20 June 1951, after the last 

test of the GREENHOUSE series, only a military garrison and HLN maintenance 

personnel remained on Enewetak Atoll (Reference D.2, pp. 164-165). The garrison was largely made up of Army personnel and retained the designation of 

TG 3.2, the Army task group during Operation GREENHOUSE. On 1 August 1951 

TG 3.2 was deactivated and reactivated as TG 132.2. The task group commander 

represented the CJTF 132 at Enewetak and had operational control of all joint 

task force elements present. The task group commander also was Commander Enewetak Atoll, reporting to CINCPAC. 

38 
TG 3.3 was disbanded completely at the end of GREENHOUSE, although a small 

naval detachment remained as the boat pool at Enewetak under the operational 

control of Commander TG 132.2 (CTG 132.2) , and a naval deputy was on the staff 

for the joint task force. 

After GREENHOUSE, TG 3.4 was deactivated, but an Air Force detachment remained at Enewetak Island to operate the airfield under the operational control 

of CTG 132.2. On 19 June 1951, this unit was designated 4931st Test Support 

Squadron. At the same time the 4930th Test Support Group was established at 

Kirtland AFB under Special Weapons Command as a cadre for future Air Force ac

tivities in the PPG (Reference C.O.l, p. 38). 

When TG 3.2 was redesignated TG 132.2 of JTF 132, it consisted of the following units (Reference C.2.3, First Installment, p. 12): 

0 7126th Army Unit 

0 4931st Test Support Squadron (Air Force) , in turn supported 

by the 1500th Air Transportation Group, Detachment 1500-1 

(Military Air Transport Service), the 1960th Airways and 

Air Communications Squadron, Detachment 1960-1, and the 

31st Weather Squadron, Detachment 31-1 

0 Navy Boat Pool Detachment. 

In addition, a small Coast Guard detachment that ran the Loran system station 

on Enewetak Island was attached to TG 132.2 for base facilities support (Reference C.2.2, p. IV-2). 

During the summer of 1951, the garrison force put much effort into cocooning and storing equipnent left behind by JW 3. At the time, it was believed 

that the next Pacific test series would be held in the spring of 1952, with 

the buildup beginning in the fall of 1951. When it became clear that a spring 

series was unlikely, much equipment had to be reprocessed for long-term storage. This task was largely completed in the fall of 1951 (Reference C.0.1, 

p. 20). 

On 16 August 1951, CJTF 132 visited the garrison. Because the size and 

mission of TG 3.2 had fluctuated widely in the previous 2 years, TG 132.2 had 

inherited a hodgepodge of orders and directives. CJTF 132 decided a unified 

operational directive was required, and the result was Operation Order 1-51, 

39 
dated 26 November 1951 (Reference B.0.3). Under this order, CTG 132.2 was 

responsible 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

8. 

9. 

10. 

11. 

12. 

13. 

14. 

to CJTF 132 for: 

Organizing all Army, Navy, and Air Force personnel under 

his comnand in a manner best suited to accomplish his 

assigned mission 

Maintaining all active military equipment on the atoll in 

a state of repair and readiness 

Maintaining all stored military equipment in protective 

cover as required for minimal deterioration 

Shipping all surplus equipment and materiel in accordance 

with instructions from CJTF 132 

Operating port and stevedoring facilities on Enewetak 

Atoll in coordination with the AEC contractor, H&N 

Providing atoll surface and air transportation within the 

atoll area 

Maintaining minimum airbase facilities consisting of 

a. Air base headquarters 

b. Airbase operations 

c. Air Force supply 

d. Canmunication and oontrol tower facilities 

e. Weather observation and forecasting facilities 

f. Military Air Transport Service (MATS) turnaround station and air passenger and freight terminal facilities 

Providing for the radiological safety of task force units 

and visiting military personnel 

Maintaining and operating the signal communications system on Enewetak 

Organizing, training, and equipping a combat-type unit 

Conducting a training program as prescribed in training 

memoranda of Headquarters JTF 132 

Preparing a natural disaster plan for use in the event of 

a typhoon or tidal wave 

Preparing emergency plans to include the defense of the 

a to 11 

Supplying and supporting all authorized tenant units, including the U.S. Coast Guard (Loran) detachment. 

As Commander Enewetak Atoll, CTG 132.2 also was responsible to CINCPAC for 

security of the atoll. This meant maintaining the status of the atoll as a 

closed area, denying entry into the danger area by unauthorized vessels and 

40 
aircraft, denying entry into the atoll by personnel lacking proper clearances, 

and providing surveillance of the atoll to prevent trespassing, photography, 

or sample removal by unauthorized persons. 

During this period, most of the work of the 7126th Army Unit was done on 

Enewetak Island, but military police of the unit conducted ground security 

sweeps of the atoll every 4 days or as directed by CJTF 132 (Reference C.O.1, 

p. 172). The Navy Boat Pool was used to support the surface security sweeps 

(Reference C.2.1, pp. xii-4; Reference C.O.l, p. 118). Although TG 132.2 was 

charged with providing stevedoring services on Enewetak Atoll and the 7126th 

was the unit with this capability, it appears that H&N did most of the work, 

and it is doubtful whether personnel from the 7126th did any stevedoring on 

the shot islands or on Parry (Reference C.2.3, First Installment, p. 28). On 

at least one Occasion, ordnance experts of the 7126th were called to the northern islands of the atoll to deal with World War I1 shells uncovered during construction operations. The Protestant chaplain of the unit conducted services 

on Enewetak and Parry islands. A Catholic chaplain arrived at a later date. 

(Reference C.2.2, p. IV-8). 

The mission of the Air Force 4931st Test Support Squadron was to provide 

air transportation within Enewetak Atoll, maintenance facilities for stored 

Air Force equipment and supplies, and airbase facilities. The squadron had 

six L-13 aircraft in commission to provide local transportation. HLN generated most of the air traffic in support of their operations on the atoll's 

northern islands (Reference C.0.1, pp. 112-113; Reference C.2.3, First Installment, p. 28) . 

According to the CTG 132.2 Final Report, the strength of TG 132.2 as of 

1 August 1951 was 335 personnel, distributed as shown in Table 2. The authorized strength of the 7126th Army Unit was 27 officers, 2 warrant officers, and 

290 enlisted men (Reference C.2.1, p. IV-2). 

The tour of duty on Enewetak Atoll for members of TG 132.2 was 12 months, 

although many remained longer because replacements were slow to arrive (Reference C.2.3, First Installment, p. 12). 

41 
Table 2. Strength of Task Group 132.2 as of 1 August 1951. 

Officers Enlisted Toal 

Army 18 2 13 231 

Navy 1 16 17 

Air Force 10 68 78 

Coast Guard 1 8 9 

CIVILIANS AT THE PACIFIC PROVING GROUND. The other major group of personnel at the PPG during the early part of the garrison phase were employees of 

the AEC contractor, H&N. HhN was responsible for providing utilities on Enewetak Island, for maintaining some facilities there, and for all construction, 

maintenance and base support elsewhere on the atoll. Company personnel, under 

directives from the AEC, provided radsafe services for the areas of the atoll 

other than Enewetak Island until the task force arrived in the proving ground 

(Reference B.0.4, p. 2). 

Bui 1 dup 

CONSTRUCTION. To prepare for IVY, H&N completed numerous construction 

projects. These projects can be divided into two broad categories: expendable test facilities, and improvements to permanent camps on Enewetak and 

Parry islands. Expendable test facilities (Reference C.O.1, pp. 129-135) 

included several classes of projects: 

1. Temporary camps and related support facilities. The focus of activity for MIKE was the ground zero on Eluklab 

Island. The contractor built the causeway connecting 

Eluklab, Dridrilbwij, Bokaidrikdrik, and Boken islands. 

2. Scientific stations. Altogether about 500 scientific 

stations had to be built or renovated for IVY. Some were 

quite simple, but some were massive and complex. Most Of 

the stations requiring major construction were located on 

the islands joined by the causeway. Station 1, the MIKE 

shot cab, was a large building measuring 88 x 46 x 61 

feet (26.8 x 14.0 x 18.6 meters) to the eaves, with elaborate equipment to support and monitor MIKE (see Figure 6). Stretching from the shot cab to Boken Island was 

Station 204, a helium-filled conduit 8 x 8 x 9,000 feet 

(2.44 x 2.44 x 2,743 meters), known less formally as the 

"Krause-Ogle BOX." At the Boken end of the Krause-Ogle 

Box were stations 200 and 202, both of thick reinforced 

42 


BUILDUP OF PERSONNEL AND UNITS, According to task force planning, personnel assigned to task force headquarters were to be in the proving ground by 

15 September 1952, with the exception of the small scientific contingent scheduled to be present by 3 October (see Table 3). Most elements of the task 

group were to be at their posts in the forward area by late October 1952. 

Table 3. Headquarters Joint Task Force 132 staffing, IVY. 

Operational Strength Date of 

Service En1 isted Operational Arrival in 

E 1 emen t Officers Men Civi 1 i ans Location Forward Area 

Army 21 19 Parry 15 Sep 52 

Navy 12 12 Parry 15 Sep 52 

Air Force 15 19 Parry 15 Sep 52 

Scientific - - - 3 Parry 3 Oct 52 

Total 48 50 3 

Source: Reference 8.0.2, Change No. 3, p. C-1. 

Most, if not all, H&N personnel were assigned either to Test Facilities Or 

Base Facilities Units of TG132.1. The TG 132.1 population on Enewetak Atoll 

reached its peak on 24 October 1952 with 556 staff and scientific personnel 

and 1,129 H&N employees (Reference C.l.l, p. 23). These peak figures are reasonably close to the planned numbers shown in Table 4. 

As preparations for IVY proceeded, the authorized strength of the 7126th 

Army Unit, the core of TG 132.2, was increased to 39 officers, 6 warrant Officers, and 441 enlisted men. Several units were added to the task group to help 

perform its test series missions. The order of their arrival was (Reference 

C.2.1, p. IV-3) : 

7131st Army Unit.Signa1 Detachment 

First Increment 

Second Increment 

511th Transportation Port Company 

First Increment 

Second Increment 

1 Apr 1952 

6 May 1952 

1 Apr 1952 

6 May 1952 

45 
Table 4. Planned Task Group 132.1 staffing for IVY. 

~~~ ~ ~ ~ ~~ 

Operational Strength Date of 

En 1 i sted Operational Forward 

Arrival in 

Unit Officers Men Civilians Location Area 

Headquarters Task Group 132.1 

Civilian 

Army 10 

Navy 5 

Air  6 

Task Group 

132.1 (Scientific Programs) 

25 

1 

1 

28 

Task Unit 

132.1.2 (Production) 

132.1.3 (Special Materials 

Faci 1 i ti es) 

132.1.4 (LASL Assembly) 1 

132.1.5 (Sandia Assembly) 

132.1.6 (Firing Party)a 

132.1.7 (Radsaf e) 25 

132.1.8 (Technical 

Photography) 

132.1.9 (Documentary 6 

Photography) 5 

132.1.10 (Test Facilities) 1 

132.1.11 (Base Facilities) 

Holmes & Narver 

Total 

- 

114 

23 

20 

6 

19 

24 

8 

3 

3 

45 

1 

22 

16 

3 

5 

13 

- 

188 

39 

5 

239 

48 

56 

76 

6 

5 

9 

2 

15 

789 

49 

428 

39 

1,832 

Parry 22 Oct 52 

Parry 22 Oct 52 

Parry 22 Oct 52 

Parry 22 Oct 526 

Kwajalein 

Bikini 

Hawaii 

Wake 

Midway 

Guam 

Johnston 

Parry 

22 Oct 52 

22 Oct 52 

22 Oct 52 

22 Oct 52 

22 Oct 52 

22 Oct 52 

22 Oct 52 

22 Oct 52 

Parry 22 Oct 52 

Parry 17 Sep 52 

Northern Islands 12 Sep 52 

Kwajalein 12 Nov 52 

Parry 

Parry 29 Oct 52 

Parry 29 Oct 52 

Kwajalein 22 Oct 52 

Parry 22 Oct 52 

Parry 15 Oct 52 

Parry 12 Nov 52 

Parry In Place 

Enewetak In Place 

Northern Islands In Place 

Bikini In Place 

Note: 

a 

Source: Reference 5.0.2, Change No. 3, pp. C-1 and C-2. 

Personnel drawn from other task units. 

46 
4th Transportation Truck Company 

First Increment 

Second Increment 

Counterintelligence Corps, Provisional, 

Sub-detachment C 

125th Military Police Provost Marshal Detachment 

516th Military Police Service Company 

Cmunications Security Detachment 1, 8607th AAU 

(Army) 

18th Military Police Criminal Investigation 

Division 

A group of Army stevedores, electricians, 

carpenters, mechanics, and officers posted from 

Hawaii to the proving ground for temporary duty 

by the Comnanding General, U.S. Army, Pacific 

1 Apr 1952 

6 May 1952 

16 Jun 1952 

16 Aug 1952 

19 Aug 1952 

19 Aug 1952 

19 Aug 1952 

Began arriving 

9 Sep 1952 and 

departed by 

27 Oct 1952 

The Communications Security Detachment and Sub-detachment C of the Counterintelligence Corps were attached to TG 132.2 for administrative and logistics 

support only. 

Planned manning levels and locations of the elements of TG 132.2 are given 

in Table 5 as of 8 October 1952, after the Air Force component, the 4931st Test 

Support Squadron, had been transferred to TG 132.4. Actual monthly totals for 

the task group, apparently less the Coast Guard Loran station detachment and 

the three officers and 95 men on temporary duty from Hawaii, were as shown in 

Table 6. 

TG 132.3 was activated in Washington, D.C., on 8 February 1952. Components of the task group arrived in the forward area as shown in Table 7. 

Total strength during the operational period is shown in Table 8. 

TG 132.4 was activated on 2 January 1952 at Kirtland AFB, Albuquerque, New 

Mexico (Reference B.0.4, p. 2). Planned arrival times and size of the task 

group elements as of 8 October can be seen from Table 9. Actual buildup (by 

location) is shown in Table 10. 

The Task Force in Place 

As of October 1952, Hq JTF 132 expected the task force personnel to be 

distributed as shown in Table 11. 

47 
Table 5. Task Group 132.2 manning levels and locations as of 

8 October 1952, IVY. 

Operational Strength 

Unit 

En 1 isted Operational 

Officers Men Locat ion 

Headquarters Task Group 132.2 

(7126th AU) 

Temporary duty from U.S. Army, 

Pacific 

Navy Boat Pool Detachment 

Loran station USCG Detachment 

7131st Army Unit Signal Detachment 

516th Military Pol i ce Company 

Corrmuni cations Security 

Detachment 1, 8607th AAU 

18th Mi 1 i tary Pol ice Criminal 

Investigation Division 

Counterintelligence Corps, 

Provisional, Sub-Detachment C 

125th Military Police, Provost 

Marshal Detachment 

511th Transport Port Company 

4th Transport Truck Company 

Tota 1 

44 

3 

1 

1 

4 

2 

1 

2 

3 

4 

1 

1 

2 

5 

3 

77 

446 

95 

24 

8 

53 

40 

1 

50 

50 

61 

31 

2 

2 

2 

3 

5 

155 

12 5 

1,153 

Enewet ak Island 

Enewet ak I s 1 and 

Enewet ak Is 1 and 

Enewetak Island 

Enewetak Island 

Parry Is 1 and 

Northern islands 

Enewetak Island 

Parry I s 1 and 

Northern islands 

Enewetak Islanda 

Enewetak Island 

Enewet ak Is 1 and 

Parry Is1 and 

Northern i sl ands 

Enewetak Island 

Enewetak Island 

Enewet ak I s 1 and 

Note: 

aAboard USS Estes (AGC-12). 

Source: Reference C.0.2, p. 82. 

48 
Table 6. Monthly personnel totals for Task Group 132.2, IVY. 

Air Force Navy 

En 1 isted En 1 isted Enlisted 

Date Officers Men Officers Men Officers Men Total 

1 Sep 51 

1 Oct 51 

1 Nov 51 

1 Dec 51 

1 Jan 52 

1 Feb 52 

1 Mar 52 

1 Apr 52 

1 May 52 

1 Jun 52 

1 Jul 52 

1 Aug 52 

1 Sep 52 

1 Oct 52 

1 Nov 52 

17 

20 

16 

18 

19 

20 

22 

36 

37 

46 

55 

67 

67 

71 

75 

2 46 

24 7 

2 18 

20 1 

245 

27 5 

251 

51 2 

499 

67 0 

757 

1,009 

1,052 

1,043 

1,039 

12 

10 

11 

11 

11 

13 

14 

11 

22 

20 

26 

30 

30 

31 

48 

67 

65 

68 

69 

84 

11 7 

73 

70 

106 

129 

142 

193 

186 

194 

288 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

18 

18 

25 

40 

39 

22 

25 

26 

27 

27 

26 

23 

26 

24 

24 

361 

36 1 

339 

34 0 

399 

44 8 

386 

65 6 

692 

89 3 

1,007 

1,323 

1,362 

1,364 

1,475 

Source: Reference C.2.1, p. IV-2. 

49 
Table 7. Arrival of components of Task Group 132.3 in the forward area, IVY. 

Number of 

Date 

"""""_~""""_~___I~-~ "" 

7 Jul 52 

17 Jul 52 

21 Jul 52 

26 Jul 52 

30 Jul 52 

21 Aug 52 

2 Sep 52 

12 Sep 52 

18 Sep 52 

2 Oct 52 

14 Oct 52 

14 Oct 52 

18 Oct 52 

20 Oct 52 

21 Oct 52 

14 Nov 52 

Gasoline tanker USS Agawam (AOG-6) 

Underwater Detection Unit (arrived by air) 

Fuel oil barge YON-146 arrived under tow by USS Moctobi (ATF-105), which left soon 

thereafter 

Boat pool (advance group of 1 officer and 21 enlisted men arrived by air, remainder 

30 July) 

Self-propelled gasoline barge YOG-69 arrived under tow by USS Takelma (ATF-118), 

which left soon thereafter 

Main body of boat pool arrived on USS Oak Hill (LSD-7) with their boats: 4 aircraft 

rescue vessels (AVR), 21 mechanized landing craft, 4 large personnel landing craft 

(LPCILI), 5 utility landing craft (LCU) 

Patrol Squadron 2 (VP-2) with 8 P2V-4 patrol and antisubmarine search aircraft and 

3 P2V-5 patrol and antisubmarine search aircraft 

Two PBM-SA patrol flying boats belonging to VP-2 

Escort destroyer USS Radford (DDE-446) 

Escort destroyer USS O'Bannon (DOE-450) 

Escort destroyer USS Carpenter (DOE-825) 

Escort destroyer USS Fletcher (DDE-445) 

Seaplane tender USS Curtiss (AV-4) 

Troop landing ship USS LST-836 

Amphibious force flagship USS Estes (AGC-12) 

Escort aircraft carrier USS Rendova (CVE-114); on board were 6 F4U-5N carrier-based 

fighters, 4 TBM-3R torpedo bombers converted for transport, and 5 HRS-2 transport 

helicopters (34 men of Navy Helicopter Squadron [HS-21 detachment provided personnel 

for 3 HRS-2 helicopters, and 14 men of Marine Component Air Department provided 

personnel for 2 HRS-2 helicopters) 

One P2V-4 aircraft from VP-2C 

Auxiliary ocean tug MV Horizon, owned and operated by the Scripps Institution of Oceanography as a research ship 

Transport USNS David C. Shanks (T-AP-180) 

Transport USNS General E.T. Collins (T-AP-147) 

Fleet ocean tug USS Yuma (ATF-94) 

Attack cargo ship USS Leo (AKA-60) 

Fleet ocean tug USS Arikara (ATF-98) 

Fleet ocean tug USS Lipan (ATF-85) 

Net laying ship USS Elder (AN-20) 

Auxiliary ocean tug MV Spencer C. Baird, owned and operated by Scripps Institution 

of Oceanography as axsearch ship present for MIKE; at Bikini for KING) 

122 

21 

0 

_" 

0 

330 

392 

259 

251 

276a 

258 

729 

566 

566 

972 

40 

191 

192 

74 

228 

80 

79 

49 

70 ____ 

Notes: 

aPlus 10 comprising the escort division. 

bIncluding crews of fixed-wing aircraft and helicopter with personnel, totalling 48. 

'See 21 August and 2 September. 

50 
Table 8. Task Group 132.3 strength during IVY.a 

__"___ "" __-__- 

Enlisted 

Task Group Element Officers Men Civilians Total 

Headquarters 

132.30 (Weapons Element) 

-" USS Curtiss (AV-4) 

Marine Detachment 

132.31 (Transport Element) 

USS Estes (AGC-12) 

_____ 

USS LST-836 

USNS David C. Shanks (T-AP-180) 

USNS General E.T. Collins (T-AP-147) 

USS Leo (AKA-60) 

132.32 (Service and Harbor Control Element) 

USS Oak Hi1 1 (LSD-7) 

Boat Pool Detachment 

- USS Agawam (ADG-6) 

YOG-69 

USS Lipan (ATF-85) 

USS Yuma (ATF-94) 

Underwater Detection Unit 

USS Arikara (ATF-98) 

MV Horizon 

USS Elder (AN-20) 

"- 

____ 

~- 

132.33 (Destroyer Element) 

Comnander and Staff, Division 11 

USS Carpenter (DDE-825) 

USS Fletcher (DDE-445) 

USS Radford (DDE-446) 

U_SS 0' Bannon (DDE-450) 

132.34 (Convoy and Escort Element) 

USS Rendova (CVE-114) -I___ 

Composite Squadron Three (VC-3) 

Service Squadron Seven (FASRON-7) 

Helicopter ASW Squadron Two (HS-2) 

Marine Component Air Department 

Patrol Plane Unit 

Patrol Squadron Two (VP-2) and FASRON-110 

Total Task Group 132.3 

17 

39 

3 

48 

6 

5 

5 

12 

19 

4 

8 

5 

5 

1 

5 

4 

5 

15 

17 

18 

17 

72 

9 

6 

12 

8 

47 

412 

44 

683 

64 

518 

123 

17 

16 

216 

211 

198 

114 

14 

74 

71 

20 

75 

1 

45 

5 

261 

241 

238 

234 

804 

33 

22 

6 

298 

4,646 

1 62 

722 

67 

566 

129 

169 191 

171 192 

228 

230 

202 

122 

14 

79 

76 

21 

80 

36 37 

49 

10 

276 

258 

256 

251 

876 

42 

6 

34 

14 

34 5 

377 5,435 

Note: 

aThe disagreement with Table 7 in number of personnel for some units is because the 

totals were extracted at different times during the operation. Also, crews of other 

units were aboard Oak Hill (LSD-7) when it arrived in the Pacific Proving Ground. 

Source: Reference C.3.1. 

51 
Table 9. Planned buildup of Task Group 132.4 in the forward area, IVY. 

Operational Strength 

Arrival in 

En 1 isted Forward 

Unit Officers Men Ci vi 1 i ans Equipment Area 

Kwajalein 

Hq Task Group 132.4 43 

Test Support Un it 27 

Housekeeping 3 

75 

341 

279 

1 

4 c-47 

30 Sep 

3 Oct 

1 B-25 

(ZI on1y)a 

Test Aircraft Unit 

F 1 i ght I1Ala 

Control -tanker-boh 68 

Drop instrumentation 

Maintenance element 8 

Effects element 19 

2 B-50 

10 KB-29 

26 Sep 

3 Oct 

3 Oct 

29 Sep 

26 Sep 

28 Sep 

6 Oct 

154 

2 B-29 

164 

71 

1 

1 B-36 

1 B-47 

1 B-29 

F1 i ght 'IBI' 

Sampler element 

F1 ight "C" 

Drop element 

Test Service Unit 

Weather reconnaissance 

Weather reporting 

Comnunications 

Search and rescue 

34 12 1 3 16 F-84G 1 Oct 

22 66 2 B-36H 17 Oct 

56 

2 

11 

8 

8 

1 

32 

25 3 

9 

14 3 

9 

12 

2 

32 

10 WB-29 5 Oct 

30 Sep 

30 Sep 

2 SA-16 10 Jun 

2 SB-29 

1 H-19 

3 c-54 

1 RB-50 

2 Oct 

12 Oct 

15 Oct 

Photo Element 

Sample Return 9 

(transient element, 

not included in totals) 

Kwajalein Total 34 2 

9 3 R6D 25 Oct 

1,731 5 58 aircraft 

(continued) 

52 
Table 9. Planned buildup of Task Group 132.4 in the forward area, IVY 

(continued). 

Operational Strength Arrival in 

En 1 isted Forward 

Unit Off i cers Men Ci vi 1 i ans Equipment Area 

Enewetak 

Test Support Unit 31 187 1 15 L-13 In place 

(liaison) 

Test Services Unit 

Weather reporting 

Comnuni cati ons 

Enewetak total 

Weather is 1 ands 

Test Services Unit 

Weather reporting 

Comnunications 

Weather islands total 

Task Group 132.4 Totals 

Kwajalein 

Enewetak 

Weather Is1 ands 

10 

3 

44 

4 

4 

34 2 

44 

4 

390 

20 

15 

26 

63 

31 1 

64 

16 

80 

2 H-19 3 Jun 

(helicopters) 

1 B-17 

(CJTF) 

3 H-13 (Army helicopters) 

24 Sep 

30 Sep 

15 Sep 

1 21 Intra-at01 1 

ai rcraf t 

1 , 731 5 58 aircraft 

311 1 21 aircraft 

80 - 

2,122 6 79 aircraft 

30 Sep 

30 Sep 

Notes : 

aZI - Zone of the Interior (continental United States; not included in 

Kwajalein totals). 

Source: Reference C.O.2, Change No. 3, p. C-5. 

53 
Table 10. Actual buildup of Task Group 132.4 in the forward area, IVY. 

Rear Weather 

Date Echelon Kwajalein Enewetak Islands Total 

1 Feb 

1 Mar 

1 Apr 

1 May 

1 Jun 

1 Jul 

1 Aug 

1 Sep 

1 Oct 

1 Nov 

78 

233 

3 65 

464 

880 

2,007 

1,854 

1,688 

1,210 

85 

0 

0 

1 

1 

2 74 

274 

421 

62 

946 

2,100 

79 

79 

79 

128 

191 

28 1 

201 

28 1 

23 

3 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

6 

63 

83 

84 

157 

31 2 

445 

593 

1,345 

2,562 

2,482 

2,094 

2,262 

2,272 

Source: Reference C.4.2. 

54 
Table 11. Expected distribution of IVY task force personnel, October 1952. 

Enewetak Ato 11 Kwajalein 

Servi ce En 1 isted Enlisted 

E 1 ement Officers Men Civilians Officers Men Civilians 

Hq JTF 132 48 50 3 1 0 0 

TG 132.1 80 11 7 1,745 31 40 47 

TG 132.2 77 1,153 0 0 0 0 

TG 132.3 340 4,303 442 61 34 1 0 

TG 132.4 0 0 0 386 2,042 6 

Total 54 5 5,623 2,190 479 2,423 53 

Other Total 

Servi ce En 1 isted En1 isted 

E 1 ement Officers Men Civilians Officers Men Civi 1 i ans 

Hq JTF 132 27 a 3ga 1 76 89 4 

TG 132.1 Zb 14b 48' 113 171 1,840 

TG 132.2 0 0 0 77 1,153 0 

TG 132.3 0 0 0 40 1 4,644 44 2 

TG 132.4 4d 80d 0 390 2,122 6 

5e 13e 0 5 13 0 

If 7f 0 1 7 0 

Total 39 153 49 1,063 8,199 2,292 

Notes : 

aRear echelon, Washington, D.C., and task force personnel officers at 

bLocated at Bikini, Wake, Guam, Midway, and Hawaii. 

dWeather i sl ands . e 

fPort Liaison Detachment to remain in the continental United States. 

Source: Reference B.0.2, Change No. 3, p. C-6. 

Oakland and San Francisco, California; Hickam AFB, Hawaii; and Kwajalein. 

C Located at Bikini, Johnston, and Wake islands. 

Rear echelon at Ki rt 1 and AFB, New Mexico. 

55 
TASK GROUP 132.1 (SCIENTIFIC). The scientific task group was organized as 

shown in Figure 8. TG 132.1 work in the forward area was performed by 11 task 

units (TU) (Reference C.1.1, pp. 26-27, 39, 55-60): 

0 TU 132.1.1 (Scientific Programs) -- Designed and carried 

out the experiments for weapon design and weapon effects 

in coordination with the DOD and the contractors of both 

DOD and AEC. 

0 TU 132.1.2 (Production) -- Primary mission was production 

of special materials in the large amounts required for the 

MIKE- shot. 

0 TU 132.1.3 (Special Materials Facilities) -- Tasked with 

moving the special materials from Parry to the shot cab on 

Eluklab and handling them there. Specially designed trucks 

were used. The task unit was directed by employees of the 

Cambridge Corporation. 

0 TU 132.1.4 (MIKE Assembly1 -- Prepared the components of 

the MIKE device for shipment and assembled the device on 

Eluklab. 

0 TU 132.1.5, (KING Assembly) -- Assembled the KING weapon 

in the United States, supervised its transportation by air 

to Kwajalein, and its loading into the drop aircraft. 

0 TU 123.1.6 (Firing Party1 -- Consisted of a team that armed 

the MIKE device, and a team that fired the device from a 

control room on the Estes. 

0 TU 132.1.7 (Radiological Safety) -- Responsible for techcal support to the entire task force. This included training, monitoring, instruments, equipment, and supplies. 

This unit also procured, issued, and processed the film 

badges for the entire task force and kept the exposure 

records. (Radiological safety is treated in detail in 

Chapter 2. ) 

" 

0 TU 132.1.8 (Technical Photography1 -- Photographed the 

shots and scientific equipment as required to illustrate 

reports. The unit maintained darkroom facilities for the 

rest of the task group. 

0 TU 132.1.9 (Documentary Photography) -- Organized and sup 

ported by the Air Force Lookout Mountain Laboratory. The 

unit obtained the still photographs and motion pictures 

needed to document the test series. 

0 TU 132.1.10 (Test Facilities) and TU 132.1.11 (Base Facilities)- -- Essentially the H&N organization in the proving 

ground, Overseen by a number of AEC officials for the operational period. TU 132.1.10 was responsible for the 

test facilities, and TU 132.1.11 ran the four H&N camps. 

56 
t 

I- 

-w 0 

0 

W 

2 

a 

I -t"" 

Y 

v) 

tre 

ce 

0 

57 
TASK GROUP 132.2 (ARMY). Figure 9 shows the Army task group organization. 

It was assigned the following broad missions (Reference B.O.2, p. 3) : 

1. Provide for the ground security of Enewetak Atoll 

2. Maintain and operate the signal communications system 

3. Maintain and operate Enewetak Atoll port facilities, 

including stevedoring, in coordination with TG 132.1 

4. Maintain all base facilities on Enewetak Island except 

those specifically allocated to TG 132.1 and TG 132.4. 

Military police work probably accounted for much of the time members of 

TG 132.2 spent off Enewetak Island. Within the limits of radiological safety, 

surface security sweeps were conductedvery 4 days or as directed by CJTF 132. 

Air sweeps were conducted daily, although it is not clear whose aircraft were 

used. The military police of the 7126th Army Unit and the 516th Military Police Service Company were combined to man police posts onEnewetak, Parry, 

Runit, and Dridrilbwij as follows: 

Enewetak 3 officers and 84 enlisted men 

Parry 2 officers and 58 enlisted men 

Dridrilbwij 2 officers and 38 enlisted men 

Run i t 1 officer and 19 enlisted men. 

Vessels of the task group boat pool were used for the surface security 

sweeps. Moreover, the boat pool's DUKWs were used extensively to support the 

off-island reef activities of TG 132.1 (Reference C.O.l, p. 118; Reference 

C.2.1, pp. xiii-4). 

TASK GROUP 132.3 (NAVY). The naval task group had the following missions 

(Reference B.0.2, p. 3): 

1. Provide for the security of the Enewetak danger area by: 

a. Maintaining the status of the closed area 

b. Detecting, warning, and escorting unauthorized vessels 

and aircraft out of the danger area 

2. Meet the requirements of TG 132.1 for suitable water 

transportation and shipboard assembly facilities for the 

MIKE device 

3. Provide shipboard command facilities for the task force 

comander and administrative space for the headquarters 

of TG 132.1 and TG 132.2 

58 
m 

W 

LT 

w 

v) 

- 

k 

Lu 

IU 

LT 

3 

0 

z 

c 

cc 

0 

c 

0 

59 
4. Provide ship-to-shore and intra-atoll surface and helicopter transportation, including flights for damage survey and recovery of scientific samples and film 

5. Provide shipboard facilities to house the joint task 

force while afloat. 

In the proving ground, CTG 132.3 organized his forces into seven major 

components (see Figure 10). Their functions are detailed in Table 12. With 

the exception of the members of the Patrol Plane Unit, which was based on 

Kwajalein, all task group personnel apparently were housed aboard the task 

group's ships. 

1 1 COMMANDER 

c I I 

TRANSPORT ELEMENT 

TASK ELEMENT 132.31 

DESTROYER ELEMENT 

TASK ELEMENT 132.33 TASK UNIT 132.3.0 

CARRIER UNIT 

. & 

TASK ELEMENT 132.30 TASK ELEMENT 132.32 

CONTROL ELEMENT 

TASK ELEMENT 132.34 

ESCORT ELEMENT WEAPONS ELEMENT SERVICE AND HARBOR CONVOY AND TASK UNIT 132.3.1 

PATROL PLANE UNIT 

4 A 

Figure 10. Organization of Task Group 132.3, IVY. 

TASK GROUP 132.4 (AIR FOR&). The main body of the Air Force task group 

was based on Kwajalein Atoll. The task group organization of its elements is 

shown in Figure 11. 

The task group's primary mission was to provide the aircraft and personnel 

for collecting and recording data as required by the scientific programs. In 

addition, the task group was to: 

1. Augment existing and base facilities at Kwajalein and 

operate adequate airbase facilities at Enewetak 

2. Operate both intra-atoll and interatoll air transportation at Enewetak 

3. Provide weather reconnaissance, analysis, and forecasting 

4. Augment existing search and rescue (SAR) activity at 

Kwa j ale in 

5. Provide tactical and administrative communications. 

60 
4 

> 

-0 

0 

c 

aJ 

CT 

v, 

Ln 

3 

-0 

L 

4 

0 

4 

-0 

aJ 

c, 

4 

V 

0 

n 

F 

.I 

? 

N 

0 

d 

ff 

tO 

L 

re 

h 

c, 

.r 

7 

.r 

n 

-7 

v) 

0 

c 

(1 

VI 

0) 

L 

-0 

c 

i 0 

V- 

-4 

e 

-4 

41 

LW 

aJ> 

0- 

>V 

re 

re 

4 

c, 

vl 

VI 

aJ 

L 

c, 

Lm 

4. 

3N 

-04 

aJa 

It4 

7 

W 

v) 

c 

0 

n 

4 

-0 

0. m 

mN 

.m 

Nd 

-I3 

m 

I- W 

g? 

tmm 

mm 

NN 

mm 

44 

ww 

.. 

I-+ 

5s 

LL 

re+ 

-0-0 

ww 

cc 

mm 

.r .r 

v)v) 

VIVI 

44 

VIm 

44 

ww 

X8 

dcu 

00 

mm 

CUN 

mm 

dd 

t-t 

33 

.. 

.. 

ff 

z 

Y 

c, 

4 

c, 

c 

aJ 

VI 

aJ 

L 

I+ 

n 

c, 

0 

c 

W 

Y 

..I 

z 

L 

0 

re 

7 

Q) 

c 

t 

0 

v) 

L 

0) 

n 

aJ 

V 

L 

re 

0 

Y 

VI 

4 

c,o c, 

-0 vc, 'D 0, aJ" w Y u- u 

h 

w wv w > >a > 

d; 

4 

m 

c, 

V 

0) 

'3 

0 

L 

n. 

-0 

aJ 

c, 

L 

0 

n 

n 

3 

VI 1 

4 ..I 

n 

3 

0 

L 

01 

Y 

VI 

4 

c, 

aJ 

r 

c, 

c, 

0 

v) 

aJ 

V 

> 

L 

0) 

VI 

m 

c 

.r 

.r 

.- 

-0 -0K u _. 

aJw aJ.r aJ 

.r c( .r 4 >I: >c, >w 0 or OY LC LO L- 

-0Y -0E .y 

ao nv ay 

h 

.r u L1 

e-- 

61 
c, 

h 

L 

3 

U 

W 

VI 

.r 

7 

7 

c, 

0 

m 

L 

LC 

0 

m 

aJ 

U 

c 

m 

L 

c, 

W 

c 

c 

0 

0 

m 

m 

7 

VI 

m 

0 

L 

U 

4 

5 +J 

m 

m 

h 

W 

c 

S 

0 

0 

Q 

-0 

L 

S 

h 

-0 

01 

c, 

L 

aJ 

0 

m 

n 

m 

aJ 

V 

5 

L 

aJ 

m 

L 

0 

L 

c 

m 

o 

c 

m 

cn 

c 

3 

0 

c, 

-0 

W 

-0 

> 

0 

L 

CL 

.- 

n 

.r 

.- 

- 

a) 

m 

I 

LL 

t4 

m 

L 

Y 

4 

L 

v, 

Lo 

3 

v 

m 

.r 

- 

Y 

a 

z 

Y 

aJ 

L 

Q0 

W 

- 

n 

-0 

W 

C, 

L 

m 

-0 

aJ 

n 

W 

.e 

c 

0 

h 

ID 

U 

V 

'3 

0, 

0 

L 

m 

a 

-0 

c, 

aJ 

L 

0 

n 

n 

v, 

3 

- 

0, 

z 

- 4 

L 

aJ 

o 

W 

v, 

Ln 

3 

7 

m 

.C 

K 

L 

cno 0 

N 

-E 

m- .m 

L 

aJ 

C, 

c 

W 

L 

V 

v, 

vr 

3 

o 

L 

4 

0 

m 

-0 

aJ 

C, 

U 

0 

n 

m 

n 

4 

c 

.C 

m 

m 

N 

m 

4 

W 

IL 

0 

Yh 

.- 

7 

.7 

C, 

n 

.- 

m 

c 

0 

Q 

VI 

W 

L 

-0 

i 

W 

n 

- n 

7 c a .I._ 

..I 4 

c . .r 

- 

0 

ln 

d 

I 

W 

n 

n 

v 

c 

0 

c 

c 

m 

m 

0 

vl 

vr 

3 

m 

m 

m 

cu 

m 

4 

I3 

d 

I 

V 

-0 

c 

m 

m 

I 

V 

Q 

a 

N 

9 

m 

al 

U 

c 

01 

L 

W + 

aJ 

cf 

m 

d 

4 

I 

m 

d 

4 

.I 

n 

Q 

4 

m 

V 

W 

U 

c 

W 

L 

aJ 

r 

0) 

CL 

m 

0, 

U 

L 

3 

0 

Lo 

.. 

62 
COMMANDER 

J 

I t . 1 

TASK UNIT 132.4.1 

TEST SERVICES UNIT TEST AIRCRAFT UN

TASK UNIT 132.4.2 TASK UNIT 132.4.3 

Figure 11. Organization of Task Group 132.4, IVY. 

The major elements of the task group had the following missions: 

0 Test Support Unit (TU 132.4.1) 

-- Administer task group headquarters 

-- Establish or augment airbase and support services and 

facilities at Enewetak and Kwajalein for the operation 

and maintenance of TG 132.4 aircraft 

-- Furnish administrative support aircraft for TG 132.4 

requirements including documentary photography 

-- Provide aircraft and personnel decontamination services 

and facilities at Kwajalein 

-- Furnish both intra-atoll and interatoll airlift at 

Enewetak 

-- Augment existing housekeeping services and facilities 

in support of TG 132.2 at Enewetak and TG 132.3 at 

Kwa jalein 

0 Test Aircraft Unit (TU 132.4.2) 

-- Provide a minimum of 12 airborne cloud-sampler fighter 

aircraft in the target area for 1 to 3 hours during 

each shot at altitudes of 43,000 to 46,000 feet (13.11 

to 14.02 km) 

-- Airdrop a nuclear device 

-- Provide airborne refueling capabilities 

-- Provide airborne flight controller aircraft 

0 Test Services Unit (TU 132.4.3) 

-- Provide weather service at Enewetak and Kwajalein and 

reporting stations at Ponape, Majuro, Bikini, and Kusaie 

-- Provide a Weather Central at Enewetak 

-- Conduct weather reconnaissance and operate and maintain 

necessary weather reconnaissance aircraft 

-- Provide air rescue service in the Marshall Islands area. 

63 
CHAPTER 2 

RAD IOL OGI CAL SAFETY 

Operation IVY posed some unique problems to the Joint Task Force 132 (JTF 

132) staff and the Atomic Energy Commission (AEC) because of the predicted 

large size of the detonations. The MIKE shot was expected to produce a yield 

far surpassing that of any earlier test, and the radioactive fallout might be 

a more serious problem both to participants and off-island inhabitants. There 

was concern that a device detonated in the atmosphere might significantly contaminate the lagoon and restrict its use by fleet ships. The shot would be 

detonated without benefit of near-shot-time, shot-island weather data because 

of personnel evacuation requirements. Thus, during the 5 hours between evacuation and detonation, unpredicted shifts in forecast favorable winds could increase the potential of exposing the fleet to fallout. 

Two other distinct radiation concerns existed: 

0 Initial radiations emitted by the detonation and thermal 

effects. This was controlled by completely evacuating 

personnel to safe distances from the atoll for shot MIKE 

0 Residual radiation near the detonation site that posed a 

problem for recovery of scientific instrumentation and 

other work. Exposure was controlled by radiological safety 

(radsafe) personnel using counters and dosimeters. 

RADIOLOGICAL SAFETY PLANNING 

The Chief JTF 132 Technical Operations Branch (J-3) was also the Chief 

Radsafe Officer. As such, he was responsible for advising Commander JTF 132 

(UTF 132) on the measures necessary to ensure the radiological safety of all 

test personnel. The major technical radsafe element of the task force was Task 

Unit 132.1.7 (TU 132.1.7) of the Scientific Task Group (TG 132.1). The Chief 

Radsafe Officer was the comnander of this unit. Radiological safety of all 

military and civilian personnel was specified as a command responsibility in 

Annex H, Operation Plan No. 1-52, and in the later Annex P to Operation Plan 

- 2-52 (B.0.2), and radsafe activities were to be performed through normal cornmand channels. The annex with its three appendixes from the second operation 

64 
plan is reproduced in Appendix B of this report. Tu 132.1.7 had responsibilities that affected the entire task force, while the other three task groups 

possessed essentially self-contained radsafe units. Each task group commander 

was responsible for providing the necessary radsafe personnel for his group. 

It was necessary to plan a radsafe program that would take into account 

the increased size of the detonations. This plan had two major aspects: 

0 A more intensive radsafe effort for those participating in 

areas close to the detonations 

0 A much enlarged program for protection of personnel remote 

from ground zero. 

Although the environmental effects of large yields were not absolutely 

known, radsafe precautions were established to maintain the levels of personnel exposure at or below limits set within the atomic energy industry (Reference B.0.2). 

In February 1952, while the task groups were being organized, CJTF 132 

published Operation Order 1-52 (Reference B.0.4), which specified the radsafe 

responsibilities. 

0 CJTF 132 was to: 

1. Specify the measures necessary to ensure the radiological safety of task force personnel and furnish 

technical advisory assistance to task group radsafe 

officers 

2. Inform the Commander in Chief Pacific (CINCPAC) of the 

potential for radiOhgiCal exposure of those living 

within a radius of 600 nmi (1,110 km) OK personnel 

flying within a radius of 1,000 nmi (1,850 km) of the 

test site. 

0 Before the onsite operational phase, task group commanders 

were to: 

1. Organize radsafe units or elements within their task 

groups 

2. Require radsafe personnel to review radsafe procedures 

employed on previous operations and become thoroughly 

acquainted with existing training measures through attendance at appropriate service schools 

3. Require radsafe personnel to become qualified in the 

calibration and testing of standard radiac equipment 

65 
4. Establish lists of names of all personnel required by 

the nature of their duties to use dosimeters 

5. Determine those personnel (civilian and military) required to undergo physical examinations 

6. Procure complete allowances of radiac equipment and 

special clothing. 

0 The task group commanders were also to require physical 

examinations of civilian personnel who had to handle radioactive material, or who had to be in the forward areas 

(i .e., any island or lagoon area north of Parry Island) 

during or after a shot, of military personnel who might 

have to work in contaminated areas on shot islands after 

detonation or on contaminated aircraft, and of all radiological monitors. 

The task force radsafe officer detailed uniform radsafe regulations and 

requirements for the services. Each service, in turn, developed its own radsafe plan based on CJTF regulations. The CJTF regulations appeared in Appendix I1 to Annex P of Operation Plan 2-52 (see Appendix B of this report) and 

specified that: 

1. Individuals or details working in radiation areas or 

with contaminated equipment would be accompanied by 

radsafe monitors to inform them ofradiological conditions and of reaching maximum permissible exposure 

(MPE) levels. 

2. A list of all individuals who were expected to enter radioactive areas would be submitted to CTG 132.1 2 weeks 

before the tests. 

3. All islands in the atoll were to be considered surface 

radiological exclusion (radex) areas after each shot until reported clear by CJTF 132. 

4. No aircraft in the air at H-hour was to be closer than 20 

nmi (37.1 km) slant range from the detonation point, and, 

after detonations, no aircraft was to operate inside the 

air radex area or closer than 10 nmi (18.5 km) from the 

rising column or visible cloud unless specifically directed otherwise. If a tactical situation arose that 

necessitated entry into the air radex area, tactical exposure allowance standards would apply. 

5. All persons in aircraft at shot time, or at subsequent 

times when engaged in operations in or near the cloud or 

radex track, would wear film badges. 

6. Pilots and copilots of aircraft would use modified allpurpose 4.5-density filter goggles at shot time; as an 

extra precaution, copilots were to cover their eyes at 

H-hour . 66 
7. All airborne task force multiengine aircraft at H-hour 

within 100 mi (185 km) of the detonation point would 

carry a radsafe monitor equipped with suitable radiac 

equipment as well as a radex area plot. The monitor was 

to be capable of calculating allowable exposures under 

both operational and tactical conditions. 

8. Transportation of radioactive materials to and from the 

forward area would conform to AEC regulations for escorted 

shipment of such material. Monitoring of radioactive test 

materials en route would be the responsibility of escorting scientific personnel as directed by CTG 132.1. 

9. No radioactive material would be removed from the test 

site except as authorized in the experimental programs. 

10. No manned ships were to be permitted inside the lagoon or 

closer than 25 nmi (46.3 km) from shot islands at the time 

of detonation. (An exception to this occurred during the 

KING shot, when USS Estes remained in the lagoon.) Bearings threatening ships with immediate radioactive fallout 

would be established by CJTF 132 on the basis of forecast 

wind directions at the time of detonation, and this fallout sector would be designated as a surface radex area. 

All task force ships would remain outside the sector bearings and radial limitations, and be subject to time restrictions. However, if tactical conditions dictated 

directing ships into the radex area, their movement would 

be governed by tactical exposure guidelines. 

11. Crews and passengers of task force ships would be protected from blast, heat, and radiation by moving the 

ships. 

12. Boats operating in waters near shot islands after shot 

time were to be considered subject to contamination, and 

radsafe monitors would be required for all such craft operating north of Parry Island after shot time until such 

time as radiological restrictions were lifted. 

13. Film badges were to be forwarded regularly to the photodosimetry laboratory of CTG 132.1 for processing and recording. Copies of exposure records were to be furnished 

to task group commanders. 

Task Group 132.1 (Scientific) 

TU 132.1.7, the radsafe unit, handled the radiological protection of TG 

132.1 personnel and was assigned the following: 

1. Technical assistance to task force and task group 

commanders on matters pertaining to radiological 

safety, and ensuring that all units complied with 

CJTF 132 radsafe regulations 

67 
2. All ground monitoring services associated with scientific missions, including monitoring of water supplies 

at inhabited, distant atolls; Cn; 132.3 assisted CTG 

132.1 in this 

3. Establishment of tables of allowable residual radiation levels for equipment, personnel, vehicles, buildings, etc. 

4. Laboratory services and technical assistance to all 

task groups, which included: 

a. 

b. 

C. 

d. 

e. 

Procuring, storing, and issuing of all film badges 

and specified supplementary items of personnel 

radsafe equipment 

Developing and interpreting film badges 

Maintaining film badge exposure records and transmitting duplicate records to task groups 

Providing facilities at the Parry Island Radsafe 

Building for the calibration, repair and maintenance of instruments, and storage of spare parts 

for radiac equipment 

Monitoring the removal and packaging ofradioactive sources and samples 

5. Provision of postshot radsafe surface situation maps 

to CJTF 132 and task groups requiring such information 

6. Procurement of radsafe clothing as necessary for TG 

132.1 and other recovery personnel 

7. Procurement and issuance of special high-density goggles to specified personnel of JTF 132 

8. Assignment of technical personnel to all task groups 

to inspect radiologically contaminated items and to 

certify destruction, disposal, or unserviceability of 

such items as required 

9. Provision of personnel decontamination facilities 

10. Performance of necessary fallout studies for radsafe 

documentation 

11. Establishment of a radsafe center on USS Rendova. 

The personnel procurement problem facing CTG 132.1 was much greater than 

that of the other task groups since no single organization was capable of supplying a trained cadre of radsafe personnel. Personnel support, to be assigned 

on a temporary duty basis, was requested of each of the services. Table 13 

lists the types and numbers of requested support (Reference C.1.7.1). 

68 
Table 13. Radiological safety personnel support requested by Commander, Task Group 132.1, IVY. 

Supplying Service 

Air Mar i ne 

Funct i on Army Navy Force Corps 

Laboratory director 

Monitor -- officer 

en1 isted 

1 

7 5 7 1 

2 4 

Laboratory technician 4 

Electronics officer 1 

Instrument repai man 3 

Photodosimetry assistant 4 

C1 er k 3 1 2 

All requested personnel, with the exception of the instrument repairmen, were 

actually provided by the services (Reference C.l.l). Most of the requested 

officer personnel were radsafe engineers and graduates of the 3-year military 

radsafe course. IVY was expected to provide field experience to these highly 

trained people. In addition, five civilians, qualified as radiation experts 

by background and training, operated with TU 132.1.7, three of whom were obtained from the staff of Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory (LASL), one from 

Evans Signal Laboratory, and one from Oak Ridge National Laboratory. 

As the operational phase of IVY got underway, it became apparent that provisions for backup radsafe monitors were necessary, in case unexpected or unusually adverse radiological exposure conditions hindered the normal operations 

of monitor personnel. To cover such an eventuality, CJTF 132 dispatched a letter to each of the task group commanders on 29 September directing that volunteer commissioned or scientific personnel be selected and trained as backup 

monitors. The training was to consist primarily of familiarization with simple 

field-type radiac instruments and their operation and utility, background information, information on nuclear radiations, and field problems. The anticipated employment of these monitors was to be limited commensurately with their 

training. Nonetheless, they were expected to contribute to the accomplishment 

69 
of the mission within their allowed exposures. For planning purposes, the 

following number of backup monitors was suggested: 

JTF 132 Headquarters 10 monitors 

TG 132.1 20 monitors 

TG 132.2 Participation of previously trained 

"Q"-cleared personnel 

TG 132.3 5 monitors. 

Toward the end of the post-MIKE period and just before the KING detonation, 

the services of the backup monitors were utilized. Some of these were men who 

acted specifically as monitors for missions, while others were volunteer scientific personnel on the project staff who acted as their own monitors for 

particular missions. This was quite helpful because many of the TU 132.1.7 

monitor personnel had accumulated exposures of more than 2 R during the early 

post-MIKE period; thus, their services were made available on a standby basis 

rather than on an active basis. This also ensured an adequate supply of monitor personnel for the post-KING period (Reference C.1.3.614, p. 22). 

By seeing a more complete picture of the operation, monitor personnel of 

TU 132.1.7 were able to plan their activities during the pre-MIKE period more 

effectively. This knowledge was carried over into the post-MIKE and pre-KING 

activities (Reference C.1.3.614, p. 22). 

The organization of TU 132.1.7 is shown in Figure 12. Major functions Of 

the unit were radiation control, laboratory and analysis, decontamination, and 

special monitoring. 

RADIATION CONTROL GROUP. The Radiation Control Group was responsible for 

the radiological safety of all personnel entering contaminated areas. The 

group consisted of survey and escort monitors at Enewetak and monitors at Kwajalein. Survey monitors periodically checked all the islands of Enewetak Atoll 

for radiation levels, the escort monitors accompanied working parties, and the 

Kwajalein monitors had several functions that are described subsequently. 

Additionally, a monitor was stationed on the Scripps vessel MV Horizon, and on 

USS LST-827, which evacuated Ujelang for the MIKE shot. 

70 
TECHNICAL ADVISERS 

(MEDICAL SAFETY) 

TASK GROUP LIAISON 

- 

ADMINISTRATION 

DEPUTY COMMANDER 

- 

INFORMATION 

AND SUPPLY CENTER I 

LiiI 4-1 RADIOCHEMICAL 

1 I I I 

Figure 12. Radiological safety organization of Task Unit 132.1.7, IVY. 

The control group officer met daily with the Scientific Deputy of TG 132.1 

to plan operations for the following day. The control group station was established in the Radsafe Building on Parry and was transferred to the forward 

ready room of Rendova before each shot. Current radiological situation maps 

were maintained at the station for the information of project leaders and escort monitors. Monitors assigned to the various scientific parties were familiarized with the problems that could arise in each operation. 

The station maintained a daily operations schedule for the Radsafe Information Center that detailed all missions into contaminated areas, including 

name of monitor, destination, general type of mission, transportation, and 

times of departure and arrival. The station was also the clearance point €or 

all working parties before entry into contaminated areas. 

Each morning all islands were surveyed by aerial reconnaissance teams and, 

when necessary, radiation-level signs were posted in specified areas to allow 

work teams to plan their activities without exceeding the allowable exposure. 

Areas with levels of radioactivity higher than 0.1 RJhr were delineated and 

71 
marked by warning signs. Frequent resurveys were made to reestablish the 

0.1-R/hr line. Entries beyond the 0.1-R/hr line required escort by a monitor. 

The Kwajalein radiation control group, located at the airstrip, assisted 

the AEC New York Operations Office (NYKOPO) in the preliminary phases of establishing a radiation survey system throughout the Marshall Islands. This 

group procured drinking water samples from Ponape, Kusaie, Majuro, and Kwajalein before and after both shots and forwarded them to the Radiological Field 

Laboratory for analysis. 

Representatives of the control group at Kwajalein also supervised the monitoring of samples removed from aircraft of Project 1.3, snap-bag samples of 

Project 5.4b, and samples for Project 7.3. In addition, they conducted a 

special program of exposure measurements for pilots of the cloud-sampling 

aircraft. 

Control group personnel served aboard Horizon as technical advisors. Overall radsafe supervision was a command responsibility of CTG 132.3. Horizon 

was to take station approximately 72 nmi (133.4 km) north of MIKE ground zero 

at H-hour. This position was of concern since wind predictions indicated that 

fallout would occur at this location. Consequently, three survey meters, one 

portable air sampler, eight sets ofprotective clothing, eight self-reading 

dosimeters, and enough film badges to supply the crew were placed aboard the 

ship (Reference C.1.3.624). 

LABORATORY AND ANALYSIS GROUP. The Laboratory and Analysis Group furnished 

support services to the task group; it consisted of three sections -- Electronics, Photodosimetry, and Radiochemistry. 

The Electronics Section procured, repaired, calibrated, and maintained the 

radsafe monitoring instruments for TU 132.1.7 and gave technical assistance to 

the instrument repair sections of the other task groups. 

The Photodosimetry Section issued, processed, and interpreted the film 

badges and maintained exposure records. These records were on5x8 cards (Reference C.1.7.3). Data from these records are listed onthe Consolidated List 

of Exposures (Reference C.1.7.2) and are the basis for the exposure tabulations 

72 
in this report. Additionally, the section issued, read, and recorded the results of all TG 132.1 personnel dosimeters. 

The Radiochemical Section operated a mobile radiological field laboratory 

(AN/MDR-l[XE-31]), designed and furnished by Evans Signal Laboratory. This 

laboratory analyzed the radioactivity of air, water, and contaminated objects. 

Samples were assayed for alpha, beta, and gamma radiation intensity and beta 

and gamma energy and decay rates. Because the island bases were evacuated for 

the MIKE shot, the field laboratory was located on the hangar deck of Rendova. 

The section regularly assayed the seawater at the swimming beach off Parry and 

the drinking water aboard ship, at Enewetak, and at other nearby inhabited 

atolls. 

DECONTAMINATION GROUP. The Decontamination Group provided the necessary 

equipment, facilities, and support to avoid the spread of contamination outside the controlled areas. The group carried out this responsibility by providing personnel decontamination stations, equipment decontamination areas, 

and entry and exit checkpoints. 

SPECIAL MONITORING GROUP. One TU 132.1.7 monitor was available for laboratory monitoring in connection with radiological problems that might arise 

during installation of the MIKE device. 

Two additional functions of TU 132.1.7 were Administration and Supply, and 

an Information Center. The Administration and Supply Group supervised the 

laundering and issuance of protective clothing. The Information Center operated both afloat and ashore and correlated, as required, all information obtained into an overall picture of the radiological conditions of the operation. 

Daily situation maps were maintained that showed various radiation levels at 

all available sites. Records of lagoon sample assays were kept and used as 

required. 

Task Group 132. ‘2 (Army) 

Normal staff procedure was used by TG 132.2 to implement all operational 

plans, orders, and directives issued by CJTF 132. CTG 132.2 was responsible 

for providing: 

73 
1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

Basic radsafe indoctrination of all garrison force military personnel and the organization of appropriate radsafe 

units 

Training of its own radsafe monitors 

A laundry for low-level contaminated clothing 

A contaminated equipment storage area with the necessary 

security 

Military decontamination equipment and assistance to CTG 

132.1 

Evacuation of TG 132.2 personnel and equipment based on 

Enewetak Island 

Compliance with Interstate Commerce Commission rules 

(Docket 3666) governing transportation of radioactive 

materials (this directive prescribed an MPE of 0.3 R per 

week on a lifetime basis). 

A radsafe engineer from TU 132.1.7 was assigned to TG 132.2 as the TG 132.2 

radsafe officer. He supervised training and operations of Army units (Reference C.1.7.5). CTG 132.2 specified that all task group personnel were to receive basic radsafe indoctrination. Specialized training in monitoring and 

decontamination was given to a relatively large number of the garrison force, 

implying that each company contained a cadre of trained radsafe personnel by 

the time the operation phase began. Specific extra assignments pertaining to 

radiological safety were known; for example, the 511th Transportation Port 

Company operated the personnel decontamination center. 

History of Operation IVY (Reference C.O.l) indicates that in September 

1951, CJTF 132 sent a letter to CTG 132.2 requesting information on the status 

of radsafe facilities at Enewetak Island. He was informed that no radiac 

equipment was available for use by TG 132.2, that no personnel trained in the 

use of radiac equipment were available in the task group, and that the AEC 

Resident Engineer had no technical facilities with which to advise CTG 132.2 

or to establish radsafe criteria for granting access to the previously contaminated islands of Runit, Eleleron, Enjebi, and Mijikadrek. By late September, the Army was requested to furnish a limited amount of standard radiac 

equipment to provide CTG 132.2 with the means for fulfilling radsafe requirements during the buildup period. By December, CTG 132.2 was informed that 

radiac equipment was being procured and would be shipped as it became available. The first shipment, consisting of 12 portable survey meters and 20 

74 
low-range dosimeters, was made in late December. Monitors were trained in 

early 1952. No record of any radiological survey at that time has been found. 

Task Group 132.3 (Navy) 

Annex P to CJTF 132 Operation Plan 2-52 (Reference B.0.2) (see Appendix B 

of this report) directed CTG 132.3 to: 

1. Ensure that appropriate radiac equipment and qualified 

personnel were aboard each task group unit, and that each 

unit was prepared to carry out the radsafe mission of the 

task group 

2. Provide and train radsafe monitors, including one airborne monitor for each multiengine aircraft crew assigned 

to TG 132.3 

3. Provide monitors and decontamination crews aboard each 

ship within the task group 

4. Provide radiac equipment and protective clothing for TG 

132.3 

5. Provide repair, spare parts, and calibration facilities 

for TG 132.3 

6. Provide a limited laboratory facility for radiochemistry 

techniques, fallout studies, and film badge development 

for use by TG 132.1 radsafe operations while the task 

force was embarked 

7. Provide decontamination facilities for TG 132.3 aircraft 

not based on Kwajalein 

8. Provide helicopter air service for postshot surveys by TG 

132.1 monitors before task force reentry 

9. Provide amphibious aircraft for fallout monitoring and 

water sample collection from adjacent inhabited islands 

and atolls. 

Other than the protection of personnel, the Navy had two additional radsafe mission objectives: (1) training ship crews to operate in possibly contaminated environments, and (2) evaluating radsafe equipment, procedures, and 

training so as to be able to modify standard procedures if necessary (Reference B.0.4, Annex J). 

Radiological safety was an express command responsibility for each ship. 

Normal ship staffing for radiological warfare was considered adequate for radsafe purposes. The radsafe function was a responsibility of the shipboard 

damage control parties. 

75 
Early task group planning was concerned mainly with securing the allowance 

of radsafe instruments and spares, and with ship modifications for washdown 

systems and personnel decontamination stations (Reference C.3.1, Section 111). 

On 23 May 1952, CINCPAC stated that he considered the radiological safety requirements employed in TG 132.3 to be routine and that his commanders should 

obtain their radiac instruments through normal channels and train personnel in 

radiological safety through established training commands (Reference C.3.1, 

P. 33,) 

Task Group 132.4 (Air Force) 

CJTF Operation Plan 2-52 (Reference B.0.2) directed CTG 132.4 to: 

1. Provide and train radsafe monitors, including one airborne monitor for each multiengine aircraft crew assigned 

to TG 132.4 

2. Provide radiac equipment and protective clothing for TG 

132.4 

3. Provide repair, spare parts, and calibration facilities 

for radiac equipment for TG 132.4 

4. Provide decontamination crews and facilities for aircraft 

at Kwajalein Island (only standby decontamination capabilities were required at Enewetak) 

5. Assist in decontaminating TG 132.3 aircraft using TG 132.4 

personnel at Kwajalein, if required 

6. Provide cloud-tracking aircraft for postshot radsafe 

"situation data" up to a radius of 1,000 nmi (1,850 km) 

in the significant quadrant for a period of 48 hours 

after detonation 

7. Prepare air radex zones to keep aircraft from unknowingly 

becoming contaminated . 

In response to CJTF Operation Plan 2-52 (Reference B.0.2), TG 132.4 published its own Operation Plan 1-52 on 16 June 1952. The following radsafe 

tasks were assigned to the TG 132.4 subordinate units (Reference B.4.1, 

Para. 3) : 

0 Test Support Unit 

1. Provision of aircraft and personnel decontamination 

services and facilities at Kwajalein, including preparation of sampler aircraft and sample removals 

2. Provision of intra-atoll airlift at Enewetak 

76 
3. Establishment of base operations for TG 132.3 and TG 

132.4 aircraft and transients, and terminal facilities 

at Enewetak 

4. Execution of the Evacuation Plan and Reentry Plan at 

Enewetak 

5. Monitoring the return of samples via Military Air 

Transport Service (MATS) aircraft 

6. Maintenance of assigned aircraft 

0 Test Aircraft Unit 

1. Operation of aircraft necessary for the conduct of 

experimental programs 

2. Maintenance of assigned aircraft 

0 Test Services Unit 

1. Provision of weather service 

2. Performance of sampling missions in connection with 

Air Force scientific programs 

3. Technical and documentary photography 

4. Performance of cloud tracking missions 

5. Maintenance of assigned aircraft. 

All TG 132.4 units were directed to conduct training programs "s necessary to 

insure individual and unit proficiency in radiological safety and in the execution of the various operational and emergency plans" (Reference B.4.1). 

INDOCTRINATION AND TRAINING 

A primary responsibility of the scientific radsafe unit was training personnel in the concepts and principles of radiation safety. TU 132.1.7, as the 

principal technical radsafe organization, conducted a series of seminars relating to the technical operations involved in IVY. Recognized authorities 

within the task force were invited to address these seminars. The guest discussion leaders presented short lectures and then guided discussion periods. 

The first indoctrination course was conducted in the forward area from 17 

to 22 October 1952. The material discussed during these seminars included: 

0 Concept of Operation IVY 

0 Radsafe operations and responsibilities 

0 Radiological instrumentation 

Photodosimetry, dosimetry, and records 

77 
0 Weather effects on fallout 

0 Scientific programs 

0 Weapon effects 

0 MIKE and KING descriptive material. 

Since TG 132.1 was responsible for radsafe assistance and technical support of the task force during Operation IVY, and because of the possibility 

that regularly assigned monitors might receive their prescribed exposure limits before the completion of the operation, availability of the services of a 

pool of reserve monitors was necessary. Personnel for this pool were made 

available from the various task groups of JTF 132. Those reserve monitors who 

did not possess credit for the Armed Forces 6-week training course on radiological safety attended a series of training seminars and practical exercises 

conducted from 7 to 11 October 1952. The course included: 

0 Introduction to atomic weapons 

0 Instrumentation 

0 Calibration procedures 

0 Protective clothing and practical decontamination 

0 Monitoring responsibilities and special instructions 

applicable to Operation IVY. 

The radsafe training requirements for TG 132.2 were carried out on two 

levels: basic indoctrination, and instructor and monitor training. The firstlevel requirement was that s military personnel receive a basic radsafe indoctrination to ensure intelligent cooperation with decontamination crews. A 

6-hour orientation course in radiological safety was presented to most of the 

TG 132.2 military personnel present in April and May 1952. The course was designed to emphasize the practical aspects of radiological safety and was presented by an officer instructor from the U.S. Army Pacific (USARPAC) . The 

April and May attendance record for this course is listed in Table 14. 

Additionally, all newly arrived personnel were shown the SANDSTONEGREENHOUSE indoctrination film as part of the briefing procedure. In August 

1952, a 4-hour basic radiological indoctrination course was conducted by the 

task group radsafe officer, which was repeated for all new arrivals. Onehundred-percent troop participation was attained. 

78 
Table 14. Radiological safety course attendees, 

IVY. 

Date of Class Enlited Officers 

28 April 1952 

29 April 1952 

30 Apri 1 1952 

1 May 1952 

2 May 1952 

5 May 1952 

6 May 1952 

7 May 1952 

8 May 1952 

9 May 1952 

Totals 

36 

38 

51 

39 

28 

45 

31 

51 

63 

36 

418 

- 

1 

4 

3 

2 

3 

3 

2 

7 

3 

4 

32 

- 

The second level of instruction was for radsafe specialists trained as 

unit radsafe officers, monitors, and decontamination technicians. This specialized training was completed in two stages. First, selected officers and 

enlisted men were sent either to the Fleet Training Center at Pearl Harbor to 

take practical Atomic Defense Course No. 425, or to the USARPAC Chemical, Biological, and Radiological Defense School at Schofield Barracks in Hawaii to 

take the advanced course for noncommissioned officers in chemical, biological, 

and radiological warfare. This practice began in early 1952, and training of 

unit personnel was well underway by the time the task group radsafe officer 

arrived. During July, 20 men attended these courses, and 18 men attended during August. 

The second stage of specialized training consisted of training these appointed personnel for the specific problems that might be encountered by the 

task group radsafe officer. Practical training was given in the use, care, 

and maintenance of radiac instruments, and intensified instruction was provided for monitors in such duties as making ground surveys, monitoring for 

groups, and personnel monitoring. Six field problems were conducted at Enjebi 

to provide more realistic training scenarios. A task group decontamination 

79 
team was organized and given special training in mobile equipment and aircraft 

decontamination procedures. Personnel for this team were selected mainly from 

the Post Fire Department and Motor Maintenance Section. 

On 17 September 1952, Operation Plan 2-52 (Reference B.0.2) was implemented 

and operational control of those Air Force units stationed on Enewetak passed 

from CTG 132.2 to CTG 132.4. Nevertheless, all task group elements on Enewetak 

Island were trained in a coordinated effort, and all radiac equipment was divided on a pro rata basis. 

Throughout September and October 1952, the training of all TG 132.2 elements centered on preparation for the evacuation and reentry missions for the 

MIKE event. It was believed that Enewetak Island could become contaminated by 

fallout if the weather conditions following MIKE were unfavorable. Because Of 

this possibility, preshot monitoring and decontamination training were intensified so that each unit would be capable of detecting the extent and intensity 

of contamination and establishing effective decontamination techniques. The 

training subjects and methods of instruction were designed to improve individual radsafe proficiency, and emphasized the practical application of these 

skills. 

Three reentry monitoring teams, each consisting of one control officer and 

six monitors, were organized and trained in the specific measures to be taken 

if TG 132.2 returned to a contaminated island after the MIKE shot. This planning included the preparation of maps of Enewetak Island and the assignment of 

segments of responsibility to each team of monitors. Points at which readings 

were to be taken were designated, and practice surveys of the island were conducted. It was determined that a detailed survey of Enewetak Island could be 

made in approximately 30 minutes. 

A personnel decontamination center was set up in Building 125. This center was to be operated by the 511th Transportation Port Company, which received 

specific instruction regarding its duties. Two mobile laundry units were designated for radsafe use, and laundry personnel were trained in the precautions 

to be taken while washing contaminated clothing. 

80 
The commanding officers of surface and air units of TG 132.3 were directed 

to take every opportunity to train key officer and enlisted personnel of the 

unit radsafe organizations, using the facilities available at regular training 

centers such as the Damage Control School, Treasure Island, San Francisco, and 

at fleet training centers at San Diego and Pearl Harbor. On-the-job training, 

consisting principally of lectures and drills, was emphasized. The objective 

of this training was to develop the operational efficiency necessary to carry 

out the radiological defense mission of the fleet. Satisfactory radiological 

defense was assumed to require satisfactory radsafe procedures. 

The earliest TG 132.4 training was for sampler pilots and their ground 

crews. On 2 March 1952, LASL decided to use the radioactive clouds of Operation TUMBLER-SNAPPER at the Nevada Proving Ground (NPG) for training. Aircraft 

and crews were to participate in the final six shots, according to a request 

made by LASL to the Air Force Special Weapons Center (AFSWC); AFSWC approved 

on 26 March. From 7 to 11 April, classroom training for 30 F-84G pilots was 

conducted at Kirtland AFB by the 4925th Test Group Rad Section. Eleven officers and three airmen from the 4925th also completed this classroom training 

(Reference C.4.4, May-June Inst, p. 50). 

The 30 F84-G pilots who had received classroom training at Kirtland AFB 

and 60 maintenance men participated in Operation TUMBLER-SNAPPER shots using 

five F-84Gs based at Indian Springs AFB, Nevada. Details concerning sampler 

penetrations of atomic clouds during TUMBLER-SNAPPER are contained in the report of atmospheric testing conducted at the NPG, Operation TUMBLER-SNAPPER 

(DNA 6019F). 

On 16 June 1952, TG 132.4 published Training Directive No. 2, which established minimum requirements for individual training. Provisions of that directive pertaining to individual radiological training include (quoted from 

Reference C. 4.6, Enc. , pp. 1-21 : 

0 The minimum requirements set forth herein are to be used 

as a guide only. Unit commanders should place emphasis on 

the quality of training rather than a minimum hourly requirement. Subjects to be covered and suggested hourly 

minimum to be devoted to each are noted below: 

81 
0 Radiological Training: Orientation Minimum - 5 Hours 

Decontamination Minimum - 5 Hours 

Monthly Refresher - 1 Hour 

Decontamination Refresher - Frequent 

Drills 

-- Each unit will appoint a Radiological Training Officer 

whose responsibility it will be to carry out the training programs as directed. The Radiological Safety Officer, ‘E 132.4. will function in a supervisory capacity. 

-- Orientation of all personnel in radiological safety 

factors and decontamination training will be a continuous activity after the initial indoctrination. 

The Test Support Unit (TSU) conducted a radsafe orientation for TG 132.4 

personnel at Kirtland AFB during the week of 14 July. Training of personnel 

at Kwajalein was started on 6 August. Eight men of the 11th Air Rescue Service and the 6th Weather Squadron attended a 5-day radiological training course 

at the Navy Fleet Underway School, Pearl Harbor. Distribution of informational 

radsafe manuals was started on 19 August. This manual was prepared by the TG 

132.4 Radsafe Officer and was packaged for shipment to Kwajalein and distribution to TG 132.4 personnel (Reference C.4.4, pp. 44-45). 

Operation Texan, a full-scale rehearsal for IVY involving the same distance 

(369 nmi [683 km]) between the planned KING shot and Kwajalein, was conducted 

out of Bergstrom AFB, Texas, on 13 August 1952. The rehearsal allowed crews 

of effects aircraft, drop aircraft, samplers, sampler controllers, and tankers 

to practice mission and communications procedures. 

By the end of August 1952, the required 5-hour training course on radiological safety had been completed by 99 percent of all assigned TSU personnel 

at Kwajalein. Plans were also formulated to hold special make-up classes for 

anyone who missed the course (Reference B.4.7, p. 69). All personnel (100 

percent) of the Test Aircraft Unit (TAU) were trained. Training ceased by 

25 August 1952 in preparation for movement to the forward area (Reference 

B.4.7, p. 75). 

On 18 October 1952, TG 132.4 executed Operation Order 2-52 (Reference 

B.4.2), a rehearsal for MIKE staged out of Kwajalein to the exact point planned 

82 
for MIKE at Enewetak Atoll. TG 132.3 furnished Rendova for radar backup and 

Estes to exercise the Air Operations Center (AOC) in its Combat Information 

Center. At Kwajalein, decontamination operations were rehearsed by all TG 

132.4 units with special emphasis on protecting personnel against radiological 

conditions. The AOC at Kwajalein also practiced the preparation of an air 

radex area using forecast winds at 40,000 feet (12.19 km) for H-6 on 18 October (Reference C.4.4, 1 Sept-31 Oct Inst, p. 60). 

The Test Support Unit (TSU) conducted a training course for Navy radsafe 

monitors on 22 to 25 September at Kwajalein. It also conducted a radsafe Orientation for Navy personnel on 13 to 15 October. During October, the training 

of fallout-monitoring weather personnel on the weather islands was completed 

(Reference C.4.10, Oct Inst). 

PERSONNEL PROTECTION 

Pretest Physical Examinations 

All IVY radsafe operations were treated as routine and complied with the 

established permissible radiological exposures for routine work, except for 

those activities designated specifically as special operations by CJTF 132 

(Reference C.O.l). 

In order to better control and record these routine exposures, criteria 

governing radiological physical examinations for task force personnel were 

promulgated by the task force headquarters early in 1952. It was stipulated 

that: 

1. Physical examinations would be required for all civilian 

task force personnel who handled radioactive material, or 

who would be in the forward area (north of Parry) during 

or after shot time. In addition, physical examinations 

would be required for military radsafe monitors, and all 

military personnel who were to work in areas containing 

radioactivity or be on shot islands after detonation, 

work on contaminated aircraft, or work with radioactive 

products. Enewetak Island and other administrative and 

housing islands, however, were not to be considered as 

contaminated areas. 

2. Examinations were to be given within 3 months of movement 

to the forward area, except in the case of civilian personnel employed at LASL, for whom special arrangements 

had previously been made. One copy of the physical 

83 
examination results -- including analysis of chest X-ray, 

complete blood count, and urinalysis -- was to be forwarded to CJTF 132, and one copy retained by the task 

group concerned. 

3. Personnel required to have such examinations would not be 

allowed to leave the continental United States before 

compliance. 

Rad i at i on Safety Standards 

Radiation criteria were based on AEC industrial safeguards. Two types of 

radsafe protection standards were used in Operation IVY: a maximum permissible 

exposure (MPE), which related to an individual's accumulated whole-body exposure over the entire operation, and a maximum permissible limit (MPL), which 

referred to the amount of radioactive contamination allowed to remain on personnel or equipment. 

Radsafe criteria based on AEC industrial safeguards were approved by the 

Surgeons General of the Army and Air Force, the chief of the Navy Bureau of 

Medicine and Surgery, and the Director, AEC Division of Biology and Medicine. 

CJTF 132 disseminated operational rules for radiological situations as Annex P 

to JTF 132 Operation Plan 2-52 (Reference B.0.2). Each task group implemented 

the annex with its own orders or plans. 

The radsafe criteria measuring units were the roentgen (R) and the rem. 

The roentgen, a measure of radiation in air, denotes an exposure intensity. 

The rem is a unit of radiation dose, i.e., a measure of radiation energy deposited within the body that takes into account its capability of causing an 

effect in human tissue. Both units are measurable in fractions, such as a 

milliroentgen (mR) or a millirem (mrem). These units are 1/1,00Oth of the 

roentgen or the rem. For most forms of ionizing radiation, such as beta and 

gamma, the rem dose is less than the roentgen exposure, for not all of the 

energy measurable in air penetrates body tissues. Another unit often used in 

discussing radiation doses is the rad. The rad is a measure of radiation energy deposited in any material; for biological tissue, a rad of the "quality" 

of radiation as gamma- orX-rays essentially equals a rem. 

At the time of the IVY series the distinction was usually not made between 

exposure (properly expressed in units of roentgens) and absorbed dose (properly 

84 
expressed in units of rem, although at the time often expressed in roentgens); 

presumably external whole-body exposure and absorbed dose were assumed equivalent. This report expresses the measured data in exposure units (roentgens). 

Although the original references often referred to dose, there is no evidence 

that whole-body energy deposition was determined, nor that the dose was indeed 

measured. 

In this report all measurements of exposure intensity (roentgen) are given 

in whole units and decimal fractions. This is not the way these are commonly 

reported in the source literature. The lower exposure intensities were usually 

reported in milliroentgens and the higher exposure intensities in roentgens. 

Some measuring devices could measure both the lower and higher intensities, bu

with different dial settings and thus differing accuracies. 

Personnel records show the same sorts of differentiation. The lower individual exposures are usually recorded in milliroentgens, but the larger maximums allowed or permitted are stated in whole roentgens or whole rems. This 

use of different measuring units for different levels of radiation could cause 

some confusion to readers who are unfamiliar with the field; therefore, the 

whole-un it convention is used. 

The only standard directly promulgated by CJTF 132 to all task groups was 

an MPE of 3.0 R for the entire operation (Reference B.0.2, Annex P). All Of 

the radsafe planning documents refer to the 3.0-R MPE; however, History of 

Operation IVY (Reference C.O.l) and Radiological Safety (Reference C.1.7.1) 

show that the MPE was 3.9 R. This MPE was based on an AEC Division of Biology 

and Medicine authorization (Reference C.1.7.5). 

The change from 3.0 R to 3.9 R was also based on a quarterly dose (or 13- 

week) allowance. This was done to permit the operation to extend from 10 to 

13 weeks. (In industry the maximum permissible dose per year was 15 R, assuming 2 weeks vacation per year, hence 3.9 R per quarter.) The only documentation for the change from 3.0 to 3.9 R was found in the TG 132.4 history 

(Reference C.4.6, p. 30), which states that the exposure was "later raised to 

3.9 R." The TG 132.4 history cites a JTF TWX, "JTF 132 DTG 1006152 (TGAG#TX1159) ," as the authority for the change. The month and year of the TWX are 

undetermined. 

85 
At the time, the two limits were probably believed to represent about the 

same degree of safety. The military regulations on radiological safety in effect then were somewhat ambiguous. The military MPE for whole-body exposure 

was 0.3 R integrated over a period of a week,* but the level recommended for 

routine operations was 0.05 R (or less) per 24-hour period. If routine exposures exceeded 0.3 R per week, the individual was to be removed from further 

exposure until his total averaged less than the 0.3 R per week. The 0.3-Rper-week criterion was the same as the AEC criterion for atomic workers. That 

criterion would result in an exposure of 15.6 R per year, or 3.9 R per quarter 

year. 

A slightly different limit was established for individuals who worked 

with external radiation for a period of less than 2 years. These individuals were allowed 1.25 R per month. The yearly total exposure for the 

2-year limit was slightly smaller (15 R versus 15.6 R for the 0.3-R-perweek criterion, or 3.75 R per quarter), but this limit could be received 

in a single exposure, if no additional exposure to radiation occurred during that month. 

A third limit was in effect for accidents or for individuals not regularly 

exposed to ionizing radiation. The "emergency" MPE was 5 R for one exposure 

if a total exposure of 15 R per year was not exceeded. 

Before World War 11, the Advisory Committee on X-Ray and Radium Protection, 

which in 1946 became the National Committee on Radiation Protection (NCRP), 

recommended a limit of 0.1 R per day for whole-body exposure for radiation 

workers. This criterion was used by the wartime Manhattan Project (A.6, p. 

43). At that time, no evidence existed that individuals chronically exposed 

to this level were injured by radiation, and it was speculated that a "threshold" might exist, below which no injury could occur. Three years before 

Operation IVY, the NCRP redommended limit was reduced by one-half from 0.1 R 

per day to 0.05 R per day, not because the older value was found to be unsafe, 

but because the radiation to which people were being exposed in the atomic 

* Regulations from NavMed P-1325, Radiological Safety Regulation, of 1951 are 

cited here (Reference A.7). 

86 
weapons research program was more penetrating than the medium-energy X-rays on 

which the older value was established. The 0.05 R per day (equal to 0.3 R per 

6-day week; 0.35 R per 7-day week) was the maximum permissible exposure, to be 

measured at the depth of bone marrow. The IVY history (Reference C. 0.1, p. 

226) indicates that the allowable exposure of3 R was for a 3-month period, or 

12 R per year. 

The JTF 132 report, Radiological Safety (Reference C.1.7.11, details the 

MPLs used. The MPLs were identical to the U.S. Navy standards (NavMed P-1325). 

Radiological Safety states: 

Permissible contamination levels stated below are to be 

regarded as advisory limits for the general guidance of RadSafe Personnel attempting control of contamination under average conditions. These limits may be adjusted upward or downward under special circumstances, as directed by CTG 132.1. 

All readings of contamination levels are to be made with 

side-window G" counters, the counter tube walls of which are 

not substantially in excess of 30 mg/cm2 with the beta 

shield open. When possible the surface of the probe should 

be held 1 to 6 in. from the surface under observation. The 

larger distance is preferable for preliminary survey; the 

smaller distance is preferable for detailed survey of maximum 

contamination areas. 

Personnel and Clothing 

Skin: Complete decontamination by bathing is to be attempted. If a reading in excess of 1 mr/hr is obtained after 

repeated washings, the decontamination supervisor will be 

consulted for appropriate advice. 

Underclothing and Body-contact Equipment (Interior Linings 

of Boots and Respirators): The permissible limit is 2 mr/hr. 

Outer Clothing and Body-proximity Equipment (Outer Surface 

of Boots and Protective Clothing) : The permissible limit is 

7 mr/hr. 

Aircraft, Vehicles, and Small Boats 

The permissible limits are as follows: interior surfaces, 

2 mr/hr; exterior surfaces, 7 mr/hr; and distant exterior surfaces, 20 mr/hr . 

Air and Water 

The following continuous levels of radioisotope content 

in air and water are generally considered to be safe: 

87 
Beta or gamma emitter Alpha emitter 

Air 5 x 10-l2 pc/cc 

Water ,.,c/cc 

The contamination levels in air and water currently are measured in units 

of yCi/cm3 (microcurie per cubic centimeter) . A curie is a measure of radioactivity (3.7 x lolo disintegrations per second) . Thus, for example, the maximum beta or gamma radioactivity permitted per cubic centimeter of air was 3.7 

X lo-' disintegration per second. The relationship of this number to exposure 

in roentgens depends upon the particular radionuclide, or mixture of radionuclides, since each may emit a different gamma photon energy. 

As details of the cloud-sampling requirements became known, assurance of 

pilot safety in the F-84G cloud samplers continued to be a concern. Plans 

relative to permissible exposures for personnel participating in IVY had been 

based on the exposure of 3 R (measured gamma only) over a3-month operational 

period. This limitation posed a serious problem in planning reasonable flexibility for the cloud-sampling operations because it was difficult to predict 

the exposures that might be incurred by the sampler pilots. At an informal 

meeting in the Division of Biology and Medicine, AEC, on 21 May 1952, it was 

concluded that the AEC would be receptive to a proposal from CJTF 132 to establish a special emergency exposure of 20 R, subject to several restrictions, for 

Operation IVY (Reference C.0.1, p. 226). 

Because a one-time 20-R exposure would bar pilots from future tests, the 

AEC recommended that concurrence first be obtained from the Surgeon General, 

Headquarters, USAF. Therefore, on 29 May 1952, CJTF 132 requested the Air 

Force Surgeon General to submit his comments on the proposal. On 31 July 

1952, in an endorsement to the basic communication, the Surgeon General indicated agreement with the opinion that no permanent physiological damage to individuals would result from a one-time exposure of 20 R. That office was of 

the opinion that the decision to allow the 20-R exposure could be a command 

The abbreviation "c" was commonly used in 1952 to represent "curie;" the currently used abbreviation is Ci. Similarly, "cc" means "cubic centimeter;" 

cm3 is currently used. 

88 
decision and that a nominal modification of existing standards was unnecessary 

(Reference C.0.1, p. 226). 

Early in June 1952, in a letter from JTF 132 headquarters to the School of 

Aviation Medicine, Randolph AFB (Reference C.4.6), some findings of a 13 May 

1952 meeting with LASL scientists were presented. LASL estimated that sampler 

aircraft pilots, if completely unprotected, could receive an exposure of 100 

to 125 R. A reduction to between 3.1 and 3.9 R was postulated for five halfthicknesses of absorbing material, or about 1 mm (0.039 inch) of lead. On 

3 July 1952, a meeting at the AEC, Washington, D.C. was held to determine the 

necessity for and feasibility of providing protection against the radiation 

expected to be encountered by sampler pilots in the MIKE shot. Representskives 

of the AEC Division of Biology and Medicine, LASL, and the Air Force weye present. General conclusions of the meeting were as follows (Reference B.4.9): 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

A two-fold increase in the size of sample collected per 

pilot would be permitted with 0.5 mm (0.020 inch) of lead 

protection 

Sampling operations would be conducted on the basis of a 

5-R planned dose to the pilot. An accident or unforeseen 

circumstance would not result in doses greater than 10 R 

With specific limitations on reexposure, sampling pilots 

would be authorized to receive 20 R 

No eye hazard was anticipated during MIKE sampling: a 

lead-glass visor was considered desirable from a psychological viewpoint 

Body extremities presented no primary radiation concern 

Protective materials equivalent to 0.5 mm (0.020 inch) of 

lead would be used in a manner operationally suitable to 

the sampler aircraft organizational comnander. 

The meeting led to the development and use of special protective clothing and 

lead-glass visors for sampler pilots. 

A letter sent by CJTF 132 to the Director, Division of Biology and Medicine, AEC, proposed that a special, safe emergency exposure be permitted under 

the radsafe regulations governing Operation IVY to allow a 20-R integrated exposure (measured gamma only), subject to the following conditions (Reference 

C.O.l, p. 226): 

89 
1. Personnel in the special category of the allowable 20-R 

exposure would be the pilots of the F-84G sampler aircraft 

2. Personnel in the special category would be allowed a total 

exposure of 20 R for the entire Operation IVY 

3. Personnel who received the maximum of 20 R would not be 

reexposed to a similar "one-shot" exposure of this extent 

for at least 2 years; this was not to preclude additional 

exposures on a lifetime basis of 0.3 R per week 

4. Suitable medical records of such individuals would be 

maintained in their parent agencies to reflect the exposures to ensure compliance with the 20-R restrictions 

5. Personnel expected to be in the 20-R category would be 

given the special radsafe physical examination before exposure and at least once per year for 2 years after the 

exposure period 

6. Results of medical examinations would be reported by the 

respective Department of Defense (DOD) services, or sponsoring agency if nonmilitary, to the AEC with suitable 

identifying data to maintain a central repository for exposure records of all personnel involved in atomic tests 

of the AEC. 

Although early verbal approval of the AEC was received, it was not until 

29 August that CJTF 132 received formal approval from the AEC to permit the 

20-R exposure. This letter modified the proposals in the task force commander's letter to permit an upper limit of 25 R and recommended that pilots 

receiving the total allowable exposure not be used in subsequent operations 

involving more than normal permissible exposures to radiation unless their 

services were needed to avert an imminent threat to national security (Reference C.O.l, p. 226). 

At least one other special limit may have been established. The TG 132.4 

Weather Reconnaissance Element used an exposure rate of 9 R/hr as the maximum 

permitted for its airborne WB-29s (Reference B.4.6, Annex H). 

The following quote from NavMed P-1325, Radiological Safety Regulations 

(Reference A.7), is representative of, at least, medical opinion about ionizing radiation at the time of Operation IVY. 

Although the term "tolerancen is used in reference to 

dosage of radiation, there is no proof that living tissues 

are completely tolerant to ionizing radiation even in the 

90 
minute amounts everywhere present as normal background radiation (cosmic rays, radon, et cetera) . The term "Maximum PeKmissible Exposure" is a better term. Accordingly, the word 

- "tolerance" will be replaced by the term "Maximum Permissible 

Exposure (MPE) [emphasis added]. 

The MPE's do not represent limits within which there can 

be a complete disregard of exposure. (The exposure to ionizing radiation should be kept to an absolute minimum in all 

circumstances.) [emphasis added] 

Radsafe Instrumentation 

Most of the TU 132.1.7 monitoring was done with the AN/PDR-T1B ion chamber. Fifty-five of these instruments were on loan from the Armed Forces Special Weapons Project (AFSWP). The instrument electronics had been modified at 

the NPG to eliminate switching transients resulting from changes in scale. A 

new ion-chamber instrument developed by the Army Signal Corps, IM-71/PD(XE-l), 

called the "Jasper," was tested and used after humidity leaks were corrected. 

Twenty-five of these instruments were available tothe task force. A letter 

to CTG 132.4 indicated that "for some instruments" the meter needle would not 

return to zero when subjected to high temperature. This would not affect the 

reading above 1 R/hr but could cause some inaccuracies in the lower ranges. 

Personnel monitoring was done with the Beckman MX-5 and AN/PDR-27C GeigerMueller instruments (Reference C.1.3.614). Table 15 lists the instruments 

used by TG 132.3. 

To protect ships and small craft from contamination by radioactive material 

in lagoon waters, periodic samples were collected from the lagoon, analyzed in 

the laboratory van aboard Rendova, and, in the event contamination was indicated, CTG 132.3 was notified (Reference C.1.3.614, p. 31). 

Two instruments were considered for aircraft installation to determine TG 

132.4 pilot exposures. They were the Proteximeter, developed by Victoreen, 

and an integrating dosimeter, the Integron, developed by LASL. Due to the 

limited time for procurement of the instruments and the considerable modification requirements for the Proteximeter, it was decided in March that the LASL 

Integron would be used on the F-84G cloud sampler aircraft. It was redesigned 

to meet space requirements, and the prototype was received by TG 132.4 on 

14 April. Twenty instruments were manufactured. Five of these instruments 

91 
.- a 

L 

0 

re 

aJ 

V 

C 

(d 

7 

c 

(d 

m 

N 

m 

d 

a 

0 

3 

L 

0 

Y 

ln 

t- 

(d 

ln 

l-4 

- aJ 

n 

(d 

In 

L 

nw 

aJ 

P 

t2, 

c, 

3 

c 

-7 

m 

(v 

N 

n 

l-4 

W 

N 

m 

N 

d 

3 

a 

N 

d 

W 

N 

0 

(v 

d 

v, 

-J 

n 

N 

d 

N 

l-4 

m 

0 

m 

CD 

4 

W 

d 

0 

CD 

l-4 

CD 

l-4 

N 

4 

N 

N 

0 

N 

(v 

(v 

l-4 

W 

W 

0 

m 

W 

V - 

0 

0 

n 

c, tu 

0 

m 

92 
An Operation IVY radsafe requirement to record gamma intensity under water 

necessitated procurement of special meters. This requirement was placed in 

April 1952 by the Deputy Commander of TG 132.1, who was of the opinion that 

the shallow parts of the reef near the shot island would be activated by sl

neutrons from MIKE. He felt that the blast wave would clear the water from 

the reef and the slow neutrons that would be present in large quantities for 

about 10 seconds would then activate the temporarily exposed reef. Ina matter 

of 3 or 4 days, the water in this area would be decontaminated by the normal 

flow of currents to the ocean, but the reef itself could remain fairly radio

active. If it became necessary for recovery parties to stand in the water in 

this area, the normal beta- or gamma-intensity-reading meters would indicate 

little reef contamination, if present, due to the shield of water. Hence, it 

was believed prudent to procure these special meters (Reference C.1.2, Sep 

Inst). 

Personnel self-reading pocket dosimeters of at least three different ranges 

were used: 0.2 R (IM/91PD) , 10 R (IM/19PD) , and 100 R (IM/20PD) . No indication of the accuracy of these instruments has been found. 

Fi lm Badges 

Personnel dosimetry was determined from a combination of film badges and 

pocket dosimeters. Altogether, 5,000 film badges were utilized and processed 

during Operation IVY (Reference 1.7.1, p. 30). The intent of the badging program was to issue badges only to those people who might enter contaminated 

areas or be exposed to fallout. 

Badges were issued and processed by the Photodosimetry Section of Tu 

132.1.7. The monitor assigned to each recovery or work party obtained film 

badges and recipient recording forms for the entire party from TG 132.1. 

Badges were issued daily for each party entering the radex area. Other exchange periods may have been used for other groups. 

93 
The standard film badge was a DuPont 558 containing one piece of No. 508 

emulsion (range 0.015 R to 6 R) and one piece of No. 1290 emulsion (range 5 to 

750 R) with a 20-mil- (0.51 nun) thick lead strap, 1/2-inch- (1.27 cm) wide 

covering about half the length of the packet on both sides. The lead was held 

on the paper-wrapped packet by an adhesive. The entire packet was enclosed in 

a heat-sealed envelope of 2-mil (0.051-mm) polyethylene. Each badge had an 

embossed serial number (Reference C.1.7.1). 

An additional badge was worn by the sampler aircraft pilots. The films 

were No. 502 (reasonably accurate between 0.1 R and 3.0 R and usable to about 

10 R), No. 510 (5 to 50 R) , and No. 606 (10 to 300 R) in a DuPont No. 553 

packet. Two types of holders for the packet were used: the LASL holder made 

of 20-mil (0.51-nun) sheet brass with openings on both sides, one exposed to 

the air and one covered with 20-mil (0.51-mm) cadmium; and the National Bureau 

of Standards holder which completely encased the film in layers of bakelite, 

tin, and lead. These films were identified by X-rayed numbers (Reference 

C.1.7.1, p. 79). The highest value recorded by any one of the badges worn by 

an individual was used in compiling the exposure records. 

1. Date of issue 

2. Film badge number 

3. Name of person issued to 

4. Name of person wearing badge 

5. Project number 

6. Wearer's home station 

7. Date returned 

8. Dosimeter number 

9. Dosimeter reading. 

The films were processed on Parry Island by TU 132.1.7, although there were 

plans to use a photo trailer on Rendova also. However, this was apparently 

not used (Reference C.3.11). Individual exposure records were kept on 5x8 

cards containing the following information: 

94 
1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

8. 

Name 

Project 

Home station 

Date 

Badge number 

Exposure 

Accumulated exposure 

Dosimeter reading. 

These cards form the basis ofthe exposure records summarized in the Consolidated List (Reference C.1.7.2) used as a standard reference in this report for

personnel exposures. The file of the 5x8 cards themselves has been microfilmed, and the microfilm file has also been used as a reference tool in preparing this report. It is cited as Personnel Radiation Exposure Record -- 

Microfilm (Reference C.1.7.3). 

Daily reports of the accumulated exposure of monitors, helicopter pilots, 

and persons whose exposure exceeded 2 R were made (Reference C.1.7.1, p. 82). 

These reports were informally provided to the Control Group each morning so 

that appropriate duty assignments could be made (Reference C.1.7.5). 

MAJOR EQUIPMENT MODIFICATION 

Before the tests, task force ships and some aircraft were modified to reduce the potential for radiation exposure of the crews. 

Ship Modification 

To protect the surface units of TG132.3 against fallout contamination, 

the Navy Bureau of Ships (Buships) designed temporary washdown systems for 

installation on each ship. If fallout were detected, all topside openings 

were to be closed, the ventilation system shut down, and the washdown system 

started. The theory of the washdown system was that by covering the entire 

vessel with a spray of relatively uncontaminated seawater, descending fallout 

particles would not lodge in topside gutters or the pores of wood or paint 

surfaces, and the particles would be washed overboard. System components were 

procured by the Naval Radiological Defense Laboratory and shipped to the Pacific Proving Ground (PPG) for installation. Two civilian engineers from BuShips 

95 
assisted the crews with installation and checkout. Systems were installed and 

tested on all ships 3 days before MIKE (Reference C.3.7). 

Before each shot all ships were directed to use low-range radiation survey 

meters to note the background radioactivity at several topside locations. The 

survey was to be repeated at frequent intervals for "about a week" after the 

detonation. If any indication of fallout was noted, the washdown systems were 

to be started and operated until the survey instruments indicated the fallout 

had ceased, or the vessel was clear of the fallout area (Reference 8.3.1). 

Aircraft Modification 

In contrast to previous Pacific tests, IVY cloud sampling (for Project 1.3) 

involved manned aircraft penetrating the clouds produced by KING and MIKE. 

Two B-29s served as airborne navigation control (NAVAID) platforms for the 

samplers. A third aircraft, an RB-36H, served as flight controller for aircraft penetrating the cloud. In addition, several KB-29 tanker aircraft were 

used to refuel F-84G sampler aircraft because of the distance between their 

base at Kwajalein and the shot locations at Enewetak Atoll. Some weather reconnaissance WB-29s were also equipped for cloud sampling. 

Planning for high-altitude cloud sampling was undertaken in 1951 by LASL 

and AFSWC. Several types of aircraft, including B-36, B-47, B-45, F-89, and 

F-84 models were considered for suitability. In early 1952, a decision was 

made to employ the F-84G single-place fighter-bomber. (The decision, however, 

added a task to the list of TG 132.4 requirements to plan for inflight refueling.) The F-84G had an ejection seat, anti-G suit provisions, windshield 

defroster system, automatic fuel transfer system, and an inflight refueling 

system. First accepted by the Air Force in June 1951, it was considered a 

first-line combat aircraft. 

Beginning with the early planning phases, considerable thought was given 

to radsafe measures that would be required for the sampler aircraft. Planned 

pilot protection included filters in the cabin pressurization system to remove 

radioactive particles from the air taken into the aircraft, a pilot-visible 

rate meter and an integrating dosimeter to allow the pilot to judge his total 

exposure, and radiation shielding to protect him. Sixteen aircraft were specially modified for IVY sampling operations under the supervision of the Air 

96 
Materiel Command (Reference A.4, p. 66). Major modifications to these F-84G 

aircraft included four avionics systems: an ARA-8 homing device, an ARC-3 VHF 

radio transceiver, an AN/APX-6 IFF (Identification Friend or Foe) transponder, 

and an F-5 autopilot (see Figure 13). Dual-cloud-sampling systems were also 

included. 

A preliminary inspection of an F-84G aircraft had revealed that the cockpit did not have sufficient space for installation of filters at the terminals 

of the pressurization system. Subsequent studies indicated that a filter could 

be placed in the pressurization line forward of the intercooler-regulator "Y" 

connection or in the defroster line, which was an independent system located 

under the windshield of the cockpit. A trial installation was made on the 

F-84Gs scheduled for IVY that were being used in Nevada for TUMBLER-SNAPPER. 

Later, the TAU requested that a filtering unit be installed in the aircraft 

WINGTIP TANK SAMPLING SYSTEM 

LOADING SLOT 

\ 'E\NT BULKHEAD 

VALVE \ \A / 

AIR SCOOP 

AIR FLOW /. qq-> 

FILTER PAPER 

/ CON CHAMBER 

SAMPLING PROBE SAMPLING PANEL ARC-3 RADIO 

/ GASSAMPLE SYSTEM / ,,/ AN/APX-6 IFF 

/ I 

ARA 8 DF 

F-5 AUTOPILOT CABIN PRESSURIZATION 

FILTER / 

PARTICLE SAMPLER 

Figure 13. F-84G sampler aircraft. 

97 
oxygen system. The proposal met with objections as being unnecessary because 

pilots were to breathe 100 percent oxygen during the actual sampling operations 

and return to base. Difficulties were also experienced with the paper being 

used in the filters installed in the cabin pressurization system. The F-84G 

filtering problem was resolved when improved and thinner paper was chosen and 

installed in the pressurization filtering system. This increased the protection against contamination of air in the cockpit and the air that would be inhaled by the pilots (Reference C.O.l, p. 223). 

One of the two types of sampling systems installed on the F-84Gs was called 

a "snap-bag." This consisted of a plastic bag mounted on the gundeck of the 

aircraft nose. The system was actuated by a trigger switch on the control 

stick, which enabled collection of gaseous samples through a sampling probe on 

the aircraft nose for 10 to 20 seconds. The second sampling system involved 

modifications to the wingtip fuel tanks to collect particulate matter from the 

nuclear clouds. A diagram of this wingtip system is shown in the inset of 

Figure 13. Operation was fairly simple; the pilot could open the valve behind 

the air scoop to admit air through the scoop. This air passed through filter 

paper, where particulate matter was collected, and then was vented. An ion 

chamber was mounted in the tiptank as a sensor to measure radioactivity of the 

filter paper, thus providing an indication of the amount of sample collected 

at any given time. 

The F-84Gs were equipped with a sampling panel mounted atop the main instrument panel. The sampling panel is shown in Figure 14. This panel contained 

radiac instruments and indicator lights for each sampling system. The rate 

meter for the tiptank ion chamber had a three-stage scale: 0-1 R, 0-10 R, or 

0-100 R. The reading from this meter was transmitted by the pilot to the sampler control aircraft where the sampling project manager maintained control of 

each mission. 

The top center of the sampling panel had an integrating dosimeter (Integron). The meter recorded the total cockpit exposure during a sampling mission 

in the range of 0-7.5 R with an error of k20 percent. The IM-71/PD (Jasper) 

rate meter measured cockpit intensity. This instrument was manufactured by 

the Evans Signal Laboratory for the AEC and had a range of 0.005 to 800 R/hr. 

98 
IM-71/PD (JASPER) WlNGTlP TANK 

MPLING 

RATE METER FOR CONTROL AND INDICATORS 

COCKPIT INTENSITY INTEGRON 

__ fl ~ Q' " 

n': 

I 

GAS SAMPLE 

SYSTEM INDICATORS 

RATE-METER TO WING TANK 

Figure 14. F-84G sampling panel. 

Five of the F-84Gs that were modified for the sampling operation participated (without obtaining actual samples) in the TUMBLER-SNAPPER test series 

being conducted at the NPG. This participation was designed to give the pilots operational experience in a radioactive cloud and to verify the aircraft 

radsafe modifications. 

An additional safety measure for the pilots was protective clothing. TG 

132.1 performed calculations that indicated that the equivalent of 0.5 mm 

(19.5 mils) of lead around a pilot's trunk would allow the sampler aircraft to 

double the time spent in the cloud for a given exposure rate (Reference C.O.l, 

p. 223). A number of shielding suggestions were made: 

1. Flying suit of several plies of lead-glass fabric or a 

suit of vinyl (0.5 mm [19.5 mils] lead equivalent) sandwiched between ordinary or lead-glass cloth 

2. Wraparound insert to parachute using lead-impregnated 

vinyl or rubber or lead-glass fabric 

3. Loose shroud or wraparound apron of above materials to be 

worn over the normal flying clothing 

4. Lead sheet, or other materials, placed in pockets over 

vital parts of the body. 

99 

Air Materiel Command for their modification and installation (Reference C.4.4, 

Sep Inst, pp. 54-60). 

Cloud-sampling in Operation IVY was actually a joint venture between LASL 

and Hq USAF. Samples obtained by the F-84Gs were shared between LASL and Hq 

USAF, while Hq USAF supplemented its program by using Air Weather Service WB

aircraft. Ten WB-29 aircraft were equipped to collect particle samples on filter paper at around 20,000 feet (6 km). At Kwajalein, Hq USAF established and 

operated a complete counting room to determine the radioactivity of filter paper samples collected by the WB-29s (Reference B.l.l, p. 7.3.3). 

Four of the WB-29s were also instrumented to detect airborne radiation instantaneously, as well as equipped with gas-sampling and water-collection devices. The gas-sampling equipment consisted of a compressor, fed by ram air, 

that forced the samples collected into cylinders. The system was designated 

as B/31 equipment. Airborne sampling operations of the WB-29s were conducted 

under the direction of a Hq USAF representative aboard the aircraft. 

The selection of F-84Gs as sampler aircraft presented operational problems 

because they would have to operate beyond a point of no return, and had neither 

visual checkpoints nor radio ranging stations in the sampling area. Inflight 

refueling could solve one problem and airborne control points could solve the 

other. Aerial tankers were provided and two B-29s were modified to operate as 

airborne navigation control centers to vector the samplers and the tankers. 

Each NAVAID B-29 was equipped with extra communication equipment. Three 

additional very-high-frequency (VHF) transceivers were added (for a total of

four); a second high-frequency (HE') transceiver and a low-frequency (LF) transmitter were installed on each NAVAID B-29 so other aircraft could home on them 

using their radio compasses. An AN/APS-23 radar was installed with a modified 

AN/APX-6 IFF transponder that was capable of interrogating and identifying 

other aircraft. The 10-inch (25-cm) radar scopes permitted location plotting 

of other aircraft with an accuracy of 55 nmi (9.3 km) to a maximum range of 

175 nmi (324 km). Some equipment normally aboard the B-29s was retained: 

Loran and radio compass, plus the AN/APQ-13 navigation radar. A large, clear 

plastic plotting board was located in the aft section across the entire fuselage so that a continuous air plot could be maintained of all aircraft with 

101 
respect to the NAVAID aircraft. Near the B-29 waist-gunner's positions were 

seats for three scientific observers to maintain visual observation of the 

cloud and sampler aircraft. 

The 307th Air Refueling Squadron modified 10 KB-29 tankers by adding a 

low-frequency transmitter, so that samplers could home on them, and a modified 

AN/APX-6 IFF transponder for identification. 

PRE-EVENT SAFETY 

Pre-event safety measures included: 

Medical examinations consisting of chest x-rays, blood 

counts and differentials, and urinalyses were given to 

personnel who might be exposed to radioactivity during the 

tests. 

Clearly marking all radioactively contaminated areas of 

previous detonations at Enewetak Atoll. Personnel were 

prohibited from entering these areas, except by specific 

orders from CTG 132.2 or the Enewetak AEC representative. 

Rechecking and calibration of all radiac survey meters 

with a 22.8-mg radium source in October. 

Execution of a roll-call formation and practice evacuation 

by all task force elements on 25 October. All procedures 

were tested, and it was determined that the actual evacuation would not present any insurmountable obstacles. 

Dismantling, packing, and covering all hospital and dispensary equipment and supplies with canvas. All windows 

and doors were fastened open. 

Covering or sealing other equipment to prevent or reduce 

contamination. The covers also provided protection from 

the weather in case of extended absence from the island. 

In addition, preshot planning included designation of a restricted zone 

around the shot atoll, prediction of the weather and fallout patterns, establishment of a radex area, preparation froffsite monitoring, modification of 

equipment for ease of decontamination, and evacuation of all personnel from 

Enewetak Atoll for the MIKE shot. 

Security Perimeter 

A security perimeter was established in which entry was prohibited. This 

was a de facto radiation exclusion area. The trusteeship agreements between 

the United States and the United Nations, which established the Trust Territory 

102 
of the Pacific Islands of which Enewetak was a part, provided that the United 

States could close any portion of the area for security reasons. On 2 December 

1947, the United States officially closed the area of Enewetak and its adjacent 

territorial waters at a distance of 3 nmi (5.6 km) on the ocean sides of the 

atoll (Reference C.O.l, pp. 167). The following year the U.S. Department of 

State concurred with the DOD and the AEC in the establishment, for an indefinite period, of a danger zone around the atoll. This zone included an area Of 

150 by 200 nmi (278 by 370 km), centering on the atoll and bounded by the parallels 10°15'N and 12O45'N and meridians 16O035IE and 163O55'E. These boundaries were published in the U.S. Navy Hydrographic Office publications, "Notices 

to Airmen" and "Notices to Mariners." 

Weather and Fallout Prediction 

The direction and extent of fallout were recognized as bing largely dependent on the structure of the upper winds (Reference C.0.1, p. 207). Consequently, upper atmosphere meteorological soundings were used before each shot 

to determine if the radioactive debris would move toward inhabited areas. 

Forecasts were also made daily of the Marshall Islands vicinity weather to 

assist ships and aircraft in preshot buildup operations and preparations: especially important were predictions ofvisibility and rainsquall activity for 

aircraft flying between atolls. Finally, a weather watch was mafntained to 

ensure that no unexpected tropical storms advanced on JTF 132. Since only 

five permanent weather stations existed in an area larger than the continental 

United States, additional weather data were gathered from JTF 132 ships, various military stations in the Pacific, weather stations established by JTF 132, 

and routine weather reports by transient shipping in the general area. 

TG 132.4 was assigned the weather-gathering and -prediction responsibility. 

Two elements within the TSU (TU 132.4.3) were primarily involved: a Weather 

Reporting Element and a Weather Reconnaissance Element. A Weather Central Office was established at Enewetak Island on 25 September 1952 to coordinate the 

weather activities and make the forecasts. 

The Weather Reporting Element was organized, manned, and trained by the 

2059th Air Weather Wing, Tinker AFB, Oklahoma. The 2059th, in turn, placed 

the basic responsibility on the 2060th Mobile Weather Squadron (later the 6th 

103 
Weather Squadron, Mobile) (Reference C.4.8) of maintaining and operating four 

new weather stations on outlying atolls, the element's headquarters at Kwajalein, and Enewetak Weather Central (Reference C.O.l, p. 209). 

Weather stations were established on Ponape, Kusaie, Majuro, and Bikini. 

Each was manned by one officer and approximately twenty enlisted men. These 

outlying stations were responsible for making surface and upper-air observations and transmitting reports to Weather Central. Normal operations required 

surface observations every 3 hours and radar wind soundings (rawinsonde) observations twice each day. During immediate pre- and postshot periods, a minimum of four rawinsondes were required each day. 

The Reconnaissance Element, based at Kwajalein, was organized under the 

57th Reconnaissance Squadron at Hickam AE'B, to which 56 officers, 253 airmen, 

and 10 WB-29 aircraft were assigned. The element moved to Kwajalein in October 1952 (Reference C.0.1, p. 208). This squadron had previously performed 

weather reconnaissance operations during Operation GREENHOUSE. 

The element had the following responsibilities (Reference B.4.2): 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

Conduct two weather missions each day of approximately 12 

hours duration, commencing on first shot minus 20 days 

Conduct three weather missions each day of approximately 

12 hours duration, commencing on first shot minus 4 days 

Conduct postshot radsafe missions, consisting of two missions each day of approximately 12 hours duration, from 

D-day until D+2. 

Beginning on 10 October 1952, assume typhoon reconnaissance responsibility in the area bounded by the equator, 

latitude 25%, and the meridian of 180°, longitude 

157O30 'E. 

Weather Central on Enewetak issued daily instructions on the particular 

reconnaissance tracks (termed Petrel tracks) to be flown. Nearly 1,000 flying 

hours were logged in the Petrel flights (Reference C.0.1, p. 209). 

At peak strength Weather Central was manned by nine Air Force officer 

forecasters, one airman forecaster, seven airman observers, four Navy officer 

forecasters, and ten Navy enlisted observers. These personnel were in addition to the permanent Air Force Upper Air Weather Detachment at Enewetak. 

104 
Before Operation IVY, six of the Air Force forecasters studied methods Of 

forecasting the Marshall Islands weather at the University of California, Los 

Angeles. 

Data collected by Weather Central included weather reconnaissance reports, 

surface reports, upper-air reports, position operational meteorological aircraft reports (POMAR), terminal forecasts, storm bulletins, map analyses, zonal 

wind data, and various miscellaneous reports. Facsimile-transmitted weather 

maps were received from Washington, D.C. 

The surface weather map was analyzed four times daily at 0500, 1100, 1700, 

and 2300 and covered an area extending from 60 N to 20 S latitude and 95OE to 

l2OoW longitude. Streamline charts were prepared four times daily for altitudes of 1,500, 10,000, 20,000, 30,000, 40,000 50,000 and 60,000 feet (0.46, 

3.05, 6.10, 8.14, 12.19, 15.24, and 18.29 km). The area covered was bounded 

by 30°N, 5OS, 140°E, and 17OoW. In addition, at 0200 and 1400, synoptic 

charts were prepared for 200-, 300-, 500-, and 700-millibar (20-, 30-, SO-, and 

70-kilopascal) contours over the entire Pacific Ocean. This helped in understanding the overall pattern of pressure and winds in the middle and high lat

itudes as compared with those of the tropics. 

0 0 

The routine daily operation of Weather Central differed considerably from 

that immediately before shots, primarily in the operation of the analysis section. All of the aforementioned reports and charts were critically analyzed, 

and a forecast of winds at 2,000-foot (0.61-km) intervals to 20,000 feet (6.10 

km) and 5,000-foot (1.52-km) intervals to 70,000 feet (21.33 km) was issued 

three times daily to prepare and practice for shot times. Daily forecasts 

issued for aircraft operations included forecasts of winds, clouds, and weather between Enewetak and Kwajalein. The winds, clouds, and weather downwind 

from Enewetak at 40,000 feet (12.19 km) were also included. The entire operations program for the month before the MIKE shot was designed to familiarize 

personnel of Weather Central with all phases of analysis and forecasting to 

assure a smoothly operating unit during the critical preshot forecast periods 

at shot times. 

From 13 October through 24 October, extensive cross-training and checking 

of connnunications was conducted aboard Estes where Weather Central would be 

10 5 
located during the evacuation and afloat period for MIKE. On 25 October, personnel who were to man Weather Central afloat began moving aboard Estes. Personnel scheduled for evacuation to Kwajalein before the MIKE shot continued to 

operate Weather Central ashore until the morning of 28 October when Estes Weather Central assumed control. On the same day, 17 officers and enlisted men 

of Enewetak Weather Central were evacuated to Kwajalein to augment the personnel and operations of the Kwajalein weather station. 

Preparations for the necessary analyses and forecasts for shot time were 

begun 2 days before the MIKE detonation. In addition to the current streamline analyses, 24- and 48-hour predictive streamline charts were prepared for 

all levels from 1,500 to 60,000 feet (0.46 to 18.29 km). Preparation of the 

predictive charts was considered the most important phase of the entire forecasting operation since it was from this source that all wind forecasts and 

prediction of postshot trajectory of airborne particles and debris were made. 

Trajectory and streamline charts were used as the basis of the fallout 

forecast, which defined the radex areas. No information has been found that 

indicates the extent to which fallout forecasts were used in preshot briefings. 

Modeling of fallout phenomena was a new technique, and only qualitative predictions were possible, that is, the midline and lateral extent of the pattern 

could be estimated, but no quantitative prediction of fallout amount or fallout 

rate was available (Reference A.8). 

A fallout prediction for the MIKE shot was made for scientific Project 5.4a 

and indicates the level of prediction available for Operation IVY (Reference 

C.1.3.615, p. 51): 

. . . [one] analysis satisfactorily explains the mechanism 

of fall-out, except for the area immediately surrounding 

ground zero at Operation IVY. 

. . . [Another] theory . . . accounts for the phenomenology of the fall-out in the area in the immediate vicinity of 

g round zero . 

It is believed that these theories in their respective 

areas accounted for the fall-out phenomena accurately at 

Operation Ivy. 

10 6 
That some luck was involved in the IVY weather was recognized (Reference 

(2.0.1, p. 218): 

In summary, the weather problem encountered during Operation IVY was felt by the meteorologists concerned to have 

been one of the most difficult in the history of meteorology. 

The total requirement for weather; the absolute demands with 

respect to terminal conditions at both Kwajalein and Eniwetok 

plus the air route between these terminals; and the rigorous 

conditions of minimum acceptability of upper wind structure 

controlling radioactive fall-out throughout the Marshall 

Islands all combined to create a problem which bore only a 

remote probability of satisfying all conditions simultaneously. The fact that the problem was successfully resolved 

should not be permitted to obscure one very important fact of 

fate -- MIKE was detonated on the date scheduled several 

months earlier and this date was, providentially, the only 

day during a period of approximately one month when acceptable conditions prevailed. Unacceptable conditions had 

existed for fourteen days preceding and nine days after 

1 November, and the KING detonation was no less complicated 

due to the added condition for a visual drop. 

Radiation Exclusion Area 

Delimitation of the radiation exclusion,r radex, area was a responsibility of TG 132.4. Criteria governing the radex area have not been found. The 

final radex area for MIKE was developed about 7 hours before the shot and wa

used in briefing the aircraft crews. This radex area was based on the forecast H+3 winds and gave cloud formation data up to 60,000 feet (18.30 km) 

(Reference C.4.4, MIKE Inst, pp. 26-27). Subsequent air radex areas were 

prepared from the data provided by the sampler and cloud-tracking aircraft. 

No specifics of the air radex area for the KING shot have been found except 

that it was prepared and covered the southeast sector of the PPG (Reference 

C.1.3.608). 

Offsite Safety and Monitoring 

Consideration of the safety of non-task-force civilian populations occurred 

early in radsafe planning (Reference C.O.1, p. 228). The safety measures 

adopted for the operation included preshot evacuation of the Marshall Island 

inhabitants closest to the detonation, measurement of the fallout produced by 

the detonation at inhabited islands in the Pacific and at a worldwide network 

107 
of fallout-recording stations, and analyses of drinking water at nearby atolls 

for radioactivity. 

Before IVY, AEC NYKOPO had established a study known as the "Worldwide 

Fallout Monitoring Program" (Reference C.O.l, p. 224). This program evaluated 

the magnitude of fallout at long distances from the detonation site by collecting radioactive debris, which was analyzed in New York. 

The original NYKOPO plan was for sampling the area beyond 500 nmi (927 km) 

from Enewetak; JTF 132 was to monitor the islands within this distance. In 

early September 1952, the NYKOPO assignment was extended to include all of the 

islands of the Trust Territory except Enewetak itself (Reference D.1). 

The NYKOPO monitoring activity included aerial survey and collection of 

fallout on gummed paper and by filters. The Navy provided the aircraft for 

aerial monitoring. Instruments aboard the aircraft were used to determine if 

fallout had contaminated the area below; and when positive readings were received, landings were made, if possible, to obtain samples. The survey was 

conducted from D+1 to D+7. Flights originated from Kwajalein, Guam, and Honolulu. After the MIKE shot, aerial radiation surveys were made of the Hawaiian 

Islands, the Marshalls, Carolines, Marianas, the Japanese islands of Honshu, 

Shikoku and Kyushu, and the Ryukyu Islands (Okinawa, etc.). Following KING, a 

less extensive survey limited to the Marshalls, the eastern Carolines, and the 

Marianas was made (Reference D.l). 

Particulate fallout was collected ongummed paper at 111 worldwide stations 

including Honolulu, Guam, Ponape, Truk, and Midway. The concentration of airborne radioactive particulates was measured at Kwajalein, Guam, Midway, and 

Honolulu. At these locations air-filtering equipment was turned onwhen the 

fallout cloud was known to be in the area. Automatic air-filtering stations, 

which were instrumented to begin operation when the external gamma exposure 

reached 0.0005 Whr, were located at Kusaie, Ujelang, Bikini, Majuro, and Kwajalein. The radiation level required to start the equipment was not achieved 

in MIKE and the units were not reset for KING (Reference D.1, p. 1). 

The drinking water at Enewetak, Kusaie, Majuro, Ponape, Kwajalein, and 

Bikini was tested by TU 132.1.7 after the MIKE shot. No detectable activity 

was found. 

108 
Evacuation 

Radsafe plans required evacuation of all personnel from Enewetak Atoll for 

the MIKE shot. Early plans for evacuation of the atoll during KING were ultimately revised to evacuate only the islands north of Japtan and maintain the 

capability to evacuate all personnel from Parry and Enewetak islands if necessary. Early plans were for the MIKE firing party to remain ashore in a specially constructed bunker. This plan was cancelled because of the potential 

radiation exposure and the cost of bunker construction. 

The people of Ujelang (who had been removed from Enewetak Atoll in 1947) 

and their domestic animals were also evacuated from Ujelang as a safety precaution for the MIKE shot. The evacuation was made by LST-827 on the afternoon of 27 October 1952 and the following morning. 

CTU 132.1.7 detailed a radsafe engineer to oversee shipboard monitoring 

and to conduct ground surveys of Ujelang before the inhabitants debarked (Reference C.O.1). Because a rubber boat was not available, he had to swim from 

the ship's boat in the deep water of the lagoon to the shore and launch an 

outrigger to return to the boat and pick up monitoring instruments for the 

survey (Reference C.1.7.1, p. 27). 

The ground survey followed the aerial sweep and was made on the morning of 

2 November before the return of the people. No radioactivity was detected by 

either the aerial survey or ground monitoring of the area; the latter was conducted using an MX-5, a TlB, and a PDR-1OA. Beta and gamma instruments were 

used to monitor the general living area, and an alpha detector was employed to 

check the water supply (rainwater collected in cisterns) and spot check the 

ground around the island. In addition, the radsafe engineer collected lagoon 

and freshwater samples and dirt samples; these were later examined by the TU 

132.1.7 laboratory aboard Rendova. No activity above background was detected 

(Reference C.1.7.1, p. 27). 

POSTEVENT SAFETY 

General radsafe precautions that were applicable after the detonations are 

described under "Radiological Safety Planning" in this chapter (page 64). 

109 
Additionally, early-time surveys were planned to determine the extent of 

contamination, specify the time of atoll reentry, and the time at which the 

scientific project personnel would be allowed to recover samples on contaminated islands; decontamination procedures were established for men and equipment and regulations were made for the release of contaminated equipment from 

the restricted area or the PPG. 

Early Radiation Surveys 

Reentry and recovery schedules were prepared for both MIKE and KING. The 

MIKE survey was more critical because of the evacuation. Rapid reactivation 

of emergency facilities on the Enewetak Island airstrip was needed in case of 

an emergency landing. The advance planning was justified by an emergency 

landing of an F-84G. A list of personnel categories considered essential for 

early reentry to Enewetak included (Reference B.0.2, Annex U) : 

1. TG 132.4 personnel to operate aircraft emergency landing 

area at Enewetak 

2. Radsafe monitors 

3. Scientific personnel for collection of MIKE data 

4. Scientific personnel for KING instrumentation 

5. Key H&N personnel 

6. Loran detachment 

7. Documentary photo team 

8. TG 132.1 command post group 

9. Shore-to-ship communications detail 

10. Helicopter pilots. 

The first radiological survey after MIKE was made by TU 132.1.7 at H+2 by 

helicopter from Rendova. For KING the Marine helicopter left from Parry Island at H+30 minutes. The survey proceeded first to Parry Island and cleared 

the island for early reentry parties. The helicopter then proceeded north at 

about 10 knots (18.5 km/hr). The radioactivity on each island was measured 

from about a 25-foot (8-meter) altitude using an AN/PDR-TlB detector. The 

plan called for the helicopter to proceed until it reached an exposure rate of 

3 Whr. The helicopter, however, was contaminated by particulates carried by 

a rainsquall and returned to Rendova for decontamination. 

110 
CTG 132.4 directed TE 132.4.1.1 to furnish two H-19 helicopters to ” Rendova 

to supplement Navy and Marine helicopters for atoll reentry flights. The main 

purpose, however, was to provide transportation for early reentry to Enewetak 

airstrip of an emergency ground crew in the event of any emergency landings 

there. The team included a radsafe monitor, four crash-firefighters, one radio 

direction-finder operator, one radio repairman, and one medical technician. 

The results of the early aerial radiation survey, ground surveys by the 

initial reentry parties, an H+2 damage survey by Commander TU 132.1.1, and 

lagoon water sampling at the anchorages off Parry and Enewetak allowed reentry 

to begin at 0900 on2 November. 

Sampler aircraft supplied exposure rate information to the Radsafe Center 

on Rendova during the period from H-hour to H+6. From H+6 to H+17 the equipment used by Hq USAF personnel in their normal flights served both Hq USAF and 

radsafe purposes. Frm H+12 until H+48 the weather reconnaissance flights 

provided data about the movement of the cloud (Reference C.O.l). 

All radsafe data were assimilated by the Radsafe Center before being forwarded to the Command Center aboard Estes. Cloud-tracking reports and radiological situation maps of all islands of Enewetak Atoll and neighboring atolls 

were maintained. These data formed the basis for periodic briefings and situation reports prepared for the comander of the joint task force and his task 

group commanders (Reference C.0.1, p. 229). The data also formed the basis 

for planning later recovery operations and disposition of working parties. 

Sample Recovery Techniques 

Upon completion of sampling operations, the samplers returned to the airfield at Kwajalein, where the particulate and gaseous snap-bag samples were 

immediately recovered from the aircraft. Separate crews were used for the two 

operations. 

PARTICLE SAMPLE REMOVAL. Detailed techniques for recovering filter papers 

from the wingtip tanks were published by LASL and forwarded to AFSWC in 1956 

(Reference A.4, pp. 220-225). This publication documented techniques employed 

during IVY and, later, for CASTLE, Figure 16 illustrates the setup for Sample 

recovery. 

111 
WINGTIP TANK GUNDECK GAS 

PARTICLE SAMPLER SAMPLER 

t 

25 to 50 feet 

(8 to 15 meters) 

SHIELDED BOX SHIELDED CAVE \ PERSON No. 10 

, / 

TOW 

VEHICLE 

I 

- 

-0 

TRAILER No. 1 TRAILER No. 2 PERSON No.3 

TOOLS ‘PIG 

PERSON No. 2 

Figure 16. Sample recovery schematic illustration. 

Three people were directly engaged in particle sample removal. A minimum 

distance of 25 feet (8 meters) was used as a criterion for separation of sample removal equipment from the “hot” sample pod, as well as for personnel while 

not removing samples. A fourth person served as an overall supervisor to ensure compliance with sample removal procedures. Person No. 1 advanced to the 

pod with long-handled tongs, cut the filter retaining-wire, then returned to 

his initial position, still holding the tongs. Person No. 2 advanced with a 

9-foot (3-meter) removal pole. He hooked the filter paper on which the sample 

was deposited with the end of the pole and deposited the paper in the shielded 

112 
"cave," or enclosure. Person No. 1 stood by to help No. 2 by using the longhandled tongs if the sample should fall to the ground. After the sample was 

deposited in the cave, person No. 1 returned the tongs to the tool trailer and 

secured a hook tool. He then joined No. 2 and opened the sample holder for 

No. 3 to insert a rolling tool over the filter paper. As No. 3 rolled the 

filter paper, No. 1 and No. 2 stood "well clear of the cave, aircraft, and 

other radiation sources." Person No. 3 put the rolled paper in a "pig," a 

shielded container for sample transport, and returned his tool. Person No. 1 

measured the radiation inside the pig using a long-handled tool and this information was recorded. Person No. 1 returned the tool, then both No. 1 and 

No. 2 lifted the pig, whose lid closed automatically, from the cave with a 

carrying pole, carried it to a third trailer 25 feet (8 meters) away, and deposited it in a shielded box. This operation was repeated on the second sample pod, then the next aircraft, until all filters were removed. 

GAS SAMPLE REMOVAL. Gas samples were removed by two five-man teams. Each 

team consisted of a senior civilian technician, two enlisted armament men, tug 

and trailer driver, and one officer who functioned as a recorder. Each team 

member wore radsafe clothing and, in addition, the civilian technicians and 

the armament men wore lead gloves. 

Degassing equipment included a cart with a vacuum pump for each team, metal 

cylinders for bottling the gas samples, and hoses with nozzles that were inserted into the aircraft gas probe to form an airtight fit. 

The gas samples were transferred from the aircraft snap-bag to the sample 

bottles by evacuating air from the bottles with the vacuum pump, then using an 

external power unit to open a solenoid valve between the probe and the snap-bag 

mounted in the nose of the aircraft. The vacuum in the sample bottles then 

drew the gas sample from the snap bag. Separate sample bottles and hoses and 

nozzles were used on each aircraft. 

The degassing procedure required the armament men to change the sample 

hoses, and probes for each sample taken. They also opened the gunon the aircraft and secured it after the sample was taken and the 

was removed. The civilian technician and the recorder positioned the 

bottles, 

deck lid 

snap-bag 

113 
degassing cart for each sample. The civilian technician inserted the hose 

nozzle and operated the vacuum pump; he also removed the snap-bag from the 

aircraft and sealed its inlet with tape. The armament men loaded the filled 

sample bottles and used hoses and nozzles onto the trailer. Nozzles and hose 

ends were taped closed by the tug driver, who also marked the snap-bag and 

hoses and nozzles with the same number as their corresponding sample bottle 

(Reference C.1.3.617, pp. 161-162). 

Decontamination 

When aircraft decontamination was necessary, land-based aircraft on Kwajalein were towed to the decontamination area where working parties decontaminated them as quickly as possible. The TG 132.4 Radsafe Section was originally 

assigned an aircraft decontamination area at Kwajalein that proved to be unsuitable, since it was located on the parking ramp and in such proximity to 

the engine run-up area that the possibility of spreading contamination over 

wide areas was introduced. In addition, the pavement was asphalt, which easily 

collected contamination. It also had insufficient slope to permit drainage of 

contaminated washing solutions. A 120- x 200-foot (37- x 61-meter) decontamination ramp of trowel-finished concrete was constructed on an isolated area at 

the downwind end of the island. The ramp wash area was sloped for easy flushing and positive drainage into the open sea. This ramp location was such that 

if contamination persisted it could be roped off without hindering operations 

in more congested areas (Reference C.4.4, Mar-Apr Inst, pp. 57-58). 

At the completion of a decontamination operation, the personnel involved 

were monitored on the spot, first with clothing on, then again without clothing. If contaminated, they were sent to a personnel decontamination center 

where they were advised of their degree of contamination with special attention 

directed to hands, hair, and soles of shoes. After showering, personnel were 

again monitored and, if skin counts were less than twice background count, released. Washing was continued as necessary to assure the required degree of 

decontamination. 

Two buildings on Kwajalein were used as a personnel decontamination center, 

one building (formerly a latrine), 12 by 24 feet (4 x 7 meters) , and one shower 

114 
house, 20 by 40 feet (6 x 12 meters). The smaller building was used as an Office and the shower room was converted into the actual space where personnel 

decontamination occurred. Additional facilities were constructed in the center 

for the storage and issue of clothing and for the repair and calibration of 

radiac instruments. 

Limited decontamination of carrier-based aircraft was done aboard Rendova; 

however, it was planned that major decontamination of TG 132.3 aircraft (except 

for helicopters which would be decontaminated at Enewetak) would be done, if 

such became necessary, using TG 132.4 facilities. Aircraft decontamination 

operations aboard Rendova required special precautions because of the crowded 

conditions aboard. The area used was isolated from personnel living quarters 

and from ventilator intakes while a clear drainage to the sea was provided to 

prevent spread of contamination to other parts of the vessel. Provision was 

made to package (or throw overboard) contaminated items in the decontamination 

area, and any material leaving that area was carefully monitored. 

TG 132.1 controlled decontamination on Enewetak (Reference C.1.7.1, p. 32). 

On return from a mission the vehicle, boat,r aircraft used was met at the 

checkpoint by the checkpoint officer, the personnel were monitored, and appropriate instructions were issued. Personnel were guided by signs and verbal 

instructions to the personnel decontamination center in the south end of the 

radsafe building on Parry Island. This center was conveniently located near 

each of the checkpoints to minimize "tracking" of contaminatants. Upon entering the center, personnel disrobed, discarded protective clothing and items of 

equipment in appropriate, marked containers, showered, and then passed into 

the drying room, where they were again monitored. If "clean," they passed 

into the "clean" change room, retrieved their personal clothing, dressed, and 

returned to their organizations. If found still contaminated, they were returned to the shower. In several cases, localized "hot" spots were found on 

body extremities (most often the hands); these were decontaminated by applying 

a hand brush, more soap, and rinsing. 

Various chemical solutions and agents were available to aid in the equipment decontamination, but their use was usually not necessary. Generally, 

115 
contamination was controlled with high-pressure water jets, commercial detergents, vacuuming, and sweeping using the following procedures: 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

Equipment decontamination. A control checkpoint was established at the boat landing just north of the personnel 

pier on Parry Island. Departing land vehicles had their 

interior surfaces lined with paper to minimize contamination by their occupants while returning from contaminated 

areas. All landing craft with vehicular or other mobile 

equipment were instructed to land at the designated boat 

landing, where the control officer of the checkpoint monitored the equipment. If "clean," the equipment was released for movement to its destination; if contaminated, 

it was moved to the decontamination area just above the 

landing area, where decontamination procedures were applied. Steps consisted of removing paper linings (when 

applicable), sweeping, and hosing with high-pressure water jets from the decontamination apparatus. If the procedures were unsuccessful, the equipment was moved to the 

contaminated storage area in the field just north of the 

Radsafe Building on Parry Island. Decontamination work 

was done by a decontamination team of three enlisted men. 

This team worked at all decontamination areas on call 

from the appropriate control-checkpoint officer. 

Small boats. In general, the same decontamination methods were used for small boats afor land vehicles, except that paper liners were not used. 

Aircraft. A control checkpoint was established at the 

airstrip on Parry Island. Aircraft departing on missions 

into highly radioactive areas had their interiors lined 

with paper. On return from a mission the paper liners 

were removed as required, and the interiors were cleaned 

by brushes and industrial-type vacuum cleaners. 

Personnel. Complete suits of protective clothing were 

donned by personnel before departure for radioactive 

areas. Outfits consisted of the followjng: 

Fatigue hat 

Pair of coveralls 

Pair of radsafe socks 

Pair of radsare shoes 

Pair of bootees for each aircraft, vehicle, orsmall 

boat embarkation and debarkation 

Appropriate gloves (cotton, surgical, work, etc.) 

Respirator (to be worn if needed) . The use of radsafe socks and shoes was insisted upon so 

that, if contamination occurred, no personal clothing 

116 
would have to be confiscated by the Decontamination Group. 

For personal items this necessarily would have involved 

troublesome administrative procedures. 

Shipments from the Pacific Proving Ground 

All shipments of surplus equipment and other materiel returning from the 

PPG to the United States were potentially contaminated in excess of background 

radiation. For this reason, the sale to the general public of shipping containers from the PPG was restricted. 

Interstate Commerce Commission (ICC) regulations required that all shipments of radioactive isotopes in commercial carriers be packaged to preclude 

emission of significant alpha or beta radiation from the exterior of the package, and the gamma radiation emission at any surface of the package was required to be less than the equivalent of 0.010 R of radium gamma radiation 

(filtered through 0.5 inch [1.27 cm] of lead) for 24 hours. This meant, in 

many cases, a holding period in excess of 4 months from release from contaminated storage to acceptable shipment of items by common carrier in the United 

States. Because agencies often could not wait out this decay period, courier 

service was utilized. Courier service was not subject to ICC regulations unless a common carrier was used. These shipments had to comply with joint task 

force regulations on transport of radioactive materials. 

Release of Navy Ships 

Postshot release of Navy ships was conducted either under a final radsafe 

clearance or an operational clearance as defined in NavMed P-1325, Radiological 

Safety Regulations (Reference A.7). Final clearance was defined as the vessels 

having been monitored and found to have at no point a reading exceeding 0.015 

R/24-hour period (beta plus gamma) and no detectable alpha-emitting isotopes. 

At the conclusion of Operation IVY, if a vessel had some area or material that 

had not yielded to decontamination, the vessel could be released to its type 

commander under an operational clearance. However, for this type of release, 

an integrated exposure of beta plus gamma of below 3 R, and no detectable alpha 

radiation, applied in general. Resurvey of the contaminated area was to be 

conducted within the following 3 months and referred to the type commander for 

final clearance. 

117 
CHAPTER 3 

DOD EXPERIMENTAL PROGRAM 

The experimental program for IVY focused primarily on the MIKE experiment, 

the first fusion device, and secondarily on KING, a high-yield, all-fission 

weapon. The experimental program was heavily oriented toward weapon development experiments and less on effects experiments. Effects experiments for the 

four services had been solicited by the Armed Forces Special Weapons Project 

(AFSWP), and AFSWP negotiated with Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory (LASL) to 

fit these effects experiments into the weapon development program without 

interference or duplication. 

Task Group (TG) 132.1, the scientific task group, was divided into task 

units to conduct the experimental program. Task unit missions within the task 

force are summarized in Chapter 1. Of primary interest in this chapter are 

Task Unit (TU) 132.1.1 (Scientific), TU 132.1.7 (Radiological Safety), and TU 

132.1.9 (Documentary Photography), the task units with heaviest Department of 

Defense (DOD) participation. Sources of personnel for the task group staff 

and the task units are given in Table 16. The IVY experimental program was 

divided into 11 programs, which were further divided into projects. Programs 

were as follows: 

1. Radiochemistry 

2. Progress of The Nuclear Reaction 

3. Scientific Photography 

4. Neutron Measurement 

5. Gamma-Ray Measurements 

6. Blast Measurements 

7. Long-Range Detection 

8. Thermal Radiation Measurements 

9. Electromagnetic Phenomena 

10. Timing and Firing 

11. Preliminary Geophysical and Marine Survey of Test Area. 

118 
m U N mN4 4 N am 

d 

m 

W U 

NOD 

N 

U W 

mmwONu W N - -r. W W mmh m 

w 

L 

e, 

m 

e, 

c 

0 

V 

v 

m 

n 

VI 

2 

W 

.r 

> 

W 

m 

VI 

L 

e, 

U 

L + 

c 

0 

V 

v 

m 

w 

0 

0 

N 

C 

.C 

.r 

2 

U 

2 

.r c 

+ 

N 

c 

.r 

L 

0 

m 

h 

W 

mm m 

?i 

r(WONU 

N 

NN 

N 

h W ONN 

N. '4 m m 1 

N 

.. 

119 
c 

.- 

c 

N 

m 

mu VI 

m 

4 

m e 0 4 

4 w 

m 

U 

m 

4 m 

hN 

4 

4 

N 

ON-~-+YI 

N 

N 

L 

n L 

n 

120 
vem 

me, 

LO 

WI- 

- -m 

.r e, x0 Ih 

m 

z 

W 

.- L LU 

40 LL 

2 

4 

- .- e, vo 

>m 

Im 

0 

e, 

m 

L 

e, 

0 

V 

0 

m 

n 

m 

-1 

W 

U 

> 

W 

v7 

.- 

VI 

0 

c 

% 

e 

c 

0 

V 

v 

m 

VI 

C 

.r 

c 

N 

C 

.r 

B 

m 

V 

w 

4 

c 

.r 

e, 

m 

N 

c 

m 

L 

0 

.r 

03 h 

N 

m 

U 

N 

4 

1N.?o. 

mmmm 

m 

0 

N 

4 

4 

m 

U 

0 

m 

40 Ln 

m 

om m 

4 

m 

e, 

Im 

U 

N 

4 

4 

m 

U 

f 

W 

m 

m 

In 

4 

U 

m 

m 

W 

U 

h 

W 

1-01 In 

4 

CON Nm 

121 
TASK UNIT 132.1.1 ACTIVITIES 

This chapter describes the experimental activities of TG 132.1 and relates them to potential and actual radiation exposures experienced during 

the conduct of these activities. Activities that exposed personnel of the 

experimental group to radiation were placement of instruments in areas 

made radioactive by earlier testing and recovery of data and instruments 

after the shot. 

The contribution to the actual exposures of the secondary fallout that 

occurred several days after MIKE isnot considered in this chapter, but is 

discussed in the chapters that follow. Exposures to this secondary fallout 

were experienced by all personnel at the test site, not justhe experimentalists. These exposures were to very low levels (a few thousandths of 

roentgens per hour, peak) and days would have been required to accrue a 

measurable dose. The film badges, issued primarily to the experimentalists, recorded exposures accrued in a few hours. Therefore, exposures 

recorded in the Consolidated List (Reference C.1.7.2) can be attributed 

primarily to instrument placement and recovery activities. 

The first four programs consisted of experiments on projects whose purposes were almost exclusively weapon development. In Programs 5 through 9 and 

11 the projects were more effects-oriented. Program 10 was more in the nature 

of scientific support than experimentation. 

Pre-IVY radiological conditions are discussed in Chapter 1, which says, in 

sumnary, that instrument placement on Enjebi, Eleleron, and Runit would have 

required personnel to be in areas that could have exposed them to radiation. 

Instrument placement activities for the KING shot following MIKE similarly 

would have required participating personnel to be in radioactive areas. Appendix C presents detailed air and ground readings of radiation intensity for 

many of the islands of the atoll for the period following MIKE to the end of 

the series. Table 17 lists most of the islands of the atoll and shows their 

relationships to the MIKE detonation point, their radiation environment, and 

the recovery missions planned for each. Table 18 presents the schedule for 

each mission listed in Table 17. The recovery schedule in Table 18 is clearly 

preshot, although it was extracted from an after-action report (Reference 

12 2 
Table 17. Islands of Enewetak Atoll, their distances from surface zero, their 

radiation environment, and planned IVY, MIKE recovery missions. 

Radi at ion 

Environmenta 

Distance to (R/hr) 

Burst Point 

in nmi (km)H+1 H+4 Project Instrumentation Sites 

Bokoluo 3.0 (5.6) 

Bokombako 2.2 (4.1) 

Kirunu 1.5 (2.8) 

Lou j 1.0 (1.9) 

Bokinwotme 0.7 (1.3) 

Eluklab' 

Dridrilbwij 0.5 (0.9) 

Bokaidrikdrik 0.7 (1.3) 

Boken 

Enjebi 

Mijikadrek 

Ki dr i nen 

Bokenl ab 

Elle 

Aej 

Lujor 

Eleleron 

Aomon 

Bijire 

Lojwa 

A 1 embe 1 

Billae 

Runi t 

Anani j 

Japtan 

Parry 

Enewetak 

Ikuren 

Bi ken 

1.2 (2.2) 

2.7 (5.0) 

3.2 (5.9) 

3.7 (6.9) 

5.0 (9.3) 

5.5 (10.2) 

6.0 (11.1) 

6.5 (12.0) 

7.1 (13.1) 

7.7 (14.3) 

8.0 (14.8) 

8.3 (15.4) 

8.7 (16.1) 

9.0 (16.7) 

11.7 (21.7) 

14.2 (26.3) 

15.6 (28.9) 

16.1 (29.8) 

17.8 (33.0) 

16.3 (30.2) 

13.7 (25.4) 

>2,300 

>2,500 

>2,500 

>2,500 

>4,500 

>8,500 

>1,700 

>2,600 

>1,000 

>1,000 

>1,000 

>920 

>685 

>685 

>685 

>685 

>685 

475 

290 

"- 

185 

0 

0 

0 

0 

13.2 

>435 

>470 

>470 

>470 

>850 

>1,600 

> 320 

>500 

> 200 

2200 

>200 

,175 

>130 

>130 

>130 

>130 

>130 

90 

55 

"- 

35 

Planned MIKE Recovery Missionsb 

1.3, 3.3, 3.4, 5.1, 5.3, 5.4a, 

5.4b, 8.1, 8.2, 8.3 

5.1, 5.2, 5.4b 

5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4b 

4.1, 4.2, 5.1, 5.2 

l.lb, 4.1, 4.2, 4.4, 5.1, 5.2 

4.1, 4.2, 5.1 

5.1, 6.1, 6.3, 6.5, 6.7b, 

TU 132.1.7 

5.1 

2.la, 2.2. 2.3, 2.4, 2.6, 5.1 

5.3, 5.4b, 6.1, 6.3, 6.5, 6.7a, 

6.7b, 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, TU 132.1.9 

3.1, 5.1, 5.3, 5.4a, 5.4b, 6.1, 

6.2, 6.3, 6.5, 6.7b, 6.9, 8.1, 

8.2, 8.3 

5.4b, 6.1, 6.3, 6.5, 6.7b 

5.4b, 6.3, 6.9, 8.1, 8.2, 8.3 

5.4b, 6.3. 6.9, 8.1, 8.2, 8.3 

5.4a, 5.4b 

5.4b, 8.1, 8.2, 8.3 

5.4b 

5.4b 

5.4b. 6.1, 6.3, 6.5, 6.7b, 6.9 

5.3, 6.2, 8.1, 8.2, 8.3 

5.4b, 6.2 

5.4b 

5.4a, 5.4b 

6.3, 6.5, 6.7b 

5.3, 5.4a, 5.4b, 6.1, 6.2, 

5.3, 5.4a, 5.4b 

5.4b 

3.1, 3.2, 3.5. 3, 5.4a, 5.4b, 

6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.7b, 8.1, 8.2, 

8.3, 9.3 

2.1, 5.3, 5.4a. 5.4b 

5.4b 

5.3, 5.4b, 6.1, 6.3, 6.5, 6.7b 

7, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 19, 20, 

28 

9, 12, 19 

9, 12, 19 

5, 9, 19, 20 

5, 6, 9, 19 

19 

19, 21, 27, 28 

19 

8, 10, 12, 19, 20, 21, 24, 27, 

28 

10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 17, 19, 

20, 21, 22, 3, 25 

12, 21 

10, 12, 21, 23, 25 

10, 21, 23, 25 

11, 12 

10, 12 

12 

12 

12, 21, 23, 25 

10, 12, 20, 21, 22 

12, 22 

12 

11, 12 

12, 0, 21, 22 

11, 12, 20 

12 

3, 4, 10, 11, 12, 18, 20, 21, 

22, 6 

11 

12 

12, 20, 21 

Notes : 

aSee Appendix C for actual readings. 

bSee Table 18 for mission details; missions 1 and 2 included all islands. 

'Detonation point, destroyed. 

Source: Reference C.1.7.1. 
Table 18. Planned schedule for IVY, MIKE recovery missions. 

No. of Means of 

Mission Project Persons Transportation Islands Visited and Remarks 

High Priority 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

Aeri a1 survey 

Commander 

Task Group 132.1 

Utilities crew 

3.1, 2.1, 8.2, 

9.1, 5.3 

4.1, 4.2 

4.4 

3.3, 3.4 

2.1 to 2.4 

5.2 

8.1, 8.2, 8.3 

5.4a 

5.4b 

6.2 

Program 1 

3.1 

Low Priority 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

" 

1.3 

3.1 

3.2, 3.5 

5.1 

5.3 

3 

3 

5 

7 

8 

4 

4 

8 

3 

6 

6 

4 

1 

3 

2 

2 

2 

2 

3 

2 

6.1, 6.3, 6.5, 6.7b 4 

6.2 

6.3 

6.7a 

6.9 

9.3 2 

TU 132.1.9 3 

Removal of cameras 5 

He1 icopter 

Helicopter 

Helicopter 

2 helicopters 

LCM, LCU, 

2 OUKWs 

Helicopter 

He1 icopter 

2 he1 i copters 

Helicopter 

Helicopter 

and DUKW with 

A-frame 

2 LCMs, 

he1 icopters 

He1 i copter 

Helicopter 

Helicopter 

Helicopter 

He1 icopter 

Helicopter 

He1 icopter 

Helicopter 

He1 icopter 

He1 icopter 

He1 i copter 

LCM, truck 

LCM, truck 

LCM, 3/4-ton 

truck 

Helicopter 

L CM 

Helicopter 

A1 1 is1 ands 

Damage survey; leave USS Rendova (CVE-114) after completion 

of aerial survey 

Parry; leave Rendova H+20 minutes 

Parry; leave Rendova H+20 minutes; 3 persons for 3.1; 2 for 

8.2; 1 each forand 9.1; none in 5.3; phototower, Eldgs 

2212, 32 

Louj and Bokinwotme; 4 project personnel; 4 Holmes & Narver, 

plus boat crews; 2 monitors 

Bokinwotme 

Bokoluo (Station 300) 

Boken (Station 200); possibly could use 1 helicopter; 

2 trips 

Kirunu (high priority); Bokmbako, Louj, and Bokinwotme 

(low priority) 

Enjebi and Bijire (hi h priority); Bokoluo, Boken, Kidrinen, 

Bokenlab. Aej, Parry ?lower priority); total of 400 pounds 

(180 kg) to be picked up at Enjebi and Bijire; 5 recovery 

personnel, 1 Holmes & Narver, DUKW operator 

Seven stations from Enjebi clockwise to Enewetak plus Eokoluo; 20 stations in lagoon; 6 recovery personnel, plus boat 

crews; 3 monitors 

Twenty-six stations from Bokoluo clockwise to Kidrinen, 

2 remain on FF to prepare samples; 50 pounds (23 kg) picked 

including photo tower on Unibor; 2 persons collect samples; 

up at each station. 

Monitors check to see that anti-aircraft guns on Enjebi 

have fired (open breech) 

water imnediately; also Bokoluo (Station 300) 

If air-sampling program fails, must get hot samples of 

Enjebi; if yield low, immediate recovery of film necessary 

Bokoluo (Station 300) 

Enjebi 

Parry 

Ten islands between Eokoluo and Enjebi 

Six islands from Boken through Parry including Runit, plus 

Kirunu, Bokoluo and Biken 

Nine islands from Dridrilbwij, Boken. to Parry including 

Runit 

Five islands between Enjebi and Parry 

Enjebi, Kidrinen, Bokenlab, and Aomon 

Boken; required only if cable beached 

Enjebi, Kidrinen; Bokenlab, and Aomon 

Parry 

Dridrilbwi j and Boken 

Bokoluo (Station 300), Boken (Station ZOO), and Dridrilbwij 

(Station 250) (note: film removed from these cameras in 

earlier recovery - 

Source: Reference C.1.7.1. 
C.1.7.1). Where possible, the actual conduct of those recovery missions is 

discussed in each project description. 

Helicopter Support 

Helicopters were the most frequently used transportation for instrument 

recovery. Army, Navy, Marine Corps, and Air Force helicopters were available 

for this work. The Marine Corps and Navy helicopters were based aboard 

Rendova and organized into one unit under the control of CTG 132.3. Operation 

Plan 2-52 called for TG 132.3 (Navy) helicopters to provide transportation for 

damage survey and for recovery of scientific samples and film (Reference B.3.2, 

Annex G, Change No. 1, p. G-1). Air Force H-19 helicopters were used for radiation survey (Reference C.1.7.1, p. 26). The two survey crews, however, 

were from TU 132.1.7 and the pilots were "from a pool of about 20 Air Force, 

Navy, and Marine pilots" (Reference C.1.3.617, pp. 111). Army H-13 helicopters carried only one passenger, 50 their use probably was limited to observation missions (Reference C.1.1, p. 23; Reference C.O.l, p. 119). Separate 

exposure data for Air Force, Navy, and Marine Corps helicopter pilots can be 

identified from the 5x8 card microfilm file (Reference C.1.7.3). Navy and 

Marine Corps helicopter crews, which can be identified as a group, had the 

highest exposure of personnel in the carrier unit, but none exceeded 2.815 R. 

Collective exposures for the helicopter pilots are shown in Table 19. This 

table also presents the exposures of all TG 132.1 personnel whose activities 

can be related to the projects and programs that made up the experimental 

program. 

In constructing Table 19, after-action project reports (Weapon Test, or 

WT, reports) and 5x8 cards of Personnel Radiation Exposure Record -- Microfilm 

(Reference C.1.7.3) were examined for clues as to which individuals identified 

in the Consolidated List (Reference C.1.7.2) were associated with each project 

activity. Project reports, however, often do not acknowledge all the members 

of the project. Moreover, only a few of the 5x8 cards show personnel activities other than organization. Furthermore, it seems probable that not all of 

those personnel acknowledged in the reports as aiding in projects went to the 

Pacific Proving Ground (PPG). It also appears that not even all scientific 

personnel (TG 132.1) at the PPG were badged, since some names mentioned in the 

project reports as contributors to the conduct of the experiments do not appear 

125 
?'91 

400 

b m. w 

NO4 4 

a 

4 

N 

N 

N 

4 

N 

4 

N 

03 

v) 

0 

0 

7 

.r 

a 

L 

c, 

w 

CL 

0 

U 

.- 

7 

w 

X 

N 

4 

4 

In 4 

4 

d 

In NN4 4 44N 

wmw 4 4 44d 

4 

4+44hw n 

N dud 

N rn4N 4 

dh 

N 

N 

N 

d 

4 

1? d mm 

uu v) 

L 

n L 

n. L n 

126 
YO 

Zl 

0 

74 LDQcum44Nm 

r( NOdOON00 

. . . . . . . . . 

4 

P) 

W 

VIh 

0uWuuuuuuuu C,.C,C,C,C,uC,uC, 

E .g .. .g .% .X .g .g .g .: .: mo~oooooooo 

mnannnnaann 

LL.LLLLLLLL 

0 

I 

h 

5 

0 

0 

a 

dN 

bQ0 

.. 

4 

N 

I 

N 

4 h 

44 o 4 

dNd 4 

N 4 4 22 

N dd 

s 

co 

a n 

n 

h 

W 

v 

E 

m 

LD 

W 

4 

W 

u 

VI 

U 

a 

-7 

0 

a 

c 

u 

3 

U 

W 

.r 

127 
on the Consolidated List. These may have been men who worked in clear areas 

at the PFG such as the base islands or the MIKE complex, were evacuated before 

MIKE, and did not return to the PPG after MIKE. 

Relating the information in Table 16 to the information presented in Table 

19 is difficult. The value of Table 16 comes from its presentation of the 

probably correct overview of TG 132.1 and its somewhat more approximate view 

Of how the personnel were distributed by programs. Table 19 presents the recorded exposures of the badged members of TG 132.1 during the experimental 

activities. 

Boat Support 

Seaborne transportation to the northern islands was provided by the TG 

132.1 boat pool, augmented by the TG 132.3 boat pool of TG 132.3 (Reference 

B.0.2, Annex R, p. R-1). TG 132.3 boats were part of its harbor control task 

element. Records are not available on contamination of TG 132.1 ships or exposures of their crews. However, the fleet tug, USS Lipan, and the five LCUs 

attached to the harbor control task element "were contaminated above tolerance 

levels while they were operating in the contaminated waters or on the contaminated beaches in the northern sections of Enewetak lagoon" (Reference C.3.2, 

pp. 5-7). Exposures for the crew of Lipan and the five WTJs are presented in 

Table 28, Chapter 6. 

KING data-recovery activities are summarized in Tables 20 and 21. Table 

20 lists contamination levels on the islands following KING and the recovery 

missions planned. Table 21 presents the details of the missions. 

PROGRAM 1 -- RADIOCHEMISTRY 

The yield of a nuclear explosion can be measured byaiochemical analysis 

of the device debris. Aircraft flying through the shot cloud were used to 

collect needed samples from both MIKE and KING, but plans had been made to 

collect MIKE samples from Station 300 near Boken Island as well as from the 

lagoon if airborne sampling failed (Reference C.1.7.1, p. 98). In earlier 

Pacific tests this sampling had been done by unmanned radio-controlled 

airplanes. 

12 8 
Table 20. IVY, KING radiation levels and planned reentry missions. 

"" - "- 

Ground-Level 

Distance to Reading on 

Surf ace Zero D- d ay 

Location in nmi (km) (Rh-) KING Planned Missionsa ." 

Bokol uo 

Bokombako 

Kirunu 

Boken 

Enjebi 

Mi jikadrek 

Ki dri nen 

Bokenl ab 

Elle 

Ae j 

Lu jor 

Eleleron 

Aomon 

Bi jire 

Lojwa 

A1 embe 1 

Billae 

Runite 

Anan i j 

Japtan 

Parry 

Enewetak 

Bi ken 

Drekatimon 

Uni bor 

11.2 (20.7) 

11.0 (20.4) 

10.5 (19.4) 

9.1 (16.9) 

7.9 (14.6) 

7.1 (13.1) 

6.9 (12.8) 

5.8 (10.7) 

5.3 (9.8) 

5.0 (9.3) 

4.6 (8.5) 

4.0 (7.4) 

3.8 (7.0) 

3.3 (6.1) 

3.1 (5.7) 

2.6 (4.8) 

2.1 (3.9) 

0.5 (0.9) 

6.9 (12.8) 

7.9 (14.6) 

10.8 (20.0) 

14.1 (26.1) 

5.4 (10.0) 

1 .qb 

1.2 

0.7' 

1 .ZC 

1.1 

0.6' 

0.4' 

0.4b 

0.4 

0.3' 

0.3 d 

0.2c 

0.2c 

0.2b 

O.lb 

0.2 

0.1 

0.1 

b 

b 

" - 

-" 

" - 

-" 

-" 

15, 22 

15 

15 

15 

15, 22 

15 

15 

15 

15 

15 

15 

15 

15 

5, 13, 15, 22 

4, 15 

15 

15 

1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 10, 12, 15, 22 

5, 15, 22 

15 

4, 5, 15, 22 

15, 22 

15 

7, 15 

7, 15 

- "" 

Notes: 

aSee Table 21 for details. 

bReadi ng on 17 November. 

'Reading on 21 November. 

dReading on 18 November. 

eTarget is1 and. 

- " 

129 
m 

h 

-0 

I 

n 

c, 

V 

'3 

a, 

0 

L 

n -0 rca, 3 OL -0 

vw L 0 .r 

"h 

ddd 

"V 

ddd +++ 

xxx 

W 

L 

.r 

1- 

.r 4 

m ..I 0 

L mo 

d + 

n 

VI 

m 

UlaJ L 

-0-c 

a0 

cc, 

-c 

-3 

.xc,d mN 

v, 

c,Ln 

NNN 

0000 

hbam 

0000 

mmoo 

130 
h 

.r 

c, 

c 

0 

0 

v 

re 

0 

l-4 

cu 

Y 

u 

L 

S 

c, 

c 

c, 

0 

I 

d 

\ 

m 

EE 

uv 

mN 

ww 

.. 

c 

0 

0 ln 

J 

m 

h 

d 

v 

L 

c, 

a, 

a 

0 

V 

.- 

7 

a, 

I 

N 

3 

L 

> 

VI 

3 

L 

c, 

a, 

3 

m 

0 

0 

W 

4 

W 

4 

N + 

n 

U 

2 

-wmo 

442u 

"h 

4.44 

"V 

.- .r .r 

0000 

bbCOCO 

mmoo 

0000 

.. 

VI 

c, 

a, 

z 

0 

3 

a, 

V 

L 

4- 

0 

a, 

> 

v) 

3 

V 

X 

W 

.r 

c 

fu 

a, 

c, 

m 

E 

X 

0 

L 

a 

a 

4 

.r 

n 

131 
TU 132.1.1 assigned 11 LASL and 11 Air Force personnel to work on the program (Reference C.1.3.636, p. 17). Only the program director, a LASL civilian 

with a recorded exposure of 0.115 R, however, can be identified on the Consolidated List (Reference C.1.7.2). 

Project 1.1 -- Yield Measurements 

Agency: Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory 

Operations: TG 132.4 aircraft collected samples from both the MIKE and 

KING clouds. On Kwajalein these were removed from the sampler aircraft 

and flown to the United States. Coral samples from Bokinwotme Island were 

also gathered for analysis of heavy nuclides produced by MIKE. The potential for project sampling crews, ground crews, and those preparing samples 

for shipment being exposed to radiation during project activities is discussed under Project 1.3. 

Staffing: One of the two men who gathered coral samples for this project 

had an accumulated exposure for the series of 0.2 R. The other is not on 

the Consolidated List. The project leader was also the program director. 

Proiect Report: Reference C.1.3.630. 

Project 1.2 -- Internal Nuclear Measurements 

Agency : Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory with USAF support 

(see Project 1.3) 

Operations: TG 132.4 aircraft collected MIKE cloud samples. On Kwaja1ei.n 

these were removed from the sampler aircraft and flown to the United 

States. The possibilities of radiation exposure during project activities 

is discussed under Project 1.3. 

Staffing: One man had a series exposure of 1.791 R. 

Project Report: No Weapon Test report was issued. 

Project 1.3 -- Cloud Sampling 

Agency : Los Alms Scientific Laboratory (LASL) and the following task 

elements (TE) of TG 132.4: 

13 2 
Sampler Element (TE 132.4.2.1) 

Control Element (TE 132.4.2.3) 

Tanker/Instrumentation Element ("E 132.4.2.4) 

Search and Rescue Element (TE 132.4.3.4). 

Operations: F-84G samplers penetrated the MIKE and KING detonation clouds 

to gather gaseous and particulate debris for Projects 1.1, 1.2, 5.4b1 and 

7.3. They were directed by B-29 navigation control (NAVAID) aircraft and 

a B-36 mission control aircraft and supported by KB-29 tanker aircraft and 

SA-16 search and rescue (SAR) aircraft. After the samplers returned to 

Kwajalein, samples were unloaded, packed, and flown to the United States. 

Sampler aircraft pilots were exposed to radiation while in the shot 

cloud and to radiation from cloud particles sticking to the outer surfaces 

of their aircraft after leaving the cloud. Following the MIKE shot, in an 

effort to reach a downed sampler aircraft, an SA-16 flew through highly 

radioactive airspace, resulting in exposures to the crew (Reference C.4.4, 

MIKE Inst, p. 27). MIKE also contaminated other aircraft involved in 

Project 1.3, including five KB-29 tanker planes, two B-29 NAVAID aircraft, 

and the B-36 mission control aircraft. Other than the sampler aircraft, 

KING appears to have contaminated only the B-36 mission control aircraft 

(Reference C.4.4, p. 33). Decontamination of these aircraft exposed personnel of the Radiation Safety Section of TG 132.4 Test Support Unit (TSU) 

(TU 132.4.1) to radiation. Apparently the Radiation Safety Section was a 

small organization of about 10 men, so others may have been required to 

help in cleaning the many aircraft contaminated in MIKE operations (Reference C.4.5, p. 33). Particulate samples for Projects 1.1 and 1.2 were 

collected in the wingtank sampling units. They were removed by TG 132.4 

personnel under supervision of the project leader, a LASL civilian scientist. Removal of gaseous samples from the snap-bag samplers on the F-84G 

gundecks for Projects 5.4b and 7.3 was done by another goup of personnel 

and is discussed subsequently. (See Chapter 2 for a detailed description 

of the sample-removal process.) 

Staffing: The maximum exposure from MIKE for a sampler pilot was 3.48 R. 

Crewmembers of the SA-16 SAR aircraft received exposures of from 10 to 

17.8 R. The distribution of recorded exposures of the sampler pilots and 

the SAR aircraft is shown in Table 19. Recorded exposures for the entire 

13 3 
Air Force SAR element are presented in Table 32 (Chapter 7). The Commander of the Radiation Safety Section received an exposure of 0.023 R for 

the series, but other decontamination personnel had higher exposures just 

from work on a single aircraft from another project (Reference C.4.5, 

p. 33). The recorded exposure of the project leader on the Consolidated 

- List was 0.425 R. No Air Force personnel involved in sample removal can 

be specifically identified, although unit identification from rosters and 

film badges is possible. 

Project Report: No WT issued. 

PROGRAM 2 -- PROGRESS OF THE NUCLEAR REACTION 

This program was an investigation of selected sequences in the detonation 

process to determine rate and timing of various nuclear reactions, and the 

propagation of reactions through the device (Reference B.1.1, p. 20). All 

projects were sponsored by the Atomic Energy Commission (AEC) and all were 

manned by the Naval Research Laboratory (NRL) personnel except Project 2.5, 

which was sponsored by the AEC, but manned by personnel from Sandia Corporation. Most of the projects were experiments conducted for the MIKE test, 

except Projects 2.lb and 2.5, which were measurements of the KING weapon performance. Because NRL staffed nearly all projects in this program, personnel 

exposures for Projects 2.la, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, and 2.6 are discussed with the 

description of Project 2.6. 

Project 2.la -- Alpha of the MIKE Fission 

Agency: Naval Research Laboratory 

Operations: Signals were fed from instruments just outside the MIKE device case to a recording station 3,000 yards (2.7 km) away on Boken Island 

(Reference C.O.2, p. B-1). The recovery schedule called for an 8-man team 

to helicopter to Station 200 on Boken Island for data recovery (see Mission 8, Table 18), but no time was set, and no later record of the time Of 

reentry is available. (See the subsequent discussion under Project 2.6 

below for details of this reentry as recalled by radsafe monitors accompanying the recovery.) One man connected with this project was to leave 

USS Rendova by helicopter 20 minutes after the detonation as part of a 

larger party bound for Enewetak Island (Table 18). 

134 
Although the MIKE detonation heavily contaminated Boken Island (see 

Table 17 and Appendix C), Enewetak Island was not contaminated during this 

period. Therefore, the single member of the project team headed there 

should not have been exposed to radiation. 

Staffing: See Project 2.6. 

Project Reports: References C.1.3.620, C.1.3.621, C.1.3.622, C.1.3.623, 

C.1.3.624, and C.1.3.625. 

Project 2.lb -- Alpha of the KING Fission 

Aqency: Naval Research Laboratory (NRC) 

Operations: Detectors were placed on the north end of Runit Island, about 

2,000 feet (610 meters) from the projected KING surface zero, which was on 

the reef off the end of Runit. The detector signals were transmitted 

through cables to Station 250 farther south on the island. Additional 

detectors were placed near Station 250, and these also transmitted their 

signals to recorders in Station 250 (C.0.2, p. B-2). The high-priority 

schedule for KING recovery called for a group of three men to helicopter 

to Runit for recovery of Project 2.lb data (see Mission 3, Table 211, but 

no record is available of when they landed on Runit or how long they 

stayed . 

A survey taken from a helicopter flight over Runit about 50 minutes 

after the KING shot indicated some radiation, with maximum readings near 

the ground estimated at 3.8 R/hr (see Table 20 and Table C.23, Appendix C). 

Staffing: Project 2.lb staffing was apparently interrelated to some degree 

with the rest of the NRL experiments (Projects 2.la, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, and 

2.6). In the project report seven NRL civilians were cited as being primarily responsible for carrying out the KING experiments. Of the seven, 

only four appear on the Consolidated List; their exposures are given in 

Table 19. The other three apparently did not enter an area requiring a 

badge. 

Project Report: Reference C.1.3.626. 

135 
_.I .- ..- . ._.,. rl ." I "1 " 1 -. .. 

... .. . . .. I. . . . .. 
.. 

.. 

,. r p' \" .: : 

.. 

p<, , : x: . , ' 

.. . I 

2 : .X 

.. X' 

/:. " 

,. .. . .I' 

i 

T'?, . ' 

, : .: " .. . .. ... 
Staffing: Four Air Force personnel from the 4925th Atomic Test Group 

operated the receivers on the B-50s. Each man is listed with an exposure 

of 0.030 R in the Consolidated List. No other personnel working on this 

project can be identified. 

Project Report: Reference C.1.3.619. 

Project 2.6 -- Temperature Measurement by Neutron Spectrum 

Agency: Naval Research Laboratory (NU) 

Operations: The helium-filled conduit leading from the MIKE device provided the neutron path for this experiment. Detectors probably were placed 

in Station 202. No recovery for this project is mentioned in the recovery 

schedule (Reference B.l.l, pp. 98-99), but was undoubtedly included in the 

Program 2 recovery tasks (see Table 18). 

Information on Program 2 MIKE data recovery was gained from the recollections of two radsafe monitors who accompanied this high-priority mission. The first flew a survey mission on 3 November to Boken Island, He 

obtained a reading of 27 R/hr while examining the condition for reentry of 

the bunker at Station 200. He was able to open one door but could not remove the film from the recording cameras inside because of jammed dogs on 

a second door. After returning to Parry, it was decided to make a second 

recovery effort (Reference C.1.7.6). 

A different radsafe monitor was used for the second recovery effort. 

The exact time of the recovery could not be remembered but the background 

reading, "the thing that I was supposed to remember," could be remembered. 

This was 16 R/hr (Reference C.1.7.4). As this was a reading near the 

ground and as the ground-level reading from Boken cited in the TG 132.1 

installment history for MIKE on 4 November was quite close tothis value 

(Reference C.1.2; see also Appendix C), the mission can be assumed to have 

occurred sometime after the 0800 3 November reading. 

On the second attempt the radsafe monitor was accompanied by a man 

from Holmes h Narver (H&N) and one or two men from Program 2, carrying a 

cutting torch to open the jammed door. To minimize radiation exposure the 

helicopter descended and left the cutting torch and one man towork for a 

138 
short period of time while the helicopter and the remaining men ascended 

and hovered out of range of the radiation. After a few minutes, the helicopter descended and another man took the torch while the first man ascended in the helicopter. This rotation continued until the door was cut 

through and the film collected, after which the helicopter and men withdrew (Reference C.1.7.4). The total exposure that the radsafe monitor 

accrued in IVY was 2.375 R, which he recollects was almost entirely the 

result of this mission, and may be considered a representative exposure 

for this sort of high-priority recovery operation. Plans (Table 18) called 

for an 8-man recovery operation for Program 2, involving either two trips 

or a second helicopter, but i is not clear whether this second contingent 

was necessary. 

Staffing: Projects 2.la, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, and 2.6 were interrelated in personnel, experimental location, and potential radiation exposure. The report on personnel and administration (Reference C.1.3.636) notes that 96 

personnel staffed these projects: 67 were civilians from NRL, 4 were Army 

personnel, 6 were Air Force, and 19 were Navy. The uniformed personnel 

probably had NRI, as their duty station. Project reports identify 42 (37 

NRL civilians, 2 Army, 2 Navy, and 1 Air Force) as working on these projects. An additional three NRL civilians can be identified from the 5x8 

cards (Reference C.1.7.3) as working on Program 2. Of these 45, 21 do not 

appear on the Consolidated Ids, although in the reports many are cited in 

such a way that their presence in the field phase is clearly implied. 

However, they may not have entered an area requiring badging during testing. In addition to the exposures of these badged NRL personnel, the exposures of two LASL civilians, who worked closely with the project, are 

included in Table 19. 

Project Re-rts: References C.1.3.620, C.1.3.621, C.1.3.622, C.1.3.623, 

C.1.3.624, C.1.3.625. 

PROGRAM 3 -- SCIENTIFIC PHOTOGRAPHY 

This program called for photographic documentation of many aspects of both 

tests. According to Reference C.1.3.636, TU 132.1.1 assigned eight civilians 

from an AEC contractor, Edgerton, Germeshausen & Grier (EG&G), and three Air 

Force men to work on Program 3 (see Table 16). History of Operation IVY 

139 
(Reference C.0.1, p. 53) lists the program leader as a LASL civilian. Of all 

these program-level personnel, only his exposure (0.56 R) can be identified on 

the Consolidated List_ (Reference C.1.7.2). 

Project 3.1 -- Ball of Fire Yield 

Agens: Edgerton, Germeshausen & Grier 

Operations: For MIKE, 19 cameras were used: 5 on Enjebi, 2 on Wet=, 

and 12 on Parry (Reference C.O.2, pp. C-2 and C-3; Reference C.1.9.1, 

p. 16). The high-priority recovery schedule called for three men assigned 

to this project to helicopter back to Parry from Rendova 20 minutes after 

the detonation. Later, two men were to helicopter to Enjebi (see Table 

18, Mission 15). The schedule of less urgent recovery activities also 

called for another two-man team to visit Enjebi by helicopter (see Table 

18, Mission 17). For KING, the cameras were mounted on the Parry phototower and in Station 302 at the foot of the tower. 

Enjebi was 2-3/4 nmi (5.1 km) from the MIKE surface zero. At 1240 on 

the day of the MIKE shot, a reading of 50 R/hr was taken from a helicopter 

150 feet (46 meters) over its center. encountered no early fallout. 

The ship recorded some minor fallout on gummed paper collectors on 3 November: based on the ship's anchorage position, Parry may have received 

some as well. 

- Staffing: Two civilians and two Air Force men can be identified with 

Project 3.1 activity. Their exposures appear in Table 19. 

" ProjeceRepor - t : Reference C .l. 3.639. 

Project 3.2 -- Cloud Phenomena 

Agency : Edgerton, Germeshausen & Grier 

Operafions: Motion picture and still cameras recorded the sizes, shapes, 

and movement of the shot clouds. For MIKE, project cameras were on Parry, 

on USS Curtiss and Estes, and on two TG 132.4 C-47s. Both aircraft were 

at 10,000 feet (3.05 km), one 85 nmi (157 km) south of surface zero and 

one 85 nmi (157 km) east of surface zero (Reference C.O.l, IVY, pp. 98-99). 

(Another source gives their positions as 68 nmi [ 126 km] south-southwest 

of surf ace zero at 12,300 feet [ 3.75 km ] and the other 80 nmi [ 148 km] 

14 0 
east Of surface zero at 10,000 feet [3.05 km]. For KING, cameras were operated from Parry and from a C-47 at about 10,000 feet (3.05 km) altitude, 

22.7 nmi (42.1 km) south of Enewetak Island (Reference C.O.l, p. 294). 

This project per se probably posed little chance of radiation exposure 

for personnel working on it. Neither Parry nor the C-47s were contaminated by either shot, nor were the C-47s. 

" Staffing: Personnel conducting this project photography cannot be identified from the project reports. 

Project Report: Reference C.1.3.639. 

Project 3.3 -- Hot Spot Observation 

Asns: Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory (LASL) 

*rations_: Mirrors directed light from expected "hot spots" on the MIKE 

device case to cameras in Station 300 on Bokoluo Island (Reference C.0.2, 

p. C-4). A welder is shown attaching a tube to one of these expected hot 

spots on the MIKE device in Figure 19, and the tubes leading away from the 

device toward the mirrors are shown in Figure 20. The MIKE high-priority 

recovery schedule called for four men to helicopter to Station 300 at an 

unspecified time after the test (see Table 18, Mission 7). The recovery 

was probably made on 3 November (D+2) (Reference C.0.1, p. 286). 

Bokoluo Island was 3 nmi (5.6 km) from the MIRE surface zero. Readings taken from a helicopter 1,500 feet (457 meters) over Bokoluo at 1300 

on shot day varied from 1.2 to 7.0 R/hr (see Appendix C). 

Staffing: Joint leaders of this project, both LASL civilians, can be 

identified; their badge readings were 0.66 and 0.56 R (Reference C.1.7.2). 

The single Air Force man assigned to this project received 2.726 R, and 

another LASL man identified with this project received 1.6 R. 

Project Report: No WT was issued. 

Project 3.4 -- Bomb Case Motion 

Agency - : Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory (LASL) 

*rations: Six cameras housed in Station 300 on Bokoluo recorded the 

disintegration of the MIKE device case and the initial development of the 

14 1 


fireball. The MIKE high-priority recovery schedule called for a group of 

four men to helicopter to Station 300 at an unspecified time after the 

shot. This was a joint recovery with Projects 3.3 and 3.4, and thus was 

probably done on 3 November. The potential for radiation exposure for 

personnel conducting this experiment was therefore the same as Project 3.3. 

" Staffing: Two LASL civilians and an Air Force captain are identified with 

this project in the 5x8 card file and their exposures are shown in Table 

19. 

- Project Repos: No WT was issued. 

Project 3.5 -- Illumination as a Function of Time 

Agency : Edgerton, Germeshausen & Grier (EG&G) 

Operations: Two cameras were mounted on the Parry photo tower (Reference 

C.0.2, pp. C-5 and C-6). Recovery for this project after MIKE was listed 

as a secondary priority, with two men scheduled to helicopter to Parry to 

recover the films exposed for Projects 3.2 and 3.5 (Table 18). The KING 

recovery schedule called for a four-man helicopter-borne team to recover 

the film for this program and programs on Runit and Lojwa (Table 21). 

Staffing: According to Personnel and Administratio? (Reference C.1.3.6361, 

TU 132.1.1 assigned only a single Navy man to this project (see Table 16), 

but he cannot be identified on the Consolidated List_. Another source identifies an EGCG civilian, who also headed Projects 3.1, 3.2, and 3.6, as 

head of this project, but his name does not appear on the Consolidated List 

either . Project Report: Reference C.1.3.639. 

Project 3.6 -- Bhangmeters 

Agency : Edgerton, Germeshausen, and Grier 

Operations: For MIKE, four bhangmeters (photo-optical devices that measure fireball yield) were placed on Estes. For KING, five bhangmeters 

were placed on Parry. Estes recorded some low-level fallout on 3 November ; Parry may have received some as well. 

I__ 

144 
Staffing: Staffing was the same as for Project 3.5. 

Project Report: Reference C.1.3.639. 

Project 3.7 -- Preliminary Photographic Crater Survey 

Agencies: Military Air Transport Service (MATS) 

Lookout Mountain Laboratory (LML) 

Operations: Project photographs originally were to have been taken from 

an RB-50 aircraft. It developed an engine fire, however, and burned on 

the runway following a landing at Enewetak on 23 October. A second RB-50 

sent from the United States did not arrive until 0500 on 1 November and 

was not ready for the mission. A C-54G (No. 45-575) aircraft and its crew 

were borrowed from MATS to substitute for the RB-50 as a platform for a 

camera crew of 5 men from LML. The aircraft was assigned a shot-time position of 50 nmi (93 km) northeast of Eluklab at 10,000 feet (3.05 km) on 

a northwesterly heading. Following initial pictures of the MIKE detonation and cloud, it was to photograph the MIKE crater as soon as possible 

following the shot. About 1 hour after the shot, the plane began its 

photographic runs. On the third run, it encountered heavy fallout at 

2,500 feet (762 meters) and was forced to leave the area and return to 

Kwajalein for decontamination. Upon landing at Kwajalein, it was found 

that debris had pitted the windshield, all fourpropellers were chipped, 

and decals were scrubbed off the nose and leading edges of the wings. All 

LML film was ruined by radiation exposure (Reference C.1.7.6). Crater 

photos were finally obtained on 8 November by the RB-50 after bad weather 

had prevented the pictures being taken on 2 November by the RB-50 or on 

4 November by a C-54 (the RB-50 requiring maintenance that day) (Reference 

C. 1.2, MIKE Installment) . 

Although the crew of the C-54 acted quickly to leave the danger area 

and flew its aircraft through rainsqualls to reduce contamination on the 

way back to Kwajalein, the exposure of the aircraft was calculated to have 

been 29 R (Reference C.4.4, MIKE Inst, p. 27). 

Staffing: All of the 12 men on the aircraft, 6 men from MATS as aircraft 

crew (with 1 officer acting as radsafe monitor), 5 men from LML as camera 

crew, and 1 officer from 6th Air Division, MacDill AEB, as Flight Safety 

145 
Officer, were issued badges for the mission. One man had a badge reading 

of 8.6 R, six had badge readings of 10 R, two had badge readings of 11 R, 

and three had badge readings of 11.6 R. The project leader, an Air Force 

officer, was not on the C-54; his exposure is given as 0.030 R on the Consolidated ” 

List. 

I 

Project Report: Reference C.1.3.618. 

Project 3.8 -- Burst Position 

AAency : Edgerton, Germeshausen & Grier 

O&erations: Cameras were placed on the Parry photo tower, on Drekatimon, 

and on Lojwa to document the exact location of the KING burst. Apparently 

the camera on Drekatimon belonged to NRL. KING recovery schedule called 

for recovery of film from the cameras on the photo tower 1 hour after the 

shot. The schedule does not mention recovery of film from Drekatimon (see 

Table 21). 

Neither Parry nor Drekatimon appears to have been contaminated by the 

KING shot. By 0735 on 17 November, the ground reading on Lojwa was 0.150 

R/hr (see Appendix C) probably from MIKE contamination effects. 

Project Report: Reference C.1.3.639. 

PROGRAM 4 -- NEUTRON MEASUREMENTS 

This program was primarily to measure the total number of neutrons arriving at certain points on the ground and, secondarily, to measure the arrival 

of neutrons as a function of time. TU 132.1.1 assigned six LASL men to the 

program. 

Project 4.1 -- Slow Neutron Observations 

Aqency : Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory (LASL) 

Operations: For MIKE, pairs of detectors were attached to a cable extending from near the shot cab to Louj Island. The first samples were 100 

yards (91.4 meters) from the device, and other pairs were fastened at 

100-yard (91.5-meter) intervals to a distance of 2,500 yards (2.28 km) 

(Reference C.0.2. pp. D-1 and D-2). The MIKE high-priority recovery schedule called for eight men to go by boat to Louj and Bokinwotme to pull in 

14 6 
the cable and retrieve the detectors for both Projects 4.1 and 4.2 (see 

Table 18, Mission 5). The time for this activity was not specified. The 

eight-man recovery group was divided equally between project and H&N personnel. In addition, there were the boat crews and two radiation monitors. 

The boats used were an LCM, an LCU, and two DUKWs. Planning called for a 

caterpillar tractor to pull the cable (Reference B.1.2, p. 23). 

The arrangement for KING was similar. The cable with detector pairs 

started on the reef at the north end of Runit about 100 yards (91.4 meters) 

from the proposed surface zero and extended along the center of the island 

to a distance of about 2,400 yards (2.2 km) from surface zero. A group of 

unknown size was to reenter Runit by boat at 0900 the day after the KING 

shot to recover data from Projects 4.1, 4.2, 4.4, 5.1, 5.2, and 8.1 (Table 

21) . 

LOUj is 1 mi (1.85 km) from the MIKE surface zero. The plan to use a 

tractor to pull the cable could not be followed because the MIKE blast had 

blown the cable and samples into the lagoon. Thus, it was necessary to 

retrieve detectors individually where they had parted from the cable or 

wherever they could be found. The recovery party members wore swimming 

trunks and used swim fins and snorkels. Only the outer detectors were recovered (Reference C.1.7.6). Because detector recovery on Bokinwotme required pulling in the cable and removing the detectors, it could hardly 

have been a quick operation. The KING recovery group that reentered Runit 

at 0900 the day after the shot was scheduled to spend about 4 hours in recovery operations for a total of six projects: 4.1, 4.2, 4.4, 5.1, 5.2, 

and 8.1 (see Table 21). The readings on Runit at 0726 that day were between 0.001 and 0.1 R/hr (see Appendix C.) 

- Staffing: Six men can be identified from the 5x8 cards as being participants in Projects 4.1 and 4.2. These were three LASL civilians, two Navy 

officers stationed at LASL, and an Air Force officer from Sandia Base. 

The leader, a LASL civilian, had a badge reading of 1.9 R. All six identified readings are presented in Table 19. 

- Project Report: No WT was issued. 

147 
Project 4.2 -- High-Energy Neutron Observations 

Agency: Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory 

Operations: Detectors for this experiment were placed on the cables described under Project 4.1 and recovered in the same way (Reference C.0.2, 

pp. D-1 and D-2). For a description of this recovery see Project 4.1. 

Staffing: Same as Project 4.1. 

Project Report: No WT was issued. 

Project 4.3 -- Neutron Spectrum Nuclear Emulsions (deleted from the program) 

Project 4.4 -- Neutron Intensity as a Function of Time 

Agency : Los Alms Scientific Laboratory 

Operations: Devices to measure neutron flux as a function of time were 

placed on Bokinwotme Island, about 1,200 yards (1.1 km) from the MIKE surface zero. Because the MIKE yield was greater than the estimate used in 

placing the devices, all were destroyed. The MIKE high-priority recovery 

schedule called for four men to helicopter to Bokinwotme at H+75 minutes 

(See Table 18, Mission 6). For KING, the measuring devices were set out 

on the north end of Runit, but again all were destroyed by the blast. For 

KING, project data were to be recovered with those of Projects 4.1, 4.2, 

5.1, 5.2, and 8.1 (see Table 21, Mission 12). No information is available 

on when the recovery party reentered the island or how long it stayed. 

Reentry to Runit after KING should have resulted in little exposure. 

Staffing: Individuals for this project cannot be identified. 

Project Report: No WT issued. 

PROGRAM 5 -- GAMMA-RAY MEASUREMENTS 

The program was designed to measure total gamma dose as a function of distance, gamma intensity as a function of time, gamma intensity from fallout, and 

fallout distribution and particle size. TU 132.1.1 assigned four LASL personnel to the program overall. The program was led jointly by two LASL civilian 

scientists. Only one exposure, however (2.83 R), was on the Consolidated List 

(Reference C.1.7.2). 

148 
Project 5.1 -- Total Dose 

Agency : Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory (LASL) 

Operations: For MIKE, two lines of film badges were laid out, one from 

Eluklab to the far end of Bokoluo, and the other from Eluklab to the far 

end of Enjebi. Three film badges were placed every 100 yards (91.5 meters) 

on land. Two of the badges were attached to devices that caused them to 

drop into shielding receptacles, the first 0.2second after the explosion 

and the second 60 seconds later (Reference C.0.2, p. E-1). Retrieval of 

the film badges for this experiment had secondary priority on the MIKE recovery schedule. A 3-man team was to helicopter to Bokoluo, Bokombako, 

Kirunu, Louj, Bokinwotme, Eluklab, Dridrilbwij, Bokaidrikdrik, Boken, and 

Enjebi (Table 18, Mission 19). The KING portion of the project consisted 

of a line of film badge stations about 100 yards (91.5 meters) apart down 

the middle of Runit out to approximately 4,000 yards (3.7 km) (Reference 

C.0.2, pp. E-1 and E-2). Recovery was scheduled to start at 0900 the day 

after KING by the same team used for recovery in Projects 4.1, 4.2, 4.4, 

5.2, and 8.1 during a projected working period of 4 hours (Table 21, Mission 12). 

All the islands used for the MIKE portion of this project were radioactive. Reentry to the various islands was determined individually using 

aerial radiological surveys to map the radiation intensity. Radiation on 

Runit varied between 0.001 and 0.1 R/hr at 0726 on 17 November, about 20 

hours after the KING detonation. 

Staffinq: Three LASL civilians can be identified from the 5x8 cards as 

being part of this project; their exposures are reflected in Table 19. 

Project Reports: Reference C.1.3.634. 

Project 5.2 -- Gamma Intensity as a Function of Time 

Agency : University of California Radiation Laboratory (UCRL) 

Operations: For MIKE, instruments were placed on Bokinwotme, Louj, Kirunu, 

and Bokombako. Recovery from Bokombako was by helicopter 3 days after the 

shot, from Kirunu by DUEW 4 days after the shot, and from Louj by unrecorded means 10 days after the shot. A recovery at Kirunu on 5 November 

149 
was recorded by a documentary cameraman from LML; two of his photographs 

are reproduced here as Figures 21 and 22. The photographer's exposure for 

the series was 1.29 R. Note the caked soil in front of the bunker, indicating flooding, and the reentry clothing. A recovery party visited the 

instrument station on Bokinwotme, but information is lacking on the date 

of their recovery effort and the means of transportation. MIKE recovery 

had called for helicopter visits to all four islands by a three-man team 

(Table 18, Mission 9). For the KING portion of the project, three stations 

on Runit were used at distances of 1,200, 1,700 and 2,200 yards (1.1, 1.6, 

and 2.0 km) from surface zero. Recovery for this project was combined 

with the recovery for Projects 4.1, 4.2, 4.4, 5.1, and 8.1 the day after 

KING. It was expected to take about 4 hours (Table 21, Mission 12). 

A ground reading at Bokombako 3 days after MIKE is not available, but 

at 4 days the reading was 10 Whr. No ground reading is available for 

Kirunu before 9 November (8 days after MIKE) when it was 2.5 R/hr, which 

would probably have made it about 10 R/hr on 5 November (D+4). Ten days 

after the shot it was between 2.2 and 3.3 R/hr at Louj (Appendix C). At 

0726 the day after KING, radiation on Runit varied between 0.001 and 0.1 

Whr (Appendix C) . Staffing: The 5x8 cards show that eight men were involved with Project 

5.2. Six were civilians, four from LASL and two from the UCRL. Two naval 

officers, whose duty station was given as LASL, were the other identified 

project personnel. Exposures are reflected in Table 19. 

Project Report: Reference C.1.3.634. 

Project 5.3 -- Fallout Gamma Intensity 

Agency : University of California Radiation Laboratory (UCRL) 

Operations: Detectors were placed on Bokoluo, Kirunu, Boken, Enjebi, Bijire, Runit, Ananij, Enewetak, Parry, and Biken for the MIKE portion of 

this project. In addition, stations were placed on Bikini, Majuro, and 

Ujelang atolls, Kusaie and Ponape islands, and on Kwajalein and Roi islands 

of Kwajalein Atoll (Reference C.0.2, p. E-4). Recovery for this project 

was given secondary priority on the MIKE recovery schedule. A two-man 

team was to helicopter to Bokoluo, Boken, Enjebi, Bijire, Runit, Parry, and 

150 

Enewetak islands. No information is available on the method of recovery 

of data f ram Kirunu, Biken, and Ananij (Table 18, Mission 20) . The arrangement of stations for KING was much the same as for MIKE. New instruments were placed on Bokoluo and Enjebi to replace those damaged by MIKE, 

but instruments on Boken and Kirunu were not replaced. KING recovery 

schedule called for the two-man team to helicopter to Bokoluo, Enjebi, 

Bijire, Runit, Ananij, Biken, Enewetak, and Parry more than 2 days after 

the shot (Table 21, Mission 22). 

Bokoluo, Kirunu, Boken, and Enjebi were heavily contaminated after 

MIKE but recovery operations for this project had a relatively low priority, and actual recovery was probably not made until 4 days after the shot 

(see actual recoveries under Project 5.2). Ananij was not contaminated. 

Enewetak and Parry probably had some low-level contamination from secondary fallout. They lie close to the anchorages of Estes and Rendova; these 

ships recorded small amounts on gummed paper collectors (Reference D.4). 

Replacing the instruments on Bokoluo and Enjebi undoubtedly exposed personnel to some radiation, but no record is available about who did this 

work, when they were on the islands, or how long they were there. KING 

produced little contamination, and, by 2 days after the shot, decay had 

lowered the radiation still further. The major source of radiation on 

contaminated islands was that left over from MIKE. 

- Staffing: Although Table 16, derived from Reference C.1.3.636, indicates 

that common personnel were used for 5.2 and 5.3, the 5x8 cards indicate 

only separate listings. Three men, all from the UCRL, were exposed on 

this project. Their exposures are given in Table 19. 

Project Report: Reference (2.1.3.649. 

Project 5.4a -- Nature, Intensity, and Distribution of Fallout 

from MIKE Shot 

Agencies: Naval Radiological Defense Laboratory (NRDL) 

Navy Bureau of Ships (Buships) 

Operations: Numerous stations were set out for both MIKE and KING to collect fallout particles for analysis. Land stations were established on 

Bokoluo, Enjebi, Elle, Billae, Runit, Ananij, Enewetak, and Parry. Twenty 

152 
rafts were anchored in the lagoon about 2 weeks before the MIKE shot. 

Nineteen dan buoys were set out east of the atoll. Gummed paper fallout 

collectors were put in various locations on ten of the task force ships: 

Curtiss, Estes, USS Leo, USS Oak Hill, USS " Agawam, USS Carpenter, - USs 

Fletcher, USS Radford, USS O'Bannon, and Rendova. USS LST-827, used to 

evacuate the Ujelang inhabitants, also carried gummed paper, although it 

was not part of JTF' 132. The high-priority recovery schedule for MIKE 

called for a helicopter to carry an unspecified number of personnel to 

Bokoluo, Enjebi, Elle, Billae, Runit, Ananij, Enewetak, and Parry fo retrieval of samples from the fallout stations (Table 18, Mission 11). LCMs 

were to carry personnel to pick up samples from raft stations. The rafts 

were retrieved on 3 and 4 November (Reference C.O.2, p. E-5). Whether the 

total of men making up the recovery crews was planned to be six or twelve 

is not clear (see Table 18). O'Bannon began searching for the dan buoys 

about 0400 on 2 November, the day after the MIKE shot. Twelve of the nineteen buoys set out were recovered; the last of these was found at 0514 on 

5 November. Crewmembers apparently took the samples from the shipboard 

fallout stations. 

" - " - 

Land station recoveries for MIKE are given in Table 18. MIKE contaminated the lagoon's waters. TU 132.1.7 analyzed lagoon waters and found no 

contamination once sediment had settled to the bottom. As a consequence, 

LCMs, crews, and personnel were not exposed. The radsafe decontamination 

requirement was 0.01 RJhr; any level less than this did not require protective actions (Reference C.1.7.5). Twelve O'Banno? personnel and the 

ship's weather deck were accidentally contaminated on 3 November when the 

crew brought a radioactive dan buoy aboard. Maxmimum reading on personnel 

was 0.001 R/hr on shoes and 0.0005 R/hr on hands. Deck intensity averaged 

0.0006 to 0.0007 RJhr. Radiation levels on the deck and on the crewmembers 

were quickly reduced to 0.0004 RJhr. There were no other instances of accidental contamination during buoy collection (Reference C.3.8, O'Bannon). 

Amounts of radioactivity in the samples collected by the task force ships 

and LST-827 are reflected in Appendix C. 

- Staffinq: Nine TU 132.1.1 men can be identified as Project 5.4a participants. Five were NRDL civilians, two were uniformed Navy from NRDL, one 

15 3 
was a naval officer from BuShips, and one was a naval officer from one Of 

the special reporting units at Sandia Base. Their exposures are given in 

Table 19. Available exposure data fran O'Bannon are shown in Table 28 

(Chapter 6). 

Project Report: Reference C.1.3.615. 

Project 5.4b -- Fall-out and Cloud Particle Studies 

Agency : Chemical and Radiological Laboratories, Army Chemical Center 

(Am) 

Operations: Samples were obtained in two ways: by collection stations on 

24 of the atoll's islands, plus Unibor, and by the F-84G sampler planes 

that simultaneously collected samples for Programs 1 and 7 (Reference 

C.0.2, pp. E-6 and E-7). In addition, daily aerial radiation surveys were 

conducted using the Air Force H-19 helicopters (Reference C.1.3.615, pp. 

105-106). For MIKE, a two-man team was to helicopter to the islands with 

stations and to bring back 50-pound (22.5-kg) soil samples from each station. Two men were to remain on Enewetak to prepare the samples for shipment (Reference C.1.7.1, p. 98). No record has been found regarding their 

time of reentry to various islands or how long they spent on each. The 

same stations were used for KING except those on Bokoluo, Bokombako, Kirunu, and Boken. These were not reactivated because of high background 

radiation (Reference C.0.2, p. E-7). KING schedule called for recovery on 

17 November by a helicopter-borne crew of eight men with work time estimated at 8 hours, with the possibility that more work would be required 

the next day. According to an after-action report, the samples were retrieved on 17 November. For Project 5.4b, the F-84Gs used collection systems that allowed them to trap both gas and particles. The guns had been 

removed from each aircraft's gundeck to make room for a polyethylene bag. 

The pilot obtained the sample by opening a valve that allowed air and particulates to fill the bag through a probe extending from the nose of the 

aircraft. Upon return to Kwajalein, men from ACC, assisted by Air Force 

personnel, removed the samples for Project 5.4b. Air Force personnel 

opened the gundeck and stabilized the bag while ACC men evacuated it 

through the probe. 

154 
The potential radiological exposure associated with F-84G sampler operations at IVY are described under Project 1.3, except those arising from 

evacuating the polyethylene bags. The pumping operation was governed by 

detailed procedures designed to prevent exposure of personnel, and there 

is no record of gas-sample leakage. Apparently all of the ten men on the 

pumping crew wore radsafe clothing and six used lead gloves. 

- Staffing: Eight men from the Chemical and Radiological Laboratory of ACC 

can be identified with this project. Two were civilians, five were uniformed military, and one was not completely identified. Their exposures 

are given in Table 19. 

Project - Repoc: Reference C.1.3.617 

PROGRAM 6 -- BLAST MEASUREMENTS 

This program was designed to study the characteristics of the MIKE and 

KING blast and shock waves: their propagation through air, water, and soil, 

and their transient effects on these media. Apparently, Tu 132.1.1 assigned 

personnel to work on the program as a whole as follows: LASL, 6; Naval Ordnance Laboratory (NOL), 3; Army, 2; Air Force, 2; and Navy, 2 (Table 16). 

Program directors were an Army colonel detailed to LASL and a Sandia Corporation civilian (Reference C.0.1, p. 53). They show exposures of 1.1 R and 

0.89 R, respectively, on the Consolidated List (Reference C.1.7.2). 

Project 6.1 -- Pressure Versus Time on the Ground 

Agency : Sandia Corporation (SC) 

Operatio=: For MIKE, various types of pressure-recording gauges were 

placed in scientific stations on Dridrilbwij, Bokaidrikdrik, Boken, Noah, 

Enjebi, Mijikadrek, Bokenelab, Aej, Aomon, Runit, and Parry. The lower 

priority portion of the MIKE recovery schedule called for a four-man 

helicopter-borne team to retrieve the data from this experiment and several others, namely, Projects 6.3, 6.5, and 6.7b (Table 18, Mission 21). 

For the KING portion of this project, eight stations were placed on the 

coral reef along the northwest edge of Runit Island. Another station was 

On the reef off the northern tip of Parry. Four stations were on Runit 

Island itself. The KING recovery schedule called for a three-man team to 

155 
go to Runit by helicopter 1 hour after the shot to retrieve data for both 

Programs 6.1 and 6.3 (Table 21, Mission 6). Data recovery involved reentry 

to many islands that had been contaminated by MIKE (see Appendix C for details). Following KING, less exposure potential existed. 

Staffing: Sixteen men can be identified from the project report; 13 civilians from Sandia Corporation, 2 from the Naval Administrative Unit at 

Sandia Base, and a technical sergeant whose only identification is "Sandia 

Base." A larger group of 33 Sandia Corporation civilians and 15 military 

are cited in the project report but do not appear on the Consolidated List. 

Personnel for this project appear to have been used also to staff Projects 

6.3, 6.5, and 6.7b. 

Project Report: Reference C.1.3.602. 

Project 6.2 -- Air Mass Motion Studies 

Agency : Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory 

Operations: Smoke puffs were put into the air by exploding shells. Cameras on various islands recorded puff motion in detonation shock waves. 

For MIKE, both low- and high-altitude puffs were used. The low-altitude 

puffs were obtained from remotely fired mortar tubes. Four tubes were set 

out on the reef north of Dridrilbwij, Bokaidrikdrik, and Boken islands. 

Four were mounted on rafts moored in the lagoon, roughly southeast of Eluklab and west of Lojwa. One mortar tube was mounted on Unibor, and one was 

on a raft east-southeast of Unibor and west of Runit. A battery of ten 

3-inch guns on Enjebi provided the high-altitude puffs. Project cameras 

for MIKE were on Enjebi, Lojwa, Runit, and Parry. The MIKE high-priority 

recovery schedule called for one man to helicopter to Enjebi to see if the 

3-inch guns had fired (Table 18, Mission 13) ; this observation was made 

incidentally by a nonproject monitor in an early mission. During KING, 

only low-altitude puffs were used. Six mortar-bearing rafts were moored 

in a line extending from the northern tip of Runit westward into the lagoon. KING cameras were on Lojwa and Parry (Reference C.1.2, MIKE Inst). 

One hour after KING, a 4-man recovery party was to visit Parry, Runit, 

and Lojwa to retrieve data for Projects 3.1, 3.2, 3.5, 3.6, 3.8, 6.2, and 

6.13. Recovery time for these projects was estimated at 2 hours. At 0900 

156 
the day after KING, a three-man team on an LCM was to remove the rafts 

from the lagoon (Table 21, Missions 4 and 14) . 

Staffing: The project officer can be identified as accruing a radiation 

exposure of 0.4 R, presumably while executing tasks associated with the 

project. Six enlisted men of the Curtiss are credited with aiding in the 

project but apparently none was badged; these were possibly the boat crew 

and raft recovery personnel. 

Project Report: Reference I C.1.3.627. 

Project 6.3 -- Shockwind, Afterwind, and Sound Velocity 

Agencies: Sandia Corporation (SC) 

Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory (LASL) 

Operations: For MIKE, instruments were placed on Bokaidrikdrik, Boken, 

Enjebi, Mijikadrek, Bokenelab, Aomon, and Parry. Planned recovery is reflected in Table 18, Missions 21 and 23. For the KING portion of this 

project, three stations on Runit and one on Parry were used. Two recovery 

missions were planned (Table 21, Missions 6 and 13). Recovery missions 

were low priority and would not have exposed personnel to high radiation 

levels. 

Staffing: In addition to the personnel of Project 6.1 who manned this 

project, a LASL civilian and an Air Force officer stationed at LASL worked 

on Project 6.3. Their exposures are presented in Table 19. 

Project RepCrA: Reference C.1.3.603. 

Project 6.4a -- Water Wave Motion--Shallow Water Photographs 

Agencies: Edgerton, Germeshausen & Grier 

Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory (LASL) 

Operations: Cameras were installed on Enjebi, Lojwa, Runit, and Parry to 

photograph arrays of.rafts and barrels moved by waves created by the MIKE 

blast. The recovery schedule does not mention this project but the film 

was probably recovered with that of Project 3.1. 

157 
Staffing: A military officer stationed at LASL is identified in the project report as participating in this project: his exposure is entered in 

Table 19. 

Project Reports: References C.1.3.611 and C.1.3.639. 

Project 6.4b -- Sea Waves 

Agencies: Office of Naval Research, Washington, D.C., 

and Pasadena, California, Branch Office 

Scripps Institution of Oceanography (SIO) 

Operations: Instruments were set out at 19 locations to measure sea waves 

generated by MIKE: Enewetak Lagoon near Runit and Enewetak islands, Seamounts 265 and 72 north of surface zero: two locations on Bikini and Kwajalein atolls; Wake, Truk, Guam, Canton, Yap, and Midway islands; four 

locations in Hawaii; and two locations in California. MV Horizon recovered 

the instruments from the two seamounts. 

"- Horizon, with a radsafe officer from TU 132.1.7 aboard, placed instruments on the two seamounts before MIKE. At shot time the ship was standing 

by Seamount 72. At 0745 the ship was ordered to get underway on a course 

of 045OT at 11.5 knots (21.3 km/hr) for 4 hours. It then started circling 

on a new station approximately 100 nmi (185 km) north-northeast of surface 

zero. At 1240 radioactive fallout was detected and the ship was closed up, 

the ventilation system shut down, and the washdown system started. After 

sending a message that fallout was being encountered, the ship was ordered 

to proceed southward. After 2% hours of steaming at 11.5 knots (21.3 km/ 

hr), Horizon reported that it was clear of the fallout area and that the 

radiation intensity it had encountered was an average of 0.008 R/hr (gamma 

only) and a maximum of 0.035 R/hr (gamma only) . After leaving the areas 

of highest activity, the masts above the spray from the washdown system 

were hosed and the decks were washed down. The radiation levels then decreased to an average of 0.003 R/hr, with a maximum of 0.020 R/hr. By the 

time " Horizon returned to Enewetak on 6 November, the radiation intensity 

had decreased to an average of 0.00033 R/hr with a maximum of 0.003 R/hr 

(Reference C.4.2, Document 4, p. 32 ff.) . 

158 
Staffing: The project report mentions three SI0 men, only one of whom appears on the Consolidated List. 

Project Report: Reference C.1.3.635. 

Project 6.5 -- Ground Motion - Seismic Measurements 

Agency : Sandia Corporation 

Operations: Instruments were placed on Boken, Enjebi, Mijikadrek, Bokenelab, Aomon, and Parry. Recovery was to be by a group of four men transported to the project islands by helicopter (Table 18, Mission 21). The 

time for the mission was not specified but it was a low-priority recovery. 

Recovery was low priority and probably did not take place when radiation 

levels were high. 

- Staffing: See Project 6.1. 

Project Report: WT-9004. 

Project 6.6 -- Microbarographic Measurements (deleted from the program) 

Project 6.7a -- Underwater Pressures as a Function of Time and 

Peak Water Pressure as a Function of Distance 

Agencies: Office of Naval Research 

Naval Research Laboratory (NU) 

Operations: USS Elder set out three deep-water mooring buoys at distances 

of 1, 1.5, and 2 nmi (1.85, 2.8, and 3.6 km) from MIKE surface zero on the 

Ocean side of the shot island. USS Yuma then attached two instrumented 

containers to the intermediate mooring buoy, and a single container to the 

farthest mooring buoy. Because of equipment failure, there was no instrument package for the buoy closest to surface zero. At shot time a P2V patrol aircraft and Curtiss were stationed about 31 nmi (57 km) southeast of 

the shot island. The P2V intercepted the signals from the two instrumented containers and relayed them to Curtiss. Recovery was attempted 

3 days later. Project personnel were aboard Elder " on 4 November when it 

entered the area where the mooring buoys had been secured, but no trace of 

them could be found. The search ended at 1730 (Reference C.1.3.629, 

p. 28). On 6 November, " USS Arikara located two mooring buoys 155 nmi (287 

159 
km) northwest of Enewetak. The ship's crew recovered one buoy, but finding it contaminated, sank the other with rifle fire. 

"- Curtiss did not encounter any fallout as the result of its role in 

Project 6.7a. Although almost all badged members of Patrol Squadron 2 

(VP-2) attached to TG 132.3 had radiation exposures, there is no record of 

the VP-2 aircraft being contaminated. There is also no record of Elder 

encountering contamination during the search for the Project 6.7a mooring 

buoys. On the other hand, when Arikara's crew retrieved the mooring buoy, 

12 crewmen were slightly contaminated by the radioactive buoy. The contamination intensity ranged to 0.003 RJhr, far below the radsafe decontamination standard of 0.01 R/hr (Reference C.1.7.5). 

"IC 

Staffing: Five naval scientists, two from NRL, two from NEL, and one from 

NRDL, were all identified in the project report as participating in the 

forward area, but none appears onthe Consolidated List. Exposures for 

the supporting naval units may be found in Table 28 (Chapter 6). 

Project Report: Reference C.1.3.629. - 

Project 6.7b -- Underwater Pressures Along the Reef 

Agency : Sandia Corporation 

Operations: Instruments were placed on 10-foot (3-meter) tripods at a 

depth of 100 feet (30.5 meters) in the lagoon off Dridrilbwij, Enjebi, 

Aamon, and Parry for MIKE. Cables ran from the instrument tripods to recording stations on the four islands. A helicopter-borne team of four was 

to retrieve data for the MIKE portion of this project as well as for Projects 6.1, 6.3, and 6.5 (Table 18, Mission 21). For KING, the instruments 

in the lagoon off Parry were reused. MIKE recovery was low-priority and 

KING recovery was at Parry, which was not contaminated. 

Staffing: See Project 6.1. 

Project Report: Reference C.1.3.605. 

Project 6.7~ -- Acoustic Pressure Waves in Water 

Agencies: Office of Naval Research 

Naval Electronics Laboratory 

Bell Laboratories 

16 0 
Operations: Several Sound Fixing and Ranging stations in the Pacific and 

Atlantic Oceans were alerted to detect and record any underwater acoustic 

signals generated by MIKE and KING. A full list of the stations participating is not available. Only stations at Point Sur and Point Arena on 

the Pacific Ocean are mentioned in the records (Reference C.0.2, p. F-6). 

- Project Report: No WT issued. 

Project 6.8 -- Preshock Arrival Air Temperature (deleted from the program) 

Project 6.9 -- Air Density versus Time 

Agency : Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory (LASL) 

3erations: Instruments were placed on Enjebi, Kidrinen, Bokenelab, and 

Aomon islands. Distances of these stations from the MIKE surface zero 

were 19,000, 23,000, 31,000, and 48,000 feet (5.79, 7.01, 9.45, and 14.63 

km). Recovery for this project was on the secondary priority portion of 

the MIKE recovery list (Table 18, Mission 25). Two men with a 3/4-ton 

truck were to go to the four islands by LCM at an unspecified time after 

the detonation. 

Two of the instrument stations used in this project were covered with 

coral rock and sand, which probably lengthened the access time of the 

recovery team. The project report does not, however, indicate their 

locations. 

Staffing: Two Army officers and one Air Force officer stationed at LASL 

manned this project. Their exposures are presented in Table 19. 

Project Report: Reference C.1.3.610. 

Project 6.10 -- Free Air Pressure as a Function of Time (Manned Aircraft) 

Agency - : Air Force Wright Air Development Center 

2erations: For both MIKE and KING, two aircraft, a B-36 and a B-47, were 

used to gather data. They are referred to in much of the literature as 

the effects aircraft. 

At the moment of the MIKE detonation, the B-36 was at 40,000 feet 

(12.19 km) altitude and 13.5 nmi (25 km) from surface zero. The B-47 was 

16 1 
at 35,000 feet (10.67 km) altitude and 11 nmi (20.4 km) from surface zero 

(Reference C.O.l, p. 273). At the time of the KING detonation, the B-36 

was at an altitude of 32,000 feet (9.75 km) altitude and a horizontal distance Of 5.77 nmi (10.69 km) from surface zero, while the B-47 was at an 

altitude of 35,000 feet (10.67 km) altitude and a horizontal range of 9,800 

feet (2.99 km) from surface zero (Reference C.0.1, p. 296). 

The effects B-47 was not contaminated during either MIKE or KING. For 

MIKE, a B-36 was contaminated to a level of 0.15 R/hr according to Air 

Force records, but probably it was not the effects B-36. A more likely 

candidate is the control B-36 that guided the F-84G sampler aircraft into 

the cloud. For KING, three B-36s were aloft, the two used for MIKE and 

the drop aircraft for the KING bomb. The record shows only that one was 

contaminated, in this latter case to a level of 0.25 R/hr, but again the 

most likely candidate was the sampler controller. 

“ Staffing: Travel documents (Form 52WC-20445-A) in the National Archives 

(RG-374) identify 100 persons by name or by function who were to participate in Project 6.10 or the related Project 8.5. The distribution by organization is as follows: 

Identified On 

on Travel Consolidated 

” 

List Orders ““__I 

Wright Aeronautical Development Center 

8th Air Force, Carswell AFB, New Mexico 

11th Bombardment Wing Flight Crew 

11th Bombardment B-36 Ground Crew 

2nd Air Force, Barksdale AFB, Louisiana 

B-47 Flight Crew 

B-47 Ground Crew 

Contractors 

Convair Technical Representative 

Boeing Technical Representative 

University of California, Los Angeles 

Allied Research Associates 

Massachusetts Institute of Technology 

18 8 

15 13 

29 0 

3 0 

20 0 

162 
Identified On 

on Travel Consolidated 

" 

Orders -.- List - " 

Aeronautical Ice Research Laboratory, 

Ypsilanti, Michigan 

3 0 

Total 100 25 

The distribution of the exposures of the 25 persons on the Consolidated 

- List is shown in Table 19. 

Project Report: The project report (WT-638) was cancelled, but the B-36 

part of the experiment is covered in Reference C.1.3.750, Blast Effects on 

" B-36 Type Aircraft, " Upshot-Knothole Project 5.3, March 1955. 

Project 6.11 -- Free Air Pressure as a Function of Time Using 

Parachute-Suspended Canisters 

Agency: Air Force Cambridge Research Center (AFCRC) 

Operations: Six parachute-suspended canisters were dropped shortly before 

both MIKE and KING from two B-29s attached to TG 132.4. The drops were 

timed to vary canister altitudes when the shock wave arrived from 10,000 

feet (3.05 km) for those nearest to surface zero to 30,000 feet (9.14 km) 

for those farthest from surface zero. The B-29s returned to Kwajalein 

after dropping their canisters. Oak Hill was positioned to receive telemetry from the canisters. For MIKE, the ship was 30.4 nmi (56.3 km) east 

of surface zero. For KING, the ship was 19.4 nmi (36.0 km) east of surface zero. During MIKE, four B-29s were used: two for dropping canisters 

and two as NAVAID aircraft to guide the F-84G samplers. One B-29 was contaminated to a level of 0.1 R/hr and another to the level of 0.2 R/hr ; but 

it cannot be determined which two of the four they were, although the most 

likely candidates were the sampler NAVAID B-29s. During KING, none of the 

four B-29s used was contaminated. Oak Hill was not contaminated by either 

shot . 

Staffing: Travel documents (Form 52 WC-20445-A) in the National Archives 

(RG-374) show 60 men slated to staff Project 6.11. Their distribution was 

as follows: 

16 3 
Identified On 

on Travel Consolidated 

Orders List 

AE'CRC (3160th Electronics Group and 6520th 

Flight Test Group) 42 16 

Contractors 

Glenn L. Martin CO., Baltimore, Maryland 9 

Bendix Aviation, Burbank, Clifornia 9 

0 

0 

Total 60 16 

Most of the number badged were designated as B-29 flight crews- EWosures 

are presented in Table 19. 

Project Repoct: Reference C.1.3.631. 

Project 6.13 -- Measurement of Free Air Pressures by Smoke Rocket Photography 

Aqency : Naval Ordnance Laboratory (NOLI 

Operations: Mortars were placed on Runit about 4,600 feet (1.4 km) from 

the KING surface zero. They were arranged to fire smoke rockets in a fanshaped pattern so that a camera on Lojwa could record the effect of the 

detonation shock wave on the smoke trails. One hour after the shot, a 

team of four men in a helicopter was to visit Lojwa and several other islands to recover data from Projects 3.1, 3.2, 3.5, 3.6, 3.8, 6.2, and 6.13 

(Table 21, Mission 4). Placing the mortars on Runit and the camera on 

Lojwa exposed personnel to some residual radiation from MIKE (See Appendix C). Shot KING appears to have increased contamination levels at Lojwa 

very slightly, if at all. 

Staffing: Four civilians and a naval officer from NOL are identified in 

the project report but only three were badged. A naval officer from AFSWP 

was also identified as helping in the experiment. Their exposures are 

presented in Table 19. 

Project Report: Reference C.1.3.613. 

PROGRAM 7 -- LONG-RANGE DETECTION 

This program was designed to help develop equipment and techniques for detection of nuclear explosions at great distances. Data from the program could 

16 4 
be used to calibrate the equipment developed (Reference C.l.l, p. 12). The 

program was headed by an Air Force officer whose badge reading for the test 

series was zero (Consolidated List, Reference C.1.7.2). 

Project 7.1 -- Electromagnetic Effects from Nuclear Explosions 

Agency: Hq USAF 

Operations: " Reception equipment in Hawaii, Guam, Alaska, Colorado, and 

Virginia was used in an effort to detect the electromagnetic pulse created 

by both MIKE and KING. There was no radiation exposure potential connected 

with this project's activities because of the distance of the reception 

stations from the detonation sites. 

- Staffing: No personnel identified. 

Project Repos: Reference C.1.3.644. 

Project 7.2 -- Airborne Low-Frequency Sound from Atomic Explosions 

Agencies: Hq USAF 

Army Signal Corps 

Operations: Acoustic detection stations were set up in Japan, Hawaii, 

Alaska; the states of Washington, Arizona and New Jersey; and Washington, 

D.C. to try to detect low-frequency sound waves generated by both MIKE and 

KING. 

- Staffing: No personnel identified. 

Project Report: Reference C.1.3.632. 

Project 7.3 -- Calibration Analysis of Close-In Debris 

Agency: Hq USAF 

Operations: Some samples from MIKE and KING for this project were drawn 

from the polyethylene bags mounted on gundecks of F-84G sampler aircraft 

and filled during their operations. For MIKE, three of the twelve gas 

samples from the F-84Gs, and for KING, three of the nine gas samples from 

the F-84Gs were assigned to Hq USAF for use in Project 7.3. Apparently, 

the crew that drew the gas samples for Project 5.4b drew them for Project 

16 5 
7.3 (Reference C.1.3.617, pp. 152-153). Air Weather Service WB-29s collected the rest of the samples for this project. All eight of the WB-29s 

in the proving ground were equipped with filter paper holders (C-1 foil) 

to collect radioactive particles and four had bottle systems (13/31) to 

collect gas and water samples. Apparently all were expected to collect 

samples as part of their duties (Reference C.l.l, p. 7.3.3). Six WB-29s 

participated in MIKE. WB-29 Nos. 2 and 3 entered the MIKE cloud to gather 

particulate, gaseous, and water samples. Their time of entry is not available, but they were back on Kwajalein by 1346 (Reference C.O.l, p. 276). 

WB-29 No. 1 monitored shower activity before the shot. WB-29 No. 4 monitored local weather. WB-29s Nos. 5 and 6 tracked the cloud. Eight WB-29s 

participated in KING. No. 1 again monitored shower activity before the 

shot. Nos. 2 and 3 took gaseous and water samples and probably particulate 

samples from within the cloud. No. 4 monitored local weather. Nos. 5 

through 8 apparently tried unsuccessfully to collect samples from outside 

the cloud, but details of their activities are lacking. 

During MIKE, "29s Nos. 1, 4, and 5 reported encountering no radiation; nevertheless, four of the WB-29s were later found to be contaminated, 

three to levels less than 0.5 R/hr and one to 3.3 R/hr. Information is 

lacking, however, on which of the WB-29s these were. During the KING test, 

Nos. 4 through 8 encountered no radiation. While penetrating the cloud, 

Nos. 2 and 3 apparently encountered only small amounts of radiation. Information is lacking on Nos. 1 and 4. None of the aircraft required decontamination. Changing the filter paper in the C-l foil and emptying the 

bottle systems probably exposed ground crews to some radiation. 

Staffing: Only the project officer can be identified and his badge exposure was zero. Aircraft personnel exposures are presented in Chapter 7. 

Project Repos: Reference C.1.3.645. 

Project 7.5 -- Propagation of Seismic Waves 

Agency : Hq USAF' 

Operations: A worldwide network of seismic stations attempted to detect 

seismic waves from both MIKE and KING (Reference C.O.2, pp. G-4 and G-5). 

There was no radiation exposure potential due to project activities as 

166 
stations were remote. Although no list of stations is available, all 

probably were at a considerable distance from the proving ground. 

Staffing: Not identifiable. 

Project Repos: None. 

7 

Project 7.5 -- Transportation of Air-Borne Debris 

Asency : Hq USAF 

Operations: From 2 months before MIKE to 6 months after KING, water Samples were gathered weekly at ten locations to detect the presence of any 

device debris. For 2 weeks after the detonations, samples also were taken 

daily at Guam and Hawaii. Cloud height and movement were tracked by task 

force airplanes and ships (Reference C.O.2, p. 65). Guam and Hawaii were 

the project sites nearest to the proving ground. Task force support for 

this project was rendered simultaneously with other tasks; hence, Project 

7.5 support did not expose task force personnel and equipment to additional 

radiation. 

" 

Staffing: None identified. 

Project Report: Reference C.1.3.647. 

Project 7.6 -- Detection of Fireball Light at a Distance 

Agency: Hq USAF 

Operations: Instruments were positioned on Johnston Island, Kwajalein, 

and in a C-47 flying over Kwajalein in an effort at long-distance detection of light from the MIKE and KING fireballs. Task force personnel do 

not appear to have been exposed to radiation purely as the result of this 

experiment. The C-47 was not contaminated by either shot. There isno 

record of fallout on Johnston Island. 

Staffing: No personnel can be identified. 

Project Report: Reference C.1.3.646. 

16 7 
PROGRAM 8 -- THERMAL RADIATION MEASUREMENTS 

This program was designed to measure thermal radiation at various distances 

from the two nuclear explosions. The project leader, a LASL civilian, is not 

on the Consolidated "_. List (Reference C.1.7.2). 

Project 8.1 -- Integral Thermal Radiation 

Agency : Naval Research Laboratory 

Operations: This project and Projects 8.2 and 8.3 had closely integrated 

instrument sites, recovery, and personnel. For MIKE, instruments were 

placed on Bijire, Bokoluo, Aej, Bokenelab, Kidrinen, Enjebi, and Boken 

islands; on site Noah; and between Enjebi and Boken (Reference C.0.2, 

p. H-1). A five-man crew equipped with a helicopter and a DUKW were to 

retrieve data for Projects 8.1, 8.2;and 8.3. Enjebi and Bijire were to 

have top priority. Retrieval from Bokoluo, Boken, Kidrinen, Bokenelab, 

Aej, and Parry had secondary priority. A total of 400 pounds (181 kg) of 

samples or equipment was to be brought back from Enjebi and Bijire (Table 

18, Mission 10). During the KING phase of this project, instruments were 

placed on Parry, Bijire, and Ananij (Reference C.0.2, p.H-1). The KING 

recovery schedule shows recovery for these projects by helicopter at H+1 

(Table 21, Mission 5). Recovery operations required personnel from these 

projects to be in areas of contamination. 

- Staffinq: The 5x8 cards identify nine men for Projects 8.1 through 8.4. 

Four were NRL civilians, three were servicemen (two Navy and one Air Force) 

serving at NRL, and two were from H&N. Their exposures are given in Table 

19. 

Project Report: No WT issued. 

Project 8.2 -- Thermal Intensity as a Function of Time 

Agency: Naval Research Laboratory 

Operations: Stations on Enjebi and Bijire were instrumented for MIKE. 

Recovery for that portion of the project is described under Project 8.1. 

For KING, stations on Bijire were reactivated and instruments were placed 

On a 25-foot (7.6-meter) tower on Ananij (Reference C.O.2, pp. H-2 and 

H-3). KING recovery was to be as described under Project 8.1. 

16 8 
” Staffis: The same personnel were involved as with Project 8.1, with the 

addition, according to the 5x8 cards, of a Sandia Base civilian. His exposure is given in Table 19. 

Project Report: No WT issued. 

Project 8.3 -- Spectroscopy 

Agency : Naval Research Laboratory (NRL) 

Operations: Instruments were placed on Enjebi, Bijire, and Parry for the 

MIKE phase of this project. Recovery is covered under Project 8.1. For 

the KING portion of the project, stations on Bijire and Parry were reactivated. Personnel may have had some radiation exposure while working on 

Bijire. Recovery is treated under Project 8.2. 

Staffing: Personnel for this project were the same as Project 8.1 with 

the addition of one NRL civilian and one Air Force enlisted man serving at 

NRL. Exposures are given in Table 19. 

Project Report: Reference C.l.3.604. 

Project 8.4 -- Air Attenuation 

Agency - : Naval Research Laboratory (NRL) 

*erations: The MIKE portion of this experiment was carried out before 

the detonation. The KING portion was between the two shots and involved a 

helicopter with a light source hovering over the projected KING surface 

zero, while stations on Bijire, Ananij, and Parry recorded the amount of 

light reaching them. The MIKE phase of this project should not have caused 

any radiation exposure of personnel. Bijire was contaminated by MIKE, so 

that work for the KING phase of the project on Bijire exposed personnel to 

some radiation. MIKE did not contaminate Parry or Ananij (see Appendix C). 

Staffing: Project 8.1 personnel plus two NRL civilians, one of whom does 

not appear in the Consolidated List - (see Table 19). 

Project Report: Reference C.1.3.604. 

16 9 
Project 8.5 -- Thermal Radiation as a Function of Time in Free Air 

Utilizing Manned Aircraft 

Agency: Air Force Wright Aeronautical Development Center 

Operations: Before MIKE, attenuation calibration tests were conducted 

using a strong light source at surface zero and an instrumented B-29 to 

prepare for Project 8.5. During the MIKE detonation, the receiving instruments for the project were carried by the effects B-36 and the effects 

B-47, which were also gathering data for Project 6.10. Data for Projects 

6.10 and 8.5 were gathered at the same time. In preparation for KING, a 

strong light source was installed on Runit after MIKE reentry and calibration measurements were again taken by the instrumented B-29. During the 

KING detonation, the effects B-36 and B-47 were again airborne to collect 

data simultaneously for Projects 6.10 and 8.5. Installing the light source 

on Runit probably exposed project personnel to some radiation. There is 

no record of the instrumented B-29 being contaminated. The potential radiation exposure encountered by the crews of the effects B-36 and B-47 is 

discussed under Project 6.10. 

- Staffinq: See remarks under Project 6.10. 

Project Report: No WT issued. 

PROGRAM 9 -- ELECTROMAGNETIC PHENOMENA 

The projects of this program were designed to detect and measure various 

electromagnetic phenomena resulting from nuclear explosions. The program was 

headed by an Army colonel assigned to the staff of JTF 132 (Reference C.O.l, 

p. 531, whose name does not appear on the Consolidated List (Reference 

C.1.7.2). 

Project 9.1 -- Electromagnetic Signals 

Agena: Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory (LASL) 

Operations: Recording equipment was operated at Parry Island and Los Alamos, New Mexico (Reference C.O.2, p. 1-1). There was no radiation exposure 

potential in connection with this project's activities. 

Staffing: One LASL civilian identified from the 5x8 card file. 

Project Report: No WT issued. 

17 0 
Project 9.2 -- Effects on the Ionosphere with Respect to the 

Propagation of Radio Waves 

AgenB: Signal Corps Engineering Laboratories (SCEL), 9471st Technical 

Services Unit (Army) 

Operations: A radio receiver was set up on Bikini Atoll. A P2V patrol 

aircraft 200 nmi (370 km) west of Enewetak broadcast to Bikini. The midpoint of the propagation path, that is, the position where the radio signal 

would reflect from the ionosphere, was above MIKE surface zero. In addition, the Bikini station attempted to intercept signals sent between Guam 

and Kwajalein and between Guam and Hawaii. For KING, the P2V broadcast to 

Bikini as before, but the Guam-to-Kwajalein signals were dropped, and messages from Enewetak were recorded at Bikini. Fallout levels on Bikini and 

Kwajalein after MIKE are given in Table 24 (Chapter 4). No information is 

available for fallout on these atolls after KING. There is no record of 

the P2V being contaminated; however, 66 of the 72 badged members of the 

patrol plane unit had radiation exposures (Table 28) (Chapter 6). 

Staffing: Five officers from SCEL are identified with this project, but 

none is on the Consolidated List. 

Project-Report: Reference C.1.3.642. 

Project 9.3 -- Investigation of Electromagnetic Radiation Throughout 

the Radio Spectrum Caused by an Atomic Explosion 

Ageng: Evans Signal Laboratory (ESL) 

Operations: Electromagnetic radiations from both MIKE and KING were detected by stations at Parry, Bikini, Okinawa, Hawaii, California, and New 

Jersey. Parry received low-level secondary fallout following MIKE. Readings of the minor fallout on Bikini following MIKE is shown in Table 24 

(Chapter 4). The other stations were remote. 

Staffing: TWO civilians from ESL were badged for IVY, but neither received 

any exposure. See Table 19. 

Project Report: Reference C.1.3.648. 

17 1 
Project 9.4 -- Evaluation of Indirect Bomb Damage Assessment (IBDA) Techniques 

Agenz: Air Force Wright Aeronautical Development Center (WADC) 

Operations: Three radar-equipped aircraft gathered data on MIKE and KING 

for this project. Two were the effects B-36 and the effects B-47, which 

also participated in Projects 6.10 and 8.5. The third aircraft was a B-50. 

Each had its radar trained on the detonation. See Project 6.10 for the 

locations of the effects aircraft. The B-50 was at 25,000 feet (7.6 km) 

and 45 nmi (83.3 km) from MIKE surface zero at shot time. For KING, the 

effects aircraft and two B-50s participated. See Project 6.10 for the location of the effects aircraft. The two B-50s were at 20,000 feet (6.10 

km) and 9.3 nmi (17.2 km) from surface zero. The B-50s were not contaminated, nor was the effects B-57. A B-36 was contaminated in each shot, 

but available data do not identify which aircraft these were. 

Staff%: Project personnel cannot be identified. For WADC participants, 

see Chapter 7. 

- Project Report: None. 

PROGRAM 10 -- TIMING AND FIRING 

This was a scientific support rather than an experimentation program. It 

was designed to furnish the various other projects with timing signals needed 

to start equipment and supply the arming and firing signals for MIKE. An EG&G 

employee headed the program, but his name does not appear on the Consolidated 

I,is (Reference C.1.7.2). 

Preparing for MIKE probably did not expose project personnel to radiation, 

but this may not have been the case for KING. The available documents, however, cast virtually no light on what work project personnel may have done between shots on the atoll's contaminated northern islands between shots. 

PROGRAM 11 -- PRELIMINARY GEOPHYSICAL AND MARINE SURVEY 

OF THE TEST AREA 

Four projects of this program were designed to obtain information on the 

structure of Enewetak Atoll so 

terpreted. One project called 

and after the MIKE detonation. 

that the effects of MIKE could be properly infor the collection of biological samples before 

A LASL civilian headed the program (Reference 

17 2 
C.0.1, p. 53). His cumulative exposure was recorded on the Consolidated List 

was 1.725 R for the series (Reference C.1.7.2). 

Three of the projects were completed before the MIKE detonation; hence, 

project personnel were not exposed to radiation in their work. These projects 

and the organizations (Reference C.O.2, pp. K-1 through K-3: Reference C.O.1, 

p. 24) involved in them were: 

1. Project 11.1 -- Soundings off the Ocean Side of 

Enewetak Reef 

Agencies: Office of Naval Research 

Navy Hydrographic Office 

2. Project 11.2 -- Scaled Ground Shock Tests 

Agencies: Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory 

U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey 

3. Project 11.3 -- Deep Drilling to Base Rock 

Agencies: Office of Naval Research 

Drilling and Exploration Company 

Project 11.4 -- Seismic Refraction Survey 

Agencies: Office of Naval Research 

Scripps Institution of Oceanography 

U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey 

Operations: Before MIKE, MV Horizo? detonated explosive charges under water while Lim, - trailing a hydrophone, detected and recorded the signals. 

At the time of the MIKE detonation, Lipan attempted to record the signals 

produced. Following MIKE, Lipan continued to assist Horizon. The signal 

from KING was recorded by instruments lowered down the borehole drilled on 

Parry for Project 11.3. After KING, MV - Spencer F. Baird assisted Horizon. 

Lipan was not contaminated during MIKE. After the shot, however, it again 

worked with Horizon, " and while operating near the MIKE crater, it r

the heaviest contamination of any Navy ship (Reference C.3.1, p. 57). This 

contamination was evident in the ship's systems that came in contact with 

the lagoon waters. The evaporators for fresh-water production showed 

0.0025 R/hr and the anchor chain was radiating at an intensity of 0.020 

R/hr after these operations. Horizon was not contaminated on this project, but it had been earlier. It was north of the atoll on MIKE shot day, 

173 
after having placed instruments for Project 6.4b. There it encountered 

fallout from the MIKE detonation. See Project 6.4b above. 

Staffing: Project personnel cannot be identified. 

Project Repos: Reference C.1.3.633. 

Project 11.5 -- Marine Survey 

Aqency : Applied Fisheries Laboratory, University of Washington (AFL) 

Operations: Before and after MIKE, plant and animal samples were collected 

on nine islands and from the lagoon waters near them. Locations and times 

of postshot activites and radiation levels were: 

Location 

Biken 

En j ebi 

Bokombako 

Bokoluo 

Aomon 

Alembel 

Run it 

Japtan 

Ikuren 

Date 

5 November 

8 November 

8 November 

8 November 

7 November 

7 November 

6 November 

3 November 

4 November 

Radiation Level 

on Ground 

(Rh 1 

0.030 

2.2-2.4 

3.60 

3.50 

0.400 (air reading) 

0.100 (air reading) 

0.025-0.090 

" - 

Staffing: Seven civilians from AJ?L can be identified with this project, 

of which six have badge readings in the Consolidated List. Their exposures 

are given in Table 19. 

Project Report: Reference C.1.3.616. 

TASK UNIT 132.1.7 ACTIVITIES 

This task unit's work was radiological safety and is the subject of much 

of the material in Chapter 2. In summary, this group provided monitors and 

decontamination services, film badge development and record keeping, calibration and repair of dosimeters, and other similar services to the task force. 

Potential for radiation exposure accompanied some of these activities. 

174 
The most significant part of the TU 132.1.7 mission was control of entry 

into contaminated areas. Monitoring, reporting of data, issue of protective 

Clothing, determination of stay-time, and decontamination of personnel and 

equipment were all part of the controlled operation. 

The Deputy Commander of TU 132.1.7 was a radsafe engineer and health physicist assigned for duty with LASL Health Division. Several men of the unit had 

duty assignments with other units (Reference C.1.7.5). 

The task unit was staffed by 5 civilians and 49 military (Reference 

C.1.3.636) (see Table 16). A group picture taken by a documentary photographer on 23 October shows 41 and the file of 5x8 cards (Reference C.1.7.3) 

gives the names of 46. These named individuals represent all the services and 

the AEC. Organizations and the number of men each contributed are listed 

be low : 

Army 

Army Chemical Corps (8 military) 

Evans Signal Laboratory (2 military, 1 unidentified) 

971st OTSU, Army Chemical Corps (1 military) 

8452nd AAU, Sandia Base (1 military) 

Unnamed unit, Ft. McClellan (1 military) 

Navy 

Naval Air Station, Norfolk (1 military) 

ComNavAirPac, San Diego (1 military) 

CIN-, Norfolk (1 military) 

Naval Administrative Unit, Sandia Base (1 military) 

Naval Radiological Defense Laboratory, San Francisco (1 military) 

13th Naval District (1 military) 

Air Force 

Hq Air Defense Command (1 military) 

Hq Air Training Command, Scott AFB (1 military) 

AF Cambridge Research Center (1 military) 

3398th Training Squadron, Reesler AFB (1 military) 

3882nd School Squadron, Gunter AFB (1 military) 

435th Maintenance Squadron, Miami (1 military) 

17 5 
Unnamed Unit, Bryan AFB (1 military) 

Unnamed Unit, Hunter AFB (1 military) 

Unnamed Unit, Francis Warren AFB (1 military) 

Unnamed Unit, Chanute AFB (1 military) 

Unnamed Unit, Steward AFB (1 military) 

Unnamed Unit, Lackland AFB (1 military) 

Unnamed Unit, Selfridge AFB (1 military) 

Unnamed Unit, Webb AFB (1 military) 

Marine Corps 

Marine Corps Recruit Depot, Parris Island (1 military) 

2nd Marine Division, Camp LeJeune (2 military) 

3rd Marine Division (1 military) 

Other 

Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory (3 military, 3 civilians) 

Oak Ridge National Laboratory (1 civilian) 

Armed Forces Special Weapons Project-Field Command (1 military) 

Exposures for the identified TU 132.1.7 personnel are given in Table 19. 

TASK UNIT 132.1.9 ACTIVITIES 

This unit provided documentary photographic services for the task force. 

It consisted primarily of personnel from the Air Force Lookout Mountain Laboratory in Hollywood. The military unit stationed there was the 1352nd Motion 

Picture Squadron. Table 16 indicates that the task unit had 30 civilians and 

35 military (Reference C.1.3.636). Exposures are recorded for 10 men identified in the Consolidated List_ as "132.1.9" and 15 more as either Lookout Mountain Laboratory or the Motion Picture Squadron. This group's exposures are 

given in Table 19. 

17 6 
CHAPTER 4 

OPERATIONS 

MIKE SHOT 

Eluklab had been selected as the detonation point for MIKE because it was 

about the farthest point on the atoll from the Enewetak and Parry base camps

The order of the test events was also dictated by MIKE. KING was large enough 

to possibly disturb the sensitive instrumentation being prepared fo MIKE in 

the northeastern islands of the atoll and would certainly disturb the work 

schedules in that area. Major preparations for KING could be finished before 

the MIKE test and, unlike MIKE, the instrumentation being planned for KING did 

not include massive arrays requiring precise alignments. Therefore MIKE was 

to go first (Reference C.1.1, Jan Inst). 

Preparations 

Preparations for the shot were extensive and meticulous. As usual with 

nuclear tests, such things as assembly and detonation of device, necessary 

evacuation of personnel, reentry, and recovery of samples and data records, 

and radiological safety in general were rehearsed at length. Preparations 

included extensive practices in the United States that centered on the explosive device assembly and on air operations. 

Mechanical portions of the device were fabricated in Buffalo, New York, by 

American Car and Foundry Industries (ACF). A mockup of the device with dunany 

material for the high explosives and the critical nuclear materials was assembled in mid-July 1952 in a building in Buffalo that had dimensions similar to 

the cab being built on Eluklab. The purpose of the construction of the mockup 

was to familiarize personnel of Task Unit (TU) 132.1.4 with assembly procedures and to see if any redesign of the components was necessary (Reference 

C.O.1). 

The large potential size of the detonation meant that the cloud it produced would rise to great heights; consequently, the cloud sampling would have 

17 7 
to take place at higher altitudes than in previous test series. This, in turn, 

required jet-powered aircraft to replace the propeller-driven drone B-17s that 

had been used in Operation GREENHOUSE. 

MIKE Evacuat i on 

The expected yield of MIKE caused several concerns, including atoll stability, thermal effects, blast effects, and fallout. For these reasons it was 

decided to evacuate all personnel from Enewetak and Ujelang atolls. Task 

force personnel also were at Bikini Atoll to prepare for Operation CASTLE and 

support the IVY experiment program. USS LST-836 was dispatched to stand by at 

Bikini to evacuate these personnel if fallout from MIKE became a problem. 

About 2,500 airmen of Task Group (TG) 132.4, in addition to the men of the 

naval station and their dependents, were on Kwajalein Atoll. Contingency 

plans were made to evacuate both groups if MIKE fallout reached the atoll in 

quantity (Reference C.O.l, p. 257) . 

On 25 October the task force held a rehearsal for the MIKE evacuation. 

The task force troop quartermaster supervised the troop quartermasters from 

each of the four task groups as they conducted a full muster of their personnel. A few of the personnel then were taken in small boats to the evacuation 

ships lying off shore. After a muster on board the evacuation ships, the personnel were returned to shore. Simulated evacuation exercises were held on 27 

and 28 October during the rehearsal for MIKE. 

Equipment for which there appeared to be no further use was shipped back 

to the United States; most equipment was simply stored in or near the main 

camps on Enewetak and Parry. Equipment taken aboard the evacuation fleet was 

restricted to that required for task force operations afloat and for some 

phases of reentry within the first 72 hours after detonation. Most equipment 

needed for early reentry operations was left near the LCM landing beaches of 

Enewetak and Parry islands. Small craft were towed to Kwajalein, loaded on 

USNS General E.T. Collins, USS Oak Hill, or USS Leo, moored in deep water, or 

sent to sea under the escort of USS Yuma. The two Air Force H-19 helicopters 

were evacuated aboard USS Rendova, to provide reentry airlift. The Army H-13 

helicopters and the Air Force L-17 liaison planes were lashed down or crated 

on Enewetak Island. 

17 8 
Although only selected equipment was evacuated from Enewetak and Parry islands, all equipment projected for later use was withdrawn from the atoll's 

northern islands. To leave it there was to risk destructionr heavy contamination. Equipment evacuation from the northern islands began o 27 October. 

After breakfast on 29 October, the Runit camp was closed completely. Only a 

small portion of the Dridrilbwij camp was left in service, and facilities for 

eight men were kept open on Bokoluo. On 31 October, evacuation of equipment 

from the northern islands was completed. The operational plan called for the 

last increment of the firing party to depart the shot island on USS Estes in 

the early hours of 1 November, and the record shows that Estes got underway 

from the atoll at 0309 (Reference C.3.8, Estes). 

An effort was made to return surplus personnel to the United States, thus 

reducing crowding afloat during the MIKE evacuation. As construction on the 

scientific stations was completed, some Holmes & Narver (H&N) personnel were 

returned to the United States or went to Bikini to work on construction for 

CASTLE, but apparently the departure of personnel from the proving ground was 

slower than expected because of delays in completion of tasks to which they 

were assigned. 

Personnel of TG 132.1 and TG 132.2, including H&N employees, made up most 

of those boarding the evacuation fleet for MIKE. Most TG 132.3 personnel were 

stationed afloat, and most TG132.4 personnel were stationed at Kwajalein. 

For evacuation, most of TG 132.2 was assigned to Collins. The first elements 

boarded on 26 October and the last on 31 October. Most TG 132.1 personnel 

were assigned to USNS David C. Shanks. They boarded between 29 and 31October. 

According to Operation Plan 2-52, elements of the task force participating 

in the evacuations were to be distributed as follows (Reference B.0.2, Annex I 

to Annex T, 8 October 1952, Change 3, p. T-1-1-2): 

USS Estes 

-- Majority of Joint Task Force 132 (JTF 132) headquarters 

staff 

-- Military Police Detachment from TG132.2 

-- Special Security Detachment of CTG 132.1 

-- Firing party 

17 9 
-& Senior radsafe staff 

-- 7131st Army Unit 

-- Hq TG 132.1, including command post, advisory panel, 

and special project personnel 

-- Task force Weather Central 

-- TG 132.2 personnel to help with messing and housekeeping 

-- 8607th Army Unit 

USS Cur tiss 

-- Official observers with liaison officer representing 

CJTF 132 

-- Enlisted men from the headquarters element of TG 132.2 

acting as orderlies for official observers 

-- Part of the TG 132.1 advisory, scientific, and technical per sonne 1 

-- Part of the Coast Guard Loran station contingent 

-- Special Upper Air Weather Detachment 

-- Power plant and boat pool personnel from Parry 

USS Rendova 

-- Air elements of TG 132.3 previously stationed ashore, 

consisting of six Corsair fighters, four TBM-3R singleengine transport aircraft, and five helicopters, with 

their air and ground crews 

-- Two TG 132.4 helicopters with their air and ground crews 

-- Part of the Coast Guard Loran station contingent 

-- TG 132.1 personnel, including early reentry teams, TU 

132.1.7 radiation monitors, and radiological laboratory 

staff 

USNS David C. Shanks 

-- Most of the TG 132.1 scientific and technical staff and 

a substantial H&N contingent. 

USNS General E.T. Collins 

-- Remainder of the JTF 132 headquarters staff 

-- Headquarters detachment of TG 132.2 

-- TG 132.2 Boat Pool 

-- TG 132.2 Detection Unit 

-- Part of the Coast Guard Loran station contingent 

-- 18th Military Police Criminal Investigation Division 

-- Counter Intelligence Corps Detachment 

-- Task element (TE) 132.4.1.1 

18 0 
-- 1502-1 Air Detachment of the Military Air Transport 

Service (MATS) 

-- 1960-1 Airways and Air Communications Service Detachment 

-- TG 132.1 personnel, including H&N employees for messing 

and housekeeping support. 

US Oak Hill 

-- A small group from TG 132.1 

-- TG 132.2 troop quartermaster personnel. 

USNS Leo 

-- A small group from TG132.1 

-- TG 132.1 troop quartermaster personnel. 

Final Preparations 

Final assembly of the device took place on the afternoon of the day before 

the shot; this was completed about an hour befrce the general evacuation of 

the task force from the atoll was completed at 1800. After the general evacuation, only Estes and USS Curtiss remained in the lagoon. 

At 54 hours before burst, the arming team completed its work and left 

Eluklab by aircraft rescue vessel for Estes. Estes then got underway forits 

shot-time position, leaving the atoll at about H-5 (0215). Curtiss left its 

anchorage at Eluklab and proceeded to Parry, where the last remaining task 

force personnel boarded. Curtiss left the atoll at 0359 (Reference C.3.8, 

Curtiss) . 

Detonation of the MIKE device was scheduled for 0715 on 1 November Enewetak time, but several last-minute occurrences threatened postponement. 

Hartismere, a British merchant vessel, was detected sailing in the direction 

of Enewetak into the possible path of fallout. On 31 October, a P2V patrol 

aircraft was sent to warn the ship off, but the P2V developed engine troubl

before reaching Hartismere, and about 2030 made an emergency landing on the 

already evacuated Enewetak landing strip. The aircraft's crew was flown by 

helicopter to Rendova waiting in the lagoon, after which the ship put to sea. 

During the same period, six men assigned to Estes could not be located, but 

about 2230 they were found to be aboard Collins. Early on shot day, Hartismere 

was located by another P2V and diverted to a safe course. The firing party 

departed for Eluklab at 0300 on shot day. By 0400 all personnel were accounted 

18 1 
The weather also caused moments of concern in the days immediately preceding the test. Conditions had to provide not only for collection of scientific 

data, but also for a fallout track that would avoid populated islands, major 

air and sea routes, and the task force itself. The weather briefing held at 

2130 on 30 October showed a very favorable picture. A briefing at the same 

hour the next day presented a much less encouraging outlook, and the situation 

deteriorated as the day wore on. At about midnight, however, the wind shifted 

to a very favorable direction, making it appear as if all fallout would go 

northward from surface zero. After a weather briefing at 0300 on shot day, 

the task force comnander decided to push ahead with the detonation as scheduled 

(Reference C.O.l, p. 270). 

At the time of detonation, task force ships were arrayed roughly east and 

south of Enewetak Atoll, with the exception of MV Horizon, located about 65 

nmi (120 km) northeast of surface zero. USS O'Bannon was located well to the 

southeast of the task force sortie area as air control destroyer, helping guide 

TG 132.4 aircraft between Enewetak and Kwajalein. Radex areas, project instrumentation sites, and positions of task force ships at H-hour are shown in Figure 23. 

Missions of TG 132.4 aircraft can be divided chronologically into three 

groups: preshot, shot-time, and postshot. The mission determined the potential radiological conditions to which flight crews and ground crews were exposed. Preshot missions called for two B-29s and one WB-29. The two B-29s 

were to drop parachute-retarded, instrumented canisters near surface zero for 

Project 6.11 shortly before the detonation. The WB-29 was to report any rainshower activity in the area ofsurface zero and any significant weather developments in a tract 60 nmi (111 km) long and 20 nmi (37 km) wide, beginning at 

a point midway between Eluklab and Parry islands, with the long axis upwind 

from surface zero. The WB-29 made its sweep over Eluklab 20 minutes before 

detonation and the B-29s parachute-dropped the canisters over the surface zero 

at 9 minutes before detonation (Reference C.1.2, MIKE Inst). 

18 2 
r, MV HORIZON. 

AIR RADEX 

TO 50 nmi (92.5 km) ALTITUDE 

NORTHEAST ISLANDS ENJEBI TO BlLLAl 

(PROJECTS3.1, 5.1, 5.4.6.1.6 3.6.5.6.8. 

(DDE 

I USS CURTISS (AV 41 \ 

BIKEN AND KIDRENEN (PROJECTS 5.3, 5.4) I USS YUMA (ATF 94) 

USS ARIKARA (ATF 98) 0 

USS O'BANNON (DOE-4501 WAS 192 nmt USS AGAWAM (AOG 6j.f 

1355 km) BEARING 115O FROM SHOT USS ELDER (AN 20) 

USS LST-836 WAS AT BIKINI 195 nnlt (361 krn) 

(361 krnl BEARING 93' FROM SHOT 

USS OAK HILL (LSD-7). 

USS RENDOVA (CVE 1141 

USS CARPENTER IDDE-8251% 

USS ESTES (AGC-12) 

0 

USNS COLLINS (T-AP-14710 USS LEO (AKA-60) 

OUSNS SHANKS (T AP-180) 

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 

NAUTICAL MILES 

0 20 40 60 80 100 

KILOMETERS 

-446) 

Figure 23. Radex areas, project instrumentation locations, and positions 

of task force ships, IVY, MIKE. 

18 3 
Six TG 132.4 aircraft had to be precisely positioned at shot time. The 

effects B-36D and B-47B (Projects 6.11 and 8.5) had to be on a 180° heading 

south of surface zero at the time of detonation. The B-36D was to be 13.5 nmi 

(25 km) horizontally from surface zero at 40,000 feet (12.19 km), and the B-47B 

was to be 11 mi (20.4 km) horizontally from surface zero at 35,000 feet (10.67 

km). To photograph the detonation, three C-54sf with call signs Peter 2, 3, 

and 4, were to be in position at detonation as follows: 

Azimuth from Distance f rorn 

Surface Zero Surface Zero A1 t i tude 

Aircraft (9) in nmi (km) in feet (km) 

Peter-2 45 40 (74) 10,000 (3.05) 

- " 

Peter -3 

Peter-4 

22 5 

180 

40 (74) 14,000 (4.27) 

40 (74) 12,000 (3.66) 

A B-50 was scheduled to be at 25,000 feet (7.62 km) and at a horizontal 

distance of 42 nmi (78 km) southeast of surface zero at shot time. The B-50 

was to measure air attenuation just before the shot and collect data for indirect bomb damage assessment (IBDA) after the shot (Reference C.0.1, p. 272). 

Figure 24 shows the positions of the canister-drop B-29s, the photo C-54s, and 

the effects B-47 and B-36 at shot time. 

At shot time, sampler aircraft were in two locations. Orbiting in an area 

50 nmi (93 km) southeast of surface zero were two vanguard F-84G samplers and 

a number of supporting aircraft: 

0 A B-36 controlling the two F-84G samplers 

A B-29 to control the other aircraft in the area 

0 Two KB-29 tankers for refueling the F-84Gs 

0 An SA-16 and an SB-29 for search and rescue (SAR) missions. 

Orbiting in an area 50 nmi (93 km) north of surface zero were two WB-29s to 

collect samples for the Hq USAF sampling program. 

To document the size, shape, and rise rate of the MIKE cloud, two additional aircraft -- C-47s -- were airborne, one 85 nrni (157 km) east of surface 

zero and the other the same distance south of surface zero (Reference C.0.1, 

pp. 273-274). Table 22 lists participating Air Force aircraft. 

184 
PARTICIPATING AIRCRAFT 

CANISTER DROP-2 6-29s 36 nrni (66 km) 

FROM GROUND ZERO AT 30,000 feet 

(9.14 krn) ALTITUDE 

PHOTO C-54-3 EACH 40 nmi (74 km) FROM 

GROUND ZERO AT THE FOLLOWING ALTITUDES: 

PETER-2 - 10,000 feet (3.05 krn) 

PETER-3 - 14,000 feet (4.27 krn) 

PETER-4 - 12,000 feet (3.66 km) 

EFFECTS B-47-11 nrni (20.4 km) FROM GROUND 

ZERO AT 35,000 feet (9.15 km) ALTITUDE 

EFFECTS 8-36- 13.5 nmi (25 krn) FROM GROUND 

ZERO AT 40,000 feet (12.19 km) ALTITUDE 

EFFECTS 8-36 EFFECTS 8-47 

USS OAK HILL (LSD-7) 

PHOTO C-54 

SHOT TIME POSITION INDICATED BY 0 

Figure 24. Aircraft and position paths for IVY, MIKE. 

18 5 
Table 22. Air Force mission aircraft participation for IVY, MIKE. a,b,c, 

Aircraft 

(type/no. 1 Code word Mission 

A1 ti tude Range in 

in kft (km) nmi (km) 

WB-29d 

WB-29/6399 

WB-29/2163 

WB-29 

WB/29 

WB/29 

B-29 

8-29 

F-84/1042 

F-84/1032 

F-846/1055 

F-846/1028 

F-846/1030 

F-846/1040 

F-846/1045 

F-846/1038 

F-846/1046 

F-84G 

F-846/1053 

F - 84G/ 1049 

F-846/1053 

F-846/1043 

8-50 

6-36 

B-36/49-2653A 

B-47/50-037 

B-29/45-21863 

B-29/44-84035 

RB-50 

c-54 

c-54 

c- 54 

SA-16/1016 

SA-16/1021 

SB-29/0119 

58-29/9957 

C-47 

c-47 

c-47 

B-17 

H-19 

c-97 

c-121 

Wiliam One 

William Two 

Wi 11 i am Three 

William Four 

Wiliam Five 

William Six 

Char 1 i e One 

Charlie Two 

Fox One 

Fox Two 

Pebble Red One 

Pebble Red Two 

Pebble Red Three 

Pebble Red Four 

Pebble White One 

Pebble White Two 

Pebble White Three 

Pebble White Four 

Pebble Blue One 

Pebble Blue Two 

Pebble Blue Three 

Pebble Blue Four 

Item One 

Dog Two 

Easy One 

Easy Two 

Easy Three 

Easy Four 

Peter One 

Peter Two 

Peter Three 

Peter Four 

Sugar One 

Sugar Two 

Sugar Three 

Sugar Four 

Saltshaker One 

Saltshaker Two 

Saltshaker Three 

Saltshaker Five 

Rufus Five 

Stagecoach One 

Stagecoach Two 

Shower activity 

Sampler 

Sampler 

Local weather 

Cloud track/sampl ing 

Cloud track/sampling 

Control 

Control 

Sniffer 

Sniffer 

S amp 1 er 

Sampler 

Sampler 

Sampler 

S amp 1 er 

Sampl er 

S amp 1 er 

Sampl ere 

Sampl er 

Sampler 

Sampl er 

Sampler 

Instrument (IBDA) 

Sampler control 

Effects 

Effects 

Effects (canister) 

Effects (canister) 

Photof 

Photo 

Photo 

Photo 

SAR 

SAR 

SAR 

SAR 

Administrative 

Administrative 

Administrative 

Administrative 

Local SAR 

VIP 

VIP 

1.0 (0.30) 18.0 (5.49) 

18.0 (5.49) 

15.0 (4.57) 15.0 (4.57) 20.0 (6.10) 17.0 (5.18) 40.0 (12.19) 40.0 (12.19) 

1.0-22.0 (0.30-6.71) 

30.0 (9.14) 

to maximum 

aircraft 

cei 1 ing 

25.0 (7.62) 40.0 (12.19) 40.0 (12.19) 

30.0 (9.14) 30.0 (9.14) 20.0 (6.10) 10.0 (3.05) 14.0 (4.27) 12.0 (3.66) 

35.0 (i0.67) 

"_ "_ 

-" "_ 

-" 

Departed area for 

Hickam after shot 

50 (93) 

50 (93) 

11 (20.4) 

--- 

"- 

"- 

50 (93) 50 (93) 50 (93) 50 (93) "- -" 

-" 

-" 

-" 

"- "_ 

-" -" _" 

-" 

42 (78) 

50 (93) 

13.5 (25) 

11 (20.4) 

36 (66) 

36 (66) 

>40 (74) 

40 (74) 

40 (74) 

40 (74) 

"- 

"_ "_ 

"- "_ 

"- 

Notes: 

aLocations shown are at detonation time. 

bPositions and code words per References 8.4.2 and 8.4.3. 

'Actual positions, "Critique on MIKE Shot" Ctr, dated 4 Nov 52. 

dReference C.4.8 

ePebble White Four took off but aborted because of refueling problems. 

fAircraft arrived at Kwajalein too late for mission. - " - - - - - - - " - __ __ ___ 

18 6 
MIKE Detonation 

MIKE was detonated on Eluklab Island at 0714.59.4 on 1 November, approximately 0.6 second early because of a power failure aboard Estes where the firing party was stationed. The 10.4-MT blast produced a tremendous fireball 

followed by a gigantic mushroom cloud. The description of the event by the 

author of Histox - -- Task Groue 132.1 (Reference C.1.2) and reproduced in -- 

" History of Operation IVY (Reference C.0.1, p. 274) bears repeating. 

The Shot, as witnessed aboard the various vessels at sea, 

is not easily described. Accompanied by a brilliant light, 

the heat wave was felt immediately at distances of thirty to 

thirty-five miles. The tremendous fireball, appearing on the 

horizon like the sun when half-risen, quickly expanded after 

a momentary hover time and appeared to be approximately a 

mile in diameter before the cloud-chamber effect and scud 

clouds partially obscured it from view. A very large cloudchamber effect was visible shortly after the detonation and a 

tremendous conventional mushroom-shaped cloud soon appeared, 

seemingly balanced on a wide, dirty stem. Apparently, the 

dirty stem was due to the coral particles, debris, and water 

which were sucked high into the air. Around the base of the 

stem, there appeared to be a curtain of water which soon 

dropped back around the area where the island of Elugelab 

[Eluklab] had been. 

The shock wave and sound arrived at the various ships approximately two and one-half minutes after the detonation, 

accompanied by a sharp report followed by an extended, broken, rumbling sound. The pressure pulse and the reduced 

pressure period as received by ear were exceptionally long. 

Although the upper cloud first appeared unusually white, a 

reddish-brown color could soon be seen within the shadows of 

its boiling mass as it ascended to greater height and spread 

out over the Atoll area. At approximately H+30 minutes, the 

upper cloud was roughly sixty miles in diameter with a stem, 

or lower cloud, approximately twenty miles in diameter. The 

juncture of the stem with the upper cloud was at an altitude 

of about 45,000 feet. Numerous projecting fingers could be 

observed in the neighborhood of the juncture of the stem with 

the upper cloud. Though later evidence questioned the accuracy of the readings and indicated lower heights, the preliminary cloud-rise data prepared shortly after the detonation 

indicated the following for the top of the mushroom at various time intervals: 

18 7 
- Time in minuke2 Height in feet 

H+1.5 ..................... 57 . 000 

H+2.6..................... 108,000 

H+3.4..................... 110,000 

H+5.7..................... 118,000 

The cloud had ascended very rapidly and soon appeared, in the 

words of one observer, to have "splashedw against the tropopause. After approximately fifty-six minutes, the entire 

cloud appeared to have become stabilized at an altitude of 

over 120,000 feet, though this figure was later questioned 

also. By this time, deforming effects by winds were becoming 

apparent though as late as sunset on "Day distant and high 

portions of the cloud could still be observed. 

The heat generated by the detonation charred the leaves of plants as far 

away as Bijire. Wave action and blast winds had cleared debris from Enjebi 

and wave washing was apparent at Kidrinen. The closer islands, Boken, Bokaidrikdrik and Dridrilbwij, were completely swept clear (Reference C.1.2, MIKE 

Inst). The blast destroyed Eluklab Island, leaving a submerged crater about 

6,300 feet (1.9 km) in diameter and 160 feet (49 meters) deep, large enough to 

hold 14 buildings the size of the Pentagon (Reference C.0.1, p. 274). 

About one-half hour after the detonation, a wave of water reached Enewetak 

Island whose trough-to-crest height was about 3 feet (1 meter). In the next 

5 minutes several smaller waves attributable to the blast reached Enewetak Island (Reference C.1.2, MIKE Inst). 

Reentry into Enewetak and Parry 

Task force reentry onto Enewetak Atoll had been planned in detail (Reference B.0.5), but only a radiological survey could serve as a dependable guide 

for the actual reentry. At 0720, 5 minutes after the detonation, helicopter 

No. 28 was launched fran Rendova to survey the islands of the atoll. The helicopter was to fly over the center of each island on a line with the chain of 

islands at a height of 25 feet (8 meters) and a speed of 30 knots (56 km/hr). 

An instrument man with an AN/PDR-T1B survey meter was to sit by the helicopter's door with the meter between his knees. At 5-second intervals, he took 

readings, recording only the greatest one for each island (Reference C.3.8, 

Rendova; Reference C.1.3.617, pp. 109-110). 

18 8 
Over Enewetak and Parry, the survey team detected no radiation, but it 

found Runit radioactive. About 40 minutes after the detonation, while in the 

vicinity of Billae Island, 4 nmi (7.3 km) southeast of the crater, the helicopter was contaminated by muddy rainout and the survey was terminated. At 

0821, upon its return to Rendova, parts of the helicopter showed residual contamination of 2 Whr (Reference C.1.7.1, p. 37) that was soon washed off 

(Reference C.1.7.5). A second attempt was not made until 4 hours after the 

detonation. 

A second helicopter left Rendova " 15 minutes after the shot to recover 

films from the camera tower on Parry Island. Apparently on the basis of the 

quick radiation survey of Enewetak and Parry islands, or word from the film 

recovery helicopter, an 8-man reentry party, TE 132.4.1.1, was flown ashore in 

an Air Force H-19 helicopter about 40 minutes after the shot to reopen the 

Enewetak airstrip on a limited basis. Once reopened, about 2 hours after the 

detonation, the airstrip could be used for emergency landings by aircraft taking part in postshot activities. Another helicopter took H&N personnel to 

check refrigerators and other mechanical items on Parry (Reference C.0.1, 

p. 279). 

At 30 minutes after the shot, maneuvering for cloud-sample collection began. The two sampler WB-29s remained north of the visible cloud. When the 

cloud had dissipated to the extent that sampling for Project 7.3 could start 

without overcontamination, the WB-29s started operations. Just when the actual sampling was done is not clear, but both WB-29s were back on Kwajalein by 

1346 (Reference C.0.1, p. 276). 

The control B-36 took a position downwind of the MIKE cloud at about 40,000 

feet (12.2 km). It then directed the two F-84G sniffers (sampler aircraft doing a preliminary sampling of the cloud) in an initial survey of the cloud. 

Twelve additional samplers (one of which aborted because of refueling 

problems) were divided into three flights: Red, White, and Blue, scheduled to 

penetrate the cloud in that order at from 42,000 to 44,000 feet (12.8 to 13.4 

km) altitude. Red flight arrived in the operational area and began sampling 

about 1-1/2 hours after the shot. White flight sampled about 2-1/2 hours 

18 9 
after the shot and Blue flight's sampling was done from 1 to 2 hours following 

that. Three additional KB-29 tankers arrived from Kwajalein to support the 

F-84Gs approximately 2 hours after the burst. Air-to-air refueling was conducted in the area of 165OE and 10°30'N, about 150 mi (280 km) east-southeast 

of Enewetak, over the air control destroyer, O'Bannon. 

The sampling operations were northwest of Enewetak Atoll, as the cloud 

drifted in that direction. The distances from the atoll are not well documented, but the Red samplers were about 95 nmi (175 km) from Enewetak after 

sampling (Reference C.O.l, p. 277). These F-84G samplers required one or two 

aerial refuelings to make the return flight to Kwajalein, one in the sampling 

area and the second, if necessary, over O'Bannon. If the samplers were unable 

to find the KB-29 tanker and their own fuel was down to 1,000 pounds (460 kg) 

or about 50 minutes flight time at 40,000 feet (12.2 km), the samplers were to 

land on the airstrip at Enewetak Island, which was reopened at H+2 for this 

reason. 

Samplers Red 3 and Red 4 did have difficulty with their navigation aids 

and ran low on fuel. Red 3 was successfully guided back to Enewetak and 

landed there with empty fuel tanks. Red 4 had been instructed by Cn; 132.4 

from Estes to fly to Enewetak and was given the heading of 116 by the team 

that had reopened the Enewetak control tower. Red 4 was believed to have 400 

to 500 pounds (180 to 225 kg) of fuel at that time. Helicopters from Rendova 

had meanwhile been alerted. 

0 

Enewetak tower gave Red 4 a second heading at which time Red 4 gave his 

altitude as 19,000 feet (5.8 krn) and indicated his fuel gauges read empty although his engine was still running. Red 4 then called the tower to report 

that his engine had flamed out; he was at 13,000 feet (4 km) altitude. At 

10,000 feet (3 km) he reported the atoll in sight, and at 8,000 feet (2.4 km) 

altitude the tower gave him another bearing to steer to. At 5,000 feet (1.5 

km), the pilot told the tower he could not make the airstrip and that he 

planned to bail out when the plane dropped to 2,000 feet (610 meters) altitude. At 3,000 feet (1 km), he gave his last transmission, "I have the helicopter in sight and am bailing out." 

190 
The helicopter first spotted the F-84G at an altitude of 500 to 800 feet 

(153 to 244 meters) about one-half mile north of Ikuren. The helicopter pilot 

observed the F"84G drop its wing tanks and possibly eject the cockpit canopy 

also. Red 4 then flew into the water in a level glide, seeming to be under 

positive control. The helicopter arrived over the sinking plane (approximately 3.4 nmi (6.3 km] from the approach or west end of Enewetak Island) 

about 1 minute after it hit the water, at about 1030. The F-84G had flipped 

over when it hit. The pilot was never found (Reference c.O.1, p, 277-278). 

An SA-16 SAR amphibian had been notified to join the search for the sampler. This plane was flying "on the opposite side of the Shot area" (presumably north of the atoll) and took a direct path to the search area, crossing 

the fallout region. During this flight the aircraft accumulated between 20 

and 25 R, and a crewmember received 17.8 R, the highest exposure recorded during the test series (Reference C.O.1, p. 279). 

Testimony of one of the sampler pilots indicates that high radiation levels and the red, furnace-like glow inside the MIKE cloud may have caused some 

anxiety among the men flying the F"84Gs (Reference C.O.1, p. 277). Exposures 

among the Red flight pilots were 3 to 4 R, among the White 0.5 to 1.0 R, and 

among the Blue 0.2 to 0.4 R (Reference C.1.2, MIKE Inst). 

The MIKE cloud had moved slowly to the northwest after the shot and heavy 

rainshowers were observed, mainly around the lower cloud stem. A C-54 photo 

aircraft was heavily contaminated (29 R/hr) as it flew over the northern islands of the atoll on a mission to photograph the crater that had been formed. 

The C-54 was at an altitude of about 2,500 feet (763 meters) about 90 minutes 

after the shot when it flew through a cloud of particles, some as large as 

split peas. The plane returned directly to Kwajalein, flying through rainsqualls on the way in order to wash off the particles. Cockpit radiation intensity was 0.74 R/hr after the flight through these squalls, and the intensity 

in the cargo area of the aircraft was 0.2 R/hr (Reference C.4.4, MIKE Inst). 

Crew exposures were from 8.6 to 11.6 R by the time the plane returned to Kwajalein at 1120 (Reference C.1.7.2). The mission had been scheduled for H+2 at 

5,000 feet (1.5 km) or above and the C-54 had arrived too early and was too 

low (Reference C. 1.7.1) . 

19 1 
When MIKE was detonated, Horizon was standing by wave instruments anchored 

at Seamount 72, approximately 72 nmi (133 km) north of surface zero. At 0745 

the ship was ordered to get underway for a new position approximately 100 nmi 

(185 km) north-northeast of surface zero. At 1240, after reaching the new 

position the crew detected fallout. The ship was closed up, and the washdown 

system started. CJTF 132 ordered the ship southward, and after about 24 hours 

of steaming at 11.5 knots (21 km/hr), the ship reported that it was clear of 

the fallout. 

The radiation encountered averaged 0.008 Whr (gamma only), with a maximum 

of 0.035 Whr (gama only). The masts above the spray from the washdown system showed the greatest radioactivity. After these were hosed and the decks 

washed down, the radiation levels decreased to an average of 0.003 R/hr with a 

maximum of 0.02 Whr. On 6 November, when Horizon returned to Enewetak, the 

radiation intensity had decreased to an average of 0.0004 Whr, with a maximum 

of 0.003 RJhr (Reference C.3.6). 

At H+4 a combined damage and radiological survey helicopter was launched. 

It returned in about 1 hour, reporting readings on an AN/PDR-T1B meter in the 

helicopter at 150 feet (46 meters) altitude above the center of Enjebi were 

greater than 50 Whr. Similar readings, 500 feet (150 meters) above the 

blockhouse on Boken were 10 R/hr and above Bokoluo at 1,500 feet (458 meters), 

2.5 RJhr (Reference C.1.7.1). 

A survey of lagoon water started between 4 and 7 hours after the MIKE detonation. A helicopter made a pass across the lagoonn an east-west line between Runit and Biken islands, taking water samples from the surface and from 

a depth of 30 to 35 feet (10 meters) . Another pass was made northwest from 

Drekatimon toward the MIKE surface zero as far as radiation levels permitted. 

Samples were also taken at Deep Entrance, in the anchorage areas, and in Wide 

Entrance. No contamination was found in the southern half of the lagoon (Reference C.0.1, pp. 279 and 281). Results of subsequent water-sampling operations are shown in Table 23. 

The survey helicopters became contaminated with radioactive materials during their flights. The initial survey helicopter, launched at about 10 minutes 

19 2 
n 

m 

C 

0 

0 

ro 

U 

J 

0 

C 

0 

0 

ol 

a 

-1 

.r 

- 

W 

u 

u4 WC 

.C L 30 

W 

t 

W 

U 

wro 

WL 

W 

C 

nt 

ncr 

0000 ma 

0000 Oh h 

N 

m 

h 

d 

W 

Q) 

d 

mlnmo 

dlnhd mdha c 

d 

0000 

s?Z%s: d 

ddd 

"I 

moo10 0 8s m 

5300 

", " N 

d 

dl-4 

ow00 m 

N 

Ob00 

d 

0, 

m0300000 

1003 mh W10NaO 

dCoW0 

N 

mwmoolnw 

do10ddNe 

Nh0NNNd 

0oooooQ) m E? N 

0h00000 10 

m b 

N 

omoooorc N m d I-l 

0~00000 d I4 0 

~~ ~~ ~ ~~ 

00000400000 a 

N 

00000N00000 ul 

0000 00 00 

0000 do 

d 

d 

04 03 

" 

mc+ 

>>ww>>w>woo >> 

OOOOOOOOOLZ 

ZZZLrLLZZ 

dNmmm10bWmdd Nh 

0w 

C0 

X0 CN 

ww 

W L E+ nro 

W 

x mu 

ww 

0oC 

muu 

t+w 

WLL 

EXW 

w m4- L 

X ma W 

mw 

roc, 

w 0 -* 

** E m 

0- 

W"0L 

oumo X 

=on v) 

193 
after the detonation, returned at H+65 minutes with a maximum gama radiation 

intensity of 0.4 Whr. At the end of two more flights to the shot area, contamination had collected to 0.5 RJhr at H+8. Shipboard decontamination reduced the radiation to 0.12 RJhr at H+10. Another helicopter was launched at 

H+2:20. It returned to Rendova at H+4:30 with a maximum gamma radiation of 

1 RJhr. After sitting on the after-end of the flight deck, the radiation had 

decreased to 0.9 RJhr at H+5:45. Shipboard decontamination reduced the radiation to 0.4 R/hr at H+9 and 0.25 R/hr at H+13 (Reference C.3.11). 

Maximum intensity in the interior of Rendova was 0.035 R/hr at H+4:30. 

This reading was taken on the hangar deck directly below the parked helicopter. On D+3, the contaminated helicopters were based ashore and there was no 

significant indication of radiation above the background level in the area 

aboard ship where the helicopters had been parked (Reference C.3.11). 

On the night of 1 November, the comander of the joint task force set 

0900, 2 November, as the tentative time for general reentry. At 0800 on 2 November, the CTG 132.2 and the task group radsafe officer helicoptered ashore 

from _Collins. Task force ships reentered the lagoon at about 0954, and by 1110 

elements of TG 132.2 and the H&N Enewetak Island contingent started ashore by 

boat. The airfield was open on a limited basis by 1200, although it is not 

clear what the status of the field had been after its initial reactivation the 

day before by TE 132.4.1.1. By 1230 the island's power and telephone systems 

were operational. By 1600 all facilities on the island had been essentially 

reactivated (Reference c.2.1, p. IX-1). BY D+4 all units of TG 132.1 were 

ashore (Reference C.1.2, MIKE Inst). 

Early on the morning of 2 November, 24 hours after the detonation, a relatively complete helicopter survey of the atoll was finished. It showed radioactivity on all northern and western islands. Only Jinedrol, Ananij, Jinimi, 

Japtan, Enewetak, and Parry were found to be free of radioactivity. The readings were taken at 25 feet (8 meters) and multiplied by three to get an estimated radiation rate at the surface (Reference C.1.7.1, p. 37). 

Reentry and data recovery near the shot island were apparently done 2 and 

3 days following the shot, when radioactivity had decayed enough to spend a 

194 
few minutes at instrument stations before possible overexposure (Reference 

C.O.1, p. 286). A particular data recovery mission at Boken for Program 2 is 

discussed in some detail in Chapter 3. 

Blast damage on Enewetak Island was limited to the B-29 hangar, which was 

distorted slightly so that its doors would not close (Reference C.O.l, p. 2811, 

although it was still usable. No primary fallout occurred on Enewetak Island, 

and personnel cleared to return there by TU 132.1.7 (Reference C.1.7.5). 

Personnel from TG 132.1 were on Parry by about 1045 on 2 November. Since 

blast damage there was superficial and no fallout to that time was recorded, 

reentry went smoothly, although it may have gone a bit more slowly than on 

Enewetak. Parry was declared free of radiation by TU 132.1.7, but some TG 

132.1 personnel remained aboard ship for several days, primarily because some 

support facilities had not been reactivated (Reference C.1.2, MIKE Inst). 

Although Enewetak and Parry were free of fallout and water samples revealed 

no contamination in the southern part of the lagoon, the picture was the reverse to the north. Thus, all traffic north of Parry had to be cleared through 

the radsafe control point in Building 57 on Parry (Reference C.O.l, p. 281). 

Two days after the burst, Parry-based personnel were able to undertake final 

preparations on Runit, and were served lunch there from an H&N chuckwagon. NO 

one, however, stayed there overnight (Reference C.1.2, KING Inst). 

Cloud tracking began in the evening of MIKE shot day. The first WB-29 

cloud-tracking plane took off from Kwajalein at H+12. Early cloud tracking 

showed that the cloud was moving in four segments. Below 20,000 feet (6.1 km) , 

cloud remnants were moving west-northwesterly. From 20,000 to 40,000 feet (6.1 

to 12.2 km), cloud motion was northeasterly, from 40,000 to 80,000 feet (12.2 

to 24.4 km) northwesterly, and above 80,000 feet (24.4 km) westerly, all at 

about 16 knots (20.6 km/hr) (Reference C.O.2-S). 

The east cloud tracker was sent in the early afternoon of the day following 

MIKE. It searched northwest of Enewetak making a fan-shaped search pattern 

centered about 150 nmi (178 km) from Enewetak and looking from west-northwest 

to just east of north at ranges to 450 nmi (834 km) from the center point. 

This search, at an altitude of 10,000 to 15,000 feet (3.1 to 4.6 km), detected 

19 5 
intensities of from 0.005 to 0.01 R/hr outside the plane. These readings were 

higher than those of the cloud trackers of the previous day and were apparently one of the few solid contacts made with the late cloud. 

Because of the lack of fallout-collection sites, the information necessary 

to construct a comprehensive map of MIKE fallout is not available. A segment 

of the close-in pattern over Enewetak Lagoon, however, has been inferred from 

Project 5.4a and has been plotted on Figure 23. Information developed by the 

AEC Worldwide Fallout Program pertinent to MIKE cloud travel included the notation of 0.001 R/hr on the ground at Guam on D+3, aerial monitoring showing 

0.0015 R/hr at Agrihan in the northern Marianas on D+3, and elevated activity 

counts at Iwo Jima on D+4 (Reference D.4). This information along with the 

early visual observations and the D+1cloud-tracker information confirms the 

suggestion that although details of the deposition are not known, the cloud 

travel and resultant down-pattern was northwest of Enewetak over the open 

Ocean. Some fragment of the cloud over 80,000 feet (24.4 km) apparently moved 

east, however, and particles settled from the cloud into the lower layers of 

the atmosphere where the wind direction was from the east; these particles 

were deposited in the general test area (Reference C.1.3.615). The process 

took several days, by which time the radioactivity ofhese particles had 

decayed considerably. 

This low-intensity, secondary fallout arrived first at the eastern islands 

about 2 days after the shot and moved to the western islands, most of which 

were affected after about 5 days. None of the stations observing this fallout 

recorded a rate exceeding 0.010 R/hr; in many instances the fallout could Only 

be measured with laboratory-type instrumentation (Reference C.1.3.615, p. 48). 

At Kusaie, Ujelang, Bikini, Majuro and Kwajalein islands, the intensity was 

never as high as 0.0005 Whr, as their automatic air samplers were never triggered (Reference D.4). The possible contribution of this secondary fallout to 

the exposure of task force personnel is discussed in Chapter 10. 

Table 24 summarizes a number of these collections of secondary fallout. 

Table values are readings taken from samples of material collected on gummed 

paper and units recorded are in counts per minute (CPM) and not in the exposure rates of roentgens per hour used in this report. Some of these ships 

196 
Table 24. Secondary fallout on gummed paper collectors, IVY, MIKE. 

St at i on and Locati on 

With Respect to MIKE 

Sample Collection Counts per Minute 

Peri oda (thousands) 

Johnston Is1 and 

1,510 nmi (2,800 km) east-northeast 

Ma j uro 

620 nmi (1,150 km) east-southeast 

Kwajal ei n 

375 (695 km) east-southeast 

Bikini 

205 nmi (380 km) east 

USS 0' Bannon (DDE-450) 

Approximately 110 nmi (200 km) east 

(from northeast to east) 

Kusai e 

385 nmi (715 km) south and slightly 

east 

ht ak 

USS A awam (AOG-6) 

USS Estes (AGC-12) 

At Enewet ak 

D+4 to D+5 

D+2 

D+2 

D+3 

D+3 to D+5 

D+5 to D+6 

D+2 

D+3 

D+2 

D+3 

D+3.5 

D+4 

D+3.5 

D+4 to D+5 

D+2 

D+2.5 

D+3 

D+3.5 

D+2 

D+2.5 

D+3 

D+3.5 

D+4 

1.5 

11 

63 

3.5 

23 

8 

81 

1,177 

183 

139 

3.2 

11 

44 

771 

2.7 

10 

92 5 

75 

21 

(continued) 

197 
Table 24. Secondary fallout on gummed paper collectors, IVY, MIKE 

(continued). 

Station and Location 

With Respect to MIKE 

Sample Collection Counts per Minute 

Per i oda (thousands) 

USS Oak Hi 11 (LSD-7) 

At tnewetak 

USS Rendova (CVE-114) 

At Enewetak 

USS Radf ord (DDE-446) 

Off Enewetak 

Ponape 

400 nmi (740 km) southwest 

D+2 

D+2.5 

D+3 

D+3.5 

D+2 

D+3 to D+4 

D+4 

D+4.5 

D+5 

D+5.5 

D+l 

D+1.5 

D+2 

D+2 .5 

D+3 

D+3 .5 

D+4 to D+5 

D+5 to D+6 

D+6 to D+7 

D+7 to D+8 

81 

1,177 

182 

138 

81 

847 

23 

10 

2 

8 

3 

10 

114 

99 2 

45 

58 

15 

14 

4 

2 

Note: 

aCollection period usually 12 hours. 

Source: Reference C.1.3.615, Table B.4. 

also were taking intensity measurements during the same periods. For example, 

ship readings of 2,700 to 925,000 CPM relate to exposure rates from 0.004 to 

0.008 R/hr. 

USS Radford and USS Carpenter reported radioactive fallout while at sea off 

Enewetak Atoll between midnight and 1200 on 3 November. The fallout was most 

apparent during and immediately after rainsqualls and averaged 0.001 RJhr, 

with an occasional maximum approaching 0.003 to 0.004 R/hr (Reference C.3.1). 

19 8 
Regulations required ships to have a radiation level below 0.0006 R/hr for 

final radiological clearance, and on5 November the TG 132.3 radsafe staff 

checked all ships and pointed out areas needing further decontamination. By 

8 November all ships had radiation readings below the required level. 

The night of 3 November, CJTF 132 sent a final radsafe advisory to the 

Commander in Chief Pacific (CINCPAC) stating that fallout from MIKE posed no 

health hazard to surface or air routes in the Pacific area. He also set 1130 

on 13 November as the tentative time for the KING detonation. The next day 

the task force command post was transferred from Estes back to Parry Island. 

KING SHOT 

Preparations 

KING was a stockpile weapon modified to produce a large yield. It was 

transported to Kwajalein by air from Kirtland AFB on 4 November and moved 

aboard " Curtiss to prepare it for detonation. Curtiss had moved down f

Enewetak following MIKE and served as the workshop for the KING weapon at 

Kwajalein as it had for MIKE at Eluklab. 

The shot site on the reef north of Runit and the scientific stations on 

the island had to be prepared for KING. No permanent camp was reestablished 

on Runit following MIKE, so workcrews were dispatched daily from Parry (Reference C.0.1, p. 289). Each party was accompanied by a radiation monitor to 

advise the working party chief. Since most of the heavy work had been done 

before MIKE, only the final steps remained. Working parties could spend only 

limited time on the islands north of Runit because of radioactivity from MIKE. 

Postponement 

Thermal measurements were considered the most important of the KING measurements (Reference C.1.2, Jan Inst). A clear atmospheric path from the 

burst point to the ground-based instruments on Runit was therefore desirable, 

especially below 2,000 feet (610 meters). With the typical tropical air, this 

requirement caused several postponements. 

Because preparations were well advanced and weather trends looked favorable, CJTF 132 on 9 November reported to the Department of the Army and the 

19 9 
Atomic Energy Commission (AEC) that the detonation schedule for KING remained 

1130 on 13 November, as tentatively planned shortly after MIKE. 

Weather conditions started to deteriorate, but preparations for the test 

on 13 November continued. Timing runs were finished and the northern islands 

evacuated. At 0200 on 13 November, the weather was marginal, but satisfactory 

conditions were anticipated by 1130. Kwajalein and Enewetak airfields were 

closed to all transient traffic, and most task force ships put to sea. By 

1100 the task force was ready, with the drop aircraft in position, but the 

clouds were so thick that the test had to be postponed. Late on 13 November, 

a new shot day of 15 November was set. Although winds were favorable as D-day 

approached, local cloudiness and bad weather at Kwajalein forced another postponement, with 16 November projected as the next attempt. 

KING Detonation 

A review of weather conditions, apparently later on 15 November, revealed 

excellent wind conditions in prospect for the next day. The most radioactive 

portion of the shot cloud was not expected to rise above 35,000 feet (10.7 

km), and strong easterly winds were predicted at that level and below. Such 

winds would minimize the risk of fallout on the main camps on Parry and Enewetak islands, which were roughly south of surface zero, the reef north of 

Runit. Consequently it was decided to press ahead with the test at 1130 on 

16 November (Reference C.O.1, p. 290). 

In preparation for KING, ships of TG 132.3 departed Enewetak Lagoon as 

follows : 

Vessel 

Time of 

Departure Date 

USS 0' Bannon 

USS Oak Hill 

USNS General E.T. Collins 

USS Aqawam 

USS Lipan 

USS Rendova 

USS Carpenter 

USS Fletcher 

18 00 

0500 

0800 

0810 

0815 

0820 

0845 

0845 

15 November 

16 November 

16 November 

16 November 

16 November 

16 November 

16 November 

16 November 

20 0 
Estes remained in the lagoon for the KING shot. Released frm the control 

of "G 132.3, USS Elder, USS Arikara, and USS Yuma had sailed from the proving 

ground on 8 November, before KING. During KING, Curtiss and Leo were at Kwajalein, and LST-836 was at Bikini to evacuate personnel there if fallout occurred. MV Spencer C. Baird was at Bikini because of its role in Project 11.4. 

Locations of task force ships in the area of Enewetak and Bikini atolls, radex 

areas, and project instrumentation locations are shown in Figure 25. O'Bannon 

was positioned far to the southeast of Enewetak Atoll as air control ship to 

help to guide aircraft between Enewetak and Kwajalein. 

The northern islands, except Runit, had been evacuated the afternoon before 

shot day. Runit itself was cleared by 1830 except for two H&N men who remained 

ROJECT 5.3) USS OAK HILL (LSD-7) 

NORTHEAST ISLANDS ENJEBl TO BlLLAE 

(PROJECTS3.8, 5.3, 5.46, 6.2.6.13. 8.1-8.4) 

RUNlT (PROJECT 2.1,4.1,4.2,4.4, 5.1-5.4,6.1,6.3,6.13, 8.5 

(PROJECT 3.8, 5.4.6.2) 

BIKEN, KIDRENEN AND 

IKUREN (PROJECTS 5.3, 5.4 MV HORIZON 0 

ANANIJ (PROJECTS 8.1, 8.2, 8.4) 

ESTES (AGC-12) 

S RADFORD IDDE-446) 

OUSNS COLLINS (T-AP-1471 

'o@USS FLETCHER (DDE-4451 

USS RENDOVA (CVE.114) 

USS O'BANNON (DDE450) WAS 175 nmi 

(324 km) BEARING 110' FROM SHOT 

USS LST-836 BEACHED AT ENEMAN ISLAND BIKINI ATOLL 

MV SPENCER F. BAlRD ANCHORED OFF ENEU ISLAND 

BIKINI ATOLL 195 nml (361 km) DUE EAST 

40 50 60 I I J 

NAUTICAL MILES 

0 20 40 60 80 100 

I I I I I I 

KILOMETERS 

Figure 25. Radex areas, project instrumentation 'locations, and Positions 

of task force ships, IVY, KING. 

201 
by helicopter began at 0700 on shot day. This helicopter stopped at Runit at 

about 0800 and picked up the two men at the powerhouse. 

Because evacuation of Enewetak Island was not required, TG 132.2 preparations for KING were relatively simple. A special safety bulletin was issued 

that specified personnel safety measures. They were simple and consisted primarily of placing heavy objects that might be dislodged from shelves on the 

floor. Warning signals indicating the need for emergency evacuation if fallout 

occurred were also described. A system of monitoring for fallout on Enewetak 

Island was established. On shot day, the signal communications system was 

manned, and a public-address system was operating, over which all personnel 

could hear the progress of the test. All personnel working in hangars or 

buildings in which there could be a possible hazard from falling objects were 

ordered into the open as shot time approached. By 1115 the task group was 

ready (Reference C.2.3, Ninth Installment, pp. 1-3). 

A party of official observers witnessed KING. On shot day, they assembled 

at the Officers Beach Club on Enewetak to observe the detonation. At about 

1400, they departed Enewetak by air (Reference C.23, Ninth Installment, pp. 

2-3). 

As part of the final preparations, TG 132.4 began to dispatch its aircraft 

from Kwajalein to have them in position at detonation hour. Aircraft were deployed in four areas: the target area; the orbiting area, 50 nmi (93 km) 

southeast of surface zero; the refueling area over O'Bannon at 10 30'N, 165OE; 

and the Kwajalein area. WB-29 No. 1, responsible for monitoring shower activity before the detonation, was first to leave the target area and return to 

Kwajalein (Reference C.O.1, p. 291). 

0 

At shot time, the following aircraft were in the target area: the drop 

B-36H, the effects B-36 and B-47, two instrumentation B-50s (Nos. 1 and 21, 

two canister-drop B-29s, and three photo C-54s (Nos. 2, 3, and 4). Each of 

these aircraft had a closely prescribed flight path to assure its correct 

position. Figure 26 shows these paths and positions. 

202 
PARTICIPATING AIRCRAFT 

CANISTER DROP B 29s TWO 17.8 nmi 

(33.7 km) FROM GROUND ZERO AT 

30,000 feet (9.15 km) ALTITUDE 

DROP B 36-40.000 feet (12.2 km) ALTITUDE 

TURNS TO 140° IMMEDIATELY AFTER 

BOMB RELEASE 

INSTRUMENTATION B-50--56.400 117.2 km) EFFECTS 8-36-35.000 feet (10.7 km) 

SLANT RANGE FROM GROUND ZERO, HORIZONTAL RANGE FROM GROUND 

20,000 feet (6.2 km) ALTITUDE, 2nmi ZERO AT 32,000 feet (9.7 km) ALTITUDE 

(3 7 km) AHEAD OF DROP AIRCRAFT 

PHOTO C-54’s-THREE AT 15 nml 

EFFECTS 8-47-9.800 feet (3 kml (27.8 km) AT ALTITUDES FROM 

ZERO, HEADING 70°, ALTITUDE 35,000 

HORIZONTAL RANGE FROM GROUND 10-14.000 feet (3-4.3 krn) 

feet 110.7 km). NO CHANGE IN HEADING 

FOR DETONATION 

PHOTO C-54 

Figure 26. Aircraft positions and paths for IVY, KING. 

20 3 
Aircraft with missions in the vicinity of the KING cloud immediately following the detonation were in the orbiting area. These were the sampler control B-36, two NAVAID B-29sf two KB-29 tankers, two F-84G sniffers, and one 

SAR SA-16. Over O'Bannon in the intermediate refueling area were two KB-29 

tankers, and one SAR SA-16. In addition, one photo RB-50 was 25 mi (46 km) 

southeast of surface zero, and one photo C-47 was about 20 nmi (37 km) south 

Of surface zero. The rest of the participating aircraft were still on the 

ground at Kwajalein or on their way to their assigned positions (Reference 

C.O.1, p. 291) 

The KING weapon was successfully dropped at 1130. It detonated at about 

1,480 feet (451 meters) above sea level over the target area 2,000 feet (610 

meters) north of Runit Island. The JTF 132 Historian (Reference C.O.l, 

p. 294.) described the KING detonation: 

KING Shot was perhaps more spectacular in many respects 

than MIKE Shot -- due, primarily, to the relatively close 

distance (approximately eleven miles) of observers to ground 

zero. The heat wave was immediately felt by observers and 

the growth of the fireball, the development of the cloudchamber effect, and the formation of the conventional 

mushroom-shaped cloud were all clearly visible. In approximately forty-five seconds after detonation, the shock wave 

hit Parry Island and the sound was very similar to that experienced when in close proximity to the firing of a 90mm 

gun. The cloud rose rapidly to a great height, spread out 

over Parry Island and seemed to remain suspended there until 

it began to disperse. An early report estimated the cloud 

height to be approximately 67,000 feet with the base of the 

mushroom at 40,000 feet. 

K-Day had begun as an almost cloudless day with a few low, 

fair-weather cumulus clouds; by midday, however, and as the 

KING cloud began to spread out radially in long streaks to 

the west, to the southeast, and to the southwest near and 

above the tropopause, the atmosphere had changed to a high, 

thin overcast. Small convective showers were clearly evident 

for a period of about two hours until once again trade conditions reestablished themselves. 

The KING cloud as seen from Japtan is shown in Figure 27. 

Damage from KING was noted as far north of surface zero as Lojwa, where 

brush was scorched, and as far south as Jinedrol, where brush was burning. 

204 
7- , . , . . . . . . . . . . . . , .. . . , , . .I . . .*x .. i 
Closer in at Billae, palms were broken and burned. Much debris from surface 

objects was on Runit itself with power poles downed and burning and puddles of 

water were standing a quarter of a mile (400 meters) from the water's edge. 

The airblast over the reef off the northern tip of the island had apparently 

pushed seawater that far onto the island (Reference C.1.2, KING Inst). 

Reentry 

Helicopters departed Rendova about 10 minutes after the detonation and arrived on Parry about 8 minutes later. At least one of them departed for a 

survey of Runit and the other islands about 30 minutes after the shot. About 

20 minutes later, this party reported little contamination on Runit, and recovery parties then went about their tasks on schedule. Seventy minutes after 

the shot, a fairly comprehensive report on the condition of Runit was made. 

The survey party had recorded a reading of 0.3 R/hr 500 feet (152 meters) 

above the target area. Water in the vicinity of the target area showed no 

contamination. Contamination at the Runit powerhouse was 0.003 R/hr. Most of 

the recovery tasks were finished by the day after the test (Reference C.0.1, 

p. 300; Reference C.1.7.1, pp. 102-104). 

Table 25 sumnarizes the activity of n; 132.4 aircraft during KING. Following the detonation, the sampler control B-36 positioned itself at 40,000 

feet (12.19 km) downwind of the cloud. In cooperation with the two NAVAID 

B-29s, the B-36 guided the two sniffer F-84Gs into the cloud at 30,000 feet 

(9.14 km). The sniffers then refueled and returned to Kwajalein. The plan 

was to use twelve F-84Gs working in groups of two to gather samples. The 

first group was to leave Kwajalein at 1210 for arrival in the target area at 

1300. The last group was to leave Kwajalein at 1430 to arrive on target at 

1530. They were to be supported by a total of ten KB-29 tankers (Reference 

C.O.l, p. 298). Three of the sampler aircraft returned to Kwajalein before 

collecting samples. Sampling took place at an altitude of 44,000 feet (13.41 

km); all sampler pilots had exposures of less than 3 R (Reference C.1.2, KING 

Inst). 

The KING airburst produced little fallout and island contamination. None 

of the task force ships, which had reentered the lagoon by H+5, encountered 

fallout, although on the following day Rendova observed "a slight fallout of 

206 
Table 25. Mission aircraft participating in IVY, KING.a 

~~ ~ ~ ~~ ~~ 

Altitude in Range in 

~ ~~ 

Aircraft kft (km)a kft (km)a Mission 

- 

B-36 

B-47 

B-29 (2) 

c-54 #2 

c-54 #3 

c-43 #4 

B-36H 

B-29 #1 

B-29 #2 

B- 36 

KB-29P (10) 

WB-29 #1 

WB-29 #2 

WB-29 #3 

WB-29 #4 

WB-29 #5 

WB-29 #6 

WB-29 #7 

WB-29 #8 

SA-16 (2) 

SB-2gb 

H-19 

c-47 

RB-5OC 

B-50 #1 

B-50 #2 

F-84G (2) 

F-84' (12) 

32 (9.75) 

35 (10.67) 

30 (9.14) 

10 (3.05) 

14 (4.27) 

12 (3.66) 

40 (12.19) 

20 (6.10) 

17 (5.18) 

40 (12.19) 

15.5 (4.72) 

21 1:*?15!4ogj7) (6.40 

10.5 (3.20) 

15 4.57) 

15 1 4.57) 

15 (4.57) 

10 (3.05) 

12 (3.66) 

10 (3.05) 

13 (3.96) 

20 (6.10) 

20 (6.10) 

-- - 

--- 

-" 

" - 

35 (10.7) 

108 (32.9) 91 (27.7) 91 (27.7) 91 (27.7) 27 (8.23) 

9.8 (3.0) 

-" 

" - 

152 (46.3) 

" - 

" - -" -" -" 

" - -" 

" - -" 

" - -" 

120 (36.6) 152 (46.3) 

56.4 17.2) 56.4 I 17.2) 

--- 

" - 

Effects 

Effects 

Canister drop 

Technical and documentary photo 

Technical and documentary photo 

Technical and documentary photo 

Weapon drop 

Sampler navigational control 

Sampler navigational control 

Sampler navigationalcontrol 

Tankers 

Shower monitor 

Samp 1 er 

Sampler 

Monitor local weather 

Sampl er 

Samp 1 er 

Sampler 

Samp 1 er 

Search and rescue 

Search and rescue 

Search and rescue 

Technical and documentary photo 

Cloud photo 

IBDAd and transition telemetry time 

IBDA and transition telemetry time 

Sniffers 

Samp 1 er s .. "- I 

Notes: 

'Locations shown are at detonation time. Ranges not shown are unknown; however, because of their missions, these aircraft should not have been close 

enough to the detonation to receive any initial radiation. 

SB-29s took off; however, one aborted with a propeller malfunction. 

Operating a1 ti tude was supposed to be 22,000 feet (6.71 km) * however, engine 

trouble forced the RB-50 to operate at 13,000 feet (3.96 km!. 

dIndirect Bomb Damage Assessment. 

eTwo additional samplers took off; however, one aborted and, since samplers 

had to operate in pairs to collect samples, both returned to Kwajalein. 

Sources: Reference B.4.5, pp. B-1 through W-1; Reference C.4.4, pp. 3-5. 

207 
beta radiation with isolated maximum intensity of 6mr/hr" (Reference C.3.11). 

One B-36 showed contamination of 0.25 RJhr, and three F-84Gs showed between 0 

and 1 RJhr. Residual contamination from MIKE obscured any contamination from 

KING on the northern islands of Enewetak Atoll. From Bokenelab southeast to 

Japtan an increase in radiation was detected. The islands in the southwest 

portion of the atoll also showed an increase. These increases may have been 

associated with the secondary fallout noted by Rendova. The possible contribution of this secondary fallout to exposures of task force personnel is 

discussed in Chapter 10. By 5 days after KING, contamination on Runit had 

decreased to a negligible amount. No material increase in radioactivity was 

detected in the lagoon or other locations (Reference C.1.7.1, p. 65). 

The worldwide fallout network aerial surveys based at Guam recorded lowlevel radioactivity in the Marianas with a peak of 0.0005 R/hr at Agrihan 

5 days after KING, but this may have been material from MIKE. Kwajalein-based 

survey flights noted 0.0003 RJhr at Ujelang and 0.0001 R/hr at several Marshall 

Island locations 1 day following KING (Reference D.4). 

208 
CHAPTER 5 

SUMMARY OF U.S. ARMY PARTICIPATION IN IVY 

Over 1,300 men from U.S. Army organizations participated in IVY. The primary function of the Army units involved was garrisoning Enewetak Island. Army 

units had been at Enewetak since the first nuclear tests there in 1948 (Operation SANDSTONE). When tests were not being conducted, these units remained and 

provided a continuing military presence. The commander of the major Army unit 

at Enewetak was Cormnander Task Group (CTG) 132.2. He acted as Atoll Commander 

for Commander Joint Task Force 132 (CJTI? 132), who was an Army officer. 

Army units also provided long-distance communications facilities and military police for the task force. Various Army laboratories conducted experiments during IVY, and Army personnel were among those in Task Unit (Tu) 

132.1.7, which provided radiological safety (radsafe) services for Task Group 

(TG) 132.1 and for the whole task force. 

This chapter discusses the Army units represented at IVY in order of task 

force affiliation. Table 26 summarizes exposure information available from 

film badge readings. These film badges were issued to personnel whose activities were expected to place them in areas of radioactivity. Such activities 

for Army personnel included participation in experimental programs, acting as 

radsafe monitors, and providing security in contaminated areas. 

The exposures do not include those due to the presence of a small elevation in the radioactive background that followed a very-low-level secondary 

fallout from MIKE and KING. Recent work suggests that a man who remained at 

Enewetak until the end of the year 1952, neglecting the shielding provided by 

buildings and the removal of contaminants by rain and wind, would be exposed 

to beween 0.36 and 0.53 R (Reference D.4). This upper-bound estimate could 

possibly have been approached by permanent party Army personnel in n; 132.2, 

but, of course, scientific personnel and personnel for TG 132.2 augmentation 

units were withdrawn from the Pacific Proving Ground (PEG) Soon after the 

tests . 

209 
Table 26. IVY personnel exposures, U.S. Army organizations. 

___~" ~ 

Exposure Ranges (roentgens) 

No. of 

Persons 

Badged 0 0.001-0.5 0.5-1 1-1.5 1.5-2 2-2.5 2.5-3 3 

- 

Over 

.___ 

TG 132.1 

"TG 132.1" 

ACC (Civilian) 

ACC (Army) 

Office of Chief, ACC 

ESL (Civilian) 

ESL (Army) 

Ft. McClellan 

Ft. Sill 

971st OTSU 

8452nd AAU 

Non-Army Org 

Total Army 132.1 

TG 132.2 

"TG 132.2" 

4th Trans Truck Co 

18th MP CID 

511th Trans Port Co 

516th MP 

7126th AU 

7131st AU, Sig Det 

Total Army 132.2 

Other Army 

Total Army JTF 132 

6 

3 

15 

1 

4 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

15 

49 

46 

1 

1 

11 

34 

8 

5 

106 

9 

164 

4 1 1 

1 

2 2 

1 la 

2 3 1 5 

1 

2 2 

1 

1 

1 

1 

8 

6 15 

24 21 

1 

4 

5 29 

7 

30 61 

3 6 

39 82 

1 

6 1 

9 3 5 3 7 1 

1 

1 

1 1 3 1 1 

1 

5 

7 2 3 1 2 

16 5 8 4 9 1 

Notes: 

aBadge reading was 3.3 R, the highest U.S. Army reading. 

Source: Reference C.1.7.2. 

~ ~~ 

2 10 
HEADQUARTERS JOINT TASK FORCE 132 

The IVY history indicates that two Army officers and nineteen enlisted m

served in the Headquarters component (Reference C.0.1, p.81). These men are 

not further identified, so exposure information for the Headquarters group 

cannot be extracted from the Consolidated List (Reference C.1.7.2), although 

three are cited as "JTF 132." Whether this refers to the Headquarters is not 

clear, so exposures for these men have been relegated to the "Other" category 

in Table 26. 

TASK GROUP 132.1 (SCIENTIFIC) 

Total Army personnel in this task group is given as 105 in a JTF 132 report, Personnel and Administration (Reference C.1.3.636). The history indicates that 30 of these men served in Hq TG 132.1 (Reference C.0.1, p. 81), and 

the rest served in the task units and projects making up TG 132.1. Identifiable Army personnel participation was in Task Unit (TU) 132.1.1, Projects 2.1, 

5.4b, 6.1, and 9.2; TU 132.1.7 (Radsafe); and TU 132.1.9 (Photography). Six 

men were identified simply as "TG 132.1" in the - Consolidated List and have 

been entered thus in Table 26. Remaining Army personnel identified in this 

group are discussed below under their home organizations and their exposures 

are listed this way in Table 26. 

Army Chemical Center (ACC), Chemical and Radiological Laboratories, Edgewood 

Arsenal, Maryland. Twelve men (three civilians, two Air Force officers, 

and seven Army enlisted men) are cited in the Project 5.4b report as participating in Enewetak field operations. Eleven appear on the Consolidated 

" List with exposures. In addition, eight Army personnel from this org

zation serving in TU 132.1.7 were badged. These men were used as radsafe 

monitors and in personnel decontamination operations. Their exposures are 

given in Table 26. 

Army Chemical Corps, Office of the Chief, Washington, D.C.. One officer from 

this office served as a radsafe engineer in TU 132.1.7 and was badged. 

Evans Signal Laboratory (ESL), Ft. Monmouth, New Jersey. Two civilians who 

were badged as part of Project 9.2 may have been remotely located at Bikini during the test period. Their badges showed no exposure. Two other 

211 
civilians and one soldier from this organization served in the laboratories 

Of TU 132.1.7. Exposures for identified ESL personnel are shown in Table 

26. 

Ft. McClellan, " Alabama. One officer from the Army Chemical Corps School was 

in TU 132.1.7. 

Ft. Sill, Oklahoma. One soldier from the Artillery School at Ft. Sill was 

badged and received an exposure of 2.51 R. He was possibly with TU 

132.1.7. 

971st OTSU, Ft. Monmouth, New Jersey. One soldier from this organization was 

in TU 132.1.7. 

- 8452nd AAU, Sandia Base, New Mexico. One soldier from the Special Weapons 

School was in TU 132.1.7. 

Non-Army Organizations. In addition, Army personnel with non-Army duty stations participated. These included Naval Research Laboratory (2 men), Air 

Force 1523rd Motion Picture Squadron (2 men), and Los Alamos Scientific 

Laboratory (11 men). Exposures for these men are entered under non-Army 

organizations in Table 26. 

TASK GROUP 132.2 (ARMY) 

This Army support task group was amposed of several garrison units at 

Enewetak and several other units that augmented the garrison forces. 

Forty-six Army personnel were identified only as "TG 132.2" in the " Consolidated List. Exposures of these men are presented first in Table 26, followed 

by the exposures of men who can be associated with the several TG 132.2 units. 

4th Transportation Truck Company. Three officers and one hundred twenty-five 

enlisted men were stationed at Enewetak through IVY. Only one individual 

was badged. See Table 26. 

18th Military Police Criminal Investigation Division. One man was badged. 

- 125th Military Police Provost Marshal Detachment. Two officers and five enlisted men were on Enewetak, none of whom was badged. 

212 
- 511th Transportation Port Company. Five officers and one hundred fiftyfive 

enlisted men were exclusively on Enewetak. Eleven were badged and may 

have been used as radsafe monitors, as exposures are higher than normal 

duties would imply. See Table 26. 

516th Military Police Service Company. Six officers and one hundred sixty-one 

enlisted men were stationed about equally among Enewetak, Parry, and (before the MIKE shot) in the northern islands of the atoll. Only 34 of 

these were apparently badged; their exposures are listed in Table 26. 

7126th Army Unit. This unit was one of the garrison units at Enewetak between 

GREENHOUSE and IVY. Forty-four officers and four hundred sixty-six enlisted men on Enewetak acted as the Headquarters TG 132.2 element. Eight 

were badged. See Table 26. 

7131st Army Unit, Signal Detachment. This unit was one of the organizations 

that augmented TG 132.2 for IVY. Six officers and ninety-four enlisted 

men equally divided between Enewetak and Parry arrived in April and May of 

1952 for communication duties. Only five were badged. See Table 26. 

Communications Security Detachment No. 1, 8607th AAU. Four officers and 

thirty-one men arrived in the PPG in August 1952, where they served as 

communications monitors on Enewetak and aboard USS Estes in Enewetak 

Lagoon from 24 September to 18 November 1952. None was badged. 

Sub-Detachment C, Provisional Counterintelligence Corps. One officer and seven 

enlisted men from this group arrived in June 1952 and served on Enewetak, 

Parry, and in the northern islands. Apparently none was badged. 

U.S. Army Pacific (USARPAC). Three officers and ninety-five enlisted men from 

Hawaii were sent to Enewetak Island for temporary duty in September and 

October 1952. They were stevedores, electricians, carpenters, and mechanics. They were out of the PPG by 27 October 1952. None was badged. 

Other Identifications. Nine Army personnel in the Consolidated List are identified only as "132" or "TG 132" or some other incomplete designation. 

Their exposures are listed under "Other Army" in Table 26. 

213 
CHAPTER 6 

SUMMARY OF U.S. NAVY PARTICIPATION IN IVY 

Navy participation in IVY involved over 5,300 men. The primary roles of 

the Navy were to provide ships to evacuate all task force personnel from Enewetak for MIKE, provide surveillance of the test area by air and sea, and provide logistic support. Naval laboratory and small boat units made important 

contributions to the program. Distribution of naval personnel in the task 

force is presented in Table 27. 

Naval organizations and individuals participated in IVY in Headquarters 

Joint Task Force 132 (Hq JTF 132) , and in Task Group (TG) 132.1 (Scientific) , 

TG 132.2 (Army) , and TG 132.3 (Navy) during IVY, and as units that had missions that took them to or near the Pacific Proving Ground (PPG) during IVY. 

Although most of the naval personnel were in TG 132.3, 12 officers and 12 

enlisted men were in Hq JTF 132; 5 officers and 6 enlisted men were in Hq 

TG 132.1 (Reference C.0.11, p. 8); and 1 officer and 25 enlisted men were in 

TG 132.2. TG 132.3 supported the scientific programs directly, both as instrumentation platforms and in data recovery operations, and indirectly by 

providing afloat headquarters and evacuation and sealift capability. 

This chapter lists the naval organizations given as the affiliation for 

personnel appearing in the Consolidated List of Radiological Exposures - (Reference C.1.7.2). It also gives the number of uniformed or civilian persons 

listed with each organization, and the functions of the organizations in the 

IVY operation. These numbers are based on various after-action reports and 

the Consolidated List and may not coincide exactly with Table 27. Table 28 

summarizes all Navy Consolidated List personnel exposures for each 

organization. 

HEADQUARTERS JOINT TASK FORCE 132 

Naval personnel serving in the JTF 132 Headquarters are not readily identifiable as such from the Consolidated List and therefore do not appear in 

Table 28. 

214 
Table 27. Naval personnel in IVY. 

P1 anneda Actualb 

Headquarters and Staff CJTF 132 

Headquarters and Elements, TG 132.1 

Headquarters and Staff, TG 132.3 

Weapons Element 

USS Curtiss (AV-4) 

Transport Element 

USNS General E.T. Collins (T-AP-180) 

USS Estes (AGC-12) 

USS Leo (AKA-60) 

USS LST-836 

USNS David C. Shanks (T-AP-80) 

Service and Harbor Control Element 

USS Oak Hi1 1 (LSD-7) 

Boat Pool 

LCU-666 

LCU-667 

LCU-709 

LCU-764 

LCU-851 

"Total 5 LCU's" 

Fueling Unit 

USS Agawarn (AOG-6) 

Barges 

Enewetak Shore Detachment 

Towing Unit 

USS Lipan (ATF-85) 

USS Yuma (ATF-94) 

USS Ari kara (ATF-98) 

91 

59 

65 

66 7 

17' 

587 

242 

"- 

25' 

43 3 

145 

13 

7 

11 

12 

2 

" - 

42 

"- 

18 

83 

79 

79 

(continued) 

215 
Table 27. Naval personnel in IVY (continued). 

P1 anned" Actualb 

Service and Harbor Control Element (continued) 

Underwater Detection Unit 21 

Seismographic Unit 

MV Spencer F. Bai rd 

MV Horizon 

Special Mooring Element 

OC 

OC 

USS Elder (AN-20) 36 

Destroyer Element 

Commander Destroyer Division 1 10 

USS Carpenter (DDE-825) 278 

USS Fletcher (DDE-445) 25 7 

USS 0' Bannon (DDE-450) 252 

USS Radford (DDE-446) 259 

Convoy and Escort El ement 

Carrier Unit 

USS Rendova (CVE-114) 87 6 

Marine Component Air Department 56 

FASRON-7 " - 

HS-2 -" 

VC-3 Detachment "- 

Patrol Plane Unit 

Patrol Squadron 2 (VP-2) 

FASRON-110 

34 5 

47 

Air Transport Units 

Transport Squadron 3 (VR-3) " - 

19 

21C 

26' 

48 

8 

288 

26 7 

275 

272 

964 

-" 

5 

30 

38 

35 2 

"- 

18 

Notes : 

aReference B.0.2 (Op Plan 2-52). 

bData from Chief of Naval Operations, OP 981-TD, August 1982. 

'Civilian crews not included. 

216 
Table 28. IVY personnel exposure, U.S. Navy organizations. 

Exposure Ranges (roentgens) 

~~ ~ ~ ~~~~~~ 

No. of - 

Persons Over 

Organization Badged 0 0.001-0.5 0.5-1 1-1.5 1.5-2 2-2.5 2.5-3 3 

TG 132.1 (Scientific) 

BuShips 

NAU (Sandi a Base) 4 

NAS (Norfolk, VA) 1 

NEL 1 

N OL 3 

NRDL 10 

NRL 50 

Navy Dept. (Wash., D.C.) 1 

ONR (Pasadena Br .) 1 

13th Dist. (Seattle) 1 

Speci a1 Weapons Unit 2 

Staff CINCLANTFLT 1 

Staff COMNAVAIRPAC 

(San Diego, CA) 1 

Fleet Post Office (FPO) 824 5 

CINCPACFLT 1 

Total Navy 132.1 84 

TG 132.2 (Navy Det) 1 

TG 132.3 (Navy Staff) 30 

TE 132.30 (Weapons Element) 

USS Curtiss (AV-4) 20 

TE 132.31 (Transport Element) 

USS -I- Estes (AGC-12) 97 

USNS David C.Shanks 

~(T-AP-180)"- 8 

1 

2 

3 

1 

7 

1 

20 

4 

1 

1 

1 

2 

4 

20 

3 

32 

1 

29 

92 

8 

1 

1 la 

1 

1 

1 2 1 

10 12 2 2 1 

1 

1 

1 

1 1 

1 

1 

2 

16 20 2 5 1 1 

1 

TE 132.32 (Service and Harbor Control Element) 

USS A awam (AOG-6) 

"ha ( ATF -98) 

21 3 18 

14 14 -__ 

USS Elder TAN-20) 14 5 9 - - I - - - - "" - - - " ""~"""I"~ 

(continued) 

217 
Table 28. IVY personnel exposure, U.S. Navy organizations (continued). 

Exposure Ranges (roentgens) 

No. of 

Persons Over 

“__I_ 

Organization Badged 0 0.001-0.5 0.5-1 1-1.5 1.5-2 2-2.5 2.5-3 3 

TE 132.32 (Service and Harbor Control Element) (continued) 

LCU-666 14 13 

LCU-667 6 6 

LCU-709 8 1 7 

LCU-764 8 8 

USS Lipan (ATF-85) 12 12 

USS Oak Hi 1 I (LSD-7) 101 16 83 

USS Yuma (ATF-94) 11 1 10 

TE 132.33 (Destroyer Element) 

____- USS Careenter (DDE-825) 21 21 

USS Fletcher (DDE-445) 20 20 

TU 132.3.0 (Carrier Unit) 

” 

___” USS Rendova (CVE-114) 199 137 61 1 

HS-2 (Navy) 33 14 10 2 

TU 132.3.1 (Patrol Plane Unit) 

VP-2 (Whidbey Is.) 72 6 66 b 

Total Navy 132.3 710 236 4 60 3 

NON-JTF 132 NAVY UNITS 

VR-3 (Transport Sq.) 15 1 14 

VR-8 (Transport Sq.) 1 1 

Total Badged NavyJTF 132 810 244 50 7 19 

1 

1 1 

2 1 4 

3 4 4 

23 6 9 11 

Notes: 

aHigh was 3.09 R. 

badge lost. 

Source: Reference C.1.7.2. 

2 18 
TASK GROUP 132.1 (SCIENTIFIC) 

Eighty uniformed Navy personnel and at least 101 employees of naval laboratories served in TG 132.1. Thirteen of the uniformed personnel were in staff 

functions in Hq TG 132.1 and the rest were primarily in Task Unit (TU) 132.1.1, 

although TU 132.1.7 (Radiological Safety) had a substantial Navy representation 

(Reference C.1.3.636). The descriptions of each organization's activity may 

be limited to a reference to a specific project. These projects are described 

as a group in Chapter 3, "DOD Experimental Program." Table 28 lists the exposures for naval personnel in TG 132.1 from the following organizations. 

Bureau of Ships (Buships), Washington, D.C. Two men from Buships were badged 

in IVY. An officer from BuShips, Code 348, participated in Project 5.4a. 

His exposure was 0.17 R. A civilian from Code 588 received 0.94 R, but 

his duties are not known. BuShips supervised the installation of washdown 

systems on the Navy ships. 

Naval Administrative Unit (NAU), Sandia Base, New Mexico. This organization 

administered naval personnel who were on duty assignments at Los Alamos 

Scientific Laboratory (LASL) and the Armed Forces Special Weapons Project 

(AFSWP), Field Comnand. Three individuals appeared on the Consolidated 

List and two can be identified as participating in Project 6.1. A fourth 

man was badged as simply "TU-1;" presumably, LASL was his duty station and 

he was in one of the weapon units. His exposure of 3.09 R, the highest 

recorded by any naval personnel at IVY, is included in the NAU exposures 

in Table 28. 

Naval Air Station, Norfolk, Virginia. One naval officer from this air station 

was badged and participated as a radiological safety (radsafe) engineer in 

TU 132.1.7; he was detailed to USS LST-827 for the Ujelang evacuation 

(Reference 1.7.5). 

Naval Electronics Laboratory (NEL), San Diego, California. Three individuals 

participated in Projects 6.4b and 6.7~. One individual was badged and had 

an exposure of less than 0.5 R. He was on the MV Horizon. 

2 19 
Naval Ordnance Laboratory (NOLI, White Oak Maryland. Six men are recorded as 

participating in Program 6 (Blast Measurements). Three individuals were 

badged with a high reading of 1.085 R. 

Naval Radiological Defense Laboratory (NRDL), San Francisco, California. Ten 

individuals from NRDL were badged. Seven of these are identified as participating on Project 5.4a. The highest reading of this group was 2.355 R. 

Naval Research Laboratory (NRL), Washington, D.C. NRL was the largest laboratory organization participating in IVY. Ninety-four people are recorded 

as participating in Program 2 and in Projects 5.4a, 6.4b, 6.7a, and 8.5. 

Only 50 people (8 Navy, 1 Air Force, 1 Army, and 40 civilians) were badged. 

The highest reading in this group was 2.755 R. 

Navy Department, Washington, D.C. There was one visitor whose badge read 

1.25 R. 

Office of Naval Research (ONR), Washington, D.C. and Branch Office, Pasadena, 

California. Six people were scheduled to participate in Projects 11.2, 

11.3, and TU 132.1.7. One officer from ONR, Pasadena, was aboard the 

Horizon during the 

" 

MIKE shot period. His exposure was 0.620 R. 

Public Works Officer, 13th Naval District, Seattle, Washington. One individual 

who worked as a radsafe engineer in TU 132.1.7 was badged. His exposure 

was 1.230 R. 

Staff CINCLANT, Naval Base, Norfolk, Virqinia. One naval officer was badged 

with this unit. He served in TU 132.1.7 as a radsafe engineer, and his 

exposure was 1.320 R. 

Staff ComNavAirPac, San Dieqo, California. One naval officer with this unit 

was badged. He participated as a radsafe engineer in TU 132.1.7 and in 

reentry operations on Project 2.la with NRL. His exposure was 2.375 R. 

220 
Other - Navy Elements. 

Fleet Post Office (FPO) 824, San Francisco - USN. Five individuals 

(two Navy, three unknown) were badged with this FPO, which was at KwajaZein NAS. Highest badge reading was less than 1 R. 

Pacific Fleet. One civilian had a zero reading. His organization was 

listed as "SIMPAC Fleet;" it is assumed that the meaning is actually Commander in Chief, Pacific Fleet (CINCPACFLT). 

TASK GROUP 132.2 (ARMY) 

Navy I Detachment. This group, which remained at Enewetak between GREENHOUSE 

and IVY, provided small boat support for the garrison force at Enewetak. 

This detachment provided intra-atoll service for Enewetak in cooperation 

with the small boat service provided by the H&N boat pool. The detachment 

called for an operational strength of one officer and twenty-four enlisted 

men. The officer was badged. 

TASK GROUP 132.3 (NAVY) 

Personnel exposures from the Consolidated List are presented in Table 28 

for the naval units of TG 132.3. Units were organized into elements whose 

functions are discussed in Chapter 1. Information in Table 28 is presented in 

order of these elements. Support activities for the scientific program by 

units are summarized in Table 29. The organizational elements are shown in 

Table 8. Thirty men were badged with the designation "TG 132.3 Staff." 

Task Element 132.30 (Weapons Element) 

The seaplane tender USS Curtiss had two roles during Operation IVY. As 

the Convoy and Escort Element (TU 132.34.0), Curtiss transported components of 

the MIKE device from the United States to Enewetak, arriving 12 September 1952. 

The destroyers USS Mansfield (DD-728) and USS Collett (DD-730) escorted Curtiss 

as far as Hawaii, where the escort destroyers USS Carpenter, USS Fletcher, - USS 

O'Bannon, and USS Radford met and relieved the destroyers on 5 September. The 

escort destroyers screened Curtiss for the rest of the journey to Enewetak. 

At Enewetak, the Convoy and Escort Element was dissolved, with Curtiss becoming the Weapons Element (TE 132.30) and the escort destroyers becoming the Destroyer Element (TE 132.33). As the Weapons Element, Curtiss provided shop 

and other facilities to weapon assembly units (TU 132.1.4 and TU 132.1.5). It 

221 
O 

c 

0 

c, 

.r 

a, 

L 

lt 

0 

a, 

n 

VI 

c 

3 

m 

c, 

l4- 

5 

V 

L 

L 

m 

c, 

C 

m 

0 

l-i 

0 

c 

3 

0 

E 

0 

c, 

K 

a, 

E 

U 

a, 

c, 

VI 

.r 

.r 

.r 

7 

c 

a, 

X 

VI 

0 

K 

a, 

VI 

.r 

VI 

a, 

U 

3 

m 

c, 

.r 

.r 

Y 

0 

-0 

VIE 

c) 

cVI 

Sr" 

L 

3L 

a 

.r 

c 

a, 

L 

3 

VI 

a, 

VI 

a 

L 

0 

VI 

a 

a, 

L 

3 

VI 

nm 4 

d;". ". 

wu3 u3 

0c, c, vu v 

'3 '3 '3 

aa, w 

00 0 LL L an n 

a, 

C 

L 

0 

L 

d 

lc 

0 

n 

.r 

c, 

VN 

w. 7m 

-c, 

W 

ma, V 

-7 

5e 

LCI 

m 

0 

L 

a 

Li 

.r 

E 

222 
was anchored off Eluklab during the pre-MIKE assembly activities. Before MIKE, 

"- Curtiss evacuated personnel of CJTF 132, TG 132.1, and TG 132.2. Curtiss sortied from berth D-4 at Enewetak at 0359 on 1 November via Deep Entrance and at 

0445 rendezvoused with Fletcher and Radford. The next day Curtiss reentered 

the lagoon and anchored in berth C-3, 18 nmi (33 km) southeast of the MIKE crater (Reference C.3.8, Curtiss). 

Curtiss also participated as an instrumentation platform for Scientific 

Projects 6.2, 6.7a, and 7.5. Curtiss sent six gunners ashore before MIKE to 

assist in installing ten 3-inch/50-caliber guns for Project 6.2. The guns 

were fired by remote control just before detonation and their projectiles detonated in the air to create smoke puffs. Movement ofthe shock wave through 

the smoke puff pattern was analyzed using photographs. In Project 6.7a, Cur- 

- tiss served without success as a telemetering center to measure the magn

of the underwater shockwave pressure during shot MIKE. For Project 7.5, 

Curtiss-based photo-optical instruments measured the height of the mushroom 

cloud from MIKE. Curtiss crew also mounted gummed paper on the ship to COllect fallout as part of Project 5.4a. 

After participating in MIKE, Curtiss left Enewetak 2 November at 1535 for 

Kwajalein, escorted by Fletcher. It carried excess TG 132.1 personnel to Kwajalein and then provided facilities to support preparation of the KING weapon, 

which had been brought by air from the United States to Kwajalein. Curtiss 

remained at Kwajalein for KING on 16 November 1952. On 18 November Curtiss 

left Kwajalein, arriving at Port Chicago, California, on 30 November. It was 

released from operational controlf TG 132.3 on 2 December. The ship received 

a final clearance following its participation in IVY testing. According to 

the data available, none of the ship's crew or Marine Corps security personnel 

assigned to Curtiss received a radiation exposure (Reference C.3.2, pp. 12-14). 

All 20 badges issued aboard " Curtiss had zero readings. 

Task Element 132.31 (Transport Element) 

Five ships made up the Transport Element 132.31 of TG 132.3 during Operation IVY. USS Estes, an amphibious force flagship, served as command ship of 

the task element, except during shot operations when it was on independent 

duty. The ship had a temporary helicopter landing platform, installed before 

223 
deployment. It also carried additional comunications equipment to support 

the activities of several organizations embarked during operations afloat: 

TG 132.1, TG 132.3, Task Force Weather Central, and the Air Force Senior Air 

Controller. During MIKE, the ship's crew conducted observations of the radioactive cloud for Project 7.5. The crew mounted gummed paper to collect fallout particles as part of Project 5.4a for both MIKE and KING. Ninety-seven 

personnel, who were issued badges aboard Estes, appear on the Consolidated 

- List. The highest exposure recorded was 1.630 R; 92 badges showed exposures 

of 0.001 to 0.5 R; and 4 badges read zero. 

USS LST-836, a tank landing ship, provided transportation between Enewetak 

and Bikini atolls for construction at Bikini. USNS General E.T. Collins, a 

troop transport operated by a civilian crew of the Military Sea Transportation 

Service (MSTS), served as an evacuation ship for task force personnel during 

MIKE and KING. USNS David C. Shanks, also a troop transport operated byan 

MSTS civilian crew, evacuated task force personnel during MIKE. USS Leo, an 

attack cargo ship, evacuated task force personnel and material during MIKE. 

IVY planning limited the mission of the Transport Element to evacuating 

personnel and material from Enewetak for MIKE, and as an emergency evacuation 

force for KING. Additional requirements developed during the operational 

phase of IVY. First, LST-836 was detached to support construction work at 

Bikini Atoll for Operation CASTLE, which was scheduled for the following 

spring. Consequently, the LST was not present at Enewetak for either IVY shot 

and received no fallout. Second, Estes was to be employed as command and firing ship for MIKE, and therefore had special positioning requirements. To 

meet these requirements, it had to operate independently of the other ships of 

the Transport Element, thus removing it from tactical command of the task element. Leo's comanding officer was designated Commander TE 132.31 during MIKE. 

Primary aircraft control during KING came from Estes. The ship took aboard 

the Senior Air Controller of the Air Force task group, but remained moored in 

Enewetak Lagoon off Parry Island to maintain secure communications with task 

force headquarters on Parry. Shanks and had departed Enewetak on 11 November and 26 November, respectively (Reference C.3.1, p. 131). Collins, the only 

other ship of the Transport Element remaining at Enewetak, was incorporated 

224 
into a new organization, the Main Body. This new task element operated under 

the Commander Escort Destroyer Division 11. Summaries of the operational activities recorded in the Transport Element ships' deck logs follow. 

0 MIKE (0715, 1 November) 

-- USS Estes. Sortied from Enewetak at 0309 to position 37 mi 

(69 km) south of shot. From 0840-1547 launched and landed helicopters. Moored to buoy in Berth B-l at Enewetak at 1051 on 

2 November, 18 nmi (33 km) from the MIKE crater. 

-- USS Leo. Sortied with six Atomic Energy Commission (AEC) civilians and twelve Army enlisted men as passengers at 1358 on 

31 October, 37 nmi (69 km) south of detonation. In formation 

with Collins and Shanks on shot day. Anchored in anchorage C-2 

at 1051 on 2 November, 18 mi (33 km) from MIKE crater. 

-- USNS General E.T. Collins. Evacuated Army officers and Coast 

Guard personnel to 36 nmi (67 km) south of detonation. These 

were returned by helicopter at 1525 on 1 November. On 2 November anchored in anchorage K-2, 25 nmi (46 km) south of MIKE 

crater. At 1325 on 8 November the staff of CTG 132.3 surveyed 

the vessel with radiac equipment. No radiation was recorded 

below decks; the weather decks averaged 0.0015 to 0.0025 R/hr 

with a maximum of 0.006 R/hr (beta plus gamma). The deck crew 

washed down deck at 1700 to lower intensity. 

-- USNS David C. Shanks. Operated in sortie area Item 33.50, 39 

nmi (72 km) south of shot, with 197 cabin-class and 456 troopclass passengers. 

- USS LST-836. Anchored at Bikini. 

0 KING (1130, 16 November) 

-- USS Estes. Moored to buoy in berth B-1, Enewetak, 11 nmi (20 

km) south of KING surface zero. 

-- USS Leo. Anchored at anchorage K-13, Kwa jalein. 

-- USNS General E.T. Collins. At 0747 underway out of Enewetak 

Lagoon. Returned to Enewetak at 1735, anchored 13 mi (24 km) 

south of KING surface zero. 

-- USNS David C. Shanks. Departed Enewetak before the shot 

(11 November) . -- USS LST-836. Beached on the north side of Eneman Island in 

Bikini Lagoon. Rolled up weather stations following KING. 

Estes " left the PPG on 19 November. Leo left on 26 November with three Army 

officers and thirty-one enlisted men as passengers. Shanks left on 11 November 

and LST-836 on 21 November. Departure date of Collins was 20 November. 

225 
As the radiological exposure information in Table 28 indicates, data for 

ships of the Transport Element are incomplete. No men of LST-836, Collins, or 

- Leo are mentioned in the Consolidated Lis. However, according to radsafe 

planning documents, LST-836 was assigned five badges and ten each were assigned 

to the other two ships. 

Task Element 132.32 (Service and Harbor Control Element) 

Six Navy ships, two civilian tugs, an Underwater Detection Unit of one officer and twenty enlisted men, and thirty-three yard and harbor craft made up 

the Service and Harbor Control Element (TE 132.32) for Operation IVY. It was 

the largest task element in l'G 132.3. Brief descriptions of the Navy ships' 

operational activities for both shots follow, based on information from the 

ships' deck logs. 

0 MIKE (0730 , 1 November) 

USS Oak Hill. Embarked 16 LCMs and 4 LCP(L)s at 1725 on 31 October. Embarked AVR-82 at 0149 on 1 November and at 0200 left 

Enewetak Lagoon for operating area, 32 nmi (59 km) southeast of 

MIKE site. Received helicopter after the shot (at 1448). From 

1503 to 1840 debarked two LCMs and two AVRs. On 2 November reentered the lagoon and moored to telephone buoy, berth N-3, 25 

nmi (46 km) south of MIKE crater. 

USS Agawam. Underway from Enewetak Lagoon at 0916 on 31 October. Steamed with Yuma, Arikara, and Elder 33 nmi (61 km) 

southeast of surface zero during the shot. Returned on 2 November at 1130 and moored to petroleum, oil, and lubricants 

(POL) buoys F1 and F2, Enewetak Lagoon, 26 nmi (47 km) south of 

MIKE crater. 

USS Lipan. Underway from Enewetak Lagoon at 0903 on 31 October 

with AFDL-5 in tow. Ship located 25 nmi (46 km) east of surface zero at detonation time. Returned on 2 November with 

AFDL-5 at 1426. 

USS Arikara. On 31 October at 0905 underway to area F-30-50 

with barges "125, YC-1354, and YC-737 in tow. In formation 

with Agawam, Elder, and Yuma, 34 nmi (63 km) southeast of surface zero, during the shot. Returned at 1223 on 2 November 

with barges still in tow and anchored 25 nmi (46 km) south of 

MIKE crater. On 6 November recovered one buoy reading 0.08 

R/hr located 155 mi (287 km) northwest of Enewetak. Second 

buoy sunk with rifle fire. 

USS Yuma. Underway from Enewetak Lagoon at 1646 on 31 October 

for operating area F-30-50 with LCU-666, LCU-667, and LCU-709 

in tow. During the detonation, steamed 36 nmi (67 km) southeast of shot site. 

- " 

226 
- USS Elder. Left Enewetak at 0835 on 31 October to lay instrument buoys. Joined other units of TE 132.32 at 0135. Ship 

located 34 nmi (65 km) southeast of shot site at time of detonation. At 0807 on 1 November tested washdown system. At 1134 

on 2 November anchored in berth D-3, 18 nmi (33 km) south of 

MIKE crater. 

0 KING (1130, 16 November) 

-- USS Oak Hill. At 0535 on 16 November underway for operating 

area. At 1742 anchored in berth B-2, 11 nmi (20 km) south of 

KING surface zero. 

-- USS Agawam. Underway at 0801 on 16 November, arriving on station at 0844, 1,500 yards (1.4 km) astern of Collins. Returned 

to Enewetak at 1746. 

-- USS Lipan. Underway at 0748 on 16 November. At 0927 on station with Agawam. At 1727 returned and anchored in berth "2, 

Enewetak. 

Arikara, Yuma, and Elder left for Pearl Harbor on 8 November, before the KING 

detonation. On 18 November, Aqawam left for Kwajalein with YOG-69 in tow and 

Lipan left for Guam with YON-146 in tow. Oak Hill departed the PPG on 26 November with TU 132.32.1, the Navy Boat Pool. 

The commanding officer of Oak Hill, a dock landing ship, exercised overall 

comand of the task element. He also acted as Senior Officer Present Afloat 

for administrative matters concerning naval forces in the southern half of the 

lagoon. His duties included harbor control and responsibility for all Navy 

and MSTS ships. Together with the representative from TG 132.2, he coordinated 

port operations and activities of the TG 132.3 boat pool, the TG 132.2 boat 

pool, which had 24 Navy personnel assigned to it, and the TG 132.1 boat pool 

operated by H&N employees. Oak Hill provided berthing and mess facilities to 

Navy boat pool personnel and evacuated the boat pool for MIKE. In addition, 

Oak Hill provided facilities to scientists of Project 6.11 for both MIKE and 

KING. This assignment required special positioning of the ship to receive 

telemetered signals from instrumented canisters airdropped near ground zero. 

Hence, it operated on independent duty for both shots. Oak Hill also supported 

a number of other scientific projects, as indicated in Table 28. This participation included mounting gummed paper fallout collectors for Project 5.4a 

during MIKE. 

227 
The Navy boat pool consisted of various small craft. In conjunction with 

TG 132.1 and TG 132.2 boat pools, the Navy boat pool supplied water transportation throughout the atoll for Operation IVY. During the MIKE evacuation between 25 and 31 October, the Navy boat pool ferried most of the task force 

personnel to their assigned ships. Following the MIKE detonation on 1 November , the Navy boat pool assisted in early recovery of scientific data and instruments. It performed the same mission after KING on 16 November. Together 

with Oak Hill, the boat pool provided assistance to Project 11.5, before and 

after MIKE. 

The Underwater Detection Unit monitored hydrophone systems across the entrances to Enewetak Lagoon to detect any hostile effort to penetrate the atoll. 

In conducting its operations, the Underwater Detection Unit worked closely with 

the air and surface security forces assigned to protect the PPG. Its personnel 

departed the PPG on 26 November. 

The fueling unit consisted of the tanker, Agawam, and two yard craft: 

YON-146, a concrete oil barge, and YOG-69, a self-propelled fuel storage barge 

manned by a crew of 14. This unit provided refueling services to the ships of 

the task group. When Oak Hill's commanding officer was absent on independent 

duty, Agawam's commanding officer assumed command of TE 132.32. Agawam also 

participated in the gummed paper portion of Project 5.4a during MIKE. 

The three towing units, fleet tugs Lipan, Yuma and Arikara, along with the 

net tender Elder as special mooring unit, provided the task force with towing 

and salvage services. In addition, they conducted a number of operations on 

behalf of the IVY scientific program during both shots. Projects supported by 

the tugs are indicated in Table 29. 

228 
The seismographic units were civilian research vessels operated by Scripps 

Institution of Oceanography (SIO). These two former ATA-class Navy tugs, Hori- 

._L zon and MV Spencer F. Baird, were manned by civilian crews and carried SI0 

scientists who measured ocean and geological phenomena associated with nuclear 

detonations. Horizon participated in both shots; it was positioned 65 nmi 

(120 nmi) northeast of surface zero for MIKE. Baird arrived at Bikini shortly 

before the KING detonation on 16 November. The ship sailed for Enewetak that 

same day, arriving on 17 November. Their departure dates from the PPG are not 

known. 

Five LCUs and Lipan "were contaminated above tolerance levels [ MPL were 

0.002 R/hr for interior surfaces and 0.007 R/hr for exterior surfaces (Reference C.1.7.1)] while they were operating in the contaminated waters or on the 

contaminated beaches in the northern sections of Enewitok lagoon" (Reference 

C.3.2, p. 5-7). Horizon was contaminated by MIKE fallout several hours after 

the shot, while the ship was stationed 72 nmi (133 km) north of the shot island, Eluklab. Arikara deck log indicates that twelve crewmen were also exposed to slight radiological contamination while recovering a radioactive 

mooring buoy 155 nmi (287 km) northwest of Enewetak on 6 November (Reference 

1.3.8, Arikara). Readings obtained from these crewmen ranged from a high Of 

0.003 R/hr to a low of 0.0002 R/hr hour. The Consolidated List for Arikara 

lists 14 personnel, none of whose badges recorded an exposure. Three of the 

individuals who handled the contaminated buoy appear among these names on the 

Consolidated List. According to the ship's log, these men had readings of 

0.003 R/hr, 0.0004 R/hr, and 0.0003 Whr before decontamination. The crew 

sank a second buoy with rifle fire rather than recover it. 

None of these incidents resulted in an excessive radiation exposure of 

those involved. At the end of Operation IVY, the five LCUs and Lipan received 

operational rather than final radiological clearances. Arikara received a 

final clearance. 

Task Element 132.33 (Destroyer Element) 

Escort Destroyer Division Eleven, composed of Carpenter, Fletcher, O'Bannon, 

and Radford, made up TE 132.33. Carpenter was the flagship. TE 132.33 arrived 

229 
with Curtiss at Enewetak on 12 September. Throughout Operation IVY the destroyers conducted surface and antisubmarine searches of designated areas to 

detect and deny passage to unauthorized vessels, provided escorts and plane 

guards, were available for rescue missions, and monitored cloud sampling aircraft. In addition, O'Bannon participated in laying and collecting dan buoys 

for Scientific Project 5.4a. 

Radford and Fletcher served as escorts in TE 132.30, the Weapons Element, 

during preparations for and execution of MIKE on 1 Nvember. Before the MIKE 

evacuation, they patrolled the northern lagoon, providing security for Curtiss, 

which carried components of the MIKE device. On sortie for the shot, they 

screened Curtiss, 28 mi (52 km) east of the detonation, and escorted the ship 

in its operating area. Carpenter also patrolled the Enewetak area before shot 

operations. On sortie and during postshot operations, Carpenter served as 

plane guard for Rendova, 32 nmi (59 km) south of the detonation. After laying 

dan buoys for Project 5.4a, O'Bannon took station midway between Enewetak and 

Kwajalein atolls about 200 nmi (371 km) south of the detonation, to serve as 

air control destroyer for TG 132.4 flights originating at Kwajalein Naval Air 

Station. 

" Radford and Carpenter reported radioactive fallout from MIKE in the 

ity of Enewetak from midnighto 1200 on 3 November. The fallout was most noticeable during and immediately after rainsqualls and averaged 0.001 R/hr with 

an occasional maximum approaching 0.003 to 0.004 R/hr (gam). 

Fourteen O'Bannon personnel and the ship's deck were accidentally contaminated on 3 November when the crew brought a radioactively contaminated dan 

buoy aboard. Maximum reading on personnel was 0.001 R/hr on shoes, 0.0005 

R/hr on hands. The deck intensity averaged 0.0006 to 0.0007 R/hr. Both the 

deck and crewmember radiation levels were reduced to 0.00004 R/hr within 3 minutes. No other instances of accidental contamination occurred (Reference 

C. 3.8, 0' Bannon) . 

Destroyer assignments shifted for KING. Fletcher and Carpenter were assigned to a new organization, Main Body, to escort Collins, Agawam, and Lipan. 

Radford served as Rendova's plane guard. O'Bannon again took station midway 

230 
to Kwajalein as the air control destroyer. None of the destroyer escorts received significant contamination as a consequence of KING (Reference C.3.2, 

pp. 12-13) . 

On 17 November Fletcher, Carpenter, and Radford left Enewetak for Pearl 

Harbor. The day before, O'Bannon, released from air control duty, left to 

rendezvous with Curtiss at Kwajalein. On 18 November, all the destroyers rendezvoused to escort Curtiss on its return voyage to Pearl Harbor. Upon reaching Pearl Harbor on 23 November, the destroyers were released from TG 132.3 

operational control. Summaries from the ships' deck logs of their operational 

activities during Operation IVY follow. 

0 MIKE (0715, 1 November) 

-- USS O'Bannon. Laid buoys for Project 5.4a on 31 October. At 

0430 on 1 November arrived at control destroyer station. Between 2 and 6 November recovered buoys. At 2204 on 3 November, 

14 men were contaminated by a buoy reading 0.0006 to 0.0007 

R/hr. All men and shipboard area decontaminated to 0.00004 

R/hr by 2207. 

-- USS Fletcher. After patrol to the north, arrived on station to 

patrol area off Deep Entrance. At 0412 joined Curtiss, 28 nmi 

(52 km) east of shot site. At 1534 on 2 November arrived at 

Kwajalein. 

-- USS Radford. After northern patrol, screened Curtiss in 3C2 

after 0400 on 1 November. Ship located 28 nmi (52 km) east Of - 

shot site. After detonation, began patrol of eastern sector. 

Returned to Enewetak on 9 November. 

-- USS Carpenter. At 2153 on 31 October, joined Rendova in patrol 

south of Enewetak. Acted as Rendova plane guard, 32 nmi (59 

km) south of shot site. Continued patrol south of Enewetak and 

did not return to Enewetak until 8 November. 

0 KING (1130, 16 November) 

-- USS O'Bannon. At control destroyer station during shot. At 

1705 proceeded to Kwajalein, from 200 nmi (371 km) south Of 

shot site. 

-- USS Fletcher. Left Enewetak at 0635 on 16 November. On station with Carpenter, Collins, Aqawam, and Lipan during shot. 

Anchored in berth D-6, Enewetak, 11 nmi south of shot site at 

1741. 

-- USS Radford. On 15 November between 0930 and 1008, the radsafe 

team aboard declared the ship safe. At 0817 on 16 November, 

proceeded to plane guard station for Rendova. Remained as plane 

guard during shot and flight operations 1220 to 1559. Anchored 

in berth D-5, 11 nmi (20 km) south of surface zero, at 1665. 

231 
-- USS Carpenter. At 0915 on 16 November took station with 

Fletcher, Collins, Agawam, and Lipan. At 1621, after shot, 

dissolved formation and anchored in berth D-4, anchorage A, 

Enewetak, 11 nmi (20 km) south of shot site. 

Limited radiological exposure information is available on the crew of three 

of the four escort destroyers. There are no radiological exposure data for 

Radford. According to the limited data available, no one among the crews of 

these ships received an excessive radiation exposure (see Table 28). All four 

ships received a final radiological clearance after Operation IVY (Reference 

C.3.2, pp. 12-14). Radford's washdown system was so highly regarded that it 

served as a model installation for the upcoming CASTLE test series (Reference 

C.3.7). No ship's crew or embarked staff had an exposure greater than 0.5 R. 

Task Unit 132.3.0 (Carrier Unit) 

TU 132.3.0 was composed of the escort carrier Rendova, Helicopter AntiSubmarine Squadron Two (HS-2) with three HRS-~S, a Marine Corps detachment 

with two HRS-~S, Fleet Composite Squadron Three (VC-3) detachment with six 

F4U-5N Corsair propeller-driven fighter aircraft, and Fleet Aircraft Service 

Squadron Seven (FASRON-7) detachment with four TJ3M-3R, single-engine torpedo 

bombers converted to transports. 

This unit provided air transportation for radiological surveys, scientific 

data recoveries, radioactive sample returns, and other JTE' 132 activities. 

Rendova served as the base during the MIKE evacuation, the aircraft otherwise 

being at Enewetak, and the basic airlift mission was carried out by a Navy 

detachment formed of three HRS-2 helicopters, twelve pilots, and twenty-two 

maintenance personnel from HRS-2, and a Marine Corps detachment of eight pilots and six enlisted men from several Marine Corps air units. 

Exposures among this group were the highest in TG 132.3, with a Marine 

Corps pilot receiving 2.815 R. Highest among the Navy personnel was a pilot 

in Hs-2 with 2.295 R. The mission of FASRON-7 was to fly radioactive samples 

recovered by helicopter from Rendova to Kwajalein using their TBMs, which had 

been modified as carrier-based transports. However, because reentry to Enewetak was much quicker than expected this was not necessary, and these TBMs were 

not used for this purpose (Reference C.3.2, p. 13D-1). No exposure information 

232 
is available for FASRON-7. VC-3, with its Corsair fighters, was intended to 

provide air defense had the need arisen. No exposure information is available 

for VC-3 personnel. 

On 15 September 1952, Rendova left San Diego with its assigned air group 

aircraft plus sixteen F-84Gs to be used by TG 132.4 for cloud sampling, and 

four C-47s to be used in interatoll airlift. Also aboard Rendova for the operation were two Army Signal Corps trailers to be used by TU 132.1.7 in radsafe 

operations as radiological and photodosimetry laboratories. The C-47s were 

offloaded at Pearl Harbor 21-23 September, and the F-84Gs were transported to 

Kwajalein, 30 September-1 October. " Rendova arrived at Enewetak on 2 October. 

Commander TG 132.3 transferred with his staff to Rendova on 4 October. 

Tasks assigned to TU 132.3.0 were generally carried out as planned. Table 29 

identifies the IVY scientific projects supported by Rendova. 

On the day before MIKE, Rendova took aboard the three F4Us of VC-3, and 

later, at 1740, completed the evacuation of TG 132.1 personnel. At 2058 it 

was underway for its operating position of 32 nmi (59 nmi) south of surface 

zero after taking aboard the Air Force crash crew. 

After the shot, helicopter No. 28 attempted a radiation survey. It returned contaminated and radiating 2 R/hr at 0821. At 0938, two TBMs were 

launched. These returned at 1718. Helicopters were launched and recovered 

from 0957 to 1839. Another contaminated helicopter (1.5 R/hr) returned at 

1126. The next day helicopter activity lasted throughout he day. Rendova 

moored to buoy L-4 at Enewetak, 25 nmi (46 km) from MIKE crater, at 1910 (Reference C.3.8, Rendova). 

For the KING test, Rendova sortied and supported flight operations throughout the day following the shot. It returned to Enewetak at 1655 and anchored 

in C-2 (Reference C.3.8, Rendova). 

Navy helicopters left the carrier at H+10 minutes to make the initial aerial survey of the atoll after both MIKE and KING. Helicopter crewmembers 

received the highest radiation exposures in the carrier unit, 2.815 for a 

233 
member of Marine Component Air Department, primarily because of their initial 

radiation surveys of Enewetak Atoll. 

Rendova departed the PPG on 20 November. The ship and one of its helicopters were granted a final radiological clearance on 2 December 1952. The remaining four helicopters had measured radiation levels exceeding 0.015 R per 

24 hours, beta plus gamma, and therefore did not qualify for a final clearance. 

They were granted an operational clearance on 2 December with the requirement 

for a resurvey of contaminated areas within the next quarter (Reference C.3.1, 

p. 47). 

Task Unit 132.3.1 (Patrol Plane Unit) 

TU 132.3.1 was composed of Patrol Squadron Two ("2) based at Whidbey Island, Washington, augmented by two PBM-SA amphibious aircraft from Fleet Aircraft Service Squadron 110 (FASRON-110) from San Diego. During Operation IVY, 

VP-2 operated nine P2V-4 and three P2V-5 aircraft. Both components of the task 

unit operated out of Kwajalein Naval Station. 

Movement of the VP-2 aircraft commenced from their home base at Whidbey 

Island, Washington, on 15 August. All the P2V aircraft except one arrived at 

Kwajalein on 21 August. The remaining aircraft arrived on 14 October. The 

last P2V was delayed for installation and testing of special equipment needed 

to support Project 6.7a. The two PBM-5A amphibians departed the United States 

on 23 August and arrived at Kwajalein o2 September (Reference C.3.2, pp. 

4-8, 4-9). The PBM-5As participated in the AEC World-Wide Fallout Monitoring 

Program. 

The maximum listed exposure for personnel in the patrol plane unit was 

0.080 R. VP-2 departed Kwajalein on 20 November and received its final radiological clearance on 2 December. 

Table 30 summarizes the arrival and departure dates for all TG 132.3 units. 

NON-JTF 132 NAVY UNITS IN IVY 

Transport Squadron Three (VR-3). Fifteen badged personnel of this squadron appear in the Consolidated List. This unit was involved with air transport 

234 
VI 

c 

0 

I” 

c, 

VI 

L 

W 

1 

UW 

a32 

mm 

.r 

m 

mz 

3c 

L 

n 

aJ 

E 

a, 

> 

0 

z 

m 

d 

L 

n 

aJ 

E 

aJ 

V 

n 

N 

- 

- W 

L 

W 

n 

I” 

vl 

a 

aJ 

N 

5 

3 

- 

LL 

- II) 

U 

VI 

3 

m 

3 

4 

r. 

N 

- 

U 

I 

> 

- 4 

VI 

VI 

c, 

L 

V 

-vl 

I”V, 

c3 

.r 

E 

F 

W 

VI 

C 

0 

a 

m 

-0 

0. 

m 

mN 

N” 

.m 

m 

”3 

tS? 

W 

L 

a, 

n 

s 

> 

0 

z 

0 

N 

L 

n 

5 

0 

0 

z 

N 

1 

W 

v 

L 

n 

0 

U 

U 

0 

0 

N 

W 

v 

L 

a, 

I” 

0 

V 

0 

0 

N 

n 

L 

a, 

n 

5 

0 

z 

d 

4 

L 

W 

n 

5 

z 

0 

3 

3 

- 

- W 

L 

W 

c, 

0 

0 

n 

2 

- W 

L 

aJ 

0 

0 

I“ 

V 

W 

n 

d 

VI 

Y 

c 

1 

II) 

m 

V 

L 

W 

n 

5 

0 

z 

W 

N 

L 

01 

n 

5 

0 

z 

10 

cu 

6 

- W 

L 

W 

0 

I” 

V 

0 

0 

N 

n 

- 

- W 

L 

W 

0 

I” 

V 

0 

n 

E 

- 

0 

W 

I 

Nmu 

ddd 

mmm 

.. 

NNN 

mmm 

3”” 

.. 

323 t-+IL 

aJ 

n 

El 

0 

m 

z 

3 

L 

aJ 

n 

El 

z 

0 

W ” 

- 

- W 

h 

7 

3 

3 

r. 

- W 

h 

F 

3 

3 

r. 

- 

W 

I 

a 

0 

4 

v 

.r 

U 

NC 

N 

.=I 

mm 

.C 

N ’C 

dW 

m3L 

I” 

3- 3- 

UO Ud u om om o 

L 

W 

n 

5 

0 

z 

m 

3 

L 

aJ 

n 

5 

z 

0 

W ” 

- 

- W 

h 

3 

7 

d 

N 

- 

- W 

7 

h 

3 

0 

3 

m 

W 

U 

d 

I 

5 

DL 

01 

n 

5 

0 

m 

z 

3 

L 

a, 

n 

6 

z 

0 

W 

3 

- 

- W 

h 

3 

3 

W 

N 

- 

- 

v 

W 

7 

h 

3 

3 

0 

m 

m 

W 

I 

W 

0 

DL 

W 

n 

E 

0 

z 

m 

L 

a, 

n 

5 

0 

z 

r. 

- 

- W 

L 

W 

I” 

0 

V 

0 

0 

N 

n 

- 

- W 

L 

aJ 

U 

0 

0 

U 

0 

N 

n 

- 

U 

01 

, 

L + 

4 

Y 

7 

h 

3 

r. 

3 

L 

.r 

m 

h 

n 

U 

W 

.r 

L 

4 

L 

n 

aJ 

E 

W 

> 

z 

0 

W 

N 

L 

W 

n 

5 

U 

01 

0 

3 

W 

- 

v 

W 

7 

h 

3 

3 

0, 

u 

“. 

z 

.r 

c, 

C 

c 

0 

c, 

V 

0) 

I” 

W 

V 

L 

W 

I” 

m 

3 

aJ 

V 

c 

3 

.- 

235 
U 

C 

0 

3 

c3 

L 

ox 

0 .- ZCO 

.r 

1 

4 

z 

L 

W 

n 

W 

z 

0 

N 

N 

h 

- m 

L 

01 

n 

W 

z 

0 

* 

3 

L 

W 

0 

42 

U 

0 

m 

N 

n 

LLLL 

WWWW 

nnnn 

5555 

ZZZZ 

>>>> 

0000 

LL 

WaJ 

nn 

55 

zz 

>> 

00 

dN 

mo 

L 

W 

n 

s 

z 

0 

O 

N 

L 

W 

n 

5 

0 

z 

a3 

L 

W 

D 

5 

z 

0 

* 

- 

W 

v 

L 

aJ 

o 

0 

0 

V 

d 

N 

n 

- 

W 

v 

L 

n 

0 

U 

0 

0 

4 

N 

- 

0 

N 

I 

z 

4 

v 

hr.r.r. 

43" 

mmmm 

NNNN 

-"I 

wwww 

d 

m 0 NN N 

- 

- W 

h 

LW 

a)- 

WWWW 

ELLL 

n 

onnn 

no o o WUVU 

v,vvu 

N 000 

4NNN 

1 

v) 

0 

-u 

-0 

c 

lu 

c 

lu 

> 

L 

L 

(d 

m 

-7 

N 

m 

4 

n 

3 

0 

L 

c3 

LLLL 

WWWW 

nnnn 

5555 o*uo 

WWWW 

aaaa 

v,ny)v,v, 

hln 

N4 

PI 

m 

I 

m 

E 

IU 

U 

# 

> 

N 

a 

m 

U 

I 

> 

N 

a 

4 

N 

l 

a 

> 

W 

v 

c 

m 

oo 

0 

m 

W 

7 

n 

i- 

(d 

W 

c 

4- 

m 

NO 

m L-. 4+u 

3a c I--3 

.a 

.- 

m .- +- 

236 
operations into the PPG as part of Military Air Transport Service (MATS) 

and may have flown out cloud samples. High exposure was 0.120 R. 

Transport Squadron Eight (VR-8). One man from this squadron was badged. His 

exposure was 0.098 R. His duties during IVY are not known. 

237 
CHAPTER 7 

U.S. AIR FORCE PARTICIPATION IN OPERATION IVY 

Over 2,600 Air Force personnel participated in Operation IVY. They were 

drawn from more than 60 organizations throughout the United States and the 

Territory of Hawaii. Air Force personnel were assigned to Joint Task Force 

132 (JTF 132) Headquarters, Task Group 132.1 (TG 132.1), and TG 132.2, as well 

as the Air Force task group, TG132.4. Over 2,000 Air Force personnel were 

stationed on Kwajalein, approximately 500 on Enewetak, and 100 on four remote 

islands -- Bikini, Ponape, Kusaie, and Majuro -- used as weather stations. TG 

132.4 missions included cloud sampling, nuclear device airdrop, blast and thermal measurements on aircraft, photography, weather reconnaissance, search and 

rescue (SAR), and operation of the JTF 132 Weather Central. They also operated 

21 light aircraft for interisland transportation at Enewetak Atoll. 

Cloud sampling in previous test series in the Pacific had been done by 

directing unmanned radio-controlled aircraft through the radioactive clouds. 

For IVY, the decision was made to sample by flying manned F-84G fighters 

through the clouds to sample. Pilots were sent to Nevada for training in 

radioactive cloud penetration during Operation TUMBLER-SNAPPER. Radiation exposures for these pilots during Operation IVY were low, with the highest exposure less than 3.5 R, and most less than 1 R. Two incidents occurred in which 

Air Force personnel received high exposures. The first was when an SA-16 SAR 

aircraft flew through a portion of the MIKE cloud attempting to reach an F-84G 

sampler pilot who had run out of fuel and was ditching in the Ocean. The crew 

of the SA-16 received exposures of 10 and 17.8 R. The second incident was 

when a C-54 aircraft that was photographing the MIKE crater inadvertently flew 

through a portion of the cloud. Exposures for the crew averaged around 10 R. 

Exposure information for Air Force personnel during Operation IVY is fairly 

complete and accurate for those who were badged. Only those who had duties 

where exposure was possible were badged. Of the Air Force personnel who participated in IVY, only 675 were badged. Badges were normally issued for a 

single day (or mission) and then turned in and processed. Although MIKE and 

2 38 
KING produced low-level fallout on islands in the test area (see Chapter lo), 

it was not a serious problem because most were stationed at areas remote from 

Enewetak Atoll and exposures were minor for those in the test area. 

Exposure information for Air Force personnel is presented here by functional task force organization. Table 31 lists each task force organization 

that had badged Air Force personnel and shows the units that furnished those 

personnel, where known. In some cases, personnel listed only their functional 

task force organization on their 5x8 cards so, for example, Task Unit (TU) 

132.4.1 (Test Support Unit) is listed under Test Support Unit (TSU). Fifteen 

agencies are listed under Miscellaneous because these units and bases could 

not be associated with a functional task force organization. Table 32 provides exposure information for each of the task force organizations shown in 

Table 31. 

HEADQUARTERS JOINT TASK FORCE 132 

Records indicate that 34 Air Force personnel were in this headquarters 

unit. Five of these were badged at least once during IVY and their exposures, 

which were quite low, are shown in Table 32. 

TASK GROUP 132.1 (SCIENTIFIC) 

Thirty-three Air Force personnel were assigned to the scientific task 

group. Table 31 shows that 19 organizations furnished Air Force personnel for 

this task group. Those from Los Alms Scientific Laboratory (LASL) were probably research associates who were stationed there for a 3-year tour. The same 

is probably true of those from Naval Research Laboratory (NRL) and Edgerton, 

Germeshausen ti Grier (EG&G). Those from Detachment A, Sandia Base, may have 

been working with Sandia Corporation at the test site. Those with Hq USAF 

were concerned with Program 7 experiments (see Chapter 3). The remaining 14 

organizations (or locations) furnished officers and men for the TU 132.1.7 

radsafe organization. 

TASK GROUP 132.2 (ARMY) 

Two Air Force men listed TG 132.2 as their place of duty. Since an Air 

Force detachment on Enewetak operated the airbase, it is possible that these 

men were liaison officers assigned to the Army task group. Their exposures 

were quite low (Table 32). 

239 
Table 31. Air Force personnel badged for IVY and task group assignment. 

Unit Designation 

No. of 

Persons 

Badged 

Headquarters, Joint Task Force 132 

Task Group 132.1 (Scientific) 

Task Group 132.1 Headquarters 

Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory, Los Alamos, New Mexico 

Naval Research Laboratory, Washington, D.C. 

Detachment A, Sandia Base, New Mexico 

Hq USAF, Washington, D.C. 

Edgerton, Germeshausen 81 Grier, Boston, Massachusetts 

Task Unit 132.1.7 (Radiological Safety) 

Air Force Cambridge Research Center, Cambridge, Massachusetts 

Air Defense Command, Colorado Springs, Colorado 

435th Aircraft Installation Squadron, Miami, Florida 

Air Training Command, Scott AFB, Illinois 

Chanute AFB, Illinois 

Bryan AFB, Texas 

Francis E. Warren AFB, Wyoming 

Hunter AFB, George 

Sewart AFB, Tennessee 

3398th Training Squadron, Keesler AFB, Mississippi 

3882nd School Squadron, Gunther AFB, Alabama 

Lackland AFB, Texas 

Webb AFB, Texas 

Selfridge AFB, Michigan 

Task Group 132.2 (Army) 

Headquarters, Task Group 132.4 (Air Force) 

Task Group 132.4, Kwajalein 

Air Force Special Weapons Center, Kirtland AFB, New Mexico 

4925th Test Squadron, Kirtland AFB, New Mexico 

FPO 824 

4930th Test Support Group, Kirtland AFB, New Mexico 

4908th Motor Vehicle Squadron, Kirtland AFB, New Mexico 

TU 132.4.1 (Test Support Unit) 

Hq Strategic Air Command, Offutt AFB, Nebraska 

TU 132.4.2 (Test Aircraft Unit) 

3902nd Air Base Wing, Offutt AFB, Nebraska 

12th Air Division, McClellan AFB, California 

93rd Bombardment Wing, Cqstle AFB, California 

Test Support Unit 

Headquarters, Test Aircraft Unit 

5 

5 

4 

4 

1 

2 

3 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

33 

32 

3 

2 

7 

1 

31 

14 

5 

3 

1 

1 

(continued) 

240 
Table 31. Air Force personnel badged for IVY and task group assignment 

(continued) . 

Unit Designation 

No. of 

Persons 

Badged 

Test Aircraft Unit Sampler Element 

12th Fighter-Escort Wing, Bergstrom AFB, Texas 

27th Fighter Wing, Bergstrom AFB, Texas 

561st Fighter-Escort Squadron, Bergstrom AFB, Texas 

Bergstrom AFB, Texas 

7th Bombardment Wing, Carswell AFB, Texas 

11th Bombardment Wing, Carswell AFB, Texas 

42nd Bombardment Squadron, Carswell AFB, Texas 

19th Air Division, Carswell AFB, Texas 

Carswell AFB, Texas 

Test Aircraft Unit Control and Tanker Elements 

307th Air Refueling Squadron, Walker AFB, New Mexico 

509th Bombardment Wing, Walker AFB, New Mexico 

Walker AFB, New Mexico 

Roswell, New Mexico 

6520th Flight Test Squadron, Hanscom AFB, Massachusetts 

Air Force Cambridge Research Center, Cambridge, Massachusetts 

Air Research and Development Command, Baltimore, Maryland 

3160th Electronic Group, Cambridge, Massachusetts 

Wright Air Development Center, Wright-Patterson AFB, Ohio 

TU 132.4.3 (Test Services Unit) 

47th Air Transport Squadron, Hickam AFB, Hawaii 

48th Air Transport Squadron, Hickam AFB, Hawaii 

50th Air Transport Squadron, Hickam AFB, Hawaii 

1254th Air Transport Squadron, Bolling AFB, Washington, D.C. 

Pacific Division, Military Air Transport Service, Hickam AFB, Hawaii 

57th Strategic Reconnaissance Squadron, Hickam AFB, Hawaii 

Task Element 132.4.3.1 (Weather Reconnaissance Element) 

6th Weather Squadron, Tinker AFB, Oklahoma 

9th Weather Group, Tinker AFB, Oklahoma 

Test Aircraft Unit Drop Element 

Test Aircraft Unit Effects Element 

Headquarters, Test Services Unit 

Test Services Unit Weather Reconnaissance Element 

Test Services Unit Weather Reporting Element 

10 

2 

2 

26 

16 

33 

1 

1 

2 

79 

27 

28 

6 

24 

1 

1 

2 

7 

1 

5 

5 

6 

8 

15 

42 

17 

13 

1 

(continued) 

241 
Table 31. Air Force personnel badged for IVY and task group assignment 

(continued). 

Unit Designation 

No. of 

Persons 

Badged 

Test Services Unit Weather Reporting Element (continued) 

1500th Weather Reportin Squadron, Hickam AFB, Hawaiia 10 

Task Element 132.4.3.2 !Weather Reporting Element) 1 

1810th Airways and Air Communications Svc Sqdrn, Hickam AFB, Hawaii 1 

Test Services Unit Comnunications Element 

Test Services Unit Search and Rescue Element 

11th Air Rescue Squadron, Hickam AFB, Hawaii 47 

Test Services Unit Photo Element 

6th Air Division, MacDill AFB, Florida 2 

306th Bombardment Wing , MacDi 11 AFB, F1 ori da 1 

2nd Bombardment Wing, Hunter AFB, Georgia 1 

338th Strategic Reconnissance Squadron, Frbes AFB, Kansas 13

1352nd Motion Picture Squadron, Los Angeles, California 8 

523rd Motion Picture Squadron, Los Angeles, Californiab 7 

15th Bombardment Wing, Hickam AFB, Hawaii 6 

USAF Lookout Mountain Lboratory, Los Angeles, California 12 

Mi scel 1 aneous 

3536th OTS, Mather AFB, California 

Davis Monthan AFB 

McClellan AFB, California 

Rapid City AFB, South Dakota 

APO 953 (Hickam AFB, Hawaii) 

Notes: 

aNo such permanent or provisional Air Force unit existed. Therefore, this was 

erroneously reported in the Consolidated List, or possible was a temporary 

unit supported by the 1500th Air Base Group, at Hickam AFB, Hawaii. 

List for the 1352nd Motion Picture Squadron. 

bNo such unit existed. This may have been a garbled entry in the Consolidated 

24 2 
Lm 

Om 

L 

aJm 

>4 

0 

$01 

m 

4 

I 

2 

0 

d 

I m 

m 

I 

d 

d 

m 

m 

I 

m 

N 

m 

N 

I N 

N 

I 

Y 

'" 

4 

4 

I 4 

.-i 

I 

m 

0 

m 

0 

I 4 

0 

9 

0 

0 

m 

4 

N 

m 

00 

0 

m 

N 

m 

W 

4 

N 

co 

N 

m 

.-i 

m 

? 

m 

r. 

W 

VI 

Fm 

c, 

O 

N 

mw 

NW 

h 

v) 

c al 

c, 

m 

K 

aJ 

0 

L 

v 

v) 

aJ 

t 

m 

ai 

a, 

L 

v) 

3 

0 

Q 

X 

W 

m 

N 

4 

.-i 

4 .-i 

mN d 

4 4 m4 m m .-i 

N 

N 

m 

N 

m 

d 

aJ 

V 

L 

LL 

0 

Y 

v) 

I6 

c, 

c 

0 

3 

U 

I 

.r 

4 mw 00 

4 

+ cu OOaJ VIm - LV 

VI 

owm 

znm ,". 

< 

3 

Iu 

e 

.r 

c 

0 

c, 

N 

c 

m 

0 

L 

.C 

m 

.r 

m 

N 

m 

d 

Q 

3 

0 

W 

L 

Y 

VI 

m 

0 

L 

W 

Y 

VI 

m 

IDI 

aJ 

L 

c 

m 

2 

s 

v) 

3 

7 

W 

(1 

0 

L 

n 

3 

2 

7 

0 

*VI L 

cc, 

OK 

OaJ E 301 

47 

t-W 

L: 

V 

L 

v, 

a, 

3 

v, 

cm 

24 3 
TASK GROUP 132.4 (AIR FORCE) 

Headquarters Task Group 132.4 

Thirty-three badged persons listed "TG 132.4" as their duty station (see 

Table 31). It is improbable that all 33 were assigned to the headquarters 

element; however, lacking more definite information, they have been placed 

here. Also, 32 badged persons listed AFSK (or Kirtland AE'B) as their duty 

station. Again, it is improbable #at all these people were assigned to the 

headquarters element. Two people who listed FPO 824, the post office designation for Kwajalein, have been listed here for the same reason. Table 32 indicates that all exposures were less than 3 R. Headquarters for TG 132.4 was 

located on Kwa jalein. 

Test Support Unit 

This unit operated the airbase at Enewetak and assisted in operation of 

the airbase at Kwajalein. It operated four C-47s out of Kwajalein for interatoll transport and for photographic missions. It also operated 15 light aircraft and 6 helicopters out of Enewetak for transport to the various islands 

within the atoll. Personnel strength at Kwajalein was approximately 650 and 

at Enewetak approximately 250. Only 39 people in this unit were badged; all 

had low readings (Table 32). 

Test Aircraft Unit 

HEADQUARTERS TEST AIRCRAFT UNIT. The 14 men who indicated Hq Strategic 

Air Comand (SAC) as their unit when they were badged were placed in Test Aircraft Unit (TAU) in this report because SAC was responsible for organizing it. 

The 3902nd Air Base Wing was collocated with Hq SAC at Offutt AFB and for that 

reason was also placed in the TAU headquarters. Five people listed TU 132.4.2 

as their organization (Table 31), which is the numerical designation for the 

TAU. Table 32 shows very low exposures for Hq TAU personnel. 

TAU SAMPLER ELEMENT. This element operated 16 F-84G aircraft to obtain 

gaseous and particulate samples from the radioactive clouds. They were based 

at Kwajalein and flew to Enewetak and back for both MIKE and KING. Because of 

limited fuel capacity they were refueled by KB-29 tankers en route. Table 31 

shows that 26 persons listed simply "Bergstrom AE'B" as their organization. 

Since all the sampler personnel came from units at Bergstrom, they have been 

244 
listed with the Sampler Element. Table 32 shows that exposures were relatively 

high, which is to be expected based on their mission. One of the sampler pilots was lost and apparently drowned following MIKE. 

TAU DROP ELEMENT. This element, stationed on Kwajalein, was responsible 

for dropping KING from a B-36 aircraft. The element had two B-36s, one of 

which was used to help control the F-84G samplers. More than half of the people in this element were badged at least once during IVY. Table 32 rflects 

their exposures, which were very low (below 0.5 R) or zero. 

TAU CONTROL AND TANKER ELEMENTS. These two elements have been combined 

for discussion purposes because personnel from the 307th Air Refueling Squadron* and the 509th Bombardment Wing at Walker AFB manned both elements and 

the number in each element cannot be determined. Personnel listing Walker AFB 

and Roswell, New Mexico (the location of Walker AFB), have been included in 

these elements since all other personnel from Walker AFB were in these elements (Table 31). The Control Element operated two B-50s and two B-29s. The 

B-50s were used for experimental projects (air attenuation, transit time, and 

indirect bomb damage assessment [IBDA]), see Chapter 3). The B-29s were used 

to vector the F-84G samplers to and from Enewetak. The Tanker Element operated 

ten KB-29 aircraft to refuel the F-84G sampler aircraft en route to and from 

Enewetak. All personnel from these two elements were stationed on Kwajalein. 

Table 32 shows that their exposures were all less than 1 R. 

TAU EFFECTS ELEMENT. This element operated two B-29s, a B-36, and a B-47, 

each instrumented to measure blast and temperature effects from the nuclear 

detonations. The 6520th Flight Test Squadron provided the B-29 aircraft. The 

B-29s also dropped instrumented canisters before each shot, which were used to 

measure variations in altitude, temperature, and pressure before and after detonation of the nuclear devices. Wright Air Development Center (WAX) sponsored 

the experimental projects (Projects 6.10 and 8.5) associated with the B-36 and 

8-47, while Air Force Cambridge Research Center (AFCRC) sponsored Project 6.11 

* This squadron was misidentified in the Consolidated List as the 307th Air 

Reconnaissance Squadron. 

24 5 
associated with the B-29s. All persons in this element were stationed on 

Kwajalein. Except for three men with exposures between 1 and 3 R, all exposures were very low. Specific duties of these three are not known. 

Test Services Unit 

Test Services Unit (TSU) consisted of five elements -- Weather Reconnaissance, Weather Reporting, Communications, Search and Rescue, and Photo. There 

were also four air transport squadrons -- 47th Air Transport Squadron, 48th 

Air Transport Squadron, 50th Air Transport Squadron, and 1254th Air Transport 

Squadron -- that ferried personnel and equipment to and from the test area. 

These were not part of one of the subordinate elements and are therefore discussed and shown in the tables under "Hq Test Services Unit." Pacific Division, Military Air Transport Services (PACD, MATS) is also carried under Hq 

TSU since MATS was responsible for organizing the TSU. Persons in the air 

transport squadrons moved among Kwajalein, Enewetak, and Hawaii. Those from 

PACD, MATS were stationed at Kwajalein. Exposures are reflected in Table 32. 

TSU WEATHER RECONNAISSANCE ELEMENT. This element operated ten WB-29 aircraft to provide long-range weather reconnaissance information to the task 

force. These aircraft were also used to gather radioactive cloud samples for 

Hq USAF under Project 7.3. All ten WB-29s were equipped with C-1 filters to 

collect particles and four were equipped with B/31 gas-sampling systems. A 

person from TG 132.4, Hq USAF Element, was on board one of the WB-29s during 

cloud-sampling activities to direct the sampling effort. All men in this element were stationed on Kwajalein. Exposures are presented in Table 32. 

TSU WEATHER REPORTING ELEMENT. This element manned weather reporting Stations at Enewetak, Kwajalein, Ponape, Majuro, Kusaie, and Bikini, and operated 

JTF' 132 Weather Central on Parry Island. Of the approximately 120 people in 

this element, only 25 were ever badged. Their exposures, given in Table 32, 

were quite low. 

TSU COMMUNICATIONS ELEMENT. This element operated the communications system and navigational aids necessary to support the TG 7.4 aircraft. Of the 

more than 150 people in this element only one was badged. His exposure was 

quite low. Persons from this element were located at Kwajalein, Enewetak, and 

the four remote weather islands. 

246 
TSU SEARCH AND RESCUE ELEMENT. This element operated two SA-16 and two 

SB-29 SAR aircraft in support of the task force. The Navy also had 12 P2V 

aircraft and two PBM amphibious aircraft at Kwajalein, which could be used for 

SAR if needed. The Air Force SAR element was based at Kwajalein and deployed 

its aircraft near Enewetak for both shots. When an F-84G sampler pilot ran 

out of fuel and ditched near Enewetak Island, an SA-16 flew through a portion 

of the MIKE cloud attempting to reach him (he was never found). The seven 

exposures at or above 10 R in Table 32 are the result of this incident. The 

highest exposure recorded for the test series, 17.8 R, was one of these men. 

Exposures for other badged persons in this element were very low or zero. 

TSU PHOTO ELEMEKT. This element was based on Kwajalein and operated three 

C-54 and one RB-50 aircraft as still and motion picture photography platforms. 

Two C-47s from TSU were also used for radioactive cloud photography at H-hour 

and at l-minute intervals for 1 hour. The RB-50 crash-landed at Enewetak before the first shot and burned on the runway. Although a replacement RB-50 

arrived just before the MIKE shot, it was not checked out, and a C-54 took crater photos after the MIKE shot. This aircraft arrived at its photo station too 

early and flew through a portion of the MIKE cloud and was contaminated. The 

12 high exposures shown in Table 32 are the result of this incident. 

The TSU Photo Element had approximately 65 people assigned to it, 51 of 

whom were badged at least once during IVY. Table 31 lists the several units 

that furnished personnel for this element. A Documentary Photography Element 

was also in the scientific task group, TU 132.1.9. It was authorized 22 military and 2 civilians on Kwajalein and 8 military and 15 civilians on Parry 

(see Table 4, Chapter 1). This element directed the activities of the TSU 

Photo Element. In fact, there is some question as to whether these two units 

were separate entities, or whether some personnel were counted in both units. 

Mi scel 1 aneous 

Table 31 lists 5 units and bases that cannot be associated with a specific 

functional element of the task force. Only 12 people are listed from these 5 

locations. Their exposures are shown in Table 32. No one exceeded the 3.9 R 

MPE . 

247 
SECTION 8 

SUMMARY OF U.S. MARINE CORPS PARTICIPATION IN IVY 

Nearly 180 Marines participated in IVY. Their contribution ranged from 

activities closely associated with the experimental program, such as helicopter and radiological safety (radsafe) support, to more general support as 

ships' company and Kwajalein detachment personnel. 

Marine Corps organizations were represented in the Scientific Task Group 

(TG 132.1) and in the Navy Task Group (TG 132.3). In TG 132.1, four Marines 

worked in TU 132.1.7 (Radsafe) as monitors and in decontamination work. In 

TG 132.3, 67 Marines were part of the ships company of the USS Curtiss of TU 

132.30.0 of the Weapons Element, but none appear on the Consolidated - List (Reference C.1.7.2). The USS Estes, TU 132.31.0 of the Transport Element, had five 

Marines as a part of its ships company, none of whom appear on the Consolidated 

- List. 

Members of several Marine Corps units served in the Air Department of VSs 

"" Rendova, where they piloted helicopters and performed maintenance and s

This group included 14 officers and enlisted men. Ten were badged; exposures 

for these are shown in Table 33, the highest being 2.815 R. 

A 93-man contingent of Marines was at the naval base on Kwajalein during 

the IVY testing period, but none of these appear on the Consolidated List, implying no badging and no expected exposure. 

248 
Table 33. IVY personnel exposure, U.S. Marine Corps organizations. 

Exposure Ranges (roentgens) 

No. of - 

Persons Over 

Organization Badged 0 0.001-0.5 0.5-1 1-1.5 1.5-2 2-2.5 2.5 

TG 132.1 (TU 7, Radsafe) 

2nd Marine Div 

(Camp LeJeune, NC) 2 

3rd Marine Div 

(Camp Pendelton, CA) 1 

Recruit Depot 

(Parris Island, SC) 1 

TU 132.3 (Carrier Unit) 

1 1 

1 

1 

Air Department 10 2 3 1 2 1 la 

Note: 

aHigh was 2.815 R. 

Source: Reference C.1.7.2. 

24 9 
CHAPTER 9 

SUMMARY OF JOINT DEFENSE, ATOMIC ENERGY COMMISSION, 

OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCIES, AND CONTRACTOR PARTICIPATION IN IVY 

JOINT DEFENSE AGENCY 

The only Joint Defense Agency other than Joint Task Force 132 (JTF 132) 

that participated in IVY was the Armed Forces Special Weapons Project (AFSWP) 

This organization was made up of service personnel as well as civilians. It 

was involved in planning and coordinating Department of Defense (DOD) participation in the nuclear testing. AFSWP had its headquarters in Washington, D.C., 

and a field activity designated "Field Command" (FC) at Sandia Base, New Mexico. AFSWP personnel usually worked at the program level at the test site, but 

on occasion worked on projects. Only three men were badged at IVY, although a 

larger contingent was probably at the Pacific Proving Ground (PPG). Of the 

three badged, two were from Hq AFSWP, and their function has not been identified. The naval officer from AFSWP-FC was a Task Unit (Tu) 132.1.7 radiological safety (radsafe) engineer. Exposures are given in Table 34. 

ATOMIC ENERGY COMMISSION 

The Atomic Energy Commission (AEC) was an executive agency established by 

the Atomic Energy Act of 1946 that was charged with the development of nuclear 

weapons. This was a civil agency, but had military personnel serving within 

it and stationed at its weapon development laboratories. 

The AEC owned several laboratories that were operated by universities and 

other large contractors at which most of the scientific work took place, and 

personnel from these government-owned, contractor-operated laboratories were 

heavily represented in IVY. 

Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory (LASL), Los Alamos, New Mexico. LASL was the ""I 

most important of the AEC laboratories. LASL was operated by the University of California and its personnel were university employees and military personnel on duty there. The explosive devices were designed and 

developed at LASL, and the laboratory fielded many experiments to measure 

their performance. The total number of military personnel from LASL in 

the task force cannot be extracted from WT-636 (Reference C.1.3.636), but 

2 50 
Table 34. IVY personnel exposure, joint defense, Atomic Energy Commission, 

other government agencies, and contractor organizations. 

~______ "_ " 

Exposure Ranges (roentgens) 

No. of 

Persons Over 

Badged 0 0.001-0.5 0.5-1 1-1.5 1.5-2 2-2.5 2.5-3 3 

- 

Joint DOD 

AFSWP Hq 2 

AFSWP-FC 1 

Total Joint DOD 3 

AEC 

AEC Hq 3 1 

AEC Div Bio&Med 1 1 

AEC SF Ops Off ice 7 3 

LASL (Civilian) 47 7 

LASL (Mi 1 i tary) 20 

UCRL Ber kel ey 5 

ORNL 1 

Sandi a Corp 19 

Total AEC 103 12 

Other Gov' t Agencies 

F CDA 1 

VIP 2 1 

Total Other Gov't 3 1 

Contractors and Other Organizations 

ARA 1 1 

American Red Cross 1 1 

E G&G 18 1 

H&N 2 27 29 

Hol ter Res. 1 

Tracer Lab 1 

UCLA 3 

Univ of Wash, AFL 6 

Total Contractors 258 32 

Grand Tot a 1 367 45 

2 

4 

19 

9 

1 

3 

38 

1 

1 

2 

1 1 

1 

1 1 1 

5 6 4 3 2 

7 1 1 1 

1 2 1 

1 

4 5 6 1 

18 14 11 5 3 

a 6 3 

132 32 19 4 4 6 

1 

1 

3 

1 3 1 1 

146 41 23 5 4 6 

186 59 37 17 10 10 

la 

1 

2 

lb 

1 

3 

Notes : 

'LASL (Civ) high = 3.09 R. 

bH&N high - 3.165 R. 

Source: Reference C.1.7.2. 

251 
the total number who are on the Consolidated List (Reference C.1.7.2) with 

LASL as the indicated home unit is 20. Exposures for LASL personnel are 

given in Table 34. 

""- 

Universitcf I CaliforniAsdiation Laboratory (UCRL), Berkeley, California. 

Five men from this AEC-sponsored laboratory manned Projects 5.2 and 5.3. 

All were badged. 

Oak """" Ridge National Laboratory (ORNL), I Oak Ridge, Tennessee. ORNL provided 

at least one person to JTE' 132; he worked in TU 132.1.7. 

Sandia Corporation, "- Albuquerque, New Mexico. This AEC contractor staffed 

Projects 2.5# 6.1, 6.3, 6.5, 6.7b, and the arming and firing task unit. 

Sandia staff at the Pacific Proving Ground (PPG) was 67 (Reference 

C.1.3.636), of whom 19 were badged. 

OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCIES 

Federal .""I Civil DefenseAency (FCDA). A representative of this agency was 

badged at IVY. He was possibly an observer. 

U.S. "- Coast and Geodetic Surxey (USCGS). USCGS participated in pre-MIKE geological surveys of the atoll (Program 11). No representatives were badged. 

U.S. " Coast Guard. One officer and eight enlisted men at Enewetak ran a Loran 

station there. They were an administrative part of Task Group (TG) 132.2 

and were evacuated for the MIKE shot with TG 132.2. None were badged. 

Other Government Officials (VIP). One member of Congress was badged at IVYl 

as was also a member of the President's Cabinet. 

CONTRACTORS AND OTHER ORGANIZATIONS 

" Allied Research Associates (ARA), Boston Massachusetts. Plans called for three 

employees of this firm to assist the Air Force in the conduct of Project 

6.10. One was badged. 

American """ Car and Foundry Company (ACF), Buffalo, New York. ACF fabricated and 

assembled the mechanical portions of the MIKE device. 

252 
American Red Cross. This organization had a representative at Enewetak who was 

badged with zero exposure. 

Bendix Aviation, Burbank, California. This firm was to provide eight engineers 

to support the telemetry system for Project 6.11. 

Boeing Airplane Company, Seattle, Washington. This Air Force contractor was to 

have a representative to aid in the effects aircraft experiments, but he 

was not badged. 

Cambridge Corporation, Boulder, Colorado. This A.D. Little subsidiary was an 

AEC contractor. 

Consolidated Vultee Air Corporation, San Dieqo, California. This Air Force 

contractor was to have a representative to aid in the effects aircraft 

experiments. Like the Boeing representative, he does not appear on the 

Consolidated List. 

Edgerton, Germeshausen & Grier (EG&G), Boston, Massachusetts. This AEC contractor provided timing and firing and photographic services to the AEC, 

primarily in TG 132.1, Program 3. 

Holmes and Narver, Inc. (H&N), Los Angeles, California. H&N, an architect and 

engineer firm, was the AEC contractor fthe base support of the proving 

ground. 

Holter Research Foundation, Helena, Montana. This organization provided one 

man who worked in Program 6. He was at Bikini during the MIKE shot. 

Herrick L. Johnston, Inc. (HLJ), Columbus, Ohio. This was an AEC contractor. 

Glenn L. Martin Company, Baltimore, Maryland. Eight engineers from this Air 

Force contractor were scheduled to aid in the conduct of the Kwajaleinbased aircraft effects experiments. 

Tracer Laboratory, Boston, Massachusetts. 

University of California, Los Angeles (UCLA). UCLA was to provide eight men 

to aid in the thermal instrumentation of the aircraft used in the effects 

253 
experiments. One aided in Program 6 on the MV Horizon, but because his 

affiliation is garbled it is not possible to be sure that he is not from 

the University of California Berkeley campus. This man was also badged. 

University of Washington, Applied Fisheries Laboratory (AFL). This organization manned Project 11.5. 

254 
CHAPTER 10 

SUMMARY OF PERSONNEL EXPOSURES 

Task force personnel exposed to nuclear radiation during the IVY test 

series were primarily involved in operations such as radioactive cloud Sampling and data recovery where exposures were expected to occur. Only low-level 

widespread exposure of support personnel appears to have occurred. 

Very few men exceeded the task force maximum permissible exposure (WE) of 

3.9 R. Those that significantly exceeded this limit were involved in two aircraft incidents. 

The first (and the one resulting in the highest exposures recorded) involved the crew of an SA-16 search and rescue amphibious aircraft that was 

responding to an emergency situation. A sampler aircraft and its pilot went 

down following MIKE. The search and rescue aircraft took the shortest path to 

the downed aircraft and in so doing knowingly passed through a fallout zone. 

As a result, the 7-man crew received exposures of 10 to 17.8 R. 

The second group of overexposures was the 12-man crew of a C-54 photo aircraft; the crewmembers received exposures ranging from 8.6 to 11.6 R. This 

aircraft was on a mission to take aerial pictures of the MIKE crater and was 

caught in fallout. 

In both incidents corrective measures were taken to the extent possible, 

i.e., early ending of the mission, early return to base for decontamination, 

and flying through available rainshowers to aid in decontamination on the return f light. 

A secondary low-intensity-level fallout followed MIKE and an even lowerintensity-level secondary fallout followed KING. The radioactive material exposed some task force personnel as it decayed. 

The cumulative exposure dose from the material has been estimated for 

personnel on the basis of being left undisturbed by wind, rain, or washdown 

255 
activities and uniform distribution on a smooth, infinitely large plane. The 

subject of the irradiation was assumed to be fixed on this plane without any 

shielding from buildings or other structures (Reference D.4). The estimate 

shown graphically in Figure 28 increases rapidly as the MIKE fallout is deposited, then increases more slowly as it decays, but is slightly incremented 

with the arrival of the KING fallout, and again very slowly grows until by the 

end of 1952, when the increase in exposure is practically at an end. The values of Figure 28 are shown as a broad band to indicate how the maximum would 

vary depending on assumptions as to intensity of the radiation, which in turn 

could possibly vary, depending upon which of the Enewetak base islands were 

involved. The band represents only variations in the theoretical maximum, not 

the range from minimum to maximum. 

NOVEMBER 1952 "d 4"- DECEMBER 1952 -+ 

Figure 28. Estimate of IVY maximum exposure due to secondary fallout with no 

shielding and no weathering at Enewetak base islands (source: 

Reference D. 4). 

This dose reconstruction represents an attempt to construct an upper bound 

on the possible exposure of the TG 132.2 personnel permanently stationed at 

Enewetak. It should not be used for TG 132.4 personnel, nearly all of whom 

were stationed at Kwajalein, and, of course, it would only apply to TG 132.1 

personnel for the periods they were at Enewetak. It would only apply to TG 

132.3 personnel as long as their ships approximated the uniformly contaminated, 

256 
infinite-flat-plane approximation and the considerable shielding provided by 

deckhouses and hulls was ignored. 

Summary statistics in Tables 35 and 36 present the exposures by service 

and by task force component. Averages (arithmetic means) have been derived 

from the records to simplify the exposure presentation. Three points, however, should be noted: 

1. 

2. 

3. 

Film badges would not have completely recorded the contribution of the low-level, secondary fallout discussed 

above. They were issued and worn for only a few hours 

each, but the fallout radiation required days to accumulate recordable amounts. In this respect the exposures 

extracted from Figure 28 can be considered as an amount 

that can be added to the statistics in Tables 34 and 35. 

However, reductions would be required, reflecting the actual time a man was at the Pacific Proving Ground (PPG); 

what natural decontamination (such as rain leaching fallout particles into the soil) and deliberate decontamination (such as washing particles off buildings and ships) 

took place in his environment; and the shielding effect 

of his environment including buildings, ship hulls, and 

topographic irregularities. 

It is not appropriate to extend the average derived from 

the badged personnel to the nearly 12,000 men of the task 

force. Exposures recorded by these badges are not typical examples. The majority of the badges appear from the 

record to have been issued to the people who were expected 

to be exposed to radiation. 

This arithmetic mean was derived using the common statistical technique of assuming that the exposures within 

any of the intervals used were such that the midpoint of 

that interval could be used to calculate its contribution 

to the whole. This was done instead of summing the individual readings within each interval. In IVY it appears 

that the lowest-interval values (0.001 to 0.5 R) are 

heavily weighted to the near-zero side; therefore, the 

contribution to the whole of this interval is probably 

overestimated by assuming that an exposure of 0.25 R 

characterizes the interval. The average derived from 

this technique may have raised the average that would be 

derived using the individual values. 

257 
Table 35. Sumnary of IVY personnel exposure by service. 

Mean 

Number Exposurea 

" 

of Men (R) 

Army and Army organization civilians 

Task Group 132.1 

Task Group 132.2 

Other Army 

Total Army 

Navy and Navy laboratory civilians 

Task Group 132.1 

Task Group 132.2 

Task Group 132.3 

Other Navy 

Total Navy 

Air Force and Air Force laboratory civilians 

JTF 132 

Task Group 132.1 

Task Group 132.2 

Task Group 132.4 

Other Air Force 

Total Air Force 

Marine Corps 

Task Group 132.1 

Task Group 132.3 

Total Marine Corps 

Joint Department of Defense agencies 

49 

106 

9 

164 

84 

1 

710 

16 

810 

5 

32 

2 

62 4 

12 

675 

4 

10 

14 

3 

1.08 

0.34 

0.16 

0.55 

0.74 

0.25 

0.19 

0.23 

0.24 

0.25 

1.01 

0.38 

0.61 

0.25 

0.62 

1.62 

1.05 

1.21 

1.7 

Note: 

a 

~~~~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~ 

Derived by summing the midpoint of each interval and weighting by 

number of personnel in each interval. 

258 
Table 36. Summary of IVY personnel exposure by task force organization. 

Me an 

Number of Exposurea Men (R 

JTF 132 staff 5 

Task Group 132.1 172 

Task Group 132.2 108 

Task Group 132.3 720 

Task Group 132.4 6 24 

Unidentifed by task group 37 

AEC and contractors ( 1 argely TG 132.1) " 3 64 

2,030 

0.25 

0.92 

0.33 

0.19 

0.61 

0.23 

0.62 

0.47 

" 

Note: 

aDerived by summing the midpoint of each exposure interval. 

259 
260 
BIBLIOGRAPHY AND REFERENCES 

The sources consulted for this report are listed below. They are organized into sections based upon their relationship to the body of nuclear testing information. 

The first section (A) contains basic references pertinent to nuclear weapons development and effects and to all or several atmospheric nuclear tests. 

These are generally monographs published and distributed through regular trade 

channels and are available in bookstores and libraries with the exceptions 

noted. 

The second and third sections are documents generated by Joint Task Force 

132 (JTF 132) and its subordinate organizations. The second section (9) contains planning documents for IVY, and the third (C) after-action reports. 

These JTE' 132 references are arranged in a fashion that reflects the JTF 132 

organization. 

The fourth section (D) lists other reports by non-task-force organizations 

concerning IVY. 

An availability code appears at the end of many reference citations for 

those who wish to read or obtain copies. Availability status was correct at 

the time the reference list was prepared. Many documents indicated as unavailable will become available during the declassification review process. 

The Department of Energy Coordination and Information Center (DOE CIC) and 

NTIS will be provided future DNA-WT documents bearing an "EX" after the report 

number. 

Source documents with an availability code of DOE CIC may be reviewed at 

the following address: 

Department of Energy 

Coordination and Information Center 

(Operated by Reynolds Electrical & Engineering Co., Inc) 

ATTN: Mr. Richard V. Nutley 

2753 S. Highland 

P.O. Box 14100 

Las Vegas, Nevada 89114 

Telephone: (702) 734-3194; FTS: 598-3194. 

Source documents bearing an NTIS availability code may be purchased at the 

following address: 

National Technical Information Service 

(Sales Off ice) 

5285 Port Royal Road 

Springfield, Virginia 22161 

Telephone: (703) 787-4650. 

261 
When ordering by mail or phone, please include both the price code and the 

NTIS number. The price code appears in parentheses before the NTIS order number; e.g. , (A07) AD 000 000. 

Additional ordering information or assistance may be obtained by writing 

to the NTIS, Attention: Customer Service, or by calling (703) 487-4660. 

Reference citations with no availability codes may be available at the 

location cited or in a library. 

BASIC REFERENCES 

A. 1 

A. 2 

A. 3 

A. 4 

A. 5 

"" Effects of Nuclear Weapons 

S. Glasstone, and P.J. Dolan, ed., 

U.S. Government Printing Office (GPO Stock No. 008-046-000-93-0) 

1977 

NTIS (A99/MF A01) AD A087 568* 

Compilation of Local Fallout Data from Test Detonations 1945-1962 Extracted from DASA 1251; Vol. 2, Oceanic U.S. Tests 

H.A. Hawthorne, ed., 

GE-TEMPO 

June 1979 DNA 1251 EX2 

"" 

NTIS (PC A16/MF 01) AD A079 310* 

Trip Report of Field Search for Exercise Desert Rock Documentation ConJ.H. Hatcher 

Adjutant General Center, U.S. Army 

NTIS (A21/MF A01) AD 070 933* 

" ducted by Representatives of the Adjutant GenerKl 18 June to 14 July 1978 " 

History of Air Force Atomic "" Cloud Sampli.*** 

W.A. Minge 

AF Systems Command Publication Series 61-142-1 

January 19 6 3 

Provinq Ground: An Account of Radiobiological Studies in the Pacific 

N.O. Hines 

University of Washington Press, Seattle 

1962 

1946-1961 

*Available from NTIS; order number appears before the asterisk. 

**Available at WE CIC. 

***Not available. 

26 2 
A. 6 Environmental Radioactivity, Second Edition 

M. Eisenbud 

Academic Press, New York 

1973 

A. 7 Radioloqical Safety Regulation 

NavMed P-1325 

1951 

A.8 History _I of Fallout Prediction - 

J.C. Willis 

School of Engineering, Air Force Institute of Technology 

1 June 1977 

NTXS (A03/MF A01) AD 079 560* 

IVY PLANNING DOCUMENTS 

B. 01 

B.02 

B. 03 

B. 04 

B. 05 

B. 06 

B. 07 

"- Control Book, Book 4*** 

Joint Task Force 132 

September 1952 

""" 

Operation Plan 2-52*** 

Hq JTF 132 

10 May 1952 

aeration Order 1-51*** 

Hq JTF 132 

26 November 1951 

Operation Order 1-52*** - 

Hq JTF 132 

20 February 1952 

Operational Directive No. 1 (MIKE Even_t_L*** 

Hq JTF 132 

19 October 1952 

Ozrational Directive No. 3 (KING Event)*** 

Hq JTF 132 

7 November 1952 

- 

Emergency Evacuation Plan*** 

Hq JTF 132 

10 November 1952 

*Available from NTIS; order number appears before the asterisk. 

**Available at DOE CIC. 

***Not available. 

26 3 
B.l.l 

B.1.2 

B.3.1 

B.3.2 

B.3.3 

B. 3.4 

B.3.5 

B.4.1 

B.4.2 

B.4.3 

B.4.4 

B.4.5 

The Turquoise Book: Operation IVY*** 

P.G.' Galletine Jr., Maj USAF, R.E. Keegan, Maj USAF, M.D. Sprinkel, 

Capt USAF 

15 May 1952 

Task Group 132.1 Operations, Rad-Safe Summaries*** 

Task Unit 7, Task Group 132.1 

Task Group 132.3 Operation Plan 1-52*** 

Commander Task croup 132.3 

6 June 1952 

Task Group 132.3 Operation Order 2-52*** 

Commander Task Group 132.3 

May 1952 

Task Group 132.3 Opration Order 2-52*** 

Commander Task Grbup 132.3 

29 October 1952 

" 

Task Group 132.3 Operation Order 3-52*** 

Commander Task Group 132.3 

7 November 1952 

*eration Schedule No. 1-52*** 

Commander Task Element 132.33 

25 October 1952 

Operations Plan 1-52*** 

Commander Task Group 132.4 

16 June 1952 

Operations Order 2-52*** 

Commander Task Group 132.4 

13 October 1952 

merations Order 3-52*** 

Commander Task Group 132.4 

24 October 1952 

Operations Order 4-52*** 

Commander Task Group 132.4 

6 November 1952 

serations Order 5-52*** 

Commander Task Group 132.4 

10 November 1952 

- 

*Available from NTIS; order number appears before the asterisk. 

**Available at DOE CIC. 

***Not available. 

264 
B.4.6 

B.4.7 

B.4.8 

B.4.9 

c.o.1 

c.0.2 

c. 1.1 

c.1.2 

Operations Order 1-52*** 

Weather Recon Element 

11 November 1952 

Operations Order 1-52*** 

Test Aircraft Unit 

1 August 1942 

Operations Order 3-52, Flight nAn*** 

Test Aircraft Unit 

28 October 1952 

Memo for recordPilot Protective Clothing Conference*** " 

JTF 132 

21 August 1952 

IVY POST-OPERATIONAL DOCUMENTS 

History of -Operation IVY*** 

Maj F.E. Moore, Jr., Lt H.G. Bechanan 

Joint Task Force 132 

"- Final Report by the Commander Joint Task Force 132, to the Joint Chiefs 

of Staff and Chairman, Atomic Energy Commission on Armed Forces Participation in the 1952 Nuclear and Thermonuclear Exxe-rimental Weapon and 

Device Tests*** 

Comander Joint Task Force 132 

9 January 1952 

Report of the Commander, Task Group 132.1*** 

S.W. Burris 

Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory 

November 1952 W-608 

- History--Task G_r_oup 132.1*** 

Initial installment to 15 Jan 1952 

1 Mar to 30 Apr 1952 

1 May to 30 Jun 1952 

1 Sep to 31 Oct 1952 

Participation in MIKE Shot 

Participation in KING Shot 

Maj A.S. Knauf 

Joint Task Force 132.1 

Dates as indicated 

*Available from NTIS; order number appears before the asterisk. 

**Available at DOE CIC. 

***Not available. 

26 5 
C.1.3 

C.1.3.602 

C.1.3.603 

C.1.3.604 

C.1.3.605 

C.1.3.607 

C.1.3.608 

C.1.3.609 

C.1.3.610 

C. 1.3.611 

C.1.3.612 

Personal Recollection 

W. Ogle to R. Miller 

15 August 1980 

Air Shock Pressure-Time versus Distance*** 

EX. Rollasson """""""" 

Sandia Corporation 

April 1953 WT-602 

Shock Winds, After-Winds, and Changesin air Temperature Resulting 

from Laxe Atomic Bursts Near the Earth's Surface*** 

Maynard Cowan 

Sandia Corporation 

May 1953 -603 

"- """- ""- 

High-Resolution Spectroscopy at IVY Compared with Previous Tests*** 

C.A. Beck 

Naval Research Laboratory 

February 1955 WT-6 04 

""" 

Underwater Pressure Measurementsin the Lagoo? 

G.W. Rollasson 

Sandia Corporation 

April 1953 WT-6 05 

NTIS (A02/MF A01) AD 341 048* 

Profiling of the Ocean Site of Eniwetok Reef 

Navy Hydrographic Office 

May 1952 -607 

"" 

See C.l.l 

See C.1.10.1 

Measurement of Material - Density with Beta Densitometer*** 

P.R. Fiorcruz et al. 

Los Alms Scientific Laboratory 

February 1953 WT-610 

Water-Wave Motion Pictures over Shallow Water*** 

W.D. Baker 

Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory 

February 1953 

"" - -" 

See C.1.9.1 

*Available from NTIS; order number appears before the asterisk. 

**Available at DOE CIC. 

***Not available. 

266 
C.1.3.613 

C.1.3.614 

C.1.3.615 

C.1.3.616 

C. 1.3.617 

C.1.3.620 

C.1.3.621 

C.1.3.622 

C.1.3.623 

C.1.3.624 

- Peak Overpressure Versus Distance in Free Air*** 

J.F. Moulton, Jr., P. Hanlon 

Naval Ordnance Laboratory 

March 1953 

See C.1.7.1 

Nature, Intensity, and Distribution of Fall-out From MIKE Shs*** 

W.B. Heidt, Jr ., E.A. ScKert, W.W. Perkins, R.L. Stetson 

Naval Radiological Defense Laboratory 

April 1953 

Radiobiological Studies at Eniwetok Before and After MIKE Shot*** 

L. R. Donaldson 

Applied Fisheries Laboratory, University of Washington 

June 1953 WT-616 

Fall-out and Cloud Particle Studies*** 

Army Chemical Corps Engineering Command 

December 1953 WT-6 

Measurements of Reaction History, VOl I*** 

E.H. Krause 

Naval Research Laboratory 

June 1953 

Measurements of Reaction History, Vol II*** 

E .H . Kr ause 

Naval Research Laboratory 

June 1953 WT-621 

Measurements of Reaction History, Vol III*** 

E.H. Krause 

Naval Research Laboratory 

June 1953 

- "_ 

", 

- 

"- Measurements of Reaction History, Vol IV*** 

E.H. Krause 

Naval Research Laboratory 

June 1953 

Measurements of Reaction History, Vol V*** 

E.H. Krause 

Naval Research Laboratory 

June 1953 WT-624 

" 

*Available from NTIS; order number appears before the asterisk. 

**Available at DOE CIC 

***Not available. 

267 
C.1.3.625 Measurement """"- of Reaction Histoz, Vol. VI*** 

E.H. Krause 

Naval Research Laboratory 

June 1953 WT-625 

C.1.3.627 ." Blast-Wave Mass-Motion Measurements*** 

D.F. Seacord 

LOs Alamos Scientific Laboratory 

June 1953 WT-627 

"-"" 

C.1.3.629 """" Pressure-Time Measurements in Deep Water*** 

W.J. Thaler 

Office of Naval Research 

January 19 53 W!P-629 

C.1.3.630 Heavy Nuclides in Bomb Debris*** 

C. I. Browne 

Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory 

March 1953 WT-630 

""P 

C.1.3.631 Free Air Atomic Blast Pressure and Thermal Measurements 

N.A. Haskell, et al. 

Air Force Cambridge Research Center 

August 1963 WT-631 

NTIS (A04/MF A01) AD 363 575/2* 

"""" """_I 

C.1.3.632 Detection """""- of Airborne Low-Frequency Sound from Nuclear Explosions*** 

G.B. Olmsted 

Hq USAF 

November 1952 WT-632 

- "- 

C.1.3.633 Underwater Pressures of Seismic " Waves*** 

R.W. Raitt 

Scripps Institution of Oceanography, University of California 

October 1953 WT-6 33 

C.1.3.634 Gama Radiation Versus Time*** 

J. S. MalikLOs Alamos Scientific Laboratory 

February 1954 WT-634 

C.1.3.636 " Personnel and Administration*** 

A.W. Kelly 

Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory 

January 1954 WT-636 

" 

*Available from NTIS; order number appears before the asterisk. 

**Available at DOE CIC. 

***Not available. 

26 8 
C.1.3.637 

C.1.3.639 

C.1.3.641 

C.1.3.642 

C.1.3.643 

C.1.3.644 

C.1.3.645 

C.1.3.646 

C.1.3.647 

C.1.3.648 

Photoele_ctric Study of Teller Light*** 

R.L. Nadeau, J.M. Yandle 

Naval Research Laboratory 

February 1954 WT-6 37 

Technical Photoqraphy*** 

Edgerton, Germeshausen b Grier 

July 1954 

Damage Survey and An2sis of Structures*** 

J.S. Acher, E.A. Lawlor 

Massachusetts Institute of Technology 

June 1954 

Effects of Atomic Exsosions on the Ionosphere 

Army Signal Corps Engineering Laboratories 

March 1955 

NTIS (AO4/MF A01) AD 363 391* 

Gamma Radiation as a Function of Distance*** 

E. Storm 

Los Alarms Scientific Laboratory 

July 1955 64 

Electromagnetic Effects from Nuclear Explosions*** 

M.H. Oleson 

Hq USAF 

January 1958 

- Radiochemical and Physical Analysis of Atomic Debris*** 

W. Singlevich, C.K. Reed 

Hq USAF 

November 1952 WT-6 

Detection of Fireball Light at Distances*** 

M.H. Oleson 

Hq USAF 

November 19 52 

Dispersion of Gaseous Debris from Nuclear Explosions*** 

P.W. Allen 

Hq USAF 

March 1958 

Radio-Frequency Characteristics of Electromagentic Radiation*** 

Evans Signal Laboratory, Physical Sciences Division 

July 1958 

c 

*Available from NTIS; order number appears before the asterisk. 

**Available at DOE CIC. 

***Not available. 

26 9 
C.1.3.649 

C.1.3.9003 

C.1.7.1 

C.1.7.2 

C.1.7.3 

C.1.7.4 

C. 1.7.5 

C.1.7.6 

c.1.9.1 

Fall-Out Gamma Ray Intensity 

M.P. Klein 

University of California Radiation Laboratory 

January 19 58 WT-649 

NTIS (PC A02/MF A01) AD 467 226/7* 

" 

Ground-Motion Studies on Operations IVY andSTLE 

W.R. Perret 

Sandia Corporation 

February 1955 WT-9003-EX 

NTIS (PC A04/ AD A995 143/5* 

" Radiological Safety 

R.H. Maynard, J.D. Servis 

JTF 132 

January 1953 

NTIS (PC A06/MF A01) AD 363 620/6* 

Consolidated List of Exposures to Radigtion of personnel part" 

pating in Operation IVY*** 

JTF' 132, Task Group 7, Task Unit 7 (Radsafe) 

20 November 1952 

Personnel Radiation Exposure Record--Microfilm*** 

(microfihh of 5x8 cards from which IPO 132.1TU7#2 was probably 

derived) 

1952 

Personal Recollection*** 

G.C. Facer to M.J. Osborne and E. Martin 

13 November 1980 and 11 March 1981 

Personal Recollections*** 

J. Service, Albuquerque, New Mexico 

April 1981 

Personal Recollection*** 

Payne Harris 

April 1981 

Documentary Photoqraphy*** 

J . L. Gaylord 

Lookout Mountain Laboratory 

February 1953 Wr-612 

*Available from NTIS; order number appears before the asterisk. 

**Available at DOE CIC. 

***Not available. 

27 0 
c.10.1 

c.2.1 

c.2.2 

C. 2.3 

C.3.1 

C.3.2 

c.3.3 

c.3.4 

c. 3.5 

C. 3.6 

c.3.7 

C.3.8 

c.3.9 

Timing and Firing and Fiducial Markers*** 

H.E. Grier 

Edgerton, Germeshausen and Grier, Inc. 

March 1953 W-609 

Final Report by the Commander, Task Group 132.3 to the Commander, 

Sbint Task Force 132 on the Participation " 

of Task Group 132.2 

"- 

in - 

Operation IVY** * 

- Task Group 132.2 History*** 

Unit History, Task Group 132.2, Joint Task Force " 132""" 

1 Jun 1951-31 Oct 51, Nine Installments 

Task Group 132.3 History*** 

December 1952 

Final Report Operation IVY*** 

Task Group 132.3, Joint Task Force 132 

4 December 1952 

Summary of Activities from 31 October to Det 3*** 

Commander Task Element 132.3 

- 

3 December 1952 

Operational Report*** 

Commanding Officer Oak Hill (LSD-7) 

28 November 1952 

Boat Pool Operations -- IVY*** 

Commander Task Element 132.32 

4 December 1952 

- Report on Office of Naval Research-Scripps Participation*** ONR-Scripps Institution of Oceanography 

7 December 1952 

- 

Future Opecations Similar to IVY*** 

CTG 132.3 to Chief, BuShips 

- Ships Logs (various ships logs cited as Ships Name Log)*** 1952 

Post Operation Report*** 

Commanding Officer, Carpenter (DDE-825) 

20 November 1952 

*Available from NTIS; order number appears before the asterisk. 

**Available at DOE CIC. 

***Not available. 

271 
C. 3.10 

C.3.11 

C.3.12 

C. 3.13 

C.3.14 

C.3.15 

C.3.16 

C.4.1 

C.4.2 

c.4.3 

Summary of Operations*** 

Commanding Officer, Rendova (CVE-114) 

8 December 1952 

I Roll-Up Phase Report** * 

Commanding Off icer7Rendova (WE-114) 

20 November 1953 

"- Helicopter OperationsL3 October - to 18 November 1952 and 1st En- 

- dorsement (Commanding Officer, Rendovap-** "- 

Officer in Charge 

Radiolag ical Decontamination of Helicopters*** 

Officer in Charge Helicopter Detachment 

13 November 1952 

AU-Weather Fighter Operations 2 October through 15 November 1952 

and 1st Endorsement (Commanding Officer, Rendova)*** 

Officer in Charge 

Utility Fl9ht Operations from 2 October through 16 November 1952 

and 1st Endorsement (Commanding Officer, Rendova)*** 

Officer in Charge 

Report of Deployed Operations*** 

Commanding Officer , Patrol Tm (VP-2) 

1 January 1953 

Final Report, Task Group 132.4, Jan-Dec 1952*** 

Hq TG 132.4 

1952 

" 

Command - and Statistical Summary, Task Group 132.4*** 

TG 132.4 " 

The Monthly Historical Report*** 

HQ 'X 132.4 

November 1952 

~ ~~~ ~~ 

*Available from NTIS; order number appears before the asterisk. 

**Available at DOE CIC. 

***Not available. 

27 2 
c.4.4 

c.4.5 

C.4.6 

c.4.7 

C.4.8 

Narrative Historysf TG 132.4 Provisional*** 

1 Jul 1951-29 Feb 1952 

1 Mar 1952-30 Apr 1952 

1 May 1952-30 Jun 1952 

1 Jul 1952-31 Aug 1952 

1 Sep 1952-31 Oct 1952 

Special Installment (History) MIKE 

Special Installment (History) KING 

TG 132.4 

16 Oct-31 Dec 1952 

Final Mission Report (Letter) *** 

TG 132.4 Test Aircraft Unit 

16 December 1952 

Historical Report** * 

May-June 1952 

1 Jul-25 Aug 1952 

26 Aug-15 Oct 1952 

TG 132.4 Test Aircraft Unit 

" History of the Test Servi-ces Unit*** 

Feb 1952 

1 Mar-15 Apr 1952 

16 Apr-30 Jun 1952 

1 Jul-25 Aug 1952 

26 Aug-15 Oct 1952 

Historical Div MATS 

History of the Weather Reconnaissance Element*** 

1 Jan-30 Jun 1952 

- 

1 Jul-25 Aug 1952 

26 Aug-15 Oct 1952 

57th Strategic Recon Sq 

c.4.9 Narrative Report, WREP Participation*** 

TG 132.4 WREP 

n.d. 

C.4.10 - History of the Weather Reporting Element Provisional*** 1 Mar-30 Apr 1952 

1 Jul-25 Aug 1952 

26 Aug-15 Oct 1952 

16 Oct-10 Dec 1952 

Hq Weather Reporting Element Provisional 

*Available from NTIS; order number appears before the asterisk. 

**Available at DOE CIC. 

***Not available. 

27 3 
C.4.11 Historical Report of the Search and Rescue Element Provisional*** 

Hq Search and Rescue Element 

1 July 1952 

" -7 

OTHER AFTER-ACTION DOCUMENTS 

D.l RadioactiveDebris from Operation IVY*** 

New York Operations Office, USAEC 

28 April 1953 NYO 4522 

D.2 History of Operation Greenhouse 1948-51, Vol I "- " -" 

Lt Gen E.R. Quesada, CJTF 3 WT-47 

NTIS AD 740 867* 

D.3 "The Debate Over the Hydrogen Bomb," Scientific American, vol 233, 

no. 4 

- " 

H.F. York 

October 1975 

D.4 Memo: Calculated Radiation Doses for Personnel in Task Group 132.2, 

zint Task Force 132, During Operation IVY*** 

mnKXence Applications , Inc. 

March 1981 

- 

*Available from NTIS; order number appears before the asterisk. 

**Available at DOE CIC. 

***Not available. 

27 4 
APPENDIX A 

ISLAND SYNONYMS 

ENEWETAK ATOLL 

CAPITALIZED entries are the code names used by the joint task force for 

the islands. Underscored entries are the names of the islands as used in this 

report. All other entries are spellings of the islands that may appear in 

other literature. 

"" 

Aaraanbiru 

Aitsu 

Alembel 

ALICE 

ALVIN 

Ana% - 

Anerowi j 

Aniyaanii 

Aomon 

Arambiru 

A2 

BEL LE 

Biijiri 

Bi j ile 

Bi j ire 

B ik en 

Bikile 

B i llae 

Billee 

Bogairikk 

Bogallua 

Bog an 

Bogeirik 

Bogen 

Bogon 

Bokaidr ik 

Bokaidrikdrik 

Bokandretok 

-ken 

Bok en 

Bokene lab 

Bok i nwo tme 

Ebko 

Bokoluo 

Bokambako 

Bokonaarappu 

Bokonarppu 

BRUCE 

Buganegan 

" 

" 

BO9~bogO 

" 

- 

__ 

- 

VERA - Alembel - Arambiru 

OLIVE - Aitsu 

VERA - Aaraanbiru - Arambiru 

Bokoluo - Bogallua 

Jinedrol - Chinieero 

BRUCE - Aniyaanii 

TOM - Munjor - Munjur 

BRUCE - AnaniJ 

SALLY 

VERA - Alembel - Aaraanbiru 

" 

OLIVE - Aej 

" 

" 

Bokombako - Bogmbogo 

TILDA - Bijire - Bijile - Bikile 

TILDA - Bijire - Biijiri - Bikile 

TILDA - Bijile - Biijiri - Bikile 

LEROY - Rigile - Rigili 

TILDA - Bijire - Bijile - Biijiri 

WILMA - Piiraai - Piirai 

LUCY - Kidrinen - Kirinian 

HELEN - Bokaidrikdrik - Bogeirik - Bokaidrik 

ALICE - Bokoluo 

IFWIN - Boken - Pokon 

HELEN - Bokaidrikdr ik - Bogair ikk - Bokaidrik 

REX - Jedrol - Jieroru 

BELLE - Bokombako 

IRENE - €@ken 

HELEN - Bokaidrikdr2 - Bogair ikk - Bogeirik 

HELEN - Ggairikk - Bogeirik - Bokaidrik 

WALT 

IRENE - Bogon 

IRWIN - Pokon - Bogan 

MARY - Bokonaarappu - Bokonarppu 

EDNA - Sanildefonso 

SAM 

ALICE - Bogallua 

BELLE - Bogombog0 

MARY - Bokenelab - Bokonarppu 

MARY - Bokenelab - Bokonaarappu 

Ananii - Aniyaanii 

HENRY - Mut - Mui 

" 

- 

27 5 
Chinieero 

Chinimi 

CLARA 

CLYDE 

Coch i ta 

DAISY 

DAVID 

Drekati. "_ Dr idr ilbw1-J 

Eberiru 

EDNA 

Eleleron 

El le 

ELMER 

Elugelab 

Eluklab 

Enewetak 

Engebi 

En iwetok 

Enjebi 

Eybbiyae 

- 

FLORA 

FRED 

GENE 

Giriinien 

GLENN 

Gr inem 

HELEN 

HENRY 

Igur in 

I kur en 

Inedral 

IRENE 

IRWIN 

" 

JAMES 

JANET 

Jieroru 

J inedrol 

Jinimi 

KATE 

KEITH 

Kidrenen 

ALVIN - Jinedrol 

CLYDE - Jinimi 

Kirunu - Eybbiyae - Ruchi 

Jinimi - Chinimi 

DAISY 

" 

- Louj - Lidilbut 

Lomi - Cochita - Lidilbut 

Taptan - Muti 

OSCAR 

GENE - Teiteir ipucch i 

RUBY - Eleleron 

Bokinwotme - Sanildefonso 

KlBY - Eberiru 

NANCY - Yeiri 

Parry - Medren 

FLORA - Eluklab 

nORA - Elugelab 

FReD - Eniwetok 

"- " 

JANET - En jebi 

FRED - Enewetak 

JANET - Engebi 

CLARA - Kirunu - Ruchi 

Eluklab - Elugelab 

Enewetak - Eniwetok 

Dridr ilbwi j- Teiteir ipucchi 

KEITH - Kidrenen - Grinem 

Ikuren - Igurin 

KEITH - Kidrenen - Giriinien 

Bokaidrikdrik - Bogairikk - Bogeirik - Bokaidrik 

- Mut - Buganegan - Mui 

GLENN - 1kur.en 

GLENN - Igurin 

URIAH 

Boken - Bogon " 

" 

Boken - Bogan - Pokon 

Ribewon - Libiron - Ribaion 

Enjebi - Engebi 

DAVID - Muti 

REX - Jieroru - Bogen 

REX - Jedrol - Bogen 

ALVIN - Chinieero 

CLYDE - Chinimi 

" 

Mijikadrek - Mujinkarikku - Muzinbaarikku 

Kidrenen - Giriinien - Grinem 

KEITH - Giriinien - Grinem 

276 
Kidrinen 

Kirinian 

Kirun! 

" 

LEROY 

Libiron 

Lidilbut 

Lou j 

LUCY 

Lu jor 

- LO* 

MACK 

MARY 

Med r en 

Mi j ikadrs 

Mu i 

Mu j inkarikku 

Mun j or 

Mun j ur 

Mu t 

Muti 

Muzinbaarikku 

- 

NANCY 

OLIVE 

OSCAR 

Parry 

PEARL 

PERCY 

Piiraai 

Piirai 

Pokon 

REX 

Ribaion 

Ribewon 

Rig ile 

Rigili 

Rojoa 

RUBY 

Ruch i 

Ru j iyoru 

Ru joru 

Run it 

SALLY 

SAM 

Sanildefonso 

LUCY - Billee - Kirinian 

LUCY - Kidrinen - Billee 

CLARA - 

"- 

Eybbiyae - Ruchi 

Biken - Rigile - Rigili 

JAMES - Ribewon - Ribaion 

DAISY - Louj - Cochita 

URSULA - Rojoa 

DAISY - Cochita - Lidilbut 

Kidrinen - Billee - Kirinian 

PEARL - Ru jiyoru - Ru joru 

"" 

Un ibor 

Bokenelab - - Bokonaarappu - Bokonarppu 

ELMER - Parry 

KATE - Mujinkarikku - Muzinbaarikku 

HENRY - E - Buganegan 

KATE - Mijikadrek - Muzinbaarikku 

TOM - Anerowi j - Munjur 

TOM - Munjor - Anerowi j 

HENRY - Buganegan - Mui 

DAVID - Japtan 

KATE - Mij ikadrek - Mu jinkar ikku 

Elle - Yeiri 

Aej - Aitsu 

Drekatimon "- 

ELMER - Medren 

LUI - Rujiyoru - Rujoru 

Fa iwe 1 

WILMA - Billae - Piirai 

WILMA - Billae - Piiraai 

IRWIN - Boken - Bogan 

" 

Jedrol - Bogen - Jieroru 

JAMES - Ribewon - Libiron 

JAMES - Libiron - Ribaion 

LEROY - Biken - Rigili 

LEROY - Biken - Rigile 

URSULA - Lojwa 

Eleleron - Eberiru 

CLARA - Kirunu - Eybbiyae 

PEARL - Lujor - Rojoru 

PEARL - Lu jor - Rujiyoru 

YVONNE 

" 

Aomon 

Bok7 " 

EDNA - Bokinwotme 

27 7 
Taiwel 

Teiteiripucchi 

TILDA 

TOM 

Unibor 

" 

URIAH 

URSULA 

VAN 

VERA 

WALT 

WILMA 

Yeir i 

YVONNE 

PERCY 

GENE - Dridrilbwii 

Bijire - Bijile - Biijiri - Bikile 

Munjor - Anerowi j - Munjur 

MACK 

I nedr a1 

Lojwa - Rojoa 

Enewetak Atoll 

Alembel - Aaraanbiru - Arambiru 

" Bokandretok 

Billae - Piirai - Piiraai 

NANCY - Elle 

Runit 

27 8 
APPENDIX B 

RADIOLOGICAL SAFETY AND RELATED DOCUMENTS 

RETYPED COPIES OF : 

CJTF Operation Plan No. 2-52 

Annex P -- Radioloaical Safetv 

Appendix I -- Hazards Resulting from Atomic 

Bomb Explosions 

Appendix I1 -- Special Radiological Safety Regulations 

Appendix I11 -- Radiological Safety Center 

Annex T -- Shot Phase Execution 

Annex U -- Post-Shot Reentry Plan 

Appendix I -- Reentry Following MIKE Shot 

Appendix I1 -- Reentry Following KING Shot -

27 9 
280 
Headquarters, Joint Task Force 132 

WHINGIDN 25, D.C. 

15 August 1952, 1800 R 

Annex P to CJTF 132 Omration Plan No. 2-52 

RADIOLOGICAL sAFE;Ty 

1. Primary Mission. The purpose of this radiological safety plan is 

to provide for : 

a. The protection of civilian and military personnel of the Task 

Force fran radiological hazards. 

b. The maintenance of the operational efficiency of the Task Force 

in the presence of radiological hazards. 

c. The training and organization of J" 132 for radiological 

safety . 

d. The collection and dissemination of radiological safety 

information. 

e. Informing ClcNcpAC of radiological hazards which may exist to 

those living within a radius of 600 miles, or flying within a 

radius of 1000 miles of the test site. 

2. General Terminolq. Radiological Defense (RadDefense) operations, 

or Radiological Safety (FbdSafe) operations, short term RADOPS, as 

used herein, are general terms. They are used to denote the means 

by which a unit can control and confine the darrage and radiologica

effects of an atomic explosion, or of radioactive material sprea

by other mans, thereby preventing and avoiding health hazards to 

personnel. They are interpreted to include measures such as (a) 

training, organization and distribution of radiological personnel, 

(b) developmt of techniques and procedures, including use of detecting equipent, protection or remval of exposed personnel, and 

decontamination of personnel, structures and equipment. 

Following each detonation there will be areas of surface radiological contamination and areas of air radiological contamination. These areas are designated as Radiological Exclusion Areas 

(RADEX). Prior to shot times, the forecast surface RADEX will be 

disseminated by CSTF 132 in the target area, while CTG 132.4, at 

KWAJALEIN, disseminates the forecast air RADEX. These RADWS will 

represent a forecast from HW Hour (H-Hour) until dissemination of 

a later surface and air RADEX at about H plus 4 hours. The later 

RAD- will be based upon the master radiological "situation map" 

maintained by CIG 132.1 aboard the flagship of CSTF 132. Since the 

air FlADEX after shot time will be based on mnitored air tracking 

by 'X 132.4 aircraft over significant large ocean areas, information prcmulgated fran the forecast air RADEX may have to be extended beyond the originally anticipated 4 hour period. 

2 81 
The surface WFX will be determined by actual survey with 

Radiation Detection, Indication and Computation (RADIAC) equipnt 

after shot time. The most rapid method of accomplishing surface 

survey in the early stages will be by helicopter flight in and 

around the surface of contaminated areas. Frm the radiation intensities measured at a known altitude, it is possible to obtain a 

a rough estimate of the radiation dosage rates which would be encountered on the surface of the ground or water. Actual water 

samples from the lagoon will be utilized. Ground survey will 

follaw this rough guide to determine definitely the contaminated 

regions and objects. Foml ground survey of the ENIWEIY>K ATOIL, 

as feasible, will beaccomplished on M plus 1 Day. 

3. Responsibilities 

a. Comd Responsibilities. Radiological safety and training of 

all military and civilian personnel is <- cmd responsibility. 

b. ComMnder, Joint Task Force 132. The Camnander will: 

(1) Specify the measures necessary to insure the radiological 

safety of Task Force personnel and furnish technical advisory 

assistance to task group radiological safety officers. 

(2) Inform CINCPAC of radiological hazards which may exist to 

those living within a radius of 600 miles, or flying within a 

radius of 1,000 miles of the test site. 

c. Cmder, Task Group 132.1, having the mjor technical radiological safety unit, will: 

(1) Perform all ground monitoring services associated with 

scientific missions, including monitoring of water supplies at inhabited distant atolls. The Camnander, TG 132.3 will assist CIG 

132.1 in furnishing this service. 

(2) Furnish laboratory services and technical assistance to 

all task groups to include: 

(a) Procwmt, storage, and issued [sic] of film badges 

and specified supplementary items of personnel radiological safety 

equipnent. 

(b) Laboratory services to develop and interpret photo 

[film] badges. 

(c) Maintenance of records of exposures frm film badges 

(duplicates will be furnished to appropriate task groups). 

(d) Provision of facilities at PARRY ISLAM) radiological 

safety building for calibration, repair and maintenance of instruments, and issue and storage of spare parts for RADIAC equipment. 

(e) Monitoring the remval and packaging of radioactive 

2 82 
sources and samples. 

(3) Develop and furnish radiological safety surface situation 

maps after shot time to the Task Force Cmder, and the task 

groups requiring the information. 

(4) Procure radiological safety clothing as necessary for TG 

132.1 and specified recovery personnel. 

(5) Procure and issue special high density goggles to specif ied personnel of JTF 132. 

(6) Provide technical personnel to inspect radiologically contaminated items for all task groups, and certify destruction or 

disposal to JTF 132. 

(7) Provide personnel and equiprent decontamination facilities. 

(8) Conduct necessary fall-out and radiochemical studies for 

radiological safety documentation. 

d. Corrmander, Task Grow 132.2 will: 

(1) Provide and train own radiological safety organization. 

(2) Provide and maintain own RADIAC equipnent and clothing. 

(3) Provide limited contaminated clothing laundry facilities. 

(4) Provide contaminated equipment storage area with the 

necessary security. 

(5) Provide necessary military decontamination equipnent. 

(6) Assist CIY; 132.1 in equipnt decontamination operations. 

e. Cmder, Task Group 132.3 will: 

(1) Insure that appropriate RADIAC equiprent and qualirled 

personnel are aboard each unit of the Task Group, and in required 

condition of readiness to carry out the radiological safety 

missions of the E. 

(2) It is desired to point out, haever, that the employrent 

of ships and units in TG 132.3, insofar as radiological safety is 

concerned, is not considered a routine employrent under the conditions of atcmic warfare. The peculiar requiremnts with embarked 

scientific civilian personnel, peacetime employment of the vessel

in an atcmic test and attendant special regulations governing personnel exposure under such circumstances are not generally amena

to tactical considerations. 

(3) The special requirertlent of one airborne monitor for each 

283 
multi-engine aircraft crew is a firm requirement of Operation IVY. 

It is assumed that in conditions of readiness for radiological 

operations of any aircraft units this will be included. 

(4) Provide own repair, spare parts and calibration facilities. 

(5) While Task Force is embarked, provide space for a laboratory of limited facility for radiochemistry techniques, fall-out 

studies, photodosirnetry developing, equipnent storage, and adninistrative space for use by TG 132.1 radiological safety operations 

section. 

(6) Provide decontamination facilities for own aircraft not 

based on KWAJALEIN. 

(7) Provide necessary helicopter air service for imnediate 

post-shot survey (mnitors furnished by TG 132.1). 

(8) Provide aqhibious aircraft for assistance to TG 132.1 in 

monitoring of fall-out and collection of water samples frm ad-~acent and distant inhabited islands/atolls. 

f. Cmder. Task Grour, 132.4 will: 

(1) Provide and train am radiological safety monitors, including one (1) airborne mnitor for each multi-engine aircraft 

crew assigned to TG 132.4 

(2) Provide cwn RADIAC equiprent and protective clothing. 

(3) Provide cwn repair, spare parts and calibration facilities 

of RADIAC equipwnt for aircraft at KwAJM,EIN ISLAM). 

(4) Provide decontamination facilities for uwh aircraft and, 

by providing facilities and equiprent, assist TG 132.3 in decontamination of TG 132.3 aircraft on KWUALEIN (only decontamination 

equiprent for stand-by utility is required at ENIWE;TOK). 

(5) Provide cloud tracking airplanes for post-shot radiological safety "situation data" up to radius of 1000 miles in the significant quadrant, as designated by CSTF 132, for period of 48 

hours after detonation. 

(6) Prepare air WEX. 

(7) Provide facilities for personnel decontamination at KWFJALEIN. 

g. All radiological safety operations for Operation IVY will be 

considered as routine and will comply with permissible radiological 

exposures for routine work, except "special" operations, which must 

be specifically designated by the CTTF 132. (See Appendix 11). 
h. In tactical situations the military cannander must make the 

decision regarding alluwable exposures. As military personnel are 

normally subject to only random expmures, health hazards are a 

minimum. Current Department of Defense information on exposure to 

gm radiation in tactical situations is indicated belaw: 

(1) Uniform acute (imnediate) dosage of 50 roentgens to a 

group of armed forces personnel will not appreciably affect the

efficiency as a fighting unit. 

(2) Uniform acute dosage of 100 roentgens will produce in 

occasional individuals nausea and vcmiting, but not to an extent 

that will render armed forces personnel ineffective as fighting 

units. Personnel receiving an acute radiation dose of 100 or mre 

roentgens should be given a period of rest and individual evaluation as soon as possible. 

(3) Uniform acute dosage of approxhtely 150 roentgens, or 

greater, can be expected to render armed forces personnel ineffective as troops within a few hours through a substantial incidence 

of nausea, vaniting, weakness and prostration. bbrtality produced 

by an acute dose of 150 roentgens will be very low and evental 

recovery of physical fitness my be expectea. 

(4) Field comnanders should, therefore, assm that if substantial numbers of their men receive acute radiation doses substantially above 100 roentgens, there is grave risk that their 

cannands will rapidly becane ineffective as fighting units. Cumulative radiation doses over the entire body of about 200 roentgens 

my substantially reduce the life expectancy of the irradiated 

individual. 

(5) Internal radiation hazards caused by entry of radioactive 

substances through the muth, through the lungs, or through cuts or 

wounds do not exist after an air burst. Internal hazards followin

a contaminating explosion may be avoided if ordinary precautions 

are taken. Only under unusual circumstances will there be an internal hazard from residual contamination. This eliminates the 

necessity for masking and consequent reduction of tactical efficiency. 

4. Training. The inclusion of a radiological safety organization 

throughout the Task Force will require tm general levels of training; basic indoctrination and technical training. The scope of instruction within each of thes levels will vary in accordance with 

the requirements of different operational and staff levels. 

Basic indoctrination will include primary, non-technical instruction in radiological safety measures and techniques. This 

mst be imparted to all personnel of the Task Force to enable th

to perform their assigned duties efficiently within the alluwabl

low exposures, regardless of the presence of radioactive contamin

ants. 

285 
Technical training will include the training of the majority 

of the personnel who will be required to staff the Task Force radiological safety organization and perform the technical operations 

involved. This will be acqlished through the utilization of 

existing Service courses and establishment of suitable courses at 

task group level. This instruction will be designed to train radiological defense monitors, decontamination personnel and radiological instrument repairmen. 

Camoander [JTF-132] 

Appendix 

I - Hazards Resulting frm Atcpnic Ba-nb Explosions 

I1 - Special Radiological Safety Regulations 

I11 - Radiological Safety Center 

OFFICIAL: 

(signed) 

Assistant Chief of Staff, J-3 

286 
Headquarters, Joint Task Force 132 

WASHINGTON 25, D.C. 

10 May 1952, 1800 R 

Appdix I to Annex P 

Radiological Safety, CSTF 132 Operation Plan No. 2-52 

HAZARDS RESULTING Fl?OM AMMlC BaMB EXPLOSIONS 

1. Nature of Hazards 

a. When an atomic bamb explosion occurs, tremendous quantities of 

energy in a variety of forms are release. This energy is propagated outward in all directions. 

b. When fission occurs, the inmediate reaction is intense emission 

of ultraviolet, visible, and infrared (heat) radiation, gm rays 

and neutrons. This is accompanied by the formation of a large ball 

of fire. A large part of the energy from the explosion is emitted 

as a shock wave. The ball of fire produces a muhrmshaped mass 

of hot gases, the top of which rises rapidly. In the trail belaw 

the mushroam cap, a thin column is left. The cloud and column are 

then carried dawnwind, the direction and speed being determined by 

the direction and speed of the wind at the various levels of 

from the surface to base of mushroam cap. At ENIWEKIK, part of the 

energy fram the explosion results in an ocean surface wave which is 

considered of minor nature directly to the Task Force. 

c. All personnel of the Task Force will be well outside of the 

range of all hazard at the time of detonation, except for the 

intense light fran the fire ball. 

d. kmollowing the detonation, personnel entering shot areas will be 

exposed to beta particles and gm rays caning fran induced neutron activity in the soil and any fission products which might 

been deposited on the ground. There may also be a potential alpha 

particle hazard frm the unfissioned fissionable materials which 

my be deposited on the ground. 

e. The light of explosion is so intense that permanent injury to 

the eye may result from viewing the ball of fire at close range 

with the naked eye or through binoculars. Ordinary dark glasses 

will not suffice and all personnel who do not have the speci

tective glasses, which will be issued in limited n-rs by TG 

132.1, must be facing 180 degrees fran the detonation. 

f. The emission of dangerous nuclear radiation can be separated 

into tw~ time periods. The primary radiation which occurs at the 

time of the flash is composed of gm rays and neutrons. Casualties may result frm this primary radiation if the exposure occurs 

within a certain range of ground zero. Secondary radiation is due 

to activation of the soil around ground zero and to fall-out. 

287 
1. Protection 

a. Against the primary radiological effects, distance will provide 

protectlon. 

b. Against the secondary radioactivity hazards frm radioactive 

fission products, induced radioactivity and unfissioned residue, 

detection and avoidance provide the best protection. Suitable 

instrumnts indicate directly both the presence and intensity of 

radioactivity at a given place. Area reconnaissance, the mintenance of contamination situation maps, the posting of areas of 

hazard, and minimizing the spread of contaminated material into uncontaminated areas constitute the active measures for reducing the 

radiological hazard. 

c. Personnel within an operational radius of ground zero (details 

to be designated by dispatch) who are to be facing in the direction 

of the flash will be required to wear special goggles to protect 

their eyes against excessive light. Personnel within the above 

operational radius who are not provided goggles will face in the 

opposite direction frun the flash. After ten (10) seconds, such 

personnel may do an about face and observe the phenma. 

3. Anticimted Hazard Areas 

a. Imnediately under the bcmb burst there will be an area of 

intense radioactivlty. 

b. Extending downwind, an airborne radioactive hazard will exist. 

Its characteristics will depend on the meteorological influences 

such as wind speed and direction at various altitudes up to the 

mimum height reached by the cloud. 

c. Contaminated water in the lagoon adjacent to the shot island 

should be of minor consequence, but will be checked by the radiological safety unit of TG 132.1 imnediately after shot time and at 

other intervals. 

d. Unless care is exercised, individuals or objects entering contaminated areas may transfer radioactivity to clean areas. 

e. By means of instrun-ents, such as Geiger-Mueller counters and 

ion chambers, it is possible to detect the area of contamination 

and to measure the intensity of the radioactivity. Radiation intensity will nomlly be masured and reported in roentgens per 

hour. Besides those instruments, dosimeters and film badges will 

be used as indicators of the accumulated exposure to radioactivity. 

Only personnel involved in mrk near, or in, radioactive areas will 

war film badges to provide a permanent record of exposure. 

f. The intensity of the radioactive hazard tends to decrease with 

time due to decay of radioactive materials, and dispersion and 

dilution, depending upon climatic conditions. As an approximtion, 

the intensity of the radiation €ran the fission produces decreases 

2 88 
by radioactive decay inversely with the time after the detonation. 

4. This appendix is of reduced security classification in order to 

permit wide dissemination to all personnel of the cmd. 

CamMnder [JTF 1321 

OFFICIAL: 

(signed) 

Assistant Chief of Staff, 5-3 

289 
Headquarters, Joint Task Forc 132 

WASHINGKIN 25, D.C. 

10 May 1952, 1800 R 

Appendix I1 to Annex P 

Radiological Safety, CJTF 132 Operation Plan No. 2-52 

SPECIAL RADIOLiOGICAL SA??ETY FEGULATIONS 

1. The total integrated permissible dose for personnel participating 

in Operation IVY is 3.0 roentgens (measured gm only), based on a 

three month operational period. 

a. The maximum permissible exposures as stated above are applicable to a field experimental test of nuclear devices in peacetim, 

wherein numbers of personnel engaged in these tests have been 

previously exposed, or will be continuously exposed to potential 

radiation hazards. It may become necessary fran a study of personnel records to adjust dmwards the allwed total integrated 

dose for certain individuals who have participated recently in 

other atanic tests. 

b. Under a military tactical situation the maximum permissible 

dose above does not apply. 

c. Special instances may arise after shot time such as in the case 

of an air-sea rescue within the atoll lagoon and inside the surface 

RADEX in which rescue operations will be carried out without regard 

to the radiological hazard. Monitors aboard rescue craft shall be 

required to determine the extent of actual radiation hazard experienced in order that appropriate medical tests my be initiated. 

2. Individuals or groups working in contaminated areas, or with contaminated equipment, shall beaccompanied by radiological safety 

monitors. These monitors shall inform persons in charge of groups 

of the radiological hazards involved and when maximum permissible 

exposure will be reached. Advice of the radiological mnitor relative to radiological hazards will be accepted. Every individual 

must cooperate to the fullest extent in minimizing the possibilities of over-exposure even though imnediate physiological effects 

are not apparent. Personnel who become over-exposed shall be required to take radiological physical examinations as my be 

prescribed. 

3. Names of all individuals who are expected to enter radioactive 

areas shall be submitted to CTG 132.1 in the form of an eligibility 

list two weks prior to the test. 

4. All islands in the atoll will be considered contaminated after each 

shot until reported clear by CSTF 132. 

5. No aircraft in the air at H-Hour shall be closer than 20 miles 

slant range fran the detonation point, and after detonation no aircraft shall operate inside the air FADEX or closer than 10miles 

290 
frm the rising column or visible cloud, unless specifically 

directed otherwise. If a tactical situation arises where aircraft 

must enter the air RADEX, tactical dosage allmances shall apply. 

6. All persons in aircraft at shot time, or at subsequent times when 

engaged in operations in or near the cloud or RADM track, shall 

wear film badges. 

7. Pilots and copilots of aircraft in the air at shot time will 

modified all-purpose .1 density filter goggles. Copilots should as 

an extra precaution, cover their eyes with forearms at zero h

8. All multi-engine Task Force aircraft in the air at H-Hour within 

100 miles of the detonation point shall carry a person designated 

as radiological safety mnitor equipped with suitable RADIAC equipment and a WEX plot. This monitor shall be capable of calculating allmable exposures under both tactical and operational 

conditions. 

9. Transportation of radioactive materials to and frm the forward 

area shall be in accordance with AM: regulations for escorted shipment of such material. Monitoring of radioactive test materials 

enroute shall be the responsibility of escorting scientific personnel, under the direction of CTG 132.1 

10. No radioactive material shall be rmved from the test site except 

as authorized in experimental programs. Unauthorized entry into 

radioactive areas is prohibited. 

11. No ships with personnel shall be permitted inside the lagoon or 

closer than 25 nautical miles frm the shot island at the time of 

detonation. Bearings of danger from imnediate radioactive fall-out 

for ship operations will be established by CTTF 132 on the basis of 

forecast wind directions at the intended tirw of detonation. Thi

danger section will be designated as surface WEX. All ships of 

the Task Force shall be required to remain outside the surface 

RADM - danger bearings, radial limitation and time restriction. 

Hmver, if ships are directed tactically into the surface RADM, 

mvement of ships shall begoverned by tactical dosage guides. 

12. Individuals on board ships of the Task Force shall be protected 

collectively frm hazards of blast, heat and radioactivity by mement of the ships. 

13. In general, 'boats operating in waters near shot islands after shot 

times may become contaminated. Monitors shall be aboard all boats 

operating north of PARRY ISLAND after shot time, either as passen

gers or rnedxrs of the boat crew, until such time as radi

restrictions are lifted. 

14. Film badges will be forwarded regularly to the laboratory of CIG 

132.1, where all processing and recording will be accamplished. 

Copies of exposure records will be furnished to task group 

comnanders . 2 91 
Headquarters, Joint Task Force 132 

WASHINGION 25, D.C. 

10 May 1952, 1800 R 

Appendix I11 to Annex P 

Radiological Safety, CJTF 132 Operation Plan No. 2-52 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

RADIOLQGICAL sAFE;Ty cFmTEx 

A radiological safety center will be established on shipboard (CVE) 

prior to shot time. This center will be established by CIG 132.1, 

and will serve as operations headquarters for all radiological 

safety activities of TG 132.1 while embarked. All radiological 

safety data will be collected at this center and forwarded to 

conmand center aboard Task Force flagship. 

The Radiological Safety Center will maintain radiological situation 

data on all islands of the atoll, based on air and ground survey 

information, supplemented by mnitor reports. This information 

will be the basis of periodic situation reports or maps and 

briefing information furnished to the Task Force and task group 

conmanders . 

The Radiological Safety Center, in coordination with CTG 132.4, who 

will develop the air RADEX plot, will assgnble the overall RADEX 

situation. The Cmder, J"F 132, will originate surface RADEX 

prior to shot time (forecast), and will originate messages fran 

time to time after the shots, announcing radiological clearances of 

contaminated, or previously closed areas. 

This Center will provide information for the planning of radiological safety operations, and for the disposition of all working 

parties within the contaminated area. It will establish radiological safety check points. It will maintain an operations table 

giving details for all groups who plan to enter contaminated areas 

each day, including name of mnitor, destination, general type of 

mission (program or project number) , and time of departure and 

arrival. 

The Center will provide special clothing to previously designated 

recovery personnel, have cognizance over working schedule of the 

radiochemical laboratory, photo-dosimetry developing facilities, 

RADIAC repair, etc., of TG 132.1. Personnel decontamination facilities will be coordinated with existing ship facilities. In 

general, all equiprent will be placed in operational readiness 

prior to evacuation frm nom1 Radiological Safety Center (administrative) on PARRY ISLAND, in the radiological safety building. 

Operational headquarters for the Radiological Safety Center ashore 

will be located in 5-3 Operations Division wing of J" 132 Headquarters building on PARRY ISLAND. It will be restablished ther 

upon reentry when operational conditions permit. 

292 
Headquarters, Joint Task Force 132 

Apo 187 (Hm) , c/o Postroaster 

San Francisco, California 

8 October 1952, 1600 M 

Annex T to CSTF Operation Order No. 2-52 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

SHOT PHASE EVACUATION PLAN 

See Annex A, Concept of Operations, for narrative of the evacuat

concept as it relates to the overall operation. 

This evacuation plan contemplates the employment of tw(2) transport ships of the AP type to accarmdate the bulk of Task Force 

personnel; generally, one transport for elements of TG 132.1 and 

one transport for the military elements of the Task Force, pl

TG 

132.1 overflow personnel. Other ships of the Task Force permit 

ccsnplete evacuation of all personnel frm ENIWETOK ATOLL. 

The bulk of Task Force personnel and specified critical equipnen

supplies and materiel based on ENIWETOK ATOLL will be moved afloat 

prior to 1200 on M minus 1 day. The limited number of remaining 

personnel will be evacuated aboard ships departing from the 

ENIWEIOK lagoon not later than H minues 5 hours. When radsafe conditions following MIKE shot permit, shore parties necessary for 

collection of data, repair of vital installations and for prepa

tion for KING shot will be disembarked. Total evacuation of personnel on ENmK A'IVLL during the second shot (KING shot) may not 

be necessary. However, if emergency evacuation of all personnel is 

not determined essential by CJTF, the general procedures set forth 

in this plan for MIKE shot will also apply for KING shot. 

The conference at LQS Alms Scientific Laboratory on 10 June 1952 

which is sumnarized in HQ CTG 132.1 letter, file 5-12372, subject: 

"Report of Evacuation Plans Conference", dated 24 June 1952 is the 

guide for making plans for the evacuation of equiprent and m

during MIKE shot. The blast, thermal, water wave and radiological 

effects predictions and conclusions for MIKE shot outlined in this 

reference represent the consensus of the recognized authorities in 

the respective fields. To insure that the calculated risks assured 

for this operation are predicated on sound principles and the 

advice available, it is directed that all JTF 132 organizations 

employ the predictions and conclusions indicated in the referenced 

letter for resolution of damage estimation and evacuation problem

The Comnander, TG 132.2 is responsible for evacuation of personnel 

based on ENIWETOK ISIAND, for critical equipnent under his jurisdiction and for detailed loading plans for personnel assigned to 

the USNS GENERAL E.T. COLLINS (TAP-147). The cmder, TG 132.1 

is responsible for evacuation of personnel based on other isla

of ENmK ATOLL, for critical equiprent under his jurisdiction 

and for detailed loading plans for personnel assigned to the USS 

C"ISS (AV-4) and USNS DAVID A. SHANKS (TAP-180). 

293 
6. This annex establishes general procedures for conduct of the evacuation plan outlined above and for safeguarding of facilities and 

materiel remaining ashore during shot periods. 

Comnander [J" 1321 

29 4 
Headquarters, Joint Task Force 132 

WASHINGTON 25, D.C. 

10 May 1952, 1800 R 

Annex U to CJ" 132 &ration Plan No. 2-53 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

POST-SHOT REENTRY PLAN 

See Annex A, Concept of Operations, for narrative of the reen

concept as it related to the overall operation. 

This plan provides for major elements of the Task Force rema

afloat until after the second shot (KING). In general, Appendix I 

outlines procedures for temporary reentry follcwing MIKE shot of 

shore parties (operating from quarters aboard ship) to collect 

data, make repairs, and to prepare for KING shot. Appendix I1 outlines procedures for phasing the full scale reentry of the Tas

Force follcwing KING shot. (If it is detehed that evacuation of 

the Task Force during KING shot is not necessary, the procedures 

outlined in Appendix I1 will apply for the full scale reentry of 

the Task Force following MIKE shot.) 

Following MIKE shot, radiological safety monitors will enter 

ENIWEXlK ATOLL to determine the radiological safety situation. From 

information thus obtained, plus cloud tracking information, CJTF 

132 will announce R-Hour. When radiological safety conditions permit, the Task Force will return to ENIWEIY>K lagoon, and disembark 

shore parties for limited periods. Shore parties will conduct sh

operations from quarters aboard ship, and will consist of selected 

individuals essential for the collection of data from MIKE shot

for repair of vital installations, and for preparation of instrumtation for KING shot. Upn completion of preparations for KING 

shot, the Task Force afloat departs ENIWEIY>K lagoon and proceeds to 

a designated rendezvous. After detonation of KING shot, radiological safety activities mtioned above will be repeated, a new RHour will be announced, and at an appropriate tim the Task Force 

will return to ENINEIDK ATOIL to disembark all personnel and equipment. The full scale reentry and disembarkation of the Task Forc

will be phased over several days to permit decontamination, if re

quired, and reopening and operation of based facilities. After 

KTNG shot the aim will be to establish nom1 shore base operations 

as early as possible. 

This annex establishes general procedures for conduct of the reentry plan outlined above. Instructions contain herein will, to a 

large extent, be supplemented by on-site fragmntary directives 

issued by the CJTF 132 inasmuch as all reentry operations hinge on 

the prevailing radiological and weather situation. 

The procedures set forth in Appendices I and I1 are based on the 

assqtion that radiological hazards ordmge resulting from 

either shot will not excessively delay or preclude reentry of Task 

Force personnel. Appendix I11 establishes general procedures to be 

tollcwed in the event reentry into the atoll is excessively del

29 5 
or precluded by unforeseen devel-ts resulting fran either shot. 

Hmver remote this possibility, reentry plans pmlgated by task 

groups must take cognizance of this eventuality. 

Ccnmander [JTF 1321 

Appendix 

I - -try Following MIKE Shot 

I1 - Reentry Following KING Shot 

I11 - Alternative Destination Landings 

OFFICIAL: 

(signed) 

Assistant Chief of Staff, 5-3 

29 6 
Headquarters, Joint Task Force 132 

WASHINGION 25, D.C. 

10 May 1952, 1800 R 

Appendix I to Annex U 

Post-Shot Reentrv Plan, CJTF 132 -ration Plan No. 2-52 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

REENTRY FDLLDIING MIKE SHOT 

Within several hours after MIKE shot mnitors accamplish a damage 

and radiological survey of ENIWEIDK ATOLL via helicopters launched 

from the CVE. Task Force Comnander's announcement of R-Hour is 

based on results of this survey, atcmic cloud tracking reports 

aerological prognostications. The initial radiological survey for 

ENIWFIY>K ATOL;L is reconnaissance in nature and does not provide 

reentry of key recovery personnel until results of the radiolo

survey have been evaluated. 

R-Hour is announced when it is radiologically safe to permit re

entry into designated areas for limited periods. As soon after RHour as is feasible, early reentry teams leave CVE by helicopter 

and proceed to those islands; and LORAN Detachment Camnander and 

technician are flawn to mIWE3OK to check operation of the LORAN 

station. Other helicopter flights to critical islands by key scientific personnel are conducted frm the CVE, consistent with radiological safety conditions. Such flights are limited to those 

required for collection of radiological safety data, and for early 

scientific recovery task essential to the performance of the 

mission of CTG 132.1 

Expected weather and radiological safety conditions within 48 hours 

permitting, the Task Force afloat returns to assigned positions 

the ENIWE,'TOK lagoon. At that time shore parties cmnce operations. 

Shore operations are conducted frm quarters aboard ship by limited 

nurmbers of shore party personnel thereby obviating the necessity 

reestablishing shore installations, and facilitating rapid preparation for KING shot. Individuals are assigned to shore parties on a

"must go" basis. Personnel not assigned to shore parties will no

return ashore without specific approval of CJTF 132. The number of 

individuals assigned to shore parties will not exceed that total 

which can be sustained without reestablishing shore installations; 

estbted at 200 persons. Persons considered essential for shore 

party operations include: 

Radiological safety monitors 

Scientific personnel for collection of MIKE shot data 

Scientific personnel for KING shot instrumentation 

Holmes & Narver instrumentation, pwerhouse, salvage and 

LORAN Detachment 

Documentary Photo Team 

TG 132.1 shore based comnand post group 

repair crews. 

29 7 
Shore to ship cammications detail 

Boat pool personnel 

Helicopter pilots 

5. Transportation of shore parties is accatplished by ships' boats 

where feasible, dispatched fran LSD, and by helicopter dispatched fran the CVE. Vehicles and equiprent necessary for shore 

operations are discharged fran ships upon return of the Task Force 

to the lagoon, and are kept ashore during shore operations. 

6. Upon ccmpletion of shore party operations follawing MIKE shot, the 

rehearsal, security seep, muster and evacuation procedures as set 

forth in Annex T are repeated for KING shot. 

Cmder [JTF 1321 

OFFICAL: 

(signed) 

Assistant Chief of Staff, 5-3 

29 8 
Headquarters, Joint Task Force 132 

WASHINGTON 25, D.C. 

10 May 1952, 1800 R 

Appendix I1 to Annex U 

Post-Shot Reentry Plan, CJTF 132 Operation Plan 2-52 

REENTRY FOLLDIING KING SHOT 

1. Procedures set forth in paragraph 1 and 2 of Appendix I, governing 

the reentry of radiological safety mnitors and early recovery personnel, are repeated. 

2. a. Disembarkation of the bulk of the Task Force personnel and discharge of cargo is phased over several days during which hous

keeping and maintenance personnel prepare islands for full occupancy. Personnel to accomplish the follming functions will be sent 

ashore initially: 

(1) Resqtion of attended operation of LORAN station. 

(2) Decontamination of critical installations, if required. 

(3) Reestablishment of water supply, electrical power and 

laundry systems. 

(4) Preparation of ration distribution and messing facilities

(5) Reestablishment of shore based cmd posts, rormrunications facilities and aid stations. 

(6) Security of installations and materiel by military police 

during activities mentioned above. 

b. Shipboard cornnand posts remain operative until above activities 

have been acccmplished and bulk of land based personnel return 

ashore. 

3. Al Task Force ships, boats, aircraft and personnel remain in forward area under operational control of CSTF 132 until instruction 

to the contrary are issued. 

Comnander [JTF 1321 

OFFICIALI: 

(signed) 

Assistant Chief of Staff, J-3 

29 9 
300 
APPENDIX C 

RADIOLOGICAL EXPOSURE DATA FOR ISLANDS OF ENEWETAK ATOLL, IVY 

30 1 
302 
Table C-1. Radiological exposure data for Bokoluo.a 

- 

Ground Air 

Reading Reading 

Date Time (Whr 1 (Rhr 1 Remarks 

1 Nw 52 1300 

2 Nw 52 0700 

3 Nov 52 0800 

1230 

4 Nov 52 0830 

5 Nw 52 

6 Nov 52 

7 Nov 52 

8 Nov 52 

9 Nw 52 

10 Nov 52 

11 Nov 52 

12 Nov 52 

14 Nw 52 

15 Nov 52 

16 Nov 62 

17 Nov 52 

18 Nov 52 

19 Nw 52 

3 Jan 53 

9 Feb 53 

08 30 

0815 

0800 

0815 

0805 

0815 

0815 

0815 

1630 

0815 

12 30 

16 30 

08 30 

0810 

0900 

22.000 

18.000 

10.000 

5.000 

3.900 

3.500 

2.800 

2.200 

1.700 

2.100 

1.400 

1.000 

0.150 

0.010-0.100 

2.500 

1.200 

7.000 

0.400 

14.000 

10.000 

6.000 

3.000 

1.500 

1.400 

1.300 

0.800 

0.800 

0.800 

0.800 

0.750 

0.500 

0.440 

0.500 

0.210 

1,500 feet, east side 

1,500 feet, west side 

1,500 feet, center 

1,500 feet, lagoon 

Island center 

Inner reef 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Doubtful values 

Island center 

Radiation spotty at this time 

KING day 

Radiation varies with location, 

weathering causes changes in 

concentration 

- " "- 

Note : 

a 

Source: Reference C.1.7.1, p. 39. 

3 nmi (5.6 km) from MIKE ground zero. 

303 
" 

Table C-2. Radiological exposure data for Bokombako.a 

- " 

Ground Air 

Reading Reading 

Date Time (Whr) (Rhr 1 Remarks 

2 Nov 52 

3 Nov 52 

4 Nov 52 

5 Nov 52 

6 Nov 52 

7 Nat 52 

8 Nov 52 

9 Nov 52 

10 Nov 52 

11 Nov 52 

12 Nov 52 

14 Nov 52 

15 Nov 52 

16 Nov 52 

17 Nov 52 

18 Nov 52 

19 Nov 52 

21 Nov 52 

3 Jan 53 

9 Jan 53 

0700 

0757 

0827 

08 27 

0812 

0757 

0812 

0802 

0812 

0812 

16 27 

0827 

08 12 

1227 

0827 

0807 

0857 

0957 

10.000 

7.000 

4.500 

3.600 

2.400 

1.950 

1.200 

1.000 

0.800 

0.180 

0.080-0.090 

16.000 

8.000 

10.000 

3.800 

1.500 

1.400 

1.400 

1.000 

0.700 

0.900 

1.000 

0.900 

0.900 

0.500 

0.450 

0.260 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Note : 

a 

Source: Reference C.1.7.1, p. 40. 

2-1/4 mi (4.2 km) from ground zero. 

304 
Table C-3. Radiological exposure data for Kirunu.a 

Ground Air 

Read i ng Read ing 

Date Time (R/hr 1 (Rhr) Remarks 

2 Nov 52 

3 Nov 52 

4 Nov 52 

5 Nov 52 

6 Nov 52 

7 Nov 52 

8 Nov 52 

9 Nov 52 

10 Nov 52 

11 Nov 52 

12 Nov 52 

14 Nov 52 

15 Nov 52 

16 Nov 52 

17 Nov 52 

19 Nov 52 

21 Nov 52 

3 Jan 53 

9 Feb 53 

0657 

07 54 

0824 

08 24 

0809 

07 54 

0809 

07 59 

0809 

08 08 

16 24 

08 22 

0808 

1224 

0824 

0854 

0954 

16.000 

8.000 

9.000 

3.400 

4.000 

1.400 

1.600 

2.500 1.300 

2.600 0.800 

0.425 

0.700 

1.000 

0.800 

0.400 

0.420 

0.180 

0.700 

0.150 

0.010-0.090 

Island center 

Is land center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Variable radiation 

levels on island 

Variable radiation 

levels on island 

Variable radiation 

levels on island 

Variable radiation 

levels on island 

Variable radiation 

levels on island 

Variable radiation 

levels on island 

Variable radiation 

levels on island 

Variable radiation 

levels on island ~ ~~~~~~~~ ~ ~ ~~~ 

Note : 

a 

Source: Reference C.1.7.1, p. 41. 

1-1/2 mi (2.8 km) from ground zero. 

- " 

305 
Table C-4. Radiological exposure data for Louj .a 

-__ " " 

Ground Air 

Reading Read i ng 

Date Time ( R/hr 1 (R/hr) Remarks 

3 Nov 52 

4 Nov 52 

5 Nov 52 

6 Nov 52 

7 Nov 52 

8 Nov 52 

9 Nov 52 

11 Nov 52 

12 Nov 52 

14 Nov 52 

15 Nov 52 

16 Nov 52 

17 Nov 52 

19 Nov 52 

21 Nov 52 

3 Jan 53 

7 Feb 53 

0751 

0821 

08 20 

0806 

0751 

0805 

07 56 

0806 

1623 

0820 

0804 

1235 

0820 

0850 

0950 

7.000 

5.700 

4.500 

3.300 

2.200 

1.400 

0.900 

0.200 

0.010-0.200 

8 .OOO 

10.000 

6.000 

2.000 

1.800 

1.500 

0.800 

0.700 

1.000 

1.000 

0.800 

0.700 

0.700 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Radiation varies 

Radiation varies 

Radiation varies 

Radiation varies 

Radiation varies 

Radiation varies 

Radiation varies 

Radiation varies 

with 

with 

with 

with 

with 

with 

with 

with 

location 

location 

location 

location 

location 

location 

location 

"" 

location 

- 

Note : 

al-1/2 mi (2.8 km) from ground zero. 

Source: Reference C.1.7.1, p. 42. 

306 
Table C-5. Radiological exposure data for Bokinwotme.a 

Ground Air 

Reading Reading 

Date Time (Whr 1 (Whr 1 Remarks 

4 Nov 52 

5 NW 52 

8 Nov 52 

9 Nov 52 

10 Nov 52 

11 Nov 52 

14 Nov 52 

15 Nov 52 

16 Nov 52 

17 Nar 52 

21 Nov 52 

3 Jan 53 

7 Jan 53 

08 16 

08 17 

08 00 

0751 

0805 

0801 

t815 

0800 

12 30 

08 10 

0945 

26.000 6.000 

20.000 

6.000 

3.300 

8.000 3.000 

3.800 

2.200 

2.200 

2.000 

2.800 1.200 

1.700 

0.500-1.600 

0.100-1.000 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Note : 

a 

Source: Reference C.1.7.1, p. 43. 

3/4 mi (1.4 km) from ground zero. 

307 
Table C-6. Radiological exposure data for Eluklab.atb 

Ground Air 

Re ad i ng Read i ng 

Date Time (Rh 1 (Rh 1 Remarks 

3 Nw 

5 Nov 

7 Ncnr 

8 Nov 

9 Nw 

16 Nov 

18 Nw 

19 Nov 

52 

52 

52 

52 

52 

52 

52 

52 

0813 

0813 

0748 

0754 

0748 

16 30 

08 04 

084 7 

8.000 

0.014 

0.020 

0.010 

0.020 

0.007 0.002 

0.001 

0.002 

50 

25 

25 

25 

25 

25 

25 

25 

feet 

feet 

feet 

feet 

feet 

feet 

feet 

feet 

over 

ove r 

over 

over 

over 

ove r 

over 

over 

water 

water 

water 

water 

water 

water 

water 

water 

Notes : 

aMIKE ground zero. 

bCrater began to fill shortly after detonation; thus radioactivity of the crater bottom began to diminish because of decay, 

flushing, and burial. 

Source: Reference C.1.7.1, p. 43. 

308 
Table C-7. Radiological exposure data for Dridrilbwi j .a 

Ground Air 

Re ad i ng Read i ng 

Date Time (Whr) (R/hr 1 Remarks 

3 Nov 52 

4 Nov 52 

5 Nov 52 

7 Nov 52 

8 Nov 52 

9 Nav 52 

10 Nov 52 

11 Nov 52 

12 Nov 52 

14 Nov 52 

16 Nov 52 

17 Nov 52 

18 Nav 52 

21 Nov 52 

3 Jan 53 

9 Feb 53 

0810 

08 13 

0810 

0745 

0751 

0745 

08 06 

0803 

1620 

0830 

12 30 

16 30 

08 06 

0800 

0942 

36.000 

18.000 

12.000 

8.000 

18.000 6.000 

8 .OOO 3.400 

3.500 

3.600 

1.400 

1.200 

2.400 

1.800 

1.600 

2.500 1.000 

2.000 

0.340-1.000 

0.100-1.000 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

KING day 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Note : 

a 

Source: Reference C.1.7.1, Po 44. 

1/2 mi (0.9 km) from ground zero. 

309 
Table C-8. Radiological exposure data for Bokaidrikdrik.a 

Ground Air 

Reading Read i ng 

Date Time (RJhr) (Whr 1 Remarks 

3 Nov 52 

5 Nov 52 

7 Nov 52 

8 Nov 52 

9 Nov 52 

11 Nov 52 

12 Nov 52 

15 Nov 52 

16 Nov 52 

17 Nov 52 

18 Nov 52 

19 Nov 52 

21 Nov 52 

3 Jan 53 

0805 

0807 

0742 

0748 

0742 

0800 

16 16 

0801 

12 30 

1623 

0803 

0757 

0844 

09 39 

13.000 

8.000 

2.200 

1.800 

1.700 

2.400 

0.800 

1.600 

1.000 

0.700 

0.600 

0.600 

0.340 

1.200 

0.280 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

KING day 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Note : 

a 

Source: Reference C.1.7.1, p. 45. 

3/4 mi (14. km) from ground zero. 

310 
Table C-9. Radiological exposure data for Boken.a 

- - ” 

Ground Air 

Read i ng Read i ng 

Date Time Whr 1 (Rhr 1 Remarks 

1 Nov 52 

3 Nov 52 

4 Nov 52 

5 Nov 52 

6 Nov 52 

7 Nov 52 

8 Nov 52 

9 Nov 52 

10 Nov 52 

11 Nov 52 

12 Nov 52 

14 Nov 52 

15 Nov 52 

16 Nov 52 

17 Nov 52 

18 Nov 52 

19 Nov 52 

21 Nov 52 

3 Jan 53 

9 Feb 53 

1245 

0802 

0810 

0804 

0803 

0739 

0745 

0738 

080 3 

0747 

16 13 

0827 

0758 

1220 

16 30 

0800 

0754 

0841 

0936 

27.000 

14.000 

8.000 

7.800-10.000 

5.000 

3.800 

4.200 

1.700 

2.400 

2.400 

2.200 

1.600 

1.500 

1.200 

0.200 

0.008-0.080 

10.000 

1.000 

10.000 

8.000 

4.000 

2.500 

1.800 

2.000 

1.000 

1.000 

1.200 

0.900 

0.800 

0.500 

0.490 

500 feet above blockhouse 

1,500 feet above blockhouse 

25 feet above island 

Blockhouse 

Blockhouse 

Blockhouse 

General levels 

General levels 

General levels 

General levels 

General levels 

General levels 

General levels 

General levels 

General levels 

General levels 

General levels 

General levels 

General levels 

General levels 

General levels 

General levels 

Note : 

a 

Source: Reference C.1.7.1, p. 46. 

1-1/4 nmi (2.3 km) from ground zero. 

311 
Table C-10. Radiological exposure data for Enjebi.a 

- 

Ground Air 

Reading Read ing 

Date Time (Whr) (R/hr) Remarks 

1 Nav 52 

2 Nov 52 

3 Nov 52 

4 Nov 52 

5 Nw 52 

6 Nov 52 

7 Nov 52 

8 Nov 52 

1240 

0656 

07 58 

0806 

0800 

0759 

0735 

0740 

9 Nw 52 0734 

10 Nov 52 0800 

11 Nov 52 

12 Nov 52 

14 Nw 52 

15 Nov 52 

16 Nov 52 

17 NW 52 

18 Nov 52 

19 Nw 52 

21 Nov 52 

3 Jan 53 

0753 

16 09 

0823 

0754 

1216 

16 26 

07 57 

0750 

0836 

0930 

12.000 

10.000 

2.800-3.900 

3.900 

2.400 

2.200 

2.500 

2.400 

2.000 

1.400 

1.500 

1.400 

1.100 

0.900 

0.850 

0.500 

0.800 

0.150 

Over 

50.000 

19.000 

6.000 

3.300 

3.000 

1.400 

1.400 

1.400 

0.800 

0.900 

0.800 

0.600 

0.480 

0.450 

0.430 

0.310 

0.200 

150 feet above island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

2.800 R/hr, south tip; 

3.900 Whr, north tip 

Nor thwes t tip 

South tip 

Nor theas t tip 

Island center 

Northwest tip 

Northeast tip 

South tip 

Northeast tip 

Nor theas t tip 

Northwest tip 

Center 

South tip 

Center 

Center 

Center 

Northeast tip 

Center 

Center 

- - 

Note: 

a 

Source: Reference C.1.7.1, p. 47. 

2-3/4 mi (5.1 km) from ground zero. 

312 
Table C-11. Radiological exposure data for Mi jikadrek. a 

Ground Air 

Reading Reading 

Date Time (Whr 1 (Rb-1 Remarks 

2 Nov 52 

3 Nov 52 

4 Nov 52 

5 Nov 52 

7 Nov 52 

8 Nov 52 

9 Nov 52 

10 Nov 52 

11 Nov 52 

12 Nov 52 

14 Nov 52 

15 Nov 52 

16 Nov 52 

17 Nov 52 

18 Nov 52 

19 Nov 52 

21 Nov 52 

3 Jan 53 

0654 

07 56 

0806 

07 58 

0734 

07 38 

0734 

07 58 

0750 

16 07 

0821 

07 52 

1230 

16 30 

0755 

0748 

0834 

09 27 

13.000 

4.400 

2.200 

4.000 1.800 

0.800 

0.700 

0.900 

0.500 

0.400 

0.300 

0.460 

0.400 

0.330 

0.280 

0.310 

0.220 

0.110 

0.630 

0.120 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Note: 

a 

Source: Reference C.1.7.1, p. 48. 

3-1/4 mi (6.0 km) from ground zero. 

313 
Table C-12. Radiological exposure data for Kidrinen.a 

Ground Air 

Reading Reading 

Date Time 1 (Rh) Remarks 

2 Nov 52 0652 13.000 Island center 

3 Nov 52 07 54 12.000 3.200 Island center 

4 Nov 52 0804 2.000 Island center 

5 Nov 52 07 56 1.400 Island center 

6 Nov 52 0752 1.800 Island center 

7 Nov 52 0731 2.000 0.800 Island center 

8 Nov 52 07 36 1.600 0.800 Island center 

9 Nov 52 07 32 0.800 Island center 

10 Nov 52 07 56 0.500 Island center 

"""""""" "." "."""_ ""_._. "- """"" 

11 Nov 52 07 48 

12 Nov 52 1605 

14 Nov 52 08 19 

15 Nov 52 0750 

16 Nov 52 12 27 

16 24 

17 Nov 52 07 54 

18 Nov 52 0746 

19 Nov 52 0832 

21 Nov 52 0925 

0.375 Island center 

0.360 Island center 

0.410 

0.900 0.200 

0.340 

0.240 

0.260 

0.280 

0.100 

0.430 

Island center 

Island center 

KING day 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

3 Jan 53 0.110 Island center """""" "-"" """ """ "" 

Note : 

a 3-3/4 mi (6.9) from ground zero. 

Source: Reference C.1.7.1, p. 49. " _L 

314 
Table C-13. Radiological exposure data for Bokenelab.a 

Ground Air 

Reading Read i ng 

Oat e Time (Rh 1 (R/hr) Remarks 

2 Nov 52 0649 12.000 Island center 

3 Nov 52 0751 9.000 2.800 Island center 

4 Nov 52 0801 2.300 Island center 

5 Nov 52 

6 Nov 52 

7 Nov 52 

8 Nov 52 

9 Nov 52 

10 Nov 52 

11 Nov 52 

12 Nov 52 

07 56 

07 48 

0728 

0733 

0729 

0752 

0745 

1602 

1.500 

2.000 1.000 

1.800 0.400 

0.900 0.420 

0.700 

1.300 0.410 

0.260 

0.600 0.240 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

14 Nov 52 08 16 0.280 Island center 

15 Nov 52 0747 0.440 0.110 Island center 

16 Nov 52 12 24 

16 20 

0.280 KING day 

0.140 Island center 

17 Nov 52 07 51 0.410 0.190 Island center 

18 Nov 52 0743 0.200 0.130 Island center 

19 Nov 52 0829 0.050 Is land center 

21 Nov 52 0922 0.320 

3 Jan 53 0.080 

- 

Note : 

a 

5 mi (9.3 km) from ground zero. 

Source: Reference C.1.7.1, p. 50. 

315 
Table C-14. Radiological exposure data for Elle.a 

Ground Air 

Re ad i ng Read i ng 

Date Time (Rh 1 (mr) Remar k s 

1.000 

Doubtful value 

2 Nov 52 0647 10.000 

3 Nov 52 0749 2.200 

4 Nw 52 0759 1.400 

5 Nov 52 0746 1.100 

6 Nov 52 0726 0.800 

7 Nov 52 0725 0.400 

8 Nov 52 0731 0.250 

9 Nov 52 07 26 0.700 

10 Nw 52 0742 0.300 

11 Nov 52 0742 0.255 

12 Nw 52 1559 0.160 

14 Nov 52 08 14 0.240 

15 Nw 52 0747 0.100 

16 Nov 52 1221 0.160 

16 19 0.120 

17 Nw 52 0749 0 

18 Nw 52 0741 0.400 0.100 

19 Nov 52 08 27 0.040 

21 Nov 52 09 19 0.230 

3 Jan 53 0.070 

- " " - 

Note : 

a 

Source: Reference C.1.7.1, p. 51. 

5-1/2 nmi (10.2 km) from ground zero. 

- ""- - - 

KING day 

316 
Table C-15. Radiological exposure data for Aej.a 

"- - - """"""""" 

Ground Air 

Reading Reading 

Date " Time """"" (Rh 1 (Rh 1 Remarks , - - """-"""I 

2 Nov 52 

3 Nov 52 

4 Nov 52 

5 Nov 52 

6 Nov 52 

7 Nov 52 

8 Nov 52 

9 Nov 52 

10 Nov 52 

11 Nov 52 

12 Nov 52 

14 Nov 52 

15 Nov 52 

16 Nov 52 

17 Nov 52 

18 Nov 52 

19 Nov 52 

21 Nov 52 

3 Jan 53 

0645 

0747 

0756 

0744 

0723 

07 22 

07 29 

0723 

0739 

07 39 

1556 

0811 

0744 

12 18 

16 16 

0747 

07 38 

0824 

09 16 

10.000 

2.400 

1.500 

1.200 

1.000 

1.000 0.500 

0.340 

0.700 

0.900 0.340 

0.215 

0.440 0.180 

0.280 

0.160 

0.310 0.220 

0.140 

0.150 

0.085 

0.040 

0.260 

0.045 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Is land center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

KING day 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Note : 

a 6 mi (11.1 km) from ground zero. 

Source: Reference C.1.7.1, p. 52. "" 

317 
Table C-16. Radiological exposure data for Lujor .a 

I__ """" """"""""~~"""" 

Ground Air 

Reading Read ing 

Date Time (Rh 1 (Rh) Remarks 

2 Nov 52 0642 

3 Nov 52 0744 8.000 

4 Nov 52 0754 4.000 

5 Nov 52 0741 

6 Nov 52 

7 Nov 52 

8 Nov 52 

9 Nov 52 

10 Nov 52 

11 Nov 52 

12 Nov 52 

14 Nov 52 

0720 

0719 1.600 

0725 0.800 

0720 

07 36 0.900 

07 35 

1554 0.480 

08 09 

15 Nov 52 0741 

16 NOv 52 12 15 

16 14 

17 Nov 52 07 44 

18 Nov 52 0735 0.260 

19 Nov 52 08 21 

21 N@I 52 0913 0.240 

3 Jan 53 0.050 """ " II 

Note: 

a 

Source: Reference C.1.7.1, p. 53. 

6-1/2 mi (12.0 km) from ground zero. 

10.000 

2.700 

1.500 

1.200 

0.900 

0.500 

0.390 

0.600 

0.380 

0.265 

0.200 

0.190 

0.110 

0.150 

0.100 

0.050 

0.080 

0.045 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Doubtful value 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Is land center 

Island center 

KING day 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

318 
Table C-17. Radiological exposure data for Eleleron.a 

"".""""" ""- """"" 

Ground Air 

Reading Read i ng 

Date Time Whr 1 (Rh 1 Remarks 

2 Nov 52 0640 4.000 Island center 

3 Nov 52 0741 2.100 Island center 

4 Nov 52 0751 4.000 1.000 Island center 

5 Nov 52 0739 0.800 Island center 

6 Nov 52 07 17 0.700 Island center 

7 Nov 52 07 17 0.360 Island center 

8 Nov 52 0722 0.200 Island center 

9 Nov 52 0717 0.600 

10 Nov 52 07 33 0.260 Island center 

11 Nov 52 0732 

12 Nov 52 15 51

14 Nov 52 0806 

15 Nov 52 0739 

16 Nov 52 1212 

16 11 

0.200 Island center 

0.140 Island center 

0.190 Island center 

0.110 Island center 

0.150 KING day 

0,100 

17 Nov 52 0741 0.050 Island center 

18 Nov 52 07 32 0.045 Island center 

19 Nov 52 08 18 0.045 

and center 

21 Nov 52 09 10 0.240 Island center 

3 Jan 53 0.060 ""- -~""~"~""~"~"" 

Note: 

a7-1/8 mi (13.2 km) from ground zero. 

Source: Reference C.1.7.1, p. 54. 

"_."" "" """"" 

319 
Table C-18. Radiological exposure data for Aomon.a 

~~~ ~~ ~ ~~ ~ 

Ground Air 

Reading Read i ng 

Date Time (Whr 1 (Rh) Remarks 

2 Nov 52 

3 Nov 52 

4 Nov 52 

5 Nov 52 

6 Nov 52 

7 Nov 52 

8 Nov 52 

9 Nov 52 

10 Nov 52 

11 Nov 52 

12 Nov 52 

14 Nov 52 

15 Nov 52 

16 Nov 52 

17 Nov 52 

18 Nov 52 

19 Nov 52 

21 Nov 52 

3 Jan 53 

0638 

07 39 

0749 

0737 

0715 

0714 

0720 

07 15 

0731 

07 30 

1549 

0804 

0737 

12 10 

1609 

07 39 

0730 

08 16 

0 908 

3.800 

2.600 

2.600-4.800 1.000 

1.100 

1.200 

0.400 

0.240 

0.700 

0.300 

0.260 

0.110 

0.280 0.150 

0.120 

0.200 0.120 

0.140 

0.160 

0.080 

0.048 

0.240 

0.060 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

KING day 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

a 7-3/4 mi (14.4 km) from ground zero. 

Source: Reference C.1.7.1, p. 55. 

320 
Table C-19. Radiological exposure data for Bi j ire.a 

Ground Air 

Re ad i ng Read i ng 

Date Time (Rh 1 (Rh 1 Remarks 

2 Nov 52 

3 Nov 52 

4 Nov 52 

5 Nov 52 

6 Nov 52 

7 Nov 52 

8 Nov 52 

9 Nov 52 

10 Nov 52 

11 Nov 52 

12 Nov 52 

14 Nov 52 

15 Nov 52 

16 Nov 52 

17 Nov 52 

18 Nov 52 

19 Nov 52 

21 Nov 52 

3 Jan 53 

0636 

07 37 

0747 

0735 

0713 

0712 

07 18 

07 13 

0729 

07 28 

1547 

0802 

07 35 

1208 

16 07 

0737 

0728 

0814 

0906 

2.800 

2.000 

0.600 

0.600 

0.480 

0.340 

0.280 

0.270 

0.200 

0.210 

0.200 

0.200 

0.100 

0.160 

0.040 

3.000 

1.800 

1.000 

0.800 

0.600 

0.240 

0.240 

0.200 

0.200 

0.110 

0.150 

0.130 

0.120 

0.090 

0.090 

0.040 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Note : 

a 8 mi (14.8 km) from ground zero. 

Source: Reference C.1.7.1, p. 56. 

- 

321 
Table C-20. Radiological exposure data for Lojwa.a 

"."""""-"""--"""" "" I_ """"_ "" 

Ground Air 

Reading Reading 

Date Time (Rh 1 (Rh 1 Remarks """""""""""-~"""I_ _l"_.""""_ - _" "__" 

2 NW 52 06 34 12.000 2.000 Island center 

3 Nov 52 0735 3.000 1.200 Island center 

4 Nov 52 07 45 1.600 0.800 Island center 

5 Nov 52 0733 0.600 Island center 

6 Nov 52 07 11 0.600 0.440 Island center 

7 Nov 52 0710 0.400 0.200 Island center 

8 Nov 52 07 16 0.400 0.200 Island center 

9 Nov 52 0711 0.400 0.180 Island center 

10 Nov 52 07 27 0.340 0.140 Island center 

11 Nov 52 0726 0.240 

12 Nav 52 1545 0.200 0.090 Island center 

14 Nov 52 0800 0.210 0.110 Island center 

15 Nov 52 07 33 0.190 0.090 Island center 

16 Nov 52 1206 

1605 

0.100 KING day 

0.070 

17 Nov 52 0735 0.150 0.070 Island center 

18 Nov 52 07 26 0.140 0.050 Island center 

19 Nov 52 0812 0.026 Island center 

21 Nov 52 0903 0.100 Island center 

3 Jan 53 0.030 Island center 

Note: 

a 

Source: Reference C.l.7.1, p. 57. 

8-3/8 mi (15.5 km) from ground zero. 

~" 11" "" "_ - -"- " -I_ -" _""""- 7 

322 
Table C-21. Radiological exposure data for Alembel.a 

""""__ "- "- ""I__ 

Ground Air 

Read i ng Read i ng 

Date Time Whr 1 (R/hr) Remarks 

2 Nov 52 0632 1.600 Island center 

3 Nov 52 0733 0.800 Island center 

4 Nov 52 0743 0.280 Island center 

5 Nov 52 0731 0.230 Island center 

- y_cI "" I_ ""._.""_ "I_" -__ """"""" "- 

6 Nov 52 0709 

7 Nov 52 0708 

8 Nov 52 0714 

9 Nov 52 0709 

10 Nov 52 0725 

11 Nov 52 0724 

12 Nov 52 1543 

14 Nov 52 07 58 

0.260 Island center 

0.100 Island center 

0.120 Island center 

0.120 Island center 

0.100 Island center 

0.055 Island center 

0.090 Island center 

0.060 Island center 

15 Nov 52 0731 0.031 Island center 

16 Nov 52 1203 

1602 

0.048 KING day 

0.031 

17 Nov 52 07 33 0.080 0.034 Island center 

18 Nov 52 0724 0.024 Island center

19 Nov 52 0809 0.018 Island center

21 Nov 52 0900 0.080 Island center

3 Jan 53 0.020 Island center 

Note : 

a 

Source: Reference C.1.7.1, p. 58. 

8-3/4 nmi (16.2 km) from ground zero. 

"""- ___ ""- "__ """" """" 

323 
Table C-22. Radiological exposure data for Billae.a 

-" "" "- """--- 

Ground Air 

Reading Read i ng 

Date Time (Rh 1 (R/hr) Remarks 

1 Nov 52 

2 Nov 52 

3 Nov 52 

4 Nov 52 

5 Nov 52 

6 Nov 52 

7 Nov 52 

8 Nov 52 

9 Nov 52 

10 Nov 52 

11 Nov 52 

12 Nov 52 

14 Nov 52 

15 Nov 52 

16 Nov 52 

17 Nov 52 

18 Nov 52 

19 Nov 52 

21 Nov 52 

3 Jan 53 

0800 

06 30 

0731 

074 0 

07 29 

0707 

0705 

0711 

0706 

07 22 

0721 

15 41 

0753 

0729 

1200 

16 01 

0731 

0721 

0806 

08 57 

4.200 

1.700 

0.060 

0.090 

0.070 

0.080 

0.045 

0.012 

8.000 

1.400 

0.700 

0.220 

0.220 

0.210 

0.100 

0.200 

0.100 

0.042 

0.040 

0.040 

0.026 

0.040 

0.027 

0.028 

0.021 

0.012 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

KING day 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center " " """"- 

Note : 

a 9 mi (16.7 km) from ground zero. 

Source: Reference C.1.7.1, p. 59. "" - - 

324 
Table C-23. Radiological exposure data for Runit.a 

Ground Air 

Reading Read i ng 

Date Time 1 Remar k s ~-""" """""""" 

1 Nov 52 

2 Nov 52 

3 Nav 52 

4 Nov 52 

5 Nov 52 

6 Nov 52 

7 Nov 52 

8 Nov 52 

9 Nov 52 

10 Nov 52 

11 Nov 52 

12 Nov 52 

14 Nov 52 

15 Nov 52 

16 Nov 52 

17 Nov 52 

18 Nov 52 

19 Nov 52 

21 Nov 52 

3 Jan 53 

0745 

0747 

0743 

06 27 

0628 

0629 

0726 

0736 

0725 

0707 

0700 

0705 

0701 

07 17 

07 16 

15 36 

07 49 

07 24 

1155 

15 55 

0726 

0716 

0801 

0852 

1.200 

0.045 

0.180 

1.000 

0.025-0.180 

0.025-0.120 

0.030 

0.025-0.090 

0.050 

0-0.024 

0.016 

0.010 

0.012 

0.001-0.100 

0.030 

0-0.004 

0 

0.300 

5.000 

0.005 

0.020 

0.165 

0.015 

0.019 

0.012-0.016 

0.004 

0.008 

0.005 

0-3.800 

0-0.450 

0.002 

0.008 

Center 

North tip 

South tip 

South tip 

Center 

North tip 

South-Nor th 

South-Nor th 

Center 

South-Nor th 

North tip 

Center 

South-Nor th 

South-North 

North tip 

North tip 

North tip 

Center 

South-Nor th 

South-Nor th 

South-North 

Center 

Sou th-Nor th 

South-North 

" ""- """" 

Note : 

all-3/4 nmi (21.8 km) from ground zero. 

Source: Reference C.1.7.1, p. 60 

325 
Table C-24. Radiological exposure data for Kidrenen.a 

Ground Air 

Re ad i ng Read i ng 

Date Time 1 (Rh) Remarks 

2 Nov 52 0735 0.014 0.004 Island center 

4 Nov 52 08 30 0 Island center 

" 

16 Nov 52 17 10 0.0016 KING day 

17 Nov 52 08 32 0.0013 Island center 

" 

Note : 

a 17-1/2 nmi (32.4 km) from ground zero. 

Source: Reference C.1.7.1, p. 61. 

Table C-25. Radiological exposure data for Biken.a 

Ground Air 

Reading Read i ng 

Date Time (Rh 1 (Rh) Remar k s 

2 Nov 52 

4 Nov 52 

5 Nov 52 

7 Nov 52 

8 Nov 52 

10 Nov 52 

16 Nw 52 

17 Nov 52 

18 Nw 52 

0725 

0820 

08 16 

0800 

0805 

0801 

1700 

0822 

0816 

0.300 0.120 

0.095 

0.030 

0.014 

0.010 

0.017 0.004 

0.027 

0.009 0.005 

0.008 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center 

Island center ~~~ ~ ~ ~~ ~ ~~ ~~ ~~ ~ ~ ~~ 

Note : 

a 

Source: Reference C.1.7.1, p. 61. 

13-3/4 nmi (25.5 km) from ground zero. 

326 
APPENDIX D 

TERMS, ABBREVIATIONS, ACRONYMS, AND UNITS 

Many of the definitions in this glossary relating to nuclear device and 

radiation phenomena have been quoted or extracted from The Effects of Nuclear 

Weapons (3rd edition), S. Glasstone and P.J. Dolan, 1977. """" 

" 

AA&GM. Anti-Aircraft Artillery and Guided Missile 

Center, Ft. Bliss, Texas (Army). 

- AACS. Airways and Air Comnunication Service (Air 

Force). 

- MU.Administrative Area Unit (Army). 

- ACC. Army Chemical Center, Edgewood Arsenal, 

Mary1 and. 

accelerometer. An i nstrument for determi ning the 

acceleration of the system with which it moves. 

- AD. Destroyer tender (Navy). 

- AEC. Atomic Energy Commission, Washington, D.C. 

Independent agency of the Federal government 

with statutory responsibilities for atomic energy matters. No longer exists; its functions 

have been assumed by the Department of Energy 

and the Nuclear Regulatory Commission. 

- AF. Store ship (Navy); also Air Force. 

- AFB. Air Force Base. 

hFX. Air Force Cambridge Research Center. 

AFDL. Small floating dry dock. 

AFSWC. 

m, 

Air Force Special Weapons Center, Kirtland 

New Mexico. 

AFSWP. Armed Forces Special Weapons Project. 

- AGC. Amphibious force flagship; later LCC. 

airburst. The detonation of a nuclear device in 

the air at a height such that the expanding 

fireball does not touch the Earth's surface 

when the luminosity (emission of light) is at 

a maximum. 

air particle trajectory. The direction, velocity, 

and rate of descent of windblown radioactive 

particles. 

- AK.Cargo ship. 

- AKA. Attack cargo ship; later LKA. 

allowable dose. See MPE and MPL. 

"f-7 a1 ha emitter. A radionuclide that undergoes 

trans ormation by alpha-particle emission. 

+ a1 ha article. A charged particle emitted spontaneous y rom the nuclei of some radioactive 

elements. It is identical with a helium nucleus, having a mass of 4 units and an electric 

charge of 2 positive units. See also radioactivity. 

alpha rays. A stream of alpha particles. Loosely, 

a synonym for alpha particles. 

- AMN. Airman; enlisted Air Force personnel. 

- AMs. Army Map Service, Washington, D.C. 

AN/PDR-39. An ion-chamber-type survey meter; this 

was the standard radsafe meter. Others in use 

included the Navy version, the AN/PDR-TlB, the 

AN/PDR-l8A and -18B, and lower range GeigerMueller instruments (AN/PDR-27, Beckman MX-5, 

and Nuclear Corporation 2610). Other radiac devices were also used. 

- AO. Oiler (Navy). 

- AOC. Air Operations Center. 

- AOG. Gasoline tanker. 

- AP. Transport ship. 

- APO. Army Post Office. 

- APD. High-speed transport ship. 

- APG. Aberdeen Proving Ground, Maryland. 

- ARA. Allied Research Associates, Boston, Massachusetts. 

__p armin . The changing of a nuclear device from a 

sa e condition (that is, a condition in which 

it cannot be accidentally detonated) to a state 

of readiness for detonation. 

- ARS. Salvage ship. 

- ARSD. Salvage lifting ship. 

327 
- ASA. Army Security Agency. 

ATA. Auxi 1i ary ocean tug. 

- ATF. Fleet ocean tug. 

atoll. A ring of coral reefs, usually with small 

islets, that surrounds a lagoon. Most are isolated reefs rising from the deep sea that have 

built up on submerged volcanoes. They vary considerably in size; the largest atoll, Kwajalein 

in the Marshall Islands, has an irregular shape 

that extends for 84 miles (135 km). See also 

coral reef. 

- 

_____ atomic bomb (or weapon). A term sometimes applied to a nuclear weapon utilizing fission energy 

only. See also fission, nuclear device. 

atomic explom. See nuclear explosion. 

attenuation. 

reduced in 

material. 1 

The process by which radiation is 

intensity when passing through some 

:t is due to absorption or scattering 

or both, but it excludes the decrease of intensity with distance from the source (inverse 

square law), which see. 

- AU. Army Unit. 

- AV.Seaplane tender. 

~ AVR. Aircraft rescue vessel. 

- AW. Distilling ship. 

- 6-29. A 4-engine, propeller-driven bomber developed by Boeing, used for weather reconnaissance, cloud tracking, aerial sampling and 

photography, and aerial refueling at the PPG. 

These versions designated RB-29, WB-29, and 

KB-29. 

__ 6-36. A long-range, strategic bomber powered by 

six pusher propeller engines, supplemented by 

four jet ngines. Developed by Consolidated 

Aircraft. Used as the subject of effects experiments and as a sampler controller aircraft. 

Also designated FB-36, RB-36, and WB-36. 

" 6-47. A 6-jet-engine bomber with sweptback wings 

and a double-wheel bicycle landing gear, developed by Boeing. Used as the subject of effects experiments. 

- 6-50. A 4-engine bomber developed by Boeing, with 

some features like those of the 6-29, but having a taller tail fin and larger engines and 

nacel les. 

__ 6-57. U.S. version of English Electric Canberra 

bomber used as cloud sampling aircraft. 

- background radiation. The radiation of man's natural environment. consistina of that which 

comes from cosmic' rays and f;om the naturally 

radioactive elements of the Earth, including 

that from within man's body. The term may also 

mean radiation extraneous toan experiment. 

+ base sur e. The particulate dust cloud that rolls 

rom the bottom of the cloud column produced by the detonation of a nuclear device. 

For underwater bursts, the base surge is a 

cloud of water droplets, and the flowing properties are those of a homogeneous liquid. 

bathythermograph. A device for obtaining a record 

of temperature with depth in the upper 1,000 

feet (300 meters) of the ocean, from a ship 

underway, 

becquerel_". See curie (Ci). 

beta burns. Beta particles that come into contact 

with the skin and remain for an appreciable 

time can cause a form of radiation injury sometimes referred to as "beta burn." In an area 

of extensive early fallout, the whole surface 

of the body may be exposed to beta particles. 

beta emitter. A radionuclide that disintegrates 

by eta prticle emission. Al beta-active 

elements existing in nature expel negative 

particles, i.e., electrons or, more exactly, 

negatrons. Beta-emitting particles are harmful 

if inhaled or ingested. 

__"__ 

beta article (ray). A charged particle of very 

-?idhiass emitted spontaneously from the nuclei of certain radioactive elements. Most (if 

not all) of the direct fission products emit 

(negative) beta particles. Physically, the beta 

particle is identical to an electron moving at 

high velocity. 

bhan meter. A device that measures bomb yield 

de= light generated by the explosion. 

blast. The detonation of a nuclear device, like 

the detonation of a high explosive such as TNT, 

results in the sudden formation of a pressure 

or shock wave, called a blast wave in the air 

and a shock wave when the nergy is imparted 

to water or Earth. 

blast wave. An air pulse in which the pressure 

increases harply at the front accompanied by " 

winds propagated from an explosion. 

blast ield. That portion of the total energy of 

Tnhz explosion that manifests itself as 

blast and shock waves. 

bomb debris. See weapon debris. 

- BRL. Ballistic Research Laboratories, Aberdeen Proving Ground, Mary1 and (Army). 

E. Bureau of Medicine and Surgery (Navy). 

burst. Explosion; or detonation. See also airburst, high-altitude burst, surface burst. 

BuShips. Bureau of Ships (Navy). 

CS. A twin-engine transport aircraft manufactured by Douglas Aircraft Company (Air Force 

version of the DC-3). 

328 
C-54. A 4-engine military cargo and personnel 

transport manufactured by Douglas Aircraft 

Company (Air Force version of the DC-4). 

cab. The shelter that covers a nuclear device 

-6eing prepared for test. May be located on a 

tower, on the Earth's surface, or on a barge. 

Canberra. An RAF twin-turbojet, all-weather, 

tactical bomber developed by English Electric. 

Also built in the United States and used by 

+ 

the Air Force as the 8-57. 

cathode-ra tube. A vacuum tube in which cathode 

e ectrons) are beamed upon a fluorescent 

screen to produce a luminous image. The character of this image is related to, and controlled 

by, one or more electrical signals applied to 

the cathode-ray beam as input information. The 

tubes are used in measuring instruments such 

as oscilloscopes and in radar and television 

displays. 

cave. A heavily shielded enclosure in which radioactive materials can be remotely manipulated 

to avoid radiation exposure of personnel. 

CDC. Center for Disease Control. 

Ci- c. Abbreviation for curie, which see. Ci is 

preferred now but c was the abbrevi at ion used 

in the 1950s. 

CIC. Counter-Intelligence Corps (Army). 

- Combat Intelligence Corps (Navy). 

CINCPAC. Comnander in Chief of the Pacific. 

CJTF 7. Comnander, Joint Task Force 7. 

closed area. The land areas of Bikini and Enewetak and the water areas within 3 miles of them 

that the United States closed to unauthorized 

persons. 

cloud chamber effect. See Wilson cloud. 

cloud column (funnel). The visible column of 

weaDon debris (and Dossiblv dust or water droDlet;) extending upward frch the point of a nbclear burst. 

cloud phenanena. See fallout, fireball, radioactive cloud. 

CNO. Chief of Naval Operations. 

coll imate. To align nuclear weapon radiant outputs within an assigned solid angle through 

the use of baffles in order to enhance measurements. 

- Co.Chemical symbol for cobalt. 

cobalt. Metallic element with radionuclide 6oCo 

used as calibration source for gama instruments. 

ComAirPac. Comnander Naval Air Force Pacific 

ComServPac. Comnander Service Forces Pacific 

(Navy). 

Condition "Purple". See Purple conditions. 

Consolidated List. Consolidated List of Radiological Exposures. The list that covers all 

recorded individual radioloaical exDosures for 

joint task force participancs. 

contamination. The deposit of radioactive material on the surfaces of structures, areas, 

objects, and personnel folowing a nuclear 

detonation. This material generally consists 

of fallout in which fission products and other 

device debris have become incorporated with 

particles of dust, vaporized components of 

device platforms, etc. Contamination can also 

arise from the radioactivity induced in certain substances by the action of neutrons from 

a nuclear explosion. See also decontamination, 

fallout, weapon debris. 

coral reef. A complex ecological association of 

bottom-living and attached shelled marine animal fossils that form fringing reefs, barrier 

reefs, and atolls. The lagoons of barrier reefs 

and atolls are important places for the deposition of fine-grained calcium carbonate mud. 

- CPM. Counts per minute, a measure of radioactive 

material disintegration. 

crater. The depression formed in the surface of 

theEarth by a surface or underground explosion. Crater formation can occur by vaporization of the surface material, by the scouring 

effect of airblast, by throwout of disturbed 

material, or by subsidence. 

- CRL. Chemical Research Laboratory (Army). 

- Cs.Chemical symbol for cesium. 

- C/S. Chief of Staff. 

- CTG. Comnander, Task Group. 

"i&& of a quantity of any radioactive 

curie Ci , A unit of radioactivity; it is the 

species in which 3.700 x 1O1O (37 billion) 

nuclear disintegrations occur per second (approximately the radioactivity of 1 gram of 

radium). The gama curie is sometimes defined 

correspondingly as the activity of material in 

which this number of gamna-ray photons is emitted per second. This unit is being replaced by 

the becquerel (Bq), which is equal to one disintegration per second. 

cutie pie. A portable beta-gama survey meter 

using an ionization chamber as the detector 

volume to measure radiation exposure. Usually 

used at higher radiation levels for both detecting and measuring ionizing radiation. A 

removable end-cap acts as ashield for the 

detector, allowing the instrument to indicate 

combined beta and gama radiation when the cap 

is removed, or gama radiation only when the 

cap is in place. 

329 
- CVE. Escort aircraft carrier. 

CW net. Carrier wave network. An organization of 

stations capable of direct radio comnunications 

on a common channel or frequency. 

dan buoy. A floating temporary marker buoy such 

as one used in minesweeping and antisubmarine 

warfare operations. 

+ D-da . The term used to designate the unnamed 

ay on which a test takes place. The equivalent 

rule applies to H-hour. Time in plans is indicated by a letter which shows the unit of time 

employed in figures, with a minus or plus sign 

to indicate the amount of time before or after 

the reference event, e.g., D+7 means 7 days 

after D-day, H+2 means 2 hours after H-hour. 

DDE. Escort destroyer. 

- DE.Destroyer escort. 

debris (radioactive). See weapon debris. 

decay (radioactive). The decrease in activity of 

any radioactive material with the passage of 

time due to the spontaneous emission from the 

atomic nuclei of either alpha or beta particles, sometimes accompanied by gama radiation, 

or by gamma photons alone. Every decay process 

has a definite half-life. 

decontamination. The reduction or removal of contaminating radioactive material from a structure, area, object, or person. Decontamination 

may be accomplished by (1) treating the surface to remove or decrease the contamination; 

(2) letting the material stand so that the radioactivity is decreased as a result of natural 

decay; and (3) covering the contamination in 

order to attenuate the radiation emitted. 

device. Nuclear fission and fusion materials, 

together with eir aming, fuzing, firing, 

chemical-explosive, and effects-measuring components, that have not reached the development 

status of an operational weapon. 

diagnostic measurements or experiments. Experiments whose purpose is to study the explosive 

disassembly of of a nuclear as opposed to effects measurements (which see). 

- DM. Minelayer destroyer. Converted destroyers designed to conduct high-speed minelaying 

operations. 

- DMA. The Division of Military Applications of the 

Atomic Energy Commission. 

- DOD. Department of Defense. The Federal execu- tive agency responsible for the defense of the 

United States. Includes the four services and 

special joint defense agencies. Reports to the 

President through the Secretary of Defense. 

dose. A general term denoting the quantity of 

ionizing radiation absorbed. The unit of absorbed dose is the rad (which see). In soft 

- 

body tissue the absorbed ose in rads is essentially equal to the exposure in roentgens. 

The biological dose (also called the RBE dose) 

in rems is a measure of biological effectiveness of the absorbed radiation. Dosage is used 

in older literature as well as exposure dose 

and simply exposure, and care should be exercised in their use. See also exposure. 

-(or nuclear) radiation that an individual 

dose rate. As a general rule, the amount of ionor material would receive per unit of time. It 

is usually expressed as rads (or rems) per hour 

or multiples or divisions of these units such 

as millirads per hour. The dose rate is commonly used to indicate the level of radioactivity in a contaminated area. See survey meter. 

dosimeter. An instrument for measuring and registering the total accumulated dose of (or exposure to) ionizing radiation. Instruments worn 

or carried by individuals are called personnel 

dosimeters. 

+ dosimetr . The measurement and recording of raiation doses and dose rates. It is concerned 

with the use of various types of radiation 

instruments with which measurements are made. 

See also dosimeter, survey meter. 

- DPM. Disintegrations per minute, a measure of 

radioactivity, literally atoms disintegrating 

per minute. Difficult to directly compare with 

roentgens per hour for mixtures of radionuclides. 

drogue. A sea anchor or similar drag device used 

to pull out a parachute. 

DTMB. David Taylor Model Basin, Carderock, Maryland (Navy). 

DUKW. Two-and-one-half-ton amphibious truck. 

dynamic pressure. Air pressure that results from 

the mass air flow (or wind) behind the shock 

front of a blast wave. 

effects measurements or experiments. Experiments 

whose purpose is to study what a nuclear explosion does to equipment and systems. Includes 

also measurement of the changes in the environment caused by the detonation such as increased 

air pressures (blast), thermal and nuclear adiation, cratering, water waves, etc. 

EGM;. Edyerton, Germeshausen & Grier, Boston, 

Massachusetts (now EGM;, Inc.). An AEC contractor. Provided timing and firing electronics and technical film coverage. 

electromagnetic radiation. Electromagnetic radiations range from X-rays and gama rays of 

short wave length (igh frequency), through 

the ultraviolet, visible, and infrared regions, 

to radar and radio waves of relatively long 

wavelength. 

330 
electron. A particle of very small mass and elecmly charged. As usually defined, the electron's charge is negative. The term negatron 

is also used for the negative electron and the 

positively charged form is called a positron. 

See also beta particles. 

EODU. Explosive Ordnance Disposal Unit (Navy). 

- ETA. Estimated time of arrival. 

- ETD. Estimated time of departure. 

exposure. A measure expressed in roentgens of 

the Ionization produced bygama rays (or 

X-rays) in air. The exposure rate is the exposure per unit time (e.g., roentgens per hour). 

See dose, dose rate, roentgen. 

exposure rate contours. Lines joining points 

which have the same radiation intensity that 

define a fallout pattern, represented in terms 

of roentgens per hour. 

- F4U. Propeller-driven fighter aircraft developed by Chance-Voight Aircraft Company. Called the 

Cosair. 

F-84G. Single-engine jt fighter developed by 

Republic Aircraft and used from IVY (1952) 

through REDWING (1956) as cloud sampler 

aircraft. 

fallout. The process or phenomenon of the descent 

to the Earth's urface of particles contaminated with radioactive material from the radioactive cloud. The term is also applied in a 

collective sense to the contaminated particulate matter itself. The early (or local) 

fallout is defined, somewhat arbitrarily, as 

particles reaching the Earth within 24 hours 

after a nuclear explosion. The delayed (or 

worldwide) fallout consists of the smaller 

particles, which ascend into the upper troposphere and stratosphere and are carried by 

winds to all parts of the Earth. The delayed 

fallout is brought to Earth, mainly by rain 

and snow, over extended periods ranging from 

months to years. 

fathometer. A depth-sounding instrument. The 

depth of water is measured by noting the time 

the echo of a sound takes to return from the 

bot tom. 

- FEAF. Far East Air Forces. 

film bad es. Used for the indirect measurement 

ionizing radiation. Generally contain two 

or three pieces of film of different radiation 

sensitivities. They are wrapped in paper (or 

other thin material) that blocks light but is 

readily penetrated by gama rays. The films 

are developed and the degree of fogging (or 

blackening) observed is a measure of the gamaray exposure, from which the absorbed dose is 

calculated. Film badges can also measure beta 

and neutron radiation. 

+ 

fireball. The luminous sphere of hot gases that 

"a few millionths of a second after a nuclear explosion as the result of the absorption by the surrounding medium of the thermal 

X-rays emitted by the extremely hot (several 

tens of millions of degrees) device residues. 

The exterior of the fireball in air is initially sharply defined by the luminous hock 

front and later by the limits of the hot gases 

themselves. 

fission. The process of the nucleus of a partic- 

-heavy element splitting into two nuclei 

of lighter elements, with the release of substantial mounts of energy. The most important 

fissionable materials areuanium-235 and 

plutonium-239; fission iscaused by the absorption of neutrons. 

fission detectors. Radiation pulse detector of 

the proportional counter type in which a foil 

or film of issionable materials is incorporated to make it respond to neutrons. 

fission products. A general term for the complex 

mixture of substances produced as a result of 

nuclear fission. A distinction should be made 

between these and the direct fission products 

or fission fragments that are formed by the 

actual splitting of the heavy-element nuclei 

into nuclei of medium atomic weight. Approximately 80 different fission fragments result 

from roughly 40 different modes of fission of 

a given nuclear species (e.g., uranium-235 or 

plutonium-239). The fission fragments, being 

radioactive, imnediately begin to decay, forming additional (daughter) products, with the 

result that the complex mixture of fission 

products so formed contains over 300 different 

radionuclides of 36 elements. 

"-4- fixed a1 ha. Alpha radioactivity that cannot be 

easl y removed as evidenced by no measured 

change in a swipe of a 100-cm2 area. 

fluorescence. The emission of light (electromagnetic radiation) by a material as a result of 

the absorption of energy from radiation. The 

term may refer to the radiation emitted, as 

well as to the emission process. 

forward area. The PPG and adjoining areas (e.g., 

Kwajalein). 

- FPO. Fleet Post Office. 

fusion. The combination of two light nuclei to 

form a heavier nucleus, with the release of 

the difference of the nuclear binding energy 

of the fusion products and the sum of the 

binding energies of the two light nuclei. 

gama rays. Electromagnetic radiations of high 

photon energy originating in atomic nuclei and 

accompanying many nuclear reactions (e.g., 

fission, radioactivity, and neutron capture). 

Physically, gama rays are identical with 

X-rays of high energy; the only essential difference is that X-rays do not originate from 

331 
atomic nuclei of high energy. Gama rays can 

travel great distances through air and can 

penetrate considerable thickness of material, 

a1 though they can neither be seen nor felt by 

human beings except at very high intensities, 

which cause an itching and tingling sensation 

of the skin. They can produce harmful effects 

even at a long distance from their source (3 

Effects of Nuclear !ga~., 3rd edition). 

Geiger-Mueller counter. A gas discharge pulse 

countf&="fornizing radiation. See a1 so 

AN/PDR-39 and ion-chamber-type survey meter. 

- GMT. Greenwich Mean Time. 

gray (Gy). A recently introduced ICRP term; 1 Gy 

equals 100 rad. 

grqund zero (GZ). The point on the surface of 

land or water at, or vertically below or above, 

the center of the burst of a nuclear weapon. 

gunk. A viscous comercial preparation that is 

soluble both in water and petroleum derivatives. It acts as a wetting agent in removing 

grease and particulate matter from metal and 

other nonporous surf aces. 

H-19. Large utility helicopter manufactured by 

-5ikorsky Aircraft Division of United Aircraft 

Corporation. 

H-hour. Time zero, or time of detonation. When 

Ted in connection with planning operations it 

is the specific hour on which the operation 

event commences. See D-day. 

I" half-life. The time required for a radioactive 

material to lose half of its radioactivity due 

to decay. Each radionuclide has a unique halflife. 

HASL, NYKOPO. Atomic Energy Commission's Health 

and Safety Laboratory, New York Operations 

Office. 

- HE.High explosive. 

- HF.High-frequency radio comnunications. The HF 

band is from 3 to 30 kHz. 

high-altitude burst. Defined, somewhat arbitrarily, as a detonation in or above the stratosphere. The distribution of the energy of the 

explosion between blast and thermal radiation 

changes appreciably with increasing altitude. 

- HMR. Marine Helicopter Transport Squadron. 

hodograp!. A common hodograph in meteorology represents he speed and direction of winds at 

different altitude increments. 

hot; JIJ spot. Comonly used colloquial term 

meaning a spot or area relatively more radioactive than some adjacent area. 

HRS-2. Transport helicopter manufactured by 

Torsky Aircraft Company. 

" IBDA. Indirect Bomb Damage Assessment. A revised 

target analysis based on new data such as actual weapon yield, burst height, and ground 

zero obtained by means other than direct 

assessment. 

LCRJ. International Commission on Radiological 

Protection. 

" 

initial radiation. Also known as prompt radiation. tlectromagnetic radiations of high energy 

emitted from both the fireball and the radioactive cloud within the first minute after a 

detonation. It includes neutrons and gama rays 

given off almost instantaneously, as well as 

the gama rays emitted by the fission products 

and other radioactive species in the rising 

cloud. Initial radiations from ground or nearground bursts activate both Earth materials 

and device debris to create contamination. 

"i%tensityxrdistance fran a single-point 

inverse square law. The decrease in radiation 

source is in proportion to the square of the 

distance removed. 

ion-chamber-t e surve meter. A device for measuring thewTiTing radiation. Consists of a gas-filled chamber containing two 

electrodes (one of which may be the chamber 

wall) between which a potential difference is 

maintained. The radiation ionizes gas in the 

chamber and an instrument connected to one 

electrode measures the ionization current 

produced. 

ionizatz. The process of adding electrons to, 

Tnocking electrons from, atoms or molecules, 

thereby creating ions. High temperatures, electrical discharges, and nuclear radiation can 

cause ionization. 

ionizing radiation. Any particulate or electromagnetic radiation capable of producing ions, 

directly or indirectly, in its passage through 

matter. Alpha and beta particles produce ion 

pairs directly, while gamma rays and X-rays 

liberate electrons as they traverse matter, 

which in turn produce ionization in their 

paths . 

ionos here. The region of the atmosphere, extend- 

-I& roughly 40 to 250 miles (64 to 400 km) 

above the Earth, in which there is appreciable 

ionization. The presence of charged particles 

in this region profoundly affects the propagation of radio and radar waves. 

irradiation. Exposure of matter to radiation. 

" isodose "" 1 ines. Dose or dose-rate contours. In 

faTout, contours plotted on a radiation field 

within which the dose rate or the total accumulated dose is the same. 

" 

deal element) but different atomic weight; 

isoto e. Atoms with the same atomic number (same 

i.e., the nuclei have the same number of protons but a different number of neutrons. 

332 
JCS. Joint Chiefs of Staff. 

" JTF 132. Joint Task Force 132 was a combined 

force of personnel of the Department of Defense 

(Air Force, Army, Marine Corps, Navy), the AEC, 

and their contractors. JTF 132 was responsible 

for all aspects of nuclear weapon tests in the 

Pacific testing area during 1952. 

KB-29. Aerial tanker based on the 6-29. 

-4 kinetic ener . Energy associated with the motion 

L-20. Single-engine, 2-place light aircraft used 

in Enewetak airlift. 

LASL. Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory, Los Alamos, New Mexico. 

- LCM. Landing craft, mechanized. 

LCP(L). Landing craft, personnel (large). 

LCPE). Landing craft, personnel (ramp). 

- LCT. Landing craft, tank. 

- LCU. Utility landing craft. 

- LML. Lookout Mountain Laboratory, Hollywood, California (Air Force). 

Loran. Long-range aid to navigation system. Loran 

stations were maintained by the U.S. Coast 

Guard Station on Enewetak Island and Johnston 

Atoll . 

" LSD. Landing ship, dock. 

" LSIL. - Landing ship, infantry (large). 

" LST. Landing ship, tank. 

magnetometer. An instrument for measuring changes 

in the geomagnetic field. 

7- 

MATS. Military Air Transport Service; later, Military Airlift Command (joint Air Force). 

megaton (yergy). Approximately the amount of 

enerqv t at would be released by the explosion 

of one million tons of TNT. 

mi crocuricg. One-mi 11 ionth of 

"" micron. One-millionth of a meter or 10-4 centimeter); 

one-hundred-thousandths (4 

inch. 

a curie. 

meter (i .e., 10-6 

it is roughly four 

x 10-5) of an

___- milliroentAe2. One-thousandth of a roentgen. 

ME. Maximum Permissible Exposure (rule dose). 

That exposure to ionizing radiation that is

established by authorities as the maximum over certain periods without resulting in undue 

risk to human health. 

ME. Maximum Permissible Limit. That amount of

radioactive material in air, water, foodstuffs, 

etc. that is established by authorities as the 

maximum that would not create undue risk to 

human health. 

mR; mr. Abbreviation for milliroentgen. 

MSTS. Military Sea Transportation Service, 

Tavy) . mushroom ca . Top of the cloud formed from the 

vadf a nuclear detonation. 

- MV. Motor vessel. 

E. Motor whale boat. 

- NAS. Naval Air Station. 

NAVAID. B-29s and B-36s equipped with navigational and homing electronics for the purpose 

of providing assistance to the smaller, less 

well equipped F-84G samplers. 

- NBS. National Bureau of Standards. 

NB. Noncommissioned officer. 

LCK. National Committee on Radiation Protection 

and Measurements. Before 1956 simply the National Committee on Radiation Protection. 

- NEL. Naval Electronics Laboratory. 

neutral electrical charge) of approxineutron. A neutral eementary particle (i.e., 

mately unit mass (i.e., the mass of aproton) 

that is present in all atomic nuclei, except 

those of ordinary (light) hydrogen. Neutrons 

are required to initiate the fission process, 

and large numbers of neutrons are produced by 

both fission and fusion reactions in uclear 

explosions. 

neutron flux. The intensity of neutron radiation. 

It is expressed as the number of neutrons 

passing through 1 cm2 in 1 second. 

Site (NTS). 

NPG. Nevada Proving Ground, now the Nevada Test 

NRDL. Naval Radiological Defense Laboratory. 

" NRL. Naval Research Laboratory. 

California. 

NSC TI. Naval Schools Command, Treasure Island, 

- NTPR. Nuclear Test Personnel Review. 

NTS. Nevada Test Site. 

nuclear cloud. See radioactive cloud. 

nuclear device (or weapon or bomb . Any device 

in which the explosion results -4 ran the energy 

released by reactions involving atomic nuclei, 

either fission or fusion, or both. Thus, the 

-___ 

333 
A- (or atomic) bomb and the H- (or hydrogen) 

bomb are both nuclear weapons. It would be 

equally true to call them atomic weapons, since 

the energy of atomic nuclei is involved in each 

case. However, it has become more or 1 ess customary, although it is not strictly accurate, 

to refer to weapons in which all the nergy 

results from fission as A-bombs. In order to 

make a distinction, those weapons in which part 

of the energy results from thermonuclear (fusion) reactions of the isotopes of hydrogen 

have been called H-bombs or hydrogen bombs. 

nuclear explosion. __Explosive release of energy 

due to the splitting, or joining, of atoms. The 

explosion is observable by a violent emission 

of ultraviolet, visible, and infrared (heat) 

radiation, gama rays, neutrons, and other 

particles. This is accompanied by the formation of a fireball. A large part of the energy 

from the explosion isemitted as blast and 

shock waves when detonated at the Earth's surface or in the atmosphere. The fireball produces a mushroom-shaped mass of hot gases and 

debris, the top of which rises rapidly. See 

also radiation, gama rays, fireball, nuclear 

weapon, fission, fusion, blast. 

"" nuclear fusion. See thermonuclear fusion. 

- nuclear radiation. Particulate and electromagnetrraaion emitted from atomic nuclei in 

various nuclear processes. The important nuclear radiations, from the weapons standpoint, 

are alpha and beta particles, gama rays, and 

neutrons. Al nuclear radiations are ionizing 

radiations, but the reverse is not true; 

X-rays, for example, are included among ionizing radiations, but they are not nuclear radiations since they do not originate from atomic 

nuclei. 

nuclear tests. Tests carried out to supply information required for the design and improvement 

of nuclear weapons and to study the phenomena 

and effects associated with nuclear explosions. 

__I nuclide. Any species of atom that exists for a 

measurable length of time. The term nuclide is 

used to describe any atomic species distinguished by the composition of its nucleus; 

i .e., by the number of protons and the number 

of neutrons. Isotopes of a given element are 

nuclides having the normal number of protons 

but different numbers of neutrons in this nuclei. A radionuclide is a radioactive nuclide. 

- NYKOPO. New York Operations Office (Atomic Energy GGii ss i on). 

" off-scale. Radiation (or other physical phenom- enaxeater than the capacity of a measuring 

device to measure. 

I ONR. Office of Naval Research, Washington, D.C. 

ORNL. Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Tennessee. 

" oscilloscope_. - - - - - The name generally applied to a 

cathode-ray device. 

overpressure. The transient pressure, usually expresscnn pounds per square inch, exceeding 

the ambient pressure, manifested in the shock 

(or blast) wave from an explosion. 

P2V. Twin-engine patrol bomber used for maritime 

patrol and antisubmarine warfare. Developed by 

Lockheed for the U.S. Navy. Used in nuclear 

tests as controller and transient ship search. 

- PC.Patrol craft. 

peak overpress-ure. The maximum value of the 

overpressure mich see) at a given location. 

permissible contamination or dose. That dose of 

ionizing radiation that is not expected to

cause appreciable bodily injury to a person at 

any time during his lifetime. 

phantom. A volume of material closely approximating the density and effective atomic number 

of tissue. The phantom absorbs ionizing radiation in the same manner as tissue, thus radiation dose measurements made within the phantom 

provide a means of approximating the radiation 

dose within a human or animal body under similar exposure conditions. Materials cononly 

used for phantoms are water, masoni te, pressed 

wood, and beeswax. 

m. A heavily shielded container (usually lead) 

used to ship or store radioactive materials. 

" POL. Petroleum, oil, and lubricants. The storage area for these products is referred to as 

POL farm. 

" PPG. Pacific Proving Ground (after 1956 desig- nated the Eniwetok Proving Ground, or EPG). 

prompt radiation. See initial radiation. 

proton. A particle carrying a positive charge and 

physically identical to the nucleus of the ordinary hydrogen atom. 

Purple conditions. A shipboard warning system 

used in radiological defense. Various numbered 

conditions were sounded when radioactive fallout was encountered. Responses to the sounded 

warnings included closing of various hatches 

and fittings, turning off parts of the ventilation system, and removing personnel from a 

ship's open decks. The higher the Purple condition number, the more severe the radiological 

situation. 

y'-clearance. A security clearance granted by 

the Atomic Energy Conission, based upon an 

investigation conducted by the FBI. 

R;. Symbol for roentgen. 

" R5D. Four-engine propeller transport manufactured 

by the Douglas Aircraft Company for the Navy 

and the Air Force, where it was designated 

C-54. Commercial versions were designated DC-4. 

- Ra.Chemical symbol for radium. 

334 
" rad. Radiation absorbed dose. A unit of absorbed 

dose of radiation; it represents the absorption 

of 100 ergs of ionizing radiation per gram (or 

0.01 J/kg) of absorbing material, such as body 

tissue. This unit is presently being replaced 

in scientific literature by the Gray (Gy), 

numerical equal to the absorption of 1 joule 

of energy per kilogram of matter. 

" RadDefense. Radiological defense. Defense against 

thexcts of radioactivity from atomic weapons. It includes the detection and measurement 

of radioactivity, the protection of persons 

from radioactivity, and decontamination of 

areas, places, and equipment. See also radsafe. 

"_ radex area. Radiological exclusion area. Follow- ing each detonation there were areas of surface radiological contamination and areas of

air radiological contamination. These aras 

were designated as radex areas. Radex areas 

were used to chart actual or predicted fallout 

and also used for control of entry and exit. 

___- radiac. Radiation 

computation. 

detection, indication, and 

radiation. The emission of any rays, electrmagnetic waves, or particles (e.g., gama rays, 

alpha particles, beta particles, neutrons) 

from a source. 

- radiation - _" "" decq. See decay (radioactive). 

" radiation " - - - - - detectors. - " Any of a wide variety of 

materials or ZsTruments that provide a signal 

when stimulated by the passage of ionizing radiation; the sensitive element inradiation 

detection instruments. The most widely used 

media for the detection of ionizing radiation 

are photographic film and ionization of gases 

in detectors (e.g., Geiger counters), followed 

by materials in which radiation induces cintillation. 

radiation exposure. Exposure to radiation may be 

described and modified by a number of terms. 

The type of radiation is important: alpha and 

beta particles, neutrons, gamma rays and 

X-rays, and cosmic radiation. Radiation exposure may be from an external radiation source, 

such as gama rays, X-rays, or neutrons, or it 

may be from radionuclides retained within the 

body emitting alpha, beta, or gama radiation. 

The exposure may result from penetrating or 

nonpenetrating radiation in relation to its 

ability to enter and pass through matter -- alpha and beta particles being considered as 

nonpenetrating and other types of radiation as 

of the body or to the whole body. See also 

penetrating. Exposure may be re1 ated to a part 

whole body irradiation. 

- - - - - .- 

" radiation "- - . intensity. - - " " Degree of radiation. Measured and reported in roentgens (R), rads, 

rems, and rep, multiples and divisions of 

these units, and multiples and divisions of 

these units as a function of exposure rate 

(per hour, day, etc.). 

radioactive nyclear) clod. An all-inclusive 

term for the aoud of hot gases, smoke, dust, 

and other particulate matter from the weapon 

itself and from the environment, which is carried aloft in conjunction with the rising fireball produced by the detonation of a nuclear 

weapon. 

- radioactive nuclide. See radionuclide. 

- radioactive particles. See radioactivity. 

radioactive pool. A disk-like pool of radioactive water near the surface formed by a watersurf ace or subsurface detonation. The pool 

gradually expands into an annular form, then 

reverts to a larger irregular disk shape at 

later times with a corresponding attenuation 

of radioactivity. 

radioactivity. The spontaneous emission of radiation,generally alpha or beta particles, often 

accompanied by gama rays, from the nuclei of 

an (unstable) nuclide. As a result of his 

emission the radioactive nuclide is converted 

(decays) into the isotope of a different 

(daughter) element, which may (or may not) 

also be radioactive. Ultimately, as result 

of one or more stages of radioactive decay, a 

stable (nonradioactive) end product is formed. 

radiological syvey.. The directed effort to determine the lstrlbution and dose rate of radiation in an area. 

radionuclide. A radioactive 

active-aGmic species). 

nuclide (or radio- 

- radiosonde. A balloon-borne instrument for the 

simultaneous measurement and transmission of 

meteorological data, consisting of transducers 

for the measurement of pressure, temperature, 

and humidity; a modulator for the conversion 

of the output of the transducers to a quantity 

that controls a property of the radiofrequency 

signal; a selector switch, which determines 

the sequence in which the parameters are to be 

transmitted; and a transmitter, which generates 

the radiofrequency carrier. 

" radiosonde balloon. A balloon used to carry a 

radiosonde am. These balloons have daytime 

bursting altitudes of about 80,000 feet (25 km) 

above sea level. The balloon measures about 5 

feet (1.5 meters) in diameter when first infl ated and may expand to 20 feet (6 meters) or 

more before bursting at high altitude. 

" radium. A radioactive element with the atomic 

number 88 and an atomic weight of 226. In nature, radium is found associated with uranium, 

which decays to radium by a series of alpha 

and beta emissions. Radium is used as a radiation source for instrument calibration. 

" radsafe. Radiological safety. General term used to cover the training, operations, and equipment used to protect personnel from potential 

overexposures to nuclear radiation during nuclear tests. 

335 
rainout. Removal of radioactive particles from a 

nuclear cloud by rain. 

rawin. Radar wind sounding tests that determine 

the winds aloft patterns by radar observation 

of a balloon. 

rawinsonde. Radar wind sounding and radiosonde -("a ) . 

Raydist Jwporation.. A Norfolk, Virginia firm 

that provided navigational aid service for 

test aircraft in the Bikini area during weapon 

tests in the Pacific Proving Ground. 

Raydist. slave stations. Support instrumentation 

used in the positioning of experimental effects 

aircraft. 

"_ RB-29. Reconnaissance version of the 6-29. 

" RB-36. Reconnaissance version of the 6-36. 

"- RBE. Relative biological effectiveness. A factor 

used to compare the biological effectiveness 

of absorbed radiation doses (i .e., rads) due 

to different types of ionizing radiation. For 

radiation protection the term has been superseded by Quality Factor. 

" rem. A special unit of biological radiation dose 

equivalent; the name is derived from the initi al etters of the term "roentgen equivalent 

man (or mama1 ) ." The number of rems of radiation is equal to the number of rads absorbed 

multiplied by the RBE of the given radiation 

(for a specified effect). The rem is also the 

unit of dose equivalent, which is equal to the 

product of the number of rads absorbed multiplied by the "quality factor" and distribution 

factor for the radiation. The unit is presently 

being replaced by the sievert (Sv). 

%. An obsolete special unit of absorbed dose. 

residual nuclear radiation. Nuclear radiation, 

chi<ry-betTparticleand gama rays, that 

persists for a time following a nuclear explosion. The radiation is emitted mainly by the 

fission products and other bomb residues in 

the fallout, and to sane extent by Earth and 

water constituents, and other materials, in

which radioactivity has been induced by the 

capture of neutrons. 

"_ R-hour. Reentry hour. 

" roentgen. (R; r) A special unit of exposure to gama (or X-) radiation. It is defined precisely as the quantity of gama (or X-) rays 

that wil produce electrons (in ion pairs) 

with a total charge of2.58 x coulomb in 

1 kilogram of dry air under standard conditions. An exposure of 1 roentgen results in 

the deposition of about 94 ergs of energy in 

1 gram of soft body tissue. Hence, an exposure 

of 1 roentgen is approximately equivalent to 

an absorbed dose of 1 rad in soft tissue. 

" RSSU. Radiological Safety Support Unit (Army). 

Ss. Air Force general purpose amphibian for 

air-sea rescue work. Manufactured by Gruman 

Aircraft Engineering Corporation, New York. 

Redesignated UY-16. 

.- SAC. Strategic Air Command (Air Force). 

sampler airsI2ft. Aircraft used for collection 

of gaseous aniparticulate samples from nuclear 

clouds to determine the level of radioactivity 

or the presence of radioactive substances. 

- SAR. Search and rescue operations. 

- SC. Sandia Corporation, Albuquerque, New Mexico. 

scatterd. The diversion of radiation (thermal, 

mtromagnetic and nuclear) from its original 

path as a result of interactions (or collisions) with atoms, molecules, or larger particles in the atmosphere or other media between 

the source of the radiations (e.g., a nuclear 

explosion) and a point some distance away. As 

a result of scattering, radiations (especially 

gamma rays and neutrons) wil be received at 

such a point from many directions instead of 

only from the direction of the source. See 

also skyshine. 

SCEL. Signal Corps Engineering Laboratories, Ft. 

-"mouth, New Jersey (Army). 

scintillation. A flash of light produced by ionizing radiation in a fluor or a phosphor, which 

may be crystal, plastic, gas, or liquid. 

seamount. A submarine mountain rising above the 

-ea floor, comnonly from 3,000 to 10,000 

feet (1 to 3 km) and having the summit 1,000 

to 6,000 feet (0.3 to 1.8 km) below sea level. 

shear wind . Refers to differences in direction + irectional shear) of wind at different altiTF6-d 

tudes. 

shieldin . Any material or obstruction that abor attenuates) radiation and thus tends 

to protect personnel or equipment from the effects of a nuclear explosion. A moderately 

thick layer of any opaque material wil provide 

satisfactory shielding from thermal radiation, 

but a considerable thickness of material of 

high density may be needed for gama radiation 

shielding. See also attenuation. 

" shock. Term used to describe a destructive force 

moving in air, water, or Earth caused by detonation of a nuclear detonation. 

XeTor wave) in the surrounding medium, 

shock wave. A continuously propagated pressure 

which may be air, water, or Earth, initiated 

by the expansion of the hot gases produced in 

an explosion. 

+ sievert Sv . A recently introduced ICRP measure 

dose equivalent" that takes into account 

the "quality factor" of different sources of 

ionizing radiation. One sievert equals 100 rem. 

336 
SIO. Scripps Institution of Oceanography, La 

ToIla, California. 

skyshine. Radiation, particularly gama rays from a nuclear detonation, reaching a target from 

many directions as a result of scattering by 

the oxygen and nitrogen in the intervening 

atmosphere. 

slant r-a?. The straight-line distance of an 

alrcra t at any altitude from ground zero r the distance from an airburst to a location on the ground. 

SRI. Stanford Research Institute, Stanford, 

Tal iforni a, 

" stratosLtyr2. Upper portion of the atmosphere, 

approximately 7 to 40 miles (11 to 64 km) above 

the Earth's surface, in which temperature 

changes but little with altitude and cloud formations are rare. 

streamline. In meteorology, the direction of the 

wind at any given time. 

- surface burst. A nuclear explosion on the land 

surface, an is1 and surf ace or eef, or on a barge. 

"_ surface zero. See ground zero. Also the location 

on the ground surface directly above an underground zero point. 

survey meterr. Portable radiation detection instruments especially adapted for surveying or 

inspecting an area to establish the existence 

and amount of radiation present, usually from 

the standpoint of radiological protection. 

Survey instruments are customarily powered by 

self-contained batteries and are designed to 

respond quickly and to indicate directly the 

exposure rate conditions at the point of interest. See AN/PDR-36, Geiger-Mueller counter, 

and ion-chamber-type survey meter. 

survey, rgliation. Evaluation of the radiation 

hazards associated with radioactive materials. 

T-AP. Personnel transport (Military Sea Transportion Service). 

- TAU. Test Aircraft Unit. 

TBM. Single-engine, propeller-driven torpedo 

aomber developed by Grumnan Aircraft. Converted 

to a carrier-based transport and used in this 

way at IVY. 

~ TBU. Test Base Unit. 

- TDY. Temporary duty assigrment. 

- TG. Task Group. 

- TE. Task Element. 

"" thermal radiation. Electromagnetic radiation emitted intwopulses from a surface or airburst from the fireball as a consequence of 

tially of ultraviolet, visible, and infrared 

its very high temperature; it consists essenradiation. In the first pulse, when the temperature of the fireball is extremely high, 

ultraviolet radiation predominates; in the 

second pulse, the temperatures are lower and 

most of the thermal radiation lies in the visible and infrared regions of the spectrum. 

- thermonuclear fusion. Refers to the processes in which very high temperatures are used to bring 

about the fusion of light nuclei, such as those 

of the hydrogen isotopes (deuterium and triti urn), with the accompanying liberation of 

energy. The high temperatures required to initiate the fusion reaction are obtained by means of a fission explosion. See also fusion. 

TNT equivalent. A measure of the energy released 

as the reat of the detonation of a nuclear 

device or weapon, expressed in terms of the 

mass of TNT that would release the same amount 

of energy when exploded. The TNT equivalent is 

usually stated inkilotons (1,000 tons) or 

megatons (1 million tons). The basis of the 

TNT equivalence is that the explosion of 1 ton 

of TNT is assumed to release 1 billion calories 

of energy. See also megaton, yield. 

-d%igGxL 

tra ed radiation Electrically charged particles 

and forth in spirals along the 

north-south orientation of the Earth's magnetic field between mirror points, called con- jugate points. Negatively charged particles 

drift eastward as they bounce between northern 

and southern conjugate points and positively 

charged particles drift westward, thus forming 

shells or belts of radiation above the Earth. 

The source of the charged particles may be natural, from solar activity (often called Van 

Allen belts), orartifical, resulting from 

high-altitude nuclear detonations. 

.-ehp7 

tro o ause. The boundary dividing the stratosp ere rom the lower part of the atmosphere, 

the troposphere. The tropopause normally occurs 

at an altitude of about 25,000 to 45,000 feet 

(7.6 to 13.7 km) in polar and temperate zones, 

and at 55.000 feet (16.8 km) in the tropics. 

See also stratosphere, troposphere. 

3" tro os here. The region of the atmosphere, irnnelate y above the Earth's urface and up to 

the tropopause, in which the temperature falls 

fairly regularly with ncreasing altitude, 

clouds form, convection is active, and mixing 

is continuous and more or less complete. 

Trust Territory. The Marshall Islands were Trust 

Territories under the jurisdiction of the United Nations. Assigned by the United Nations to 

the United States in trust for administration, 

development, and training. 

- TU. Task Unit. 

E. Test Services Unit. 

TSE. Test Support Unit (Provisional). 

337 
- TWX. Teletypewriter exchange. 

type comnana. The officer or agency having 

cognizance over all Navy ships of a given type. 

This is in addition to the particular ship's 

assignment in a task force, fleet, or other 

tactical subdivision. 

- UCLA. University of California, Los Angeles. 

- UCRL. University of California Radiation Labora- tory, Livermore, California. 

- UF-1. The Navy designation for the SA-16A. 

- UHF. Ultra-high frequency. 

- ultraviolet. Electromagnetic radiation of waveEgthsbetween the shortest visible violet 

(about 3,850 angstroms) and soft X-rays (about 

100 angstroms). 

- USFS. U.S. Forest Service. 

~ USNS. United States Navy Ship; vessels of this designation are manned by civilian crews. 

- VA.Veterans Administration. 

- VC.Fleet composite squadron (formerly VU). 

__- versene. A detergent. 

VK. Very-high-frequency radio communications. 

The VHF band is from 30 to 300 kHz. 

Viking. Radio call sign of VIP aircraft. 

- VP.Aviation patrol squadron (Navy). 

- VR. Air transport squadron (Navy). 

- WADC. Wright Air Development Center, Wright- Etterson AFB, Ohio (Air Force). 

warhead. The portion of the missile or bomb containing the nuclear device. 

__- WASP. Five-inch shells fired to spread radartrackable material (window) to study highaltitude winds. 

" WB-29. Weather reconnaissance version of 8-29 

used for cloud tracking and sampling. 

-+a"- wea on debris. The radioactive residue of a nuc ear evice after it has been detonated, consisting of fission products, various products 

of neutron capture, weapon casing and other 

components, and uranium or plutonium that has 

escaped fission. 

whole body irradiation. Exposure of the body to 

ionizing radiation from external radiation 

sources. Critical organs for the whole body 

are the lens of the ye, the gonads, and the 

red-blood-forming marrow. As little as only 1 

cm3 of bone marrow constitutes a whole-body 

exposure. Thus, the entire body need not be 

exposed to be classed as a whole-body exposure. 

Wilson cloud. A mist or fog of minute water droplets that temporarily surrounds a fireball 

following a nuclear detonation in a humid 

atmosphere. This is caused by a sudden lowering of the pressure (and temperature) after 

the passing of the shock wave (cloud chamber 

effect) and quickly dissipates as temperatures 

and pressures return to normal. 

window. See WASP. 

worldwide fallout. Consists of the smaller radioactive nuclear detonation particles that ascend 

into the upper troposphere and the stratosphere 

and are carried by winds to all parts of the 

Earth. The delayed (or worldwide) fallout is 

brought to Earth, mainly by rain and snow, over 

extended periods ranging from months to years. 

- WT. Prefix of Weapon Test (WT) report identification numbers. These reports were prepared to 

record the results of scientific experiments. 

- YAG. Miscellaneous auxiliary ship (Navy). 

- YC. Open lighter (non-self-propelled; Navy). 

YCV. Aircraft transportation lighter; non-selfTrope 11 ed (Navy). 

.- YFN. Covered lighter (non-self-propelled; Navy). 

YFNB. Larger covered lighters (Navy). 

yield. The total effective energy released in a 

nuclear detonation. It is usually expressed in 

terms of the equivalent tonnage of TNT required 

to produce the same energy release in an explosion. The total energy yield is manifested as 

nuclear radiation (including residual radiation), thermal radiation, and blast and shock 

energy, the actual distribution depending upon 

the medium in which the xplosion occurs and 

also upon the type of weapon. See TNT equiva1 ent . 

+ 

w 

ield blast . That portion of the total energy 

of a nuc ear detonation that is identified as 

the blast or shock wave. 

fission . That portion of the total exp osive yie d attributable to nuclear fission, 

as opposed to fusion. The interest in fission 

yield stems from the interest in fission product formation and its relationship to radioactive fallout. 

- YO.Fuel oil barge; self-propelled. 

- YOG. Gasoline barge; self-propelled. 

- YOGN. Gasoline barge; non-self-propelled. 

- YON. Oil storage barge (non-self-propelled. 

- ZI. Zone of Interior (conterminous United States). 

338 
APPENDIX E 

INDEX OF PARTICIPATING ORGANIZATIONS 

Aeronautical Ice Research Laboratory. 163. 

USS Agawam (AOG-6). Operations: 50, 51, 61, 215, 

226-228, 230-232; Experimental Activity: 34, 

153, 222; In Fallout: 187,200; Personnel Exposures: 217; Position Data: 183, 201 (Figure 25). 

Air Defense Comnand (Air Force). 175, 240. 

Air Department Rendova, Marine Component. Operations: 51, 110, 125, 232, 248-249; Personnel 

Exposures: 233. 

Air Force. 4, 238-247, 258; see also entries under 

individual Air Force units. 

Air Force Cambridge Research Center (AFCRC). 119- 

121, 163, 164. 240-241, 245. 

Air Force Special Weapons Center (AFSWC). Cloud 

Sampling: 81, 96; Number of Personnel at the 

PPG: 240, 244. 

Air Force Weapons Laboratory (AFWL). 7. 

Air Materiel Comnand (Air Force). 97, 101. 

Air Research and Development Comnand (ARDC) (Air 

Air Training Comnand (Air Force). 175, 240. 

Air Transport Squadron-3 (VR-3) (Navy). 216, 218, 

Force). 24. 

234. 

Air Transport Squadron-8 (VR-8) (Navy). 218, 235. 

Allied Research Associates (ARA). 162, 251, 252. 

American Car & Foundry Company (ACF). 119-121, 

177, 252. 

American Red Cross. 251, 253. 

USS Arikara (ATF-98). Operations: 50, 51, 62, 159, 

160, 226-228, 236; Experimental Activities: 222; 

Involvement with Radioactivity: 229; Personnel 

Exposures: 217; MIKE Position: 183. 

Armed Forces Special Weapons Project (AFSWP). 

Radsafe Instrumentation: 91; Radsafe Activities; 

176; Planning for JTF 132: 37; Role in Planning: 

118; Project activities: 164; Personnel Badged: 

250; Personnel Exposures: 251. 

Army. 4, 209-213, 258; see aTso entries under 

individual Army units. 

Army Chemical Corps School. 210, 211. 

Army Signal Corps. 91, 165. 

Artillery School, Ft. Sill (Army). 210, 211. 

Atomic Energy Commission (AEC). Interest in Test 

Program: 22, 36, 56, 119-121, 134, 250; Interest 

in PPG: 31-33, 42; And JTF 132: 34, 38 (Figure 

5), 40; Radiation Standards: 84-86, 88-90; Radsafe Procedures: 103. 

MV +, S encer F. Baird. Operations: 50, 62, 173, 222, 

m; KING Position: 201 (Figure 25). 

Bell Laboratories. 160. 

Bendix Aviation. 164, 253. 

Bergstrom AFB. 244. 

Boeing Aircraft Company. 162, 253. 

Bryan AF8. 240. 

Bureau of Medicine (Navy). 84. 

Bureau of Ships (Buships) (Navy). 95, 152, 254, 

217, 219. 

Cambridge Corporation. 56, 119-121, 253. 

USS Car enter (DDE-825). Operations: 50, 51, 62, 

98, 221, 229-232, 36; Experimental 

Activities: 34, 222; Personnel Exposures: 218; 

Position Data: 183, 201 (Figure 25). 

7dkL-i 

Center for Disease Control (CDC). 5. 

Chanute AFB. 240. 

Chemical and Radiological Labs, Army Chemical 

Center (ACC). 154, 155, 210, 211. 

USS Collett (DD-730). 221. 

USNS General E.T. Collins (T-AP-147). Operations: 

50, 51, 6178-181, 194, 200, 215, 224-226, 

230-232, 235; Position Data: 183, 201 (Figure 

25). 

Commander Naval Air Forces Pacific (ComNavAirPac). 

175, 217, 220. 

commander in Chief Atlantic Fleet (CINCLANT). 175, 

217, 220. 

Commander in Chief Pacific (CINCPAC). 37, 38, 40, 

65, 76, 217, 220 

Composite Squadron 3 (VC-3) (Navy). 51, 216, 232, 

233. 

Consolidated Vultee Aircraft Company. 162, 253. 

3 39 
Counterintelligence Corps, Subdetachment C (Army). 

47, 211. 

USS Curtiss (AV-4). Operations: 50-55; 199, 201, 

215, 221, 223, 236; Experimental Activities: 34, 

140, 157, 159, 160, 222; Personnel Exposures: 

217; MIKE Position: 183. 

Davis-Monthan AFB. 242. 

Department of State. 103. 

Division of Biology and Medicine (AEC). 83, 84, 

88, 89. 

Division of Military Applications (AEC). 32. 

Drilling and Exploration Company. 173. 

Edgerton, Germeshausen & Grier, Inc. (EG&G). 119- 

121, 139, 140, 144, 146, 157, 172, 239-240, 251, 

253. 

USS Elder (AN-20). Operations: 50, 51, 62, 159, 

160, 2x6, 226, 227, 236; Experimental Activities: 159, 222; MIKE Position: 183; Personnel 

Exposures: 217. 

USS Estes (AGC-12). Operations: 50, 51, 56, 1, 

67 83, 105, 106, 179, 181, 187, 199, 201, 215, 

223, 225, 235; Experimental Activities: 34, 140, 

144, 152, 222; Personnel Exposures: 217; Position Data: 183, 201 (Figure 25). 

Evans Signal Laboratory (ESL) (Army). 69, 73, 98, 

119-121, 171, 210, 211. 

Federal Civil Defense Agency (FCDA). 252. 

Fleet Air Service Squadron-7 (FASRON-7) (Navy). 

51, 232, 233. 

Fleet Air Service Squadron-110 (FASRON-110) 

(Navy). 51, 216, 234. 

USS Fletcher (DDE-445). Operations: 50, 51, 62, 

153, 200, 216, 221-223; Experimental Activities: 

34; Personnel Exposures: 218. Position Data: 

183, 201 (Figure 25). 

Holmes & Narver, Inc. (H&N). 32, 38, 40-42, 44, 

45, 46, 56, 110, 179-181, 89, 194, 195, 201, 

124, 138, 147, 168, 251, 253. 

Headquarters USAF. 101, 165, 167, 184, 240. 

Helicopter ASW Squadron 2 (HS-2) (Navy). Operations: 51, 62, 216, 232; Involvement with Radioactivity: 233; Personnel Exposures: 218. 

Herrick L. Johnson, Inc. 119-121, 253. 

Holter Research Foundation. 251, 253. 

MV Horizon. Operations: 50, 51; Radsafe Activities: 22, 79; Experimental Activities: 158, 173, 

182, 187, 192. 216, 222, 236; Involvement with 

Radioactivity: 229; Position Data: 183, 201 

(Figure 25). 

Joint Chiefs of Staff (JCS). 37. 

Lackland AFB. 240. 

LCU-666. 215, 218. 

LCU-667. 215, 218. 

LCU-709. 215, 218. 

LCU-764. 215, 218. 

LCU-851. 215. 

USS Leo (AKA-60). Operations: 50, 51, 61, 153, 

235,224-226; Experimental Activities: 34, 178, 

181, 201, 222; Position Data: 183. 

USS Li an (ATF-85). Operations: 50, 51, 61, 128, 

00, 215, 226-228, 235; Involvement with 

Radioactivity: 229; Personnel Exposures: 218. 

Lookout Mountain Laboratory (Air Force). 56, 145, 

150, 242. 

USS LST-827. 70, 109; Operations: 50, 51, 61, 178, 

r?m-226; Position Data: 183, 201 (Figure 25). 

Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory (LASL). Experimental Activities: 94, 118, 119-121, 32, 139- 

141, 144, 146-150, 155-158, 168, 170, 172, 173, 

240, 250; Radsafe Procedures: 69, 83, 83, 91, 

175; Sampling: 96, 101, 111; Personnel Exposures: 251. 

USS Mansf ield (DD-728). 221. 

Marine Corps. 4, 248, 249, 258; see also entries 

under individual Marine Corps units. 

Marine Corps Detachment USS Curtis. 248. 

Marine Corps Detachment USS Estes. 248. 

Marine Corps Detachment, Naval Air Station, Kwajalein. 248. 

Marine Corps Recruit Depot (Parris Island). 176, 

239. 

Glenn L. Martin Company. 164, 253. 

Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 162. 

Military Air Transport Service (MATS). 40, 55, 72, 

181, 145, 246; see also individial MATS units. 

USS Moctobi (ATF-105). 50. 

Naval Administrative Unit, Sandia Base. 156, 175, 

217, 219. 

Naval Air Station, Norfolk. 175, 210, 219. 

Naval Electronics Laboratory (NEL). 119-121, 160, 

217, 219. 

Naval Ordnance Laboratory (NOL). 119-121. 155. 

164, 217, 220. 

340 
Naval Radiological Defense Laboratory (NRDL). 95, 

152, 153, 160, 217, 220. 

Naval Research Laboratory (NRL). 119-121, 134-136, 

138, 139, 146, 159, 160, 168, 169, 239, 240. 

Navy. 4, 214-237, 258; see also entries under 

individual Navy units. 

Navy Special Weapons Unit. 217, 222. 

Navy Hydrographic Office. 103, 173. 

New York Operations Office (NYKOPO) (AEC). 72, 

108. 

USS Oak Hill (LSD-7). Operations: 50-51, 61, 163, 

178, 181, 200, 215, 226-227, 235; Experimental 

Activities: 34, 153, 222;Involvement with 

Radioactivity: 198; Personnel Exposures: 218; 

Position Data: 183, 201 (Figure 25). 

Oak Ridge National Laboratory (ORNL). 69, 176, 

251. 252. 

USS O'Bannon (ODE-450). Operations: 50, 51, 52, 

perimental Activities: 182. 190. 222: Involve62, 200-202, 204, 216, 221, 229-232, 236; EXment with Radioactivity: 197, 230, 153.; Position 

Data: 183, 201 (Figure 25). 

Office of Chief, Army Chemical Corps. 210, 211. 

Office of Naval Research (ONR). 119-121, 158-160, 

173, 217, 220. 

Patrol Squadron 2 (VP-2) (Navy). 160, 216, 218, 

234, 222, 236. 

USS Radford (DDE-446). Operations: 50, 51, 62, 

153, 216, 221, 3229, 232; Experimental 

Activities: 34, 153, 222; Position Data: 183, 

201 (Figure 25); Involvement with Radioactivity: 

198. 

Rapid City AFB. 242 

USS Rendova (CVE-114). Operations: 50, 51, 83, 

124. 125. 178. 180. 181. 188-190. 200. 216. 230- 

234; 236; Experimental activitie;: 34; 134; 140, 

152, 153, 222; Radsafe Activities: 68, 71, 73, 

91, 94, 109-111, 115; Involvement with Radioactivity: 194, 198, 206, 208; Personnel Exposures: 218. 

Sandia Base. 147, 154, 156, 169, 175. 

Sandia Corporation. 119-121, 134, 137, 155, 156, 

157, 159, 160, 239, 240, 251, 252. 

Scripps Institution of Oceanography (SIO). 50, 70, 

119-121, 158, 159, 173. 

Selfridge AFB. 240. 

Seward AFB. 240. 

Strategic Air Comnand (SAC) (Air Force). 240, 244. 

Surgeon General (Air Force). 88. 

USNS David C. Shanks (T-AP-180). Operations: 50, 

T61, i7i, 180, 215, 225, 235; Personnel Exposures: 217. 

Signal Corps Engineering Laboratories (SCEL) 

(Army). 171. 

USS Takelma (ATF-115) 50. 

U.S. Coast Guard. 39, 40, 42, 47, 180, 252. 

U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey (USCGS). 173, 252. 

USAF. 88, 101, 71. 

U.S. Army Pacific (USARPAC). 78, 79, 213. 

University of California, Los Angeles (UCLA). 

251, 253. 

University of California Radiation Laboratory 

(UCRL). 149, 150, 152, 251, 252. 

University of Washington, Applied Fisheries Laboratory. 174, 251. 254. 

Francis E. Warren AFB. 240. 

Webb AFB. 240. 

Wright Aeronautical Development Center (WADC) 

(Air Force). 119-121, 161, 162, 170, 172. 

YON-69. 50, 236. 

YON-146. 51,236. 

USS Yuma (ATF-94). Operations: 50, 51, 61, 159, 

215, 226-228, 235; Experimental Activities: 222; 

Personnel Exposures: 218; Position Data: 183. 

2nd 

2nd 

2nd 

3rd 

4th 

Air Force. 162. 

Bombardment Wing (Air Force). 242. 

Marine Division. 176, 239. 

Marine Division. 176, 239. 

TransDortation Truck Company (Army). 47, 48, 

210, 212. 

6th Air Division. 145, 242. 

6th Weather Group (Air Force). 241. 

6th Weather Squadron (Air Force). 82. 

7th Bombardment Wing (Air Force). 241. 

8th Air Force. 162. 

9th Weather Group. 241. 

11th Air Rescue Squadron (Air Force). 82, 242. 

11th Bombardment Wing (Air Force). 162, 241. 

341 
12th Air Division (Air Force). 240. 

12th Fighter Escort Wing (Air Force). 241. 

13th Naval District. 175, 220, 217. 

18th Military Police, Criminal Investigation 

Division (Army). 47, 48, 180, 210, 212. 

19th Air Division (Air Force). 241. 

27th Fighter Wing (Air Force). 241. 

31st Weather Squadron (Air Force). 39. 

42nd Bombardment Squadron (Air Force). 241. 

47th Air Transport Squadron (Air Force). 241, 246. 

48th Air Transport Squadron (Air Force). 241, 246. 

50th Air Transport Squadron (Air Force). 241, 246. 

57th Strategic Reconnaissance Squadron (Air 

Force). 241. 

57th Weather Reconnaissance Squadron (Air Force). 

100, 104. 

93rd Bombardment Wing (Air Force). 240. 

125th Military Police, Provost Marshal Detachment 

(Army). 47, 48, 212. 

306th Bombardment Wing (Air Force). 242. 

307th Air Refuelina Sauadron (Air Force). 102, 

1. 

1. 

241, 245. 2. 

338th Strategic Reconnaissance Wing (Air Force 

242. 

435th Aircraft Installation Squadron (Air Force 

240. 

435th Maintenance Squadron (Air Force). 175. 

509th Bombardment Wing (Air Force). 241, 245. 

511th Transportation Port Company (Army). Operations: 44, 45, 48, 74, 80, 21; Personnel Exposures: 210. 

516th Military Police Service Company (Army). 

Operations: 47, 856211; Personnel Exposures: 210. 

523rd Motion Picture Squadron (Air Force). 242. 

561st Fighter Escort Squadron (Air Force). 241. 

971st OTSU, Army Chemical Corps. 171, 175, 210, 

211. 

1254th Air Transport Squadron (Air Force). 241, 

246. 

1352nd Motion Picture Squadron (Air Force). 176, 

242; see also Lookout Mountain Laboratory. 

1500th Air Transportation Group (Air Force). 39. 

1500th Weather Reporting Squadron (Air Force). 

242. 

1502-1 Air Detachment (MATS). 181. 

1810th Airways and Air Comunications Service 

Squadron (Air Force). 242. 

1960th Airways and Air Communications Service 

Squadron (Air Force). 39. 

1960-1 Airways and Air Communications Service 

Detachment. 181. 

2059th Air Weather Wing (Air Force). 103. 

2060th Mobile Weather Squadron (Air Force). 103. 

3160th Electronics Group (Air Force). 164, 241. 

3398th Training Squadron (Air Force). 175, 240. 

3536th OTS (Air Force). 242. 

3882nd School Squadron (Air Force). 175, 240. 

3902nd Air Base Wing (Air Force). 240, 244. 

4908th Motor Vehicle Squadron (Air Force). 240. 

4925th Atomic Test Group (Air Force). 138. 

4925th Test Group Rad Section (Air Force). 81, 

100. 

4925th Test Squadron (Air Force). 240. 

4930th Test Support Squadron (Air Force). 39, 240. 

4931st Test Support Group (Air Force). 39, 44, 47. 

6520th Flight Test Group (Air Force). 164, 241, 

245. 

7126th Army Unit. 39, 44, 45, 48, 56, 210, 212. 

7131st Army Unit Signal Detachment. 45, 48, 180, 

210, 213. 

8452nd Administrative Area Unit (Army). 175, 210, 

211. 

8607th Administrative Area Unit (Communications 

Security Detachment) (Army). 47, 48, 211. 

342 
DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE 

Armed Forces Staff College 

ATTN: Library 

Asst. Secy of Defense 

Public Affairs 

ATTN: PA0 

Asst to the Secy of Defense 

Atomic Energy 

ATTN: Executive Asst 

ATTN: Military Applications 

Defense Nuclear Agency 

ATTN: PA0 

ATTN: GC 

ATTN: BA 

5 cy ATTN: NTPR 

25 cy ATTN: TITL 

Defense Tech Info Center 

12 cy ATTN: DD 

Field Command 

Defense Nuclear Agency 

ATTN: FCTT, W. Summa 

ATTN: FCLS, J. Stinson 

ATTN: FCTT, G. Ganong 

ATTN: FCLS 

Interservice Nuclear Weapons School 

ATTN: TTV 

National Defense University 

ATTN: ICAF, Tech Library 

DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY 

Army L i bra ry 

ATTN: Military Documents Sect 

Army Nuclear Test Personnel Review 

i cy ATTN: DAAG-AMR, R. Tag0 

U.S. Army Center of Military History 

ATTN: DAMH-HSO 

U.S. Army Chemical School 

ATTN: ATZN-CM-AL 

ATTN: ATZN-CM-CS 

U.S. Army Comd & General Staff College 

ATTN: Library 

U.S. Army Nuclear & Chemical Agency 

ATTN: Library 

U.S. Army War College 

ATTN: Library 

U.S. Military Academy 

ATTN: Director of Libraries 

DISTRIBUTION LIST 

DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY 

Aviation History Unit 

ATTN: Library 

Bureau of Medicine and Surgery 

ATTN: Asst. for Medical Surgery 

James Carson Breckinridge Lib 

ATTN: Library Div 

Marine Corps Base 

ATTN: Document Custodian 

Marine Corps Dev & Education Command 

ATTN: J. C. Breckinridge Lib 

Marine Corps Historical Center 

2 cy ATTN: Code HDH-2 

Marine Corps Nuc Test Personnel Review 

ATTN: Code MSRB-GO 

Merchant Marine Academy 

ATTN: Director of Libraries 

Naval Historical Center 

ATTN: Operational Archives Branch 

Naval Hospital Corps School 

ATTN: Library 

Naval Ocean Systems Center 

ATTN: Library 

Naval Oceanographic Office 

ATTN: Code 025, Historian 

Naval Postgraduate School 

ATTN: Code 1424, Library 

Naval Research Laboratory 

ATTN: Library 

Naval School 

ATTN: Librarian 

Naval Sea Systems Command 

ATTN: Nuclear Technology Div 

Naval Surface Weapons Center 

ATTN : Library 

Naval War College 

ATTN: Professor 8 Libraries 

Naval Weapons Center 

ATTN: Code 233 

Naval Weapons Evaluation Facility 

ATTN: Library 

343 
DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY (Continued) 

Navy Department Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Navy Nuclear Power School 

ATTN: Library 

Navy Nuclear Test Personnel Review 

2 cy ATTN: W. Loeffler 

Nimi tz Library 

ATTN: Documents & Reports Dept 

Office of the Judge Adv Gen 

ATTN: Code 73 

U.S. Merchant Marine Academy 

ATTN: Librarian 

U.S. Naval Air Station Library 

ATTN : Library 

DEPARTMENT OF THE AIR FORCE 

Aerospace Defense Command 

ATTN: Historian 

Air 

Air 

Air 

Air 

Air 

Air 

Air 

Air 

Air 

Air 

Force Communications Command 

ATTN: Historian 

Force Institute of Technology 

ATTN: Library 

Force Logistics Command 

ATTN: Historian 

Force Nuclear Test Personnel Review 

ATTN: HQ USAF/SGES 

Force Systems Command 

ATTN: Historian 

Force Technical Applications Ctr 

ATTN: Historian 

Force Weapons Laboratory 

ATTN: Tech Library 

National Guard 

ATTN: Historian 

Training Command 

ATTN: Historian 

University Library 

ATTN: AUL-LSE 

Military Airlift Command 

ATTN: Historian 

Pacific Air Forces 

ATTN: Historian 

Strategic Air Command 

ATTN: Historian 

ATTN: NRI-STINFO, Library 

DEPARTMENT OF THE AIR FORCE (Continued) 

Tactical Air Command 

ATTN: Historian 

U.S. Air Force Academy Library 

ATTN : Library 

U.S. Air Force Occupational & Env Health Lab 

ATTN: NTPR 

USAF School of Aerospace Medicine 

ATTN: Strughold Library 

DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY 

Department of Energy 

ATTN: OMA 

Nevada Operations Office 

2 cy ATTN: R. Nutley 

ATTN: Health Physics Div 

Human Health & Assessments Oiv 

ATTN: Librarian 

DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY CONTRACTORS 

Holmes & Narver, Inc 

ATTN: JNATDR 

Lawrence Livermore National Lab 

ATTN: Technical Info Dept Library 

Los Alamos National Laboratory 

ATTN: M. Walz, ADLA MS A183 

ATTN: D. Cobb, ESS MSS D466 

2 cy ATTN: Library 

2 cy ATTN: ADPA MMS 195 

Reynolds Electrical & Engr Co, Inc 

ATTN: CIC 

ATTN: W. Brady 

Sandia National Lab 

ATTN: Central Library 

ATTN: W. Hereford 

OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCIES 

U.S. Public Health Service 

ATTN: G. Caldwell 

Central Intelligence Agency 

ATTN: Office of Medical Services 

Dept of Health & Human Svcs 

ATTN: Office of General Counsel 

Exec Ofc of the President 

Management & Budget Ofc Lib 

ATTN : Librarian 

Library of Congress 

ATTN: Library Service Division 

ATTN: Science & Technology Div 

ATTN: Serial & Govt Publication 

344 
OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCIES (Continued) 

National Archives 

ATTN: Librarian 

National Atomic Museum 

ATTN: Historian 

Department of Commerce 

ATTN: Librarian 

Occupational Safety & Health Admin 

ATTN: Library 

Office of Health & Disability 

ATTN: R. Copeland 

Office of Workers Compensation Pgrm 

ATTN: R. Larson 

U.S. Coast Guard Academy Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

U.S. House of Representatives 

2 cy ATTN: Committee on Armed Services 

U.S. House of Representatives 

ATTN: Subcommittee on Health & Envir 

U.S. Senate 

ATTN: Committee on Veterans Affairs 

U.S. Senate 

ATTN: Committee on Veterans Affairs 

Veterans Administration - RO 

Providence, RI 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration 

Washington, D.C. 

ATTN: Board of Veteran Appeal 

Veterans Administration - Ofc Central 

Washington, D.C. 

ATTN: Dept Veterans Benefit, Central OfC 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration - RO 

Montgomery, AL 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration - RO 

Anchorage, AK 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration - RO 

Phoenix, A2 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration - RO 

Little Rock, AR 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration -RO 

Los Angeles, CA 

ATTN: Director 

OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCIES (Continued) 

Veterans Administration - RO 

San Francisco, CA 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration - RO 

Denver, CO 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration - RO 

Hartford, CT 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration - RO 

Wilmington, DE 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration - RO 

St. Petersburg, FL 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration - RO 

Atlanta, GA 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration - RO 

Honol ul u, HI 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration - RO 

Chicago, IL 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration - RO 

Seattle, WA 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration - RO 

Indianapolis, IN 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration - RO 

Des Moines, IA 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration - RO 

Wichita, KS 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration - RO 

Louisville, KY 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration - RO 

New Orleans, LA 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration - RO 

Togus, ME 

ATTN : Director 

Veterans Administration - RO 

Baltimore, MD 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration - RO 

Boston, MA 

ATTN: Director 

345 
OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCIES (Continued) 

Veterans Administration - RO 

St. Paul, MN 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration - RO 

Jackson, MS 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration - RO 

Huntington, WV 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration - RO 

St. Louis, MO 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration - RO 

Fort Harrison, MT 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration - RO 

Lincoln, NE 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration - RO 

Reno, NV 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration - RO 

Manchester, NH 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration - RO 

Newark, NJ 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration - RO 

Milwaukee, WI 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration - RO 

A1 buquerque, NM 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration - RO 

Buffalo, NY 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration -RO 

New York, NY 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration -RO 

Winston Salem, NC 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration - RO 

Fargo, ND 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration - RO 

C1 eveland, OH 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration - RO 

Mus kogee, OK 

ATTN: Director 

346 

OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCIES (Continued) 

Veterans Administration - RO 

Portland, OR 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration - RO 

Pittsburgh, PA 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration - RO 

Philadelphia, PA 

ATTN : Director 

Veterans Administration - RO 

APO San Francisco 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration - RO 

San Juan, Puerto Rico 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration - RO 

Col umbia, SC 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration - RO 

Sioux Falls, SD 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration - RO 

Houston, TX 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration - RO 

Waco, TX 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration - RO 

Salt Lake City, UT 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration - RO 

White River Junction, VT 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration - RO 

Roanoke, VA 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration - RO 

Cheyenne, WY 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration - RO 

San Diego, CA 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration - RO 

Boise, ID 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration - RO 

Detroit, MI 

ATTN: Director 
OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCIES (Continued) 

Veterans administration - RO 

Nashville, TN 

ATTN : Director 

The White House 

ATTN: Domestic Policy Staff 

DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE CONTRACTORS 

Advanced Research & Applications Corp 

ATTN: H. Lee 

JAYCOR 

10 cy ATTN: Health & Environment Div 

Kaman Tempo 

ATTN: A. Nelson 

ATTN: E. Martin 

ATTN: DASIAC 

Kaman Tempo 

ATTN: R. Miller 

Kaman Tempo 

ATTN: C. Jones 

National Academy of Sciences 

ATTN: C. Robinette 

ATTN: Medical Follow-up Agency 

ATTN: National Materials Advisory Board 

Pacific-Sierra Research Corp 

ATTN: H. Erode, Chairman SAGE 

R & D Associates 

ATTN : 

Science Appl 

ATTN : 

Science Appl 

10 cy ATTN: 

OTHER 

Adam State 

ATTN : 

~ 

P. Haas 

ications, Inc 

Tech Library 

ications, Inc 

L. Novotney 

Col 1 ege 

Govt Publication Lib 

Akron Publ ic Library 

ATTN: Govt Publication Librarian 

Alabama St Dept of Archives & History 

ATTN: Military Records Division 

Un 

Un 

Un 

versity of Alabama 

ATTN: Reference Dep 

versity of Alaska 

ATTN: Director of L 

versity of Alaska 

ATTN: Govt Publicat 

/Documents 

braries 

on Librarian 

OTHER (Continued) 

A1 bany Publ ic Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Alexander City State Jr College 

ATTN: Librarian 

A1 1 egheny Co 

ATTN : 

A1 1 en County 

ATTN : 

1 

A1 toona Area 

ATTN : 

1 ege 

Librarian 

Publ ic Library 

Librarian 

Publ ic Library 

Librarian 

American Statistics Index 

ATTN: Cathy Jarvey 

Anaheim Public Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Andrews Library, College of Wooster 

ATTN: Government Documents 

Angelo State University Library 

ATTN : Librarian 

Angelo Iacoboni Pub Lib 

ATTN: Librarian 

Anoka County Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Appalachian State University 

ATTN : Library Documents 

Arizona State University Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

University of Arizona 

ATTN: Gov Doc Dept, C. Bower 

Arkansas College Library 

ATTN: Library 

Arkansas Library Comm 

ATTN: Library 

Arkansas State University 

ATTN: Library 

University of Arkansas 

ATTN: Government Documents Div 

Austin Col 1 ege 

Arthur Hopkins Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Atlanta Public Library 

ATTN: Ivan Allen Dept 

Atlanta University Center 

ATTN: Librarian 

347 
OTHER (Continued) OTHER (Continued) 

Buffalo & Erie Co Pub Lib 

ATTN: Librarian 

Burlington Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

California at Fresno State Univ Lib 

ATTN : Library 

California at San Diego University 

ATTN: Documents Department 

California at Stanislavs St Clg Lib 

ATTN: Library 

California St Polytechnic Univ Lib 

ATTN: Librarian 

California St Univ at Northridge 

ATTN: Gov Doc 

California State Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

California State Univ at Long Beach Lib 

ATTN: Librarian 

Auburn Univ at Montgomery Lib 

ATTN: Librarian 

B. Davis Schwartz Mem Lib 

ATTN: Librarian 

Bangor Public Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Bates College Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Baylor University Library 

ATTN: Docs Dept 

Beloit College Libraries 

ATTN: Serials Docs Dept 

Bemidji State College 

ATTN: Library 

Benjamin F. Feinberg Library 

State University College 

ATTN: Government Documents 

Bierce Library, Akron University 

ATTN: Government Documents 

Boston Public Library 

ATTN: Documents Department 

Bowdoin College 

ATTN: Librarian 

Bowling Green State Univ 

ATTN: Govt Docs Services 

Bradley University 

ATTN: Govt Publication Librarian 

Brandeis University Lib 

ATTN: Documents Section 

Brigham Young University 

ATTN: Librarian 

Brigham Young University 

ATTN: Documents Collection 

Brookhaven National Laboratory 

ATTN: Technical Library 

Brooklyn College 

ATTN: Documents Division 

Broward County Library Sys 

ATTN: Librarian 

Brown University 

ATTN: Librarian 

Bucknell University 

ATTN: Reference Dept 

California State University 

ATTN: Librarian 

California State University 

ATTN: Librarian 

California Univ Library 

ATTN: Govt Publications Dept 

California Univ Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

California University Library 

ATTN: Govt Documents Dept 

California University Library 

ATTN: Documents Sec 

California University 

ATTN: Government Documents Dept 

Calvin College Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Calvin T. Ryan Library 

Kearney State College 

ATTN: Govt Documents Dept 

Carleton College Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Carnegie Library of Pittsburgh 

ATTN: Librarian 

Carnegie Mellon University 

ATTN: Director of Libraries 

348 
OTHER (Continued) 

Carson Regional Library 

ATTN: Gov Publications Unit 

Case Western Reserve University 

ATTN: Librarian 

University of Central Florida 

ATTN: Library Docs Dept 

Central Michigan University 

ATTN: Library Documents Section 

Central Missouri State Univ 

ATTN: Government Documents 

Central State University 

ATTN: Library Documents Dept 

Central Washington University 

ATTN: Library Docs Section 

Central Wyoming College Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Charleston County Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Charlotte & Mechlenburg County Pub Lib 

ATTN: E. Correll 

Chattanooga Hamilton Co 

ATTN: Librarian 

Chesapeake Pub Lib System 

ATTN: Librarian 

Chicago Public Library 

ATTN: Governments Publications Dept 

State University of Chicago 

ATTN : Librarian 

Chicago University Library 

ATTN: Director of Libraries 

ATTN: Documents Processing 

Cincinnati University Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Claremont Colleges Libs 

ATTN: Doc Collection 

OTHER (Continued) 

Clemson University 

ATTN: Director of Libraries 

Cleveland Public Library 

ATTN: Documents Collection 

Cleveland State Univ Lib 

ATTN: Librarian 

Colgate Univ Library 

ATTN: Reference Library 

Colorado State Univ Libs 

ATTN: Librarian 

Colorado University Libraries 

ATTN: Director of Libraries 

Columbia University Library 

ATTN: Documents Service Center 

Columbus & Franklin Cty Public Lib 

ATTN: Gen Rec Div 

Compton Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Connecticut State Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

University of Connecticut 

ATTN: Govt of Connecticut 

Connecticut University 

ATTN: Director of Libraries 

Cornel1 University Lib 

ATTN: Librarian 

Corpus Christi State University Lib 

ATTN: Librarian 

Culver City Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Curry College Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Dallas County Public Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Dallas Pub1 ic Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Dalton Jr College Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Dartmouth College 

ATTN: Librarian 

Davenport Public Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Davidson College 

ATTN: Librarian 

Dayton & Montgomery City Pub Lib 

ATTN: Librarian 

University of Dayton 

Coe Library ATTN: Librarian 

ATTN: Documents Division 

349 
OTHER (Continued OTHER (Continued) 

Decatur Public Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Dekal b Colnm Coll So Cpus 

ATTN: Librarian 

Delaware Pauw University 

ATTN: Librarian 

University of Delaware 

ATTN: Librarian 

Delta Col 1 ege Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Delta State University 

ATTN: Librarian 

Denison Univ Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Denver Publ ic Library 

ATTN: Documents Div 

Dept of Lib & Archives 

ATTN: Librarian 

Detroit Public Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Dickinson State College 

ATTN: Librarian 

Drake Memorial Learning Resource Ctr 

ATTN: Librarian 

Drake University 

ATTN: Cowles Library 

Drew University 

ATTN: Librarian 

Duke University 

ATTN: Public Docs Dept 

Duluth Public Library 

ATTN: Documents Section 

Earl ham Col 1 ege 

ATTN: Librarian 

East Carolina University 

ATTN: Library Docs Dept 

East Central University 

ATTN: Librarian 

East Islip Public Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

East Orange Public Lib 

ATTN: Librarian 

East Tennessee State Univ Sherrod Lib 

ATTN: Documents Dept 

East Texas State University 

ATTN: Library 

Eastern Branch 

ATTN: Librarian 

Eastern Illinois University 

ATTN: Librarian 

Eastern Kentucky University 

ATTN: Librarian 

Eastern Michigan University Lib 

ATTN: Documents Libn 

Eastern Montana College Library 

ATTN: Documents Dept 

Eastern New Mexico Univ 

ATTN: Librarian 

Eastern Oregon College Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Eastern Washington Univ 

ATTN: Librarian 

El Paso Public Library 

ATTN: Documents & Geneology Dept 

Elk0 County Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Elmira College 

ATTN: Librarian 

El on Col 1 ege Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Enoch Pratt Free Library 

ATTN: Documents Office 

Emory University 

ATTN: Librarian 

Evansville & Vanderburgh County Pub Lib 

ATTN: Librarian 

Everett Publ ic Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Fairleigh Dickinson Univ 

ATTN: Depository Dept 

Florida A & M Univ 

ATTN: Librarian 

Florida Atlantic Univ Lib 

ATTN: Div of Public Documents 

Florida Institute of Tech Lib 

ATTN: Federal Documents Dept 

Florida Intl Univ Library 

ATTN: Docs Section 

350 
OTHER (Continued) 

Florida State Library 

ATTN: Documents Section 

Florida State University 

ATTN: Librarian 

Florida University Libraries 

ATTN: Documents Dept 

Fond Du Lac Public Lib 

ATTN: Librarian 

Fort Hays State University 

ATTN: Librarian 

Fort Worth Public Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Free Pub Lib of Elizabeth 

ATTN: Librarian 

Free Public Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Freeport Public Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Fresno County Free Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Gadsden Pub1 ic Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Garden Public Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Gardner Webb College 

ATTN: Documents Librn 

Gary Public Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Georgetown Univ Library 

ATTN: Govt Docs Room 

Georgia Inst of Tech 

ATTN: Librarian 

Georgia Southern College 

ATTN: Librarian 

Georgia Southwestern College 

ATTN: Director of Libraries 

Georgia State Univ Lib 

ATTN: Librarian 

University of Georgia 

ATTN: Dir of Libraries 

Glassboro State College 

ATTN: Librarian 

G1 eeson Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

OTHER (Continued) 

Government Publications Library” 

ATTN: Director of Libraries 

Graceland College 

ATTN: Librarian 

Grand Forks Public City-County Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Grand Rapids Public Library 

ATTN: Director of Libraries 

Greenvi 11 e County Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Guam RFK Memorial University Lib 

ATTN : Fed Depository Col 1 ection 

University of Guam 

ATTN: Librarian 

Gustavus Ado1 phus Col 1 ege 

ATTN : Library 

Hardin-Simmons University Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Hartford Public Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Harvard Colleqe Librarv 

ATTN 

Harvard Co 

ATTN 

University 

ATTN 

1 

Hawaii Sta 

Director of Libraries 

lege Library 

Librarian 

of Hawaii 

Government Docs Collection 

t e Library 

ATTN: Federai Documents Unit 

University of Hawaii at Monoa 

ATTN: Director of Libraries 

University of Hawaii 

ATTN: Librarian 

Haydon Burns Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Henry Ford Comm College Lib 

ATTN: Librarian 

Herbert H. Lehman College 

ATTN: Library Documents Division 

Hofstra Univ Library 

ATTN: Documents Dept 

Hol 1 ins Col 1 ege 

ATTN: Librarian 

Hoover Institution 

ATTN: J. Bingham 

35 1 
OTHER (Continued) 

Hopki nsvi 11 e Comm Col 1 ege 

ATTN: Librarian 

University of Houston, Library 

ATTN: Documents Div 

Houston Public Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Hoyt Public Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

OTHER (Continued) 

Butler University, Irwin Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Isaac Delchdo College 

ATTN: Librarian 

James Madison University 

ATTN: Librarian 

Jefferson County Public Lib 

ATTN: Librarian 

Jersey City State College 

ATTN: Librarian 

Johns Hopkins University 

ATTN: Documents Library 

John J. Wright Library, La Roche College 

ATTN: Librarian 

Johnson Free Public Lib 

ATTN: Librarian 

Kahului Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Kalamazoo Publ ic Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Kansas City Public Library 

ATTN: Documents Div 

Kansas State Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Humboldt State College Library 

ATTN: Documents Dept 

Huntington Park Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Hutchinson Public Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Idaho Public Lib & Info Center 

ATTN: Librarian 

Idaho State Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Idaho State University Library 

ATTN: Documents Dept 

University of Idaho 

ATTN: Documents Sect 

ATTN: Dir of Libraries 

University of Illinois, Library 

ATTN: Documents Section 

Illinois State Library 

ATTN: Government Documents Branch 

Illinois Univ at Urbana Champaign 

ATTN: P. Watson, Documents Library 

Illinois Valley Comm Coll 

ATTN: Library 

Indiana State Library 

ATTN: Serial Section 

Indiana State University 

ATTN: Documents Libraries 

Indiana University Library 

ATTN: Documents Department 

Indianapolis Marion Cty Pub Library 

ATTN: Social Science Div 

Iowa State University Library 

ATTN: Govt Documents Dept 

Iowa University Library 

ATTN: Government Documents Dept 

Kansas State Univ Library 

ATTN: Documents Dept 

University of Kansas 

ATTN: Director of Libraries 

Kent State University Library 

ATTN: Documents Div 

Kentucky Dept of Library & Archives 

ATTN: Documents Section 

University of Kentucky 

ATTN: Governments Publication Dept 

ATTN: Director of Libraries 

Kenyon College Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Lake Forest College 

ATTN: Librarian 

Lake Sumter Comm Coll Lib 

ATTN: Librarian 

Lake1 and Publ ic Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

352 
OTHER (Continued) 

Lancaster Regional Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Lawrence University 

ATTN: Documents Dept 

Lee Library, Brigham Young University 

ATTN: Documents & Map Section 

Library & Statutory Distribution & Svc 

2 cy ATTN: Librarian 

Little Rock Public Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Long Beach Pub1 Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Los Angeles Public Library 

ATTN: Serials Div U.S. Documents 

Louisiana State University 

ATTN: Government Doc Dept 

ATTN: Director of Libraries 

Louisville Free Pub Lib 

ATTN: Librarian 

Louisville Univ Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Lyndon B. Johnson Sch of Pub Affairs Lib 

ATTN: Librarian 

Maine Maritime Academy 

ATTN: Librarian 

Maine University at Oreno 

ATTN: Librarian 

University of Maine 

ATTN: Librarian 

Manchester City Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Mankato State College 

ATTN: Govt Publications 

Mantor Library 

Univ of Maine at Farmington 

ATTN: Director of Libraries 

Marathon County Public Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Marshal 1 Brooks Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

University of Maryland 

ATTN: McKeldin Libr Docs Div 

University of Maryland 

ATTN: Librarian 

OTHER (Continued) 

University of Massachusetts 

ATTN: Government Docs College 

McNeese State Univ 

ATTN: Librarian 

Memphis Shelby County Pub Lib & Info Ctr 

ATTN: Librarian 

Memphis State University 

ATTN: Librarian 

Mercer University 

ATTN: Librarian 

Mesa County Public Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

University of Miami, Library 

ATTN: Government Publications 

Miami Public Library 

ATTN: Documents Division 

Miami Univ Library 

ATTN: Documents Dept 

Michel Orradre Library 

University of Santa Clara 

ATTN: Documents Div 

Michigan State Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Michigan State University Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Michigan Tech University 

ATTN: Library Documents Dept 

University of Michigan 

ATTN: Acq Sec Documents Unit 

Middlebury College Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Millersville State Coll 

ATTN: Librarian 

Milne Library 

State University of New York 

ATTN: Docs Librn 

Milwaukee Pub Lib 

ATTN: Librarian 

Minneapolis Public Lib 

ATTN: Librarian 

Minnesota Div of Emergency Svcs 

ATTN: Librarian 

Minot State College 

ATTN: Librarian 

Mississippi State University 

ATTN: Librarian 

353 
OTHER (Continued) 

University of Mississippi 

ATTN: Director of Libraries 

Missouri Univ at Kansas City Gen 

ATTN: Librarian 

Missouri University Library 

ATTN: Government Documents 

M. I .T. Libraries 

ATTN: Librarian 

Mobile Public Library 

ATTN: Governmental Info Division 

Moffett Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Montana State Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Montana State University, Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

University of Montana 

ATTN: Documents Div 

Moorhead State College 

ATTN: Library 

Mt Prospect Public Lib 

ATTN: Librarian 

Murray State Univ Lib 

ATTN : Library 

Nassau Library System 

ATTN: Librarian 

Natrona County Pub1 ic Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Nebraska Library Comm 

ATTN: Librarian 

Univ of Nebraska at Omaha 

ATTN: Librarian 

Nebraska Western College Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Univ of Nebraska at Lincoln 

ATTN: Director of Libraries 

Univ of Nevada at Reno 

ATTN: Governments Pub Dept 

Univ of Nevada at Las Vegas 

ATTN: Director of Libraries 

New Hampshire University Lib 

ATTN: Librarian 

New Hanover County Public Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Nebraska University 

ATTN: Director of Libraries 

OTHER (Continued) 

New Mexico State Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

New Mexico State University 

ATT4: Lib Documents Div 

University of New Mexico 

ATTN: Director of Libraries 

University of New Orleans Library 

ATTN: Govt Documents Div 

New Orleans Public Lib 

ATTN: Library 

New York Public Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

New York State Library 

ATTN: Doc Control, Cultural Ed Ctr 

New York State Univ at Stony Brook 

ATTN: Main Lib Doc Sect 

New York State Univ Col at Cortland 

ATTN: Librarian 

State Univ of New York 

ATTN: Library Documents Sec 

State Univ of New York 

ATTN: Librarian 

New York State University 

ATTN: Documents Center 

State University of New York 

ATTN: Documents Dept 

New York University Library 

ATTN: Documents Dept 

Newark Free Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Newark Public Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Niagara Falls Pub Lib 

ATTN: Librarian 

Nicholls State Univ Library 

ATTN: Docs Div 

Nieves M. Flores Memorial Lib 

ATTN: Librarian 

Norfolk Public Library 

ATTN: R. Parker 

North Carolina Agri E Tech State Univ 

ATTN: Librarian 

Univ of North Carolina at Charlotte 

ATTN: Atkins Library Documents Dept 

Univ of North Carolina at Greensboro, Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

354 
OTHER (Continued) OTHER (Continued) 

North Carolina Central University 

ATTN: Librarian 

North Carolina State University 

ATTN: Librarian 

North Carolina University at Wilmington 

ATTN: Librarian 

University of North Carolina 

ATTN: BA SS Division Documents 

North Dakota State University Lib 

ATTN: Docs Librarian 

University of North Dakota 

ATTN: Librarian 

North Georgia College 

ATTN: Librarian 

North Texas State University Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Northeast Missouri State University 

ATTN: Librarian 

Northeastern Illinois University 

ATTN: Library 

Northeastern Oklahoma State Univ 

ATTN: Librarian 

Northeastern University 

ATTN: Dodge Library 

Northern Arizona University Lib 

ATTN: Government Documents Dept 

Northern Illinois University 

ATTN: Librarian 

Northern Iowa University 

ATTN : L i bra ry 

Northern Michigan Univ 

ATTN: Documents 

Northern Montana College Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Northwestern Michigan College 

ATTN: Librarian 

Northwestern State Univ 

ATTN: Librarian 

Northwestern State Univ Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Northwestern University Library 

ATTN: Govt Publications Dept 

Norwalk Public Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

University of Notre Dame 

ATTN: Document Center 

Oakland Comm College 

ATTN: Librarian 

Oakland Public Library 

ATTN : Librarian 

Oberlin College Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Ocean County College 

ATTN : Librarian 

Ohio State Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Ohio State University 

ATTN: Libraries Documents Division 

Ohio University Library 

ATTN: Docs Dept 

Oklahoma City University Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Oklahoma City University Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Oklahoma Dept of Libraries 

ATTN: U.S. Govt Documents 

University of Oklahoma 

ATTN: Documents Div 

Old Dominion University 

ATTN: Doc Dept Univ Library 

Olivet College Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Omaha Pub Lib Clark Branch 

ATTN: Librarian 

Oregon State Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

University of Oregon 

ATTN: Documents Section 

Ouachita Baptist University 

ATTN: Librarian 

Pan American University Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Passaic Public Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Paul Klapper Library 

ATTN: Documents Dept 

Pennsylvania State Library 

ATTN: Government Publications Section 

355 
OTHER (Continued) 

Pennsylvania State University 

ATTN: Library Document Sec 

University of Pennsylvania 

ATTN: Director of Libraries 

Penrose Library 

University of Denver 

ATTN: Penrose Library 

Peoria Publ ic Library 

ATTN: Business, Science & Tech Dept 

Free Library of Philadelphia 

ATTN: Govt Publications Dept 

Philipsburg Free Public Library 

ATTN: Library 

Phoenix Public Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

University of Pittsburg 

ATTN: Documents Office G 8 

Plainfield Public Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Popular Creek Public Lib District 

ATTN: Librarian 

Association of Portland Lib 

ATTN: Librarian 

Portland Public Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Portland State University Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Prescott Memorial Lib 

Louisiana Tech Univ 

ATTN: Librarian 

Princeton University Library 

ATTN: Documents Division 

Providence College 

ATTN: Librarian 

Providence Publ ic Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Cincinnati & Hamilton County Public Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Public Library of Nashville and Davidson County 

ATTN : L i brary 

University of Puerto Rico 

ATTN: Doc & Maps Room 

Purdue University Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

OTHER (Continued) 

Quinebaug Valley Community Col 

ATTN: Librarian 

Ralph Brown Draughon Lib 

Auburn University 

ATTN: Microforms & Documents Dept 

Rapid City Public Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Reading Public Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Reed College Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Reese Library 

Augusta College 

ATTN: Librarian 

University of Rhode Island Library 

ATTN: Govt 2ublications Office 

University of Rhode Island 

ATTN: Director of Libraries 

Rice University 

ATTN: Director of Libraries 

Richard W. Norton Mem Lib 

Louisiana College 

ATTN: Librarian 

Richland County Pub Lib 

ATTN: Librarian 

University of Richmond 

ATTN : Library 

Riverside Public Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

University of Rochester Library 

ATTN: Documents Section 

Rutgers University, Camden Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Rutgers State University 

ATTN: Librarian 

Rutgers University 

ATTN: Director of Libraries 

Rutgers University Law Library 

ATTN: Federal Documents Dept 

Sal em Col lege Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Samford University 

ATTN: Librarian 

San Antonio Public Library 

ATTN: Bus Science & Tech Dept 

356 
OTHER (Continued) 

San Diego County Library 

ATTN: C. Jones, Acquisitions 

San Diego Public Library 

ATTN : Librarian 

San Diego State University Library 

ATTN: Govt Pubs Dept 

San Francisco Public Library 

ATTN: Govt Documents Dept 

San Francisco State College 

ATTN: Govt Pub Collection 

San Jose State College Library 

ATTN: Documents Dept 

San Luis Obispo City-County Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Savannah Pub & Effingham Libty Reg Lib 

ATTN : Librarian 

Scottsbluff Public Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

OTHER (Continued) 

University of South Carolina 

ATTN: Government Documents 

South Dakota Sch of Mines E Tech 

ATTN: Librarian 

South Oaknta State Library 

ATTN: Federal Documents Department 

University of South Dakota 

ATTN: Documents Librarian 

South Florida University Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Southdale-Hennepin Area Library 

ATTN: Government Documents 

Southeast Missouri State University 

ATTN: Librarian 

Southeastern Massachusetts University Library 

ATTN: Documents Sec 

University of Southern Alabama 

ATTN: Librarian 

Southern California University Library 

ATTN: Documents Dept 

Southern Connecticut State College 

ATTN: Library 

Southern Illinois University 

ATTN: Librarian 

Southern Illinois University 

ATTN: Documents Ctr 

Southern Methodist University 

ATTN: Librarian 

University of Southern Mississippi 

ATTN: Library 

Southern Oregon College 

ATTN: Library 

Southern University in New Orleans, Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Southern Utah State College Library 

ATTN: Documents Department 

Southwest Missouri State College 

ATTN: Library 

Southwestern University of Louisiana, Libraries 

ATTN: Librarian 

Southwestern University School of Law Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Scranton Publ ic Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Seattle Public Library 

ATTN: Ref Doc Asst 

Selby Publ ic Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Shawnee Library System 

ATTN: Librarian 

Shreve Memorial Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Silas Eronson Public Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Simon Schwob Mem Lib 

Col umbus College 

ATTN: Librarian 

Sioux City Public Library 

ATTN : Librarian 

Skidmore College 

ATTN: Librarian 

Slippery Rock State College Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

South Carolina State Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

University of South Carolina 

ATTN: Librarian 

357 
OTHER (Continued) 

Spokane Public Library 

ATTN: Reference Dept 

Springfield City Library 

ATTN: Documents Section 

St. Bonaventure University 

ATTN: Librarian 

St. Joseph Public Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

St. Lawrence University 

ATTN: Librarian 

St. Louis Public Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

St. Paul Publ ic Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

OTHER (Continued) 

Stanford University Library 

ATTN: Govt Documents Dept 

State Historical SOC Lib 

ATTN: Docs Serials Section 

State Library of Massachusetts 

ATTN: Librarian 

State University of New York 

ATTN: Librarian 

Stetson Univ 

ATTN: Librarian 

University of Steubenville 

ATTN: Librarian 

Stockton & San Joaquin Public Lib 

ATTN: Librarian 

Stockton State College Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Superior Public Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Swarthmore College Lib 

ATTN: Reference Dept 

Syracuse University Library 

ATTN: Documents Div 

Tacoma Publ ic Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Tampa, Hillsborough County Public Lib 

ATTN: Librarian 

Temple University 

ATTN: Librarian 

Tennessee Technological University 

ATTN: Librarian 

University of Tennessee 

ATTN: Dir of Libraries 

Tertel i ng Library 

College of Idaho 

ATTN: Librarian 

Texas A & M University Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

University of Texas at Arlington 

ATTN: Library Documents 

University of Texas at San Antonio 

ATTN: Library 

Texas Christian University 

ATTN: Librarian 

Texas State Library 

ATTN: U.S. Documents Sect 

Texas Tech University Library 

ATTN: Govt Docs Dept 

Texas University at Austin 

ATTN: Documents Coll 

Texas University at El Paso 

ATTN: Documents and Maps Lib 

University of Toledo Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Toledo Public Library 

ATTN: Social Science Dept 

Torrance Civic Center Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Traverse City Public Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Trenton Free Public Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Trinity College Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Trinity University Library 

ATTN: Documents Collection 

Tufts University Library 

ATTN: Documents Dept 

Tulane University 

ATTN: Documents Dept 

University of Tulsa 

ATTN: Librarian 

UCLA Research Library 

ATTN: Public Affairs Svc/US Docs 

358 
OTHER (Continued) 

Uniformed Svcs Univ of the Hlth Sci 

ATTN: LRC Library 

University Libraries 

ATTN: Dir of Libraries 

Upper Iowa College 

ATTN: Documents Collection 

OTHER (Continued) 

Wesleyan University 

ATTN: Documents Librarian 

West Chester State Coll 

ATTN: Documents Dept 

West Covina Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

University of West Florida 

ATTN: Librarian 

West Hills Community Coll 

ATTN: Library 

West Texas State University 

ATTN : Library 

West Virginia Loll of Grad Studies Lib 

ATTN: Librarian 

University of West Virginia 

ATTN: Dir of Libraries 

Westerly Pub1 ic Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Western Carolina University 

ATTN: Librarian 

Western Illinois University Lib 

ATTN: Librarian 

Western Washington Univ 

ATTN: Librarian 

Western Wyoming Community College Lib 

ATTN: Librarian 

Westmoreland Cty Comm Coll 

ATTN: Learning Resource Ctr 

Whi tman Col 1 ege 

ATTN: Librarian 

Wichita State Univ Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

William & Mary College 

ATTN: Docs Dept 

William Allen White Library 

Emporia Kansas State College 

ATTN: Govt Documents Div 

Wi 11 iam Col 1 ege Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Willimantic Public Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Winthrop College 

ATTN: Documents Dept 

University of Wisconsin at Whitewater 

ATTN: Governments Documents Library 

Utah State University 

ATTN: Librarian 

University of Utah 

ATTN: Special Collections 

University of Utah 

ATTN: Dept of Pharmacology 

ATTN: Director of Libraries 

Valencia Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Vanderbilt University Library 

ATTN: Govt Docs Sect 

University of Vermont 

ATTN: Director of Libraries 

Virginia Commonwealth University 

ATTN: Librarian 

Virginia Military Institute 

ATTN: Librarian 

Virginia Polytechnic Inst Lib 

ATTN: Docs Dept 

Virginia State Library 

ATTN: Serials Section 

University of Virginia 

ATTN: Public Documents 

Volusia County Public Libraries 

ATTN: Librarian 

Washington State Library 

ATTN: Documents Section 

Washington State University 

ATTN: Lib Documents Section 

Washington University Libraries 

ATTN: Dir of Libraries 

University of Washington 

ATTN: Documents Div 

Wayne State University Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Wayne State University Law Library 

ATTN: Documents Dept 

Weber State College Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Wagner College 

ATTN: Librarian 359 
OTHER (Continued) 

Wisconsin Milwaukee University 

ATTN: Librarian 

Wisconsin Oshkosh University 

ATTN: Librarian 

Wisconsin Platteville University 

ATTN: Librarian 

Wisconsin University at Stevens Point 

ATTN: Docs Section 

University of Wisconsin 

ATTN: Govt Pubs Dept 

University of Wisconsin 

ATTN: Acquisitions Dept 

Worcester Public Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

OTHER (Continued) 

Yale University 

ATTN: Director of Libraries 

Yeshiva University 

ATTN: Librarian 

Yuma City County Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Wright State Univ Library 

ATTN: Govts Documents Dept 

Wyoming State Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

University of Wyoming 

ATTN: Documents Div 

360 

4